UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

---

FORM 10-K

Commission File Number 001-32141

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda
(441) 279-5700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant's principal executive office)

None

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý    No o

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No o

          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No ý

          The aggregate market value of Common Shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the close of business on June 30, 2011 was $2,717,646,391 (based upon the closing price of the Registrant's shares on the New York Stock Exchange on that date, which was $16.31). For purposes of this information, the outstanding Common Shares which were owned by all directors and executive officers of the Registrant were deemed to be the only shares of Common Stock held by affiliates.

          As of February 22, 2012, 182,445,943 Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share, were outstanding (excludes 57,435 unvested restricted shares).

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

          Certain portions of Registrant's definitive proxy statement relating to its 2011 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference to Part III of this report.

   

---

Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This Form 10-K contains information that includes or is based upon forward looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward looking statements give the expectations or forecasts of future events of Assured Guaranty Ltd. ("AGL" and, together with its subsidiaries, "Assured Guaranty" or the "Company"). These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and relate to future operating or financial performance.

        Any or all of Assured Guaranty's forward looking statements herein are based on current expectations and the current economic environment and may turn out to be incorrect. Assured Guaranty's actual results may vary materially. Among factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are:

•

rating agency action, including a ratings downgrade, a change in outlook, the placement of ratings on watch for downgrade, or a change in rating criteria, at any time, of Assured Guaranty or any of its subsidiaries and/or of transactions that Assured Guaranty's subsidiaries have insured, all of which have occurred in the past;



•

developments in the world's financial and capital markets that adversely affect issuers' payment rates, Assured Guaranty's loss experience, its access to capital, its unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments or its investment returns;



•

changes in the world's credit markets, segments thereof or general economic conditions;



•

the impact of ratings agency action with respect to sovereign debt and the resulting effect on the value of securities in the Company's investment portfolio and collateral posted by and to the Company;



•

more severe or frequent losses implicating the adequacy of Assured Guaranty's expected loss estimates;



•

the impact of market volatility on the mark-to-market of Assured Guaranty's contracts written in credit default swap form;



•

reduction in the amount of insurance opportunities available to Assured Guaranty;



•

deterioration in the financial condition of Assured Guaranty's reinsurers, the amount and timing of reinsurance recoverables actually received and the risk that reinsurers may dispute amounts owed to Assured Guaranty under its reinsurance agreements;



•

the possibility that Assured Guaranty will not realize insurance loss recoveries or damages expected from originators, sellers, sponsors, underwriters or servicers of residential mortgage-backed securities transactions;



•

the possibility that budget shortfalls or other factors will result in credit losses or impairments on obligations of state and local governments that the Company insures or reinsures;



•

increased competition;



•

changes in applicable accounting policies or practices;



•

changes in applicable laws or regulations, including insurance and tax laws;



•

other governmental actions;



•

difficulties with the execution of the Assured Guaranty's business strategy;



•

contract cancellations;



•

Assured Guaranty's dependence on customers;



•

loss of key personnel;



•

adverse technological developments;



•

the effects of mergers, acquisitions and divestitures;



•

natural or man-made catastrophes;

---

Table of Contents

•

other risks and uncertainties that have not been identified at this time;



•

management's response to these factors; and



•

other risk factors identified in Assured Guaranty's filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").

        The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive, and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this Form 10-K. The Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly or review any forward looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law. Investors are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures the Company makes on related subjects in the Company's periodic reports filed with the SEC.

        If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if the Company's underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary materially from what the Company projected. Any forward looking statements in this Form 10-K reflect the Company's current views with respect to future events and are subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to its operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity.

        For these statements, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

CONVENTION

        Unless otherwise noted, ratings on Assured Guaranty's insured portfolio reflect its internal rating. Although Assured Guaranty's rating scale is similar to that used by the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, the ratings may not be the same as ratings assigned by any such rating agency. The super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by Assured Guaranty in instances where its AAA-rated exposure has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to Assured Guaranty's exposure or (2) Assured Guaranty's exposure benefitting from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management's opinion, causes Assured Guaranty's attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS

---

---

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

Overview

        Assured Guaranty Ltd. ("AGL" and, together with its subsidiaries, "Assured Guaranty" or the "Company") is a Bermuda-based holding company incorporated in 2003 that provides, through its subsidiaries, credit protection products to the United States ("U.S.") and international public finance, infrastructure and structured finance markets. The Company has applied its credit underwriting judgment, risk management skills and capital markets experience to offer insurance that protect holders of debt instruments and other monetary obligations from defaults in scheduled payments, including scheduled interest and principal payments. The securities insured by the Company include taxable and tax-exempt obligations issued by U.S. state or municipal governmental authorities, utility districts or facilities; notes or bonds issued to finance international infrastructure projects; and asset-backed securities issued by special purpose entities. The Company markets its credit protection products directly to issuers and underwriters of public finance, infrastructure and structured finance securities as well as to investors in such debt obligations. The Company guarantees debt obligations issued in many countries, although its principal focus is on the U.S., Europe and Australia.

        On July 1, 2009, the Company acquired Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. (renamed Assured Guaranty Municipal Holdings Inc., "AGMH"), and AGMH's subsidiaries, from Dexia Holdings, Inc. ("Dexia Holdings"). AGMH's principal insurance subsidiary is Financial Security Assurance Inc. (renamed Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp., "AGM"). The acquisition, which the Company refers to as the AGMH Acquisition, did not include the acquisition of AGMH's former financial products business, which was comprised of its guaranteed investment contracts business, its medium term notes business and the equity payment agreements associated with AGMH's leveraged lease business (collectively, the "Financial Products Business"). The AGMH subsidiaries that conducted AGMH's former Financial Products Business were sold to Dexia Holdings prior to completion of the AGMH Acquisition. In addition, as further described under "Item 1A, Risk Factors—Risks Related to the AGMH Acquisition—The Company has substantial exposure to credit and liquidity risks from Dexia," the Company has entered into various agreements with Dexia SA (the parent of Dexia Holdings) and certain of its present and former subsidiaries (collectively, "Dexia"), in order to transfer to such Dexia entities the credit and liquidity risks associated with AGMH's former Financial Products Business.

        Since the AGMH Acquisition, the Company has conducted its financial guaranty business on a direct basis from two companies: AGM and Assured Guaranty Corp. ("AGC"). AGM focuses exclusively on the U.S. public finance and global infrastructure business. AGC underwrites global structured finance obligations as well as U.S. public finance and global infrastructure obligations. Neither company currently underwrites any new U.S. residential mortgage backed securities transactions. The following is a description of AGL's three principal operating subsidiaries.

•

AGM, an insurance company located and domiciled in New York, was organized in 1984 and commenced operations in 1985. Since mid-2008, it only provides insurance and reinsurance that protects against principal and interest payment defaults on debt obligations in the U.S. public finance and global infrastructure market. Previously, AGM also offered insurance and reinsurance in the global structured finance market.

AGM owns 100% of Assured Guaranty Municipal Insurance Company (formerly FSA Insurance Company), an insurance company that has re-domesticated to New York that primarily provides reinsurance to AGM. AGM and Assured Guaranty Municipal Insurance Company together own Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) Ltd. (formerly Financial Security Assurance International Ltd.), a Bermuda insurance company that provides reinsurance to AGM and previously provided insurance for transactions outside the U.S. and European markets.

Assured Guaranty Municipal Insurance Company in turn owns 100% of Assured Guaranty (Europe) Ltd. (formerly Financial Security Assurance (U.K.) Limited, "AGE"), a United Kingdom ("U.K.") incorporated company licensed as a U.K. insurance company and authorized to operate in various countries throughout the European Economic Area ("EEA"). AGE

1

---

Table of Contents

provides financial guaranty insurance in both the international public finance and structured finance markets and is the primary entity from which the Company writes business in the EEA.

•

AGC, an insurance company located in New York and domiciled in Maryland, was organized in 1985 and commenced operations in January 1988. It provides insurance and reinsurance that protects against principal and interest payment defaults on debt obligations in the U.S. public finance and the global infrastructure and structured finance markets. AGC owns 100% of Assured Guaranty (U.K.) Ltd. ("AGUK"), a company incorporated in the U.K. as a U.K. insurance company. AGUK's board of directors has determined that it is not necessary to maintain both AGUK and AGE to write new business and, accordingly, the Company has elected to place AGUK into run-off and has filed a run-off plan with the U.K. Financial Services Authority.



•

Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. ("AG Re") is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and is licensed as a Class 3B insurer under the Insurance Act 1978 and related regulations of Bermuda. AG Re owns Assured Guaranty Overseas U.S. Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, which owns the entire share capital of a Bermuda Class 3A and Class C insurer, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. ("AGRO"). AG Re and AGRO underwrite financial guaranty reinsurance and AGRO previously also underwrote residential mortgage reinsurance. AG Re and AGRO write business as reinsurers of third-party primary insurers and as reinsurers/retrocessionaires of certain affiliated companies. AGRO, in turn, owns Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company, a New York corporation that is authorized to provide mortgage guaranty insurance.

        Debt obligations guaranteed by the Company's insurance subsidiaries are generally awarded debt or short-term credit ratings that are the same rating as the financial strength rating of the Assured Guaranty subsidiary that has guaranteed that obligation. Investors in products insured by AGM, AGC or AGE frequently rely on rating agency ratings. Therefore, low financial strength ratings or uncertainty over AGM's, AGC's or AGE's abilities to maintain their financial strength ratings have a negative impact on the demand for their insurance product. As of February 22, 2012, AGM and AGC and their respective insurance company subsidiaries had financial strength ratings of Aa3 (Negative Outlook) by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and AA- (Stable Outlook) by Standard and Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"). The ratings from S&P reflect a downgrade on November 30, 2011 of the counterparty credit and financial strength ratings of AGM and AGC from AA+ (CreditWatch Negative), based on new bond insurer rating criteria published by S&P on August 25, 2011, as to which Assured Guaranty had previously registered concerns. See also "Importance of Financial Strength Ratings" below and "Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Company's Financial Strength and Financial Enhancement Ratings."

        Since 2008, the Company has been the most active provider of financial guaranty credit protection products. The Company's acquisition of AGMH in 2009, its ability to achieve and maintain investment-grade financial strength ratings, and the significant financial distress faced by many of the Company's former competitors since 2007, which has impaired their ability to underwrite new business, have contributed to the Company's position in the market. However, during 2011, the Company faced challenges in maintaining its market penetration. These challenges were primarily due to:

•

Uncertainty over the Company's financial strength ratings.  On January 24, 2011, S&P released a publication entitled "Request for Comment: Bond Insurance Criteria," in which it requested comments on proposed changes to its bond insurance ratings criteria. Although S&P had assigned AGM and AGC financial strength ratings of AA+ (Stable Outlook) in October 2010, it noted in the Request for Comment that it could lower the financial strength ratings on existing investment grade bond insurers (which included the Company's insurance subsidiaries) by one or more rating categories if the proposed bond insurance ratings criteria were adopted, unless those bond insurers raised additional capital or reduced risk. Over the course of 2011, considerable uncertainty existed as market participants provided comments on the proposed criteria, and awaited the issuance of the new criteria. When S&P released its final criteria in August 2011, the criteria contained a new "largest obligor test" that had not been included in the Request for Comment. The largest obligor test had the effect of significantly reducing Assured Guaranty's allowed single risk limits and limiting its financial strength rating level. Then, in September 2011, S&P placed the financial strength ratings of AGM and AGC on CreditWatch negative. It was

2

---

Table of Contents

not until November 2011 that S&P assigned AGM and AGC financial strength ratings of AA- (Stable Outlook). In addition, AGM and AGC's financial strength ratings have been rated Aa3 (Negative Outlook) by Moody's since December 2009. The lack of stability of the Company's financial strength ratings has had and continues to have a negative effect on the demand for the Company's financial guaranties.

•

The rating agencies recalibrating or upgrading the ratings of municipal bonds.  The change in the rating scales applied to U.S. public finance issuances and issuers, combined with the downgrades of the Company's financial strength ratings, have decreased the percentage of the market that had underlying investment grade ratings lower than the Company's financial strength ratings. This is a key metric for evaluating the potential market for financial guaranty insurance. Because the Company's business depends on its ability to enhance the rating of an issuance, the rating agency upgrades result in fewer opportunities for the Company to provide its financial guaranty insurance.



•

A decline in the volume of new issuance in the municipal market.  New issuance in the municipal market declined in 2011 from 2010 by 33.8%. The lower volume of new issuance has corresponded to a lower volume of new par insured by the Company.



•

Uncertainty over the value of financial guaranty insurance.  The losses suffered by other insurers that had previously been active in the financial guaranty industry resulted in those companies being downgraded by the rating agencies and/or subject to intervention by their state insurance regulators. In a number of cases, the financial guaranty insurers were perceived not to be actively conducting surveillance on transactions or exercising rights and remedies to mitigate losses.

        The Company believes that issuers and investors in securities will continue to need financial guaranty insurance because U.S. municipalities have budgetary requirements that are best met through financings in the fixed income capital markets. In particular, smaller municipal issuers will need guaranties in order to access the capital markets with new debt offerings at a lower all-in interest rate than on an unguaranteed basis. In addition, the Company expects long-term debt financings for infrastructure projects will grow throughout the world as well as the financing needs associated with privatization initiatives or refinancing of other infrastructures in developed countries.

The Company's Financial Guaranty Portfolio

        The Company primarily conducts its business through subsidiaries located in the U.S., Europe and Bermuda. The Company generally insures obligations that are issued in the U.S. and Europe, although it has also guaranteed securities issued in Australia, South America and other global markets.

        Financial guaranty insurance generally provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a debt instrument or other monetary obligation against non-payment of scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Upon an obligor's default on scheduled principal or interest payments due on the debt obligation, the Company is generally required under the financial guaranty contract to pay the investor the principal or interest shortfall due.

        Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to all of the investors of the guaranteed series or tranche of a municipal bond or structured finance security at the time of issuance of those obligations or it may be issued in the secondary market to only specific individual holders of such obligations who purchase the Company's credit protection.

        Both issuers of and investors in financial instruments may benefit from financial guaranty insurance. Issuers benefit when they purchase financial guaranty insurance for their new issue debt transaction because the insurance may have the effect of lowering an issuer's interest cost over the life of the issued debt transaction to the extent that the insurance premium charged by the Company is less than the net present value of the difference between the yield on the obligation insured by Assured Guaranty (which carries the credit rating of the specific subsidiary that guarantees the debt obligation) and the yield on the debt obligation if sold on the basis of its uninsured credit rating. The principal benefit to investors is that the Company's guaranty provides certainty that scheduled payments will be received when due. The guaranty may also improve the marketability of obligations issued by infrequent or unknown issuers, as well as obligations with complex structures or backed by asset classes

3

---

Table of Contents

new to the market. This benefit, which we call a "liquidity benefit," results from the increase in secondary market trading values for Assured Guaranty-insured obligations as compared to uninsured obligations by the same issuer. In general, the liquidity benefit of financial guaranties is that investors are able to sell insured bonds more quickly and, depending on the financial strength rating of the insurer, at a higher secondary market price than for uninsured debt obligations.

        As an alternative to traditional financial guaranty insurance, the Company in the past also has provided credit protection relating to a particular security or obligor through a credit derivative contract, such as a credit default swap ("CDS"). Under the terms of a CDS, the seller of credit protection agrees to make a specified payment to the buyer of credit protection if one or more specified credit events occurs with respect to a reference obligation or entity. In general, the credit events specified in the Company's CDSs are for interest and principal defaults on the reference obligation. One difference between CDSs and traditional primary financial guaranty insurance is that credit default protection is typically provided to a particular buyer rather than to all holders of the reference obligation. As a result, the Company's rights and remedies under a CDS may be different and more limited than on a financial guaranty of an entire issuance. Credit derivatives may be preferred by some investors, however, because they generally offer the investor ease of execution and standardized terms as well as more favorable accounting or capital treatment. The Company has not provided credit protection through a CDS since early 2009, other than in connection with loss mitigation and other remediation efforts relating to its existing book of business, and does not expect to write new business using this form of execution in the future.

        The Company also has provided reinsurance to other financial guaranty insurers with respect to their guaranty of public finance, infrastructure and structured finance obligations. Under a reinsurance agreement, the reinsurer receives a premium and, in exchange, agrees to indemnify the primary insurer, called the ceding company, for part or all of the liability of the ceding company under one or more financial guaranty insurance policies that the ceding company has issued. The reinsurer generally agrees to pay the ceding company a ceding commission on the ceded premium as compensation for the reinsurance agreement. The reinsurer may itself purchase reinsurance protection ("retrocessions") from other reinsurers, thereby reducing its own exposure. Reinsurance agreements take two major forms: "treaty" and "facultative." Treaty reinsurance requires the reinsured to cede, and the reinsurer to assume, specific classes of risk underwritten by the ceding company generally over the course of one year. Facultative reinsurance is the reinsurance of part of one or more specified policies, and is subject to separate negotiation for each cession. The Company believes that the opportunities currently available to it in the reinsurance market consist primarily of potentially assuming portfolios of transactions from inactive primary insurers and recapturing portfolios that it has previously ceded to third party reinsurers.

Financial Guaranty Portfolio

        The Company's financial guaranty direct and assumed businesses provide credit enhancement, on public finance/infrastructure and structured finance obligations.

•

Public Finance/Infrastructure  Public finance obligations in the U.S. consist primarily of debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states or their political subdivisions (counties, cities, towns and villages, utility districts, public universities and hospitals, public housing and transportation authorities), other public and quasi public entities, private universities and hospitals, and investor owned utilities. These obligations generally are supported by the taxing authority of the issuer, the issuer's or underlying obligor's ability to collect fees or assessments for certain projects or public services or revenues from operations. This market also includes project finance obligations, as well as other structured obligations supporting infrastructure and other public works projects. Infrastructure obligations in the U.S. and internationally consist primarily of debt obligations issued by a project or entity where the debt service is supported by the cash flows from the underlying project. Infrastructure transactions may also benefit from payments from a governmental or municipal tax authority or revenue source, although the principal payment source for an infrastructure transaction is generally from the cash flows of the underlying project itself.

4

---

Table of Contents

•

Structured Finance  Structured finance obligations in both the U.S. and international markets are generally backed by pools of assets, such as residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value, that are generally held by a non-recourse special purpose issuing entity. Structured finance obligations can be "funded" or "synthetic." Funded structured finance obligations generally have the benefit of one or more forms of credit enhancement, such as over-collateralization and/or excess cash flow, to cover payment default risks associated with the related assets. Synthetic structured finance obligations generally take the form of credit derivatives or credit linked notes that reference a pool of securities or loans, with a defined deductible or over-collateralization to cover credit risks associated with the referenced securities or loans.

        U.S. Public Finance Obligations    The Company insures and reinsures a number of different types of U.S. public finance obligations, including the following:

        General Obligation Bonds are full faith and credit bonds that are issued by states, their political subdivisions and other municipal issuers, and are supported by the general obligation of the issuer to pay from available funds and by a pledge of the issuer to levy ad valorem taxes in an amount sufficient to provide for the full payment of the bonds.

        Tax-Backed Bonds are obligations that are supported by the issuer from specific and discrete sources of taxation. They include tax-backed revenue bonds, general fund obligations and lease revenue bonds. Tax-backed obligations may be secured by a lien on specific pledged tax revenues, such as a gasoline or excise tax, or incrementally from growth in property tax revenue associated with growth in property values. These obligations also include obligations secured by special assessments levied against property owners and often benefit from issuer covenants to enforce collections of such assessments and to foreclose on delinquent properties. Lease revenue bonds typically are general fund obligations of a municipality or other governmental authority that are subject to annual appropriation or abatement; projects financed and subject to such lease payments ordinarily include real estate or equipment serving an essential public purpose. Bonds in this category also include moral obligations of municipalities or governmental authorities.

        Municipal Utility Bonds are obligations of all forms of municipal utilities, including electric, water and sewer utilities and resource recovery revenue bonds. These utilities may be organized in various forms, including municipal enterprise systems, authorities or joint action agencies.

        Transportation Bonds include a wide variety of revenue-supported bonds, such as bonds for airports, ports, tunnels, municipal parking facilities, toll roads and toll bridges.

        Healthcare Bonds are obligations of healthcare facilities, including community based hospitals and systems, as well as of health maintenance organizations and long-term care facilities.

        Higher Education Bonds are obligations secured by revenue collected by either public or private secondary schools, colleges and universities. Such revenue can encompass all of an institution's revenue, including tuition and fees, or in other cases, can be specifically restricted to certain auxiliary sources of revenue.

        Housing Revenue Bonds are obligations relating to both single and multi-family housing, issued by states and localities, supported by cash flow and, in some cases, insurance from entities such as the Federal Housing Administration.

        Infrastructure Bonds include obligations issued by a variety of entities engaged in the financing of infrastructure projects, such as roads, airports, ports, social infrastructure and other physical assets delivering essential services supported by long-term concession arrangements with a public sector entity.

        Investor-Owned Utility Bonds are obligations primarily backed by investor-owned utilities, first mortgage bond obligations of for-profit electric or water utilities providing retail, industrial and commercial service, and also include sale-leaseback obligation bonds supported by such entities.

        Other Public Finance Bonds include other debt issued, guaranteed or otherwise supported by U.S. national or local governmental authorities, as well as student loans, revenue bonds, and obligations of some not-for-profit organizations.

5

---

Table of Contents

        Non-U.S. Public Finance Obligations    The Company insures and reinsures a number of different types of non-U.S. public finance obligations, which consist of both infrastructure projects and other projects essential for municipal function such as regulated utilities. Credit support for the exposures written by the Company may come from a variety of sources, including some combination of subordinated tranches, excess spread, over-collateralization or cash reserves. Additional support also may be provided by transaction provisions intended to benefit noteholders or credit enhancers. The types of non-U.S. public finance securities the Company insures and reinsures include the following:

        Infrastructure Finance Obligations are obligations issued by a variety of entities engaged in the financing of international infrastructure projects, such as roads, airports, ports, social infrastructure, and other physical assets delivering essential services supported either by long-term concession arrangements with a public sector entity or a regulatory regime. The majority of the Company's international infrastructure business is conducted in the U.K.

        Regulated Utilities Obligations are issued by government-regulated providers of essential services and commodities, including electric, water and gas utilities. The majority of the Company's international regulated utility business is conducted in the U.K.

        Pooled Infrastructure Obligations are synthetic asset-backed obligations that take the form of CDS obligations or credit-linked notes that reference either infrastructure finance obligations or a pool of such obligations, with a defined deductible to cover credit risks associated with the referenced obligations.

        Other Public Finance Obligations include obligations of local, municipal, regional or national governmental authorities or agencies.

        U.S. and Non-U.S. Structured Finance Obligations    The Company insures and reinsures a number of different types of U.S. and non-U.S. structured finance obligations. Credit support for the exposures written by the Company may come from a variety of sources, including some combination of subordinated tranches, excess spread, over-collateralization or cash reserves. Additional support also may be provided by transaction provisions intended to benefit noteholders or credit enhancers. The types of U.S. and Non-U.S. Structured Finance obligations the Company insures and reinsures include the following:

        Pooled Corporate Obligations are securities primarily backed by various types of corporate debt obligations, such as secured or unsecured bonds, bank loans or loan participations and trust preferred securities. These securities are often issued in "tranches," with subordinated tranches providing credit support to the more senior tranches. The Company's financial guaranty exposures generally are to the more senior tranches of these issues.

        Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities ("RMBS") and Home Equity Securities are obligations backed by closed-end first mortgage loans and closed- and open-end second mortgage loans or home equity loans on one-to-four family residential properties, including condominiums and cooperative apartments. First mortgage loan products in these transactions include fixed rate, adjustable rate and option adjustable-rate mortgages. The credit quality of borrowers covers a broad range, including "prime", "subprime" and "Alt-A". A prime borrower is generally defined as one with strong risk characteristics as measured by factors such as payment history, credit score, and debt-to-income ratio. A subprime borrower is a borrower with higher risk characteristics, usually as determined by credit score and/or credit history. An Alt-A borrower is generally defined as a prime quality borrower that lacks certain ancillary characteristics, such as fully documented income. The Company has not insured a RMBS transaction since January 2008 and does not anticipate doing so again until the risks associated with underwriting these transactions, including the regulatory and legal environment, improve.

        Financial Products is the guaranteed investment contracts ("GICs") portion of the former Financial Products Business of AGMH. AGM has issued financial guaranty insurance policies on the GICs and in respect of the GIC business that cannot be revoked or cancelled. Assured Guaranty is indemnified against exposure to the former Financial Products Business by Dexia. The Financial Products Business is currently being run off and, as of December 31, 2011, the accreted value of the liabilities of the GIC issuers was $4.7 billion, compared to $6.7 billion as of

6

---

Table of Contents

December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate fair value (after agreed reductions) of the assets supporting the GIC business exceeded the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding GICs and certain other business and hedging costs of the GIC business.

        Structured Credit Securities include program-wide credit enhancement for commercial paper conduits in the U.S., and securities issued in whole business securitizations and intellectual property securitizations. Program-wide credit enhancement generally involves insuring against the default of asset-backed securities in a bank-sponsored commercial paper conduit. Securities issued in whole business and intellectual property securitizations are backed by revenue-producing assets sold to a limited-purpose company by an operating company, including franchise agreements, lease agreements, intellectual property and real property.

        Consumer Receivables Securities are obligations backed by non-mortgage consumer receivables, such as automobile loans and leases, credit card receivables and other consumer receivables.

        Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities ("CMBS") are obligations backed by pools of commercial mortgages on office, multi-family, retail, hotel, industrial and other specialized or mixed-use properties.

        Commercial Receivables Securities are obligations backed by equipment loans or leases, fleet auto financings, business loans and trade receivables. Credit support is derived from the cash flows generated by the underlying obligations, as well as property or equipment values as applicable.

        Insurance Securitization Securities are obligations secured by the future earnings from pools of various types of insurance/reinsurance policies and income produced by invested assets.

        Other Structured Finance Securities are obligations backed by assets not generally described in any of the other described categories. One such type of asset is a tax benefit to be realized by an investor in one of the Federal or state programs that permit such investor to receive a credit against taxes (such as Federal corporate income tax or state insurance premium tax) for making qualified investments in specified enterprises, typically located in designated low-income areas.

Credit Policy and Underwriting Procedure

Credit Policy

        The Company establishes exposure limits and underwriting criteria for sectors, countries, single risks and, in the case of structured finance obligations, servicers. Single risk limits are established in relation to the Company's capital base and are based on the Company's assessment of potential frequency and severity of loss as well as other factors, such as historical and stressed collateral performance. Sector limits are based on the Company's assessment of intra-sector correlation, as well as other factors. Country limits are based on long term foreign currency ratings, history of political stability, size and stability of the economy and other factors.

        Critical risk factors that the Company would analyze for proposed public finance exposures include, for example, the credit quality of the issuer, the type of issue, the repayment source, the security pledged, the presence of restrictive covenants and the issue's maturity date. The Company has also been focusing on the ability of obligors to file for bankruptcy or receivership under applicable statutes (and on related statutes that provide for state oversight or fiscal control over financially troubled obligors); the amount of liquidity available to the obligors for debt payment, including the obligors' exposure to derivative contracts and to debt subject to acceleration; and to the ability of the obligors to increase revenue. Underwriting considerations include (1) the classification of the transaction, reflecting economic and social factors affecting that bond type, including the importance of the proposed project to the community, (2) the financial management of the project and of the issuer, and (3) various legal and administrative factors. In cases where the primary source of repayment is the taxing or rate setting authority of a public entity, such as general obligation bonds, transportation bonds and municipal utility bonds, emphasis is placed on the overall financial strength of the issuer, the economic and demographic characteristics of the taxpayer or ratepayer and the strength of the legal obligation to repay the debt. In cases of not-for-profit institutions, such as healthcare issuers and private higher education issuers, emphasis is placed on the financial stability of the institution, its competitive position and its management experience.

7

---

Table of Contents

        Structured finance obligations generally present three distinct forms of risk: (1) asset risk, pertaining to the amount and quality of assets underlying an issue; (2) structural risk, pertaining to the extent to which an issue's legal structure provides protection from loss; and (3) execution risk, which is the risk that poor performance by a servicer contributes to a decline in the cash flow available to the transaction. Each risk is addressed in turn through the Company's underwriting process. Generally, the amount and quality of asset coverage required with respect to a structured finance exposure is dependent upon the historic performance of the subject asset class, or those assets actually underlying the risk proposed to be insured or assumed through reinsurance. Future performance expectations are developed from this history, taking into account economic, social and political factors affecting that asset class as well as, to the extent feasible, the subject assets themselves. Conclusions are then drawn about the amount of over-collateralization or other credit enhancement necessary in a particular transaction in order to protect investors (and therefore the insurer or reinsurer) against poor asset performance. In addition, structured securities usually are designed to protect investors (and therefore the guarantor) from the bankruptcy or insolvency of the entity which originated the underlying assets, as well as the bankruptcy or insolvency of the servicer of those assets.

        For international transactions, an analysis of the country or countries in which the risk resides is performed. Such analysis includes an assessment of the political risk as well as the economic and demographic characteristics of the country or countries. For each transaction, the Company performs an assessment of the legal jurisdiction governing the transaction and the laws affecting the underlying assets supporting the obligations.

Underwriting Procedure

        Each transaction underwritten by the Company involves persons with different expertise across various departments within the Company. The Company's transaction underwriting teams include both underwriting and legal personnel, who analyze the structure of a potential transaction and the credit and legal issues pertinent to the particular line of business or asset class, and accounting and finance personnel, who review the transaction for compliance with applicable accounting standards and investment guidelines.

        In the public finance portion of the Company's financial guaranty direct business, underwriters generally analyze the issuer's historical financial statements and, where warranted, develop stress case projections to test the issuers' ability to make timely debt service payments under stressful economic conditions. In the structured finance portion of the Company's financial guaranty direct business, underwriters generally use computer-based financial models in order to evaluate the ability of the transaction to generate adequate cash flow to service the debt under a variety of scenarios. The models include economically-stressed scenarios that the underwriters use for their assessment of the potential credit risk inherent in a particular transaction. For financial guaranty reinsurance transactions, stress model results may be provided by the primary insurer. Stress models may also be developed internally by the Company's underwriters and reflect both empirical research as well as information gathered from third parties, such as rating agencies, investment banks or servicers. The Company may also perform a due diligence review when the underwriters believe that such a review is necessary to assess properly a particular transaction. A due diligence review may include, among other things, a site visit to the project or facility, meetings with issuer management, review of underwriting and operational procedures, file reviews, and review of financial procedures and computer systems. The Company may also engage advisors such as consultants and external counsel to assist in analyzing a transaction's financial or legal risks.

        Upon completion of the underwriting analysis, the underwriter prepares a formal credit report that is submitted to a credit committee for review. An oral presentation is usually made to the committee, followed by questions from committee members and discussion among the committee members and the underwriters. In some cases, additional information may be presented at the meeting or required to be submitted prior to approval. Signatures of committee members are received and any further requirements, such as specific terms or evidence of due diligence, are noted. The Company currently has four credit committees composed of senior officers of the Company. The committees are organized by asset class, such as for public finance or structured finance, or along regulatory lines, to assess the various potential exposures.

8

---

Table of Contents

Risk Management Procedures

Organizational Structure

        The Company's policies and procedures relating to risk assessment and risk management are overseen by its Board of Directors. The Board takes an enterprise-wide approach to risk management that is designed to support the Company's business plans at a reasonable level of risk. A fundamental part of risk assessment and risk management is not only understanding the risks a company faces and what steps management is taking to manage those risks, but also understanding what level of risk is appropriate for the Company. The Board of Directors annually approves the Company's business plan, factoring risk management into account. The involvement of the Board in setting the Company's business strategy is a key part of its assessment of management's risk tolerance and also a determination of what constitutes an appropriate level of risk for the Company.

        While the Board of Directors has the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, various committees of the Board also have responsibility for risk assessment and risk management. The Risk Oversight Committee of the Board of Directors oversees the standards, controls, limits, guidelines and policies that the Company establishes and implements in respect of credit underwriting and risk management. It focuses on management's assessment and management of both (i) credit risks and (ii) other risks, including, but not limited to, financial, legal and operational risks, and risks relating to the Company's reputation and ethical standards. In addition, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for, among other matters, reviewing policies and processes related to the evaluation of risk assessment and risk management, including the Company's major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures. It also reviews compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Furthermore, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors reviews compensation-related risks to the Company.

        The Company has established a number of management committees to develop underwriting and risk management guidelines, policies and procedures for the Company's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries that are tailored to their respective businesses, providing multiple levels of credit review and analysis.

•

Portfolio Risk Management Committee—This committee establishes company-wide credit policy for the Company's direct and assumed business. It implements specific underwriting procedures and limits for the Company and allocates underwriting capacity among the Company's subsidiaries. The Portfolio Risk Management Committee focuses on measuring and managing credit, market and liquidity risk for the overall company. All transactions in new asset classes or new jurisdictions must be approved by this committee.



•

U.S. Management Committee—This committee establishes strategic policy and reviews the implementation of strategic initiatives and general business progress in the U.S. The U.S. Management Committee approves risk policy at the U.S. operating company level.



•

U.S. Risk Management Committee—This committee conducts an in-depth review of the insured portfolios of the U.S. subsidiaries, focusing on varying portions of the portfolio at each meeting. It assigns internal ratings of the insured transactions and reviews sector reports, monthly product line surveillance reports and compliance reports.



•

Workout Committee—This committee receives reports from Surveillance and Workout personnel on transactions that might benefit from active loss mitigation and develops and approves loss mitigation strategies for such transactions.



•

Reserve Committees—Oversight of reserving risk is vested in the U.S. Reserve Committee, the AG Re Reserve Committee and the U.K. Reserve Committee. The committees review the reserve methodology and assumptions for each major asset class or significant below-investment grade ("BIG") transaction, as well as the loss projection scenarios used and the probability weights assigned to those scenarios. The U.S. Reserve Committee establishes reserves for AGC and AGM, taking into consideration the supporting information provided by Surveillance personnel. It is composed of the President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Chief Surveillance Officer and Chief Actuary of AGC

9

---

Table of Contents

and AGM. The AG Re Reserve Committee is composed of the President, Chief Credit Officer and Financial Controller of AG Re. The AG Re Reserve Committee reviews its reserving methodology with the AG Re board of directors. The U.K. Reserve Committee is composed of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company's U.K. subsidiaries, the Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the head surveillance officer of the Company's U.K. subsidiaries. It reviews its reserving methodology with the boards of directors of the Company's U.K. subsidiaries.

        The Company's surveillance personnel are responsible for monitoring and reporting on all transactions in the insured portfolio, including exposures in both the financial guaranty direct and assumed businesses. The primary objective of the surveillance process is to monitor trends and changes in transaction credit quality, detect any deterioration in credit quality, and recommend to management such remedial actions as may be necessary or appropriate. All transactions in the insured portfolio are assigned internal credit ratings, and surveillance personnel are responsible for recommending adjustments to those ratings to reflect changes in transaction credit quality.

        The Company's workout personnel are responsible for managing workout and loss mitigation situations. They work together with the Company's surveillance personnel to develop and implement strategies on transactions that are experiencing loss or may be likely to experience loss. They develop strategies designed to enhance the ability of the Company to enforce its contractual rights and remedies (including its rights to require that sellers or originators repurchase loans from residential mortgage-backed securities transactions if the seller or originator has breached its representations and warranties regarding the loans) and mitigate its losses. The Company's workout personnel also engage in negotiation discussions with transaction participants and, when necessary, manage (along with legal personnel) the Company's litigation proceedings. They may also make open market purchases of securities that the Company has insured and work with servicers of residential mortgage-backed securities transactions to enhance their performance. Since the onset of the financial crisis, the Company has shifted personnel to loss mitigation and workout activities and hired new personnel to augment its efforts in this area.

Direct Business

        The Company monitors the performance of each risk in its portfolio as well as tracks risk aggregations. The review cycle and scope vary based upon transaction type and credit quality. In general, the review process includes the collection and analysis of information from various sources, including trustee and servicer reports, financial statements and reports, general industry or sector news and analyses, and rating agency reports. For public finance risks, the surveillance process includes monitoring general economic trends, developments with respect to state and municipal finances, and the financial situation of the issuers. For structured finance transactions, the surveillance process can include monitoring transaction performance data and cash flows, compliance with transaction terms and conditions, and evaluation of servicer or collateral manager performance and financial condition. Additionally, the Company uses various quantitative tools and models to assess transaction performance and identify situations where there may have been a change in credit quality. For all transactions, surveillance activities may include discussions with or site visits to issuers, servicers or other parties to a transaction.

Assumed Business

        For assumed transactions, the ceding insurers are responsible for conducting ongoing surveillance of the exposures that have been ceded to the Company. The Company's surveillance personnel monitor the ceding insurer's surveillance activities on exposures ceded to the Company through a variety of means including, but not limited to, reviews of surveillance reports provided by the ceding insurers, and meetings and discussions with their analysts. The Company's surveillance personnel also monitor general news and information, industry trends and rating agency reports to help focus surveillance activities on sectors or credits of particular concern. For certain exposures, the Company also will undertake an independent analysis and remodeling of the transaction. In the event of credit deterioration of a particular exposure, more frequent reviews of the ceding company's risk mitigation activities are conducted. The Company's surveillance personnel also take steps to ensure that the ceding insurer is managing the risk pursuant to the terms of the applicable reinsurance agreement. To

10

---

Table of Contents

this end, the Company conducts periodic reviews of ceding companies' surveillance activities and capabilities. That process may include the review of the insurer's underwriting, surveillance and claim files for certain transactions.

Ceded Business

        As part of its risk management strategy, the Company has sought in the past to obtain third party reinsurance or retrocessions and may also periodically enter into other arrangements to reduce its exposure to risk concentrations, such as for single risk limits, portfolio credit rating or exposure limits, geographic limits or other factors. At December 31, 2011, the Company had ceded approximately 9% of its principal amount outstanding to third party reinsurers.

        The Company historically obtained reinsurance to increase its underwriting capacity, both on an aggregate-risk and a single-risk basis, to meet internal, rating agency and regulatory risk limits, diversify risks, reduce the need for additional capital, and strengthen financial ratios. The Company receives capital credit for ceded reinsurance based on the reinsurer's ratings in the capital models used by the rating agencies to evaluate the Company's capital position for its financial strength ratings. In addition, a number of the Company's reinsurers are required to pledge collateral to secure their reinsurance obligations to the Company. In some cases, the pledged collateral augments the rating agency credit for the reinsurance provided. In recent years, most of the Company's reinsurers have been downgraded by one or more rating agency below the Company's ratings. While ceding commissions or premium allocation adjustments may compensate in part for such downgrades, the effect of such downgrades, in general, is to decrease the financial benefits of using reinsurance under rating agency capital adequacy models. However, to the extent a reinsurer still has the financial wherewithal to pay, the Company could still benefit from the reinsurance provided.

        The Company's ceded reinsurance may be on a quota share, first-loss or excess-of-loss basis. Quota share reinsurance generally provides protection against a fixed specified percentage of all losses incurred by the Company. First-loss reinsurance generally provides protection against a fixed specified percentage of losses incurred up to a specified limit. Excess-of-loss reinsurance generally provides protection against a fixed percentage of losses incurred to the extent that losses incurred exceed a specified limit. Reinsurance arrangements typically require the Company to retain a minimum portion of the risks reinsured.

        The Company has both facultative (transaction-by-transaction) and treaty ceded reinsurance contracts, generally arranged on an annual basis. By annual treaty, the Company employed "automatic facultative" reinsurance that permitted the Company to apply reinsurance to transactions it selected subject to certain limitations. The remainder of the Company's treaty reinsurance provided coverage for a portion, subject in certain cases to adjustment at the Company's election, of the exposure from all qualifying policies issued during the term of the treaty. The reinsurer's participation in a treaty was either cancellable annually upon 90 days' prior notice by either the Company or the reinsurer or had a one-year term. Treaties generally provide coverage for the full term of the policies reinsured during the annual treaty period, except that, upon a financial deterioration of the reinsurer or the occurrence of certain other events, the Company generally has the right to reassume all or a portion of the business reinsured. Reinsurance agreements may be subject to other termination conditions as required by applicable state law.

        On January 22, 2012, AGC and AGM entered into an aggregate excess of loss reinsurance facility, effective as of January 1, 2012. At AGC's and AGM's option, the facility will cover losses occurring from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2019 or from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2020. The contract terminates, unless AGC and AGM choose to extend it on January 1, 2014. The facility covers U.S. public finance credits insured or reinsured by AGC and AGM as of September 30, 2011, excluding credits that were rated non-investment grade as of December 31, 2011 by Moody's or S&P or internally by AGC or AGM and subject to certain per credit limits. The facility attaches when AGC's or AGM's net losses (net of AGC's and AGM other reinsurance, other than pooling reinsurance provided to AGM by AGM's subsidiaries and net of recoveries) exceed in the aggregate $2 billion. The facility covers a portion of the next $600 million of losses, with the reinsurers assuming pro rata in the aggregate $435 million of the $600 million of losses and AGC and AGM jointly retaining the remaining $165 million of losses. The reinsurers are required to be rated at least AA- (Stable Outlook) through

11

---

Table of Contents

December 31, 2014 or to post collateral sufficient to provide AGM and AGC with the same reinsurance credit as reinsurers rated AA-. AGM and AGC are obligated to pay the reinsurers their share of recoveries relating to losses during the coverage period in the covered portfolio. This obligation is secured by a pledge of the recoveries, which will be deposited into a trust for the benefit of the reinsurers.

Importance of Financial Strength Ratings

        Debt obligations guaranteed by AGL's insurance company subsidiaries are generally awarded debt credit ratings that are the same rating as the financial strength rating of the AGL subsidiary that has guaranteed that obligation. Investors in products insured by AGC or AGM frequently rely on rating agency ratings because ratings influence the trading value of securities and form the basis for many institutions' investment guidelines as well as individuals' bond purchase decisions. Low financial strength ratings or uncertainty over the Company's ability to maintain its financial strength ratings would have a negative impact on issuers' and investors' perceptions of the value of the Company's insurance product. Therefore, the Company manages its business with the goal of achieving high financial strength ratings, preferably the highest that an agency will assign. However, the models used by rating agencies differ, presenting conflicting goals that may make it inefficient or impractical to reach the highest rating level. The models are not fully transparent, contain subjective data (such as assumptions about future market demand for the Company's products) and change frequently.

        Historically, insurance financial strength ratings reflect an insurer's ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. The rating is not specific to any particular policy or contract. Insurance financial strength ratings do not refer to an insurer's ability to meet non-insurance obligations and are not a recommendation to purchase any policy or contract issued by an insurer or to buy, hold, or sell any security insured by an insurer. The ratings also reflect qualitative factors with respect to such things as the insurer's business strategy and franchise value, the anticipated future demand for its product, the composition of its portfolio, as well as its capital adequacy, profitability and financial flexibility.

        The rating agencies have developed and published methodologies for rating financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurers and reinsurers. The insurance financial strength ratings assigned by the rating agencies are based upon factors relevant to policyholders and are not directed toward the protection of investors in AGL's common shares. The rating criteria used by the rating agencies in establishing these ratings include consideration of the sufficiency of capital resources to meet projected growth (as well as access to such additional capital as may be necessary to continue to meet applicable capital adequacy standards), a company's overall financial strength, and demonstrated management expertise in financial guaranty and traditional reinsurance, credit analysis, systems development, marketing, capital markets and investment operations. Ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies and are subject to continuous review and revision or withdrawal at any time.

        A substantial downgrade of the financial strength ratings of the Company's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries would adversely affect its business and prospects and, consequently, its results of operations and financial condition. The Company believes that if the financial strength ratings of AGM and/or AGC were downgraded from their current levels, such downgrade could result in downward pressure on the premium it is able to charge for its insurance; however, the Company expects that so long as AGM and AGC are able to maintain financial strength ratings in the double-A category or higher, they are likely to be able to continue writing financial guaranty business with a credit quality similar to that historically written. The Company believes that if the financial strength ratings of AGM and/or AGC were downgraded to the single-A level or below, it could be difficult for the Company to originate the same volume of new business with comparable credit characteristics. See "Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Company's Financial Strength and Financial Enhancement Ratings" and "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for more information about the Company's ratings.

12

---

Table of Contents

Investments

        The Company's principal objectives in managing its investment portfolio are to preserve the highest possible ratings for each operating company; maintain sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the insurance portfolio; and maximize total after-tax net investment income.

        The Company has a formal review process for all securities in the Company's investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

•

a decline in the market value of a security by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months;



•

a decline in the market value of a security for a continuous period of 12 months;



•

recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies;



•

the financial condition of the applicable issuer;



•

whether loss of investment principal is anticipated;



•

whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and



•

whether the Company intends to sell the security prior to its recovery in fair value.

        One component of the Company's risk management strategy is the acquisition of obligations that are either insured by the Company or part of the same issuance as obligations insured by the Company. Such acquisitions enable the Company to exercise rights available to holders of the obligations or to mitigate its losses. As of December 31, 2011, the Company held securities purchased for loss mitigation purposes with a par of $1,560.4 million in its investment accounts as compared to $779.9 million as of December 31, 2010.

        If the Company believes a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, the Company records the decline as an unrealized loss on the Company's consolidated balance sheets in "accumulated other comprehensive income" in shareholders' equity.

        The Company's assessment of a decline in value includes management's current assessment of the factors noted above. If that assessment changes in the future, the Company may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

        The Company's investment portfolio is managed by BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc., General Re-New England Asset Management, Inc. and Wellington Management Company, LLP. The Company's investment managers have discretionary authority over the Company's investment portfolio within the limits of the Company's investment guidelines approved by the Company's Board of Directors. The Company compensates each of these managers based upon a fixed percentage of the market value of the Company's portfolio. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded investment management fee expenses of $8.4 million, $8.0 million, and $5.4 million, respectively, related to these managers.

Competition

        Assured Guaranty's principal competition consists of other forms of credit enhancement, such as letters of credit or credit derivatives provided by foreign and domestic banks and other financial institutions, some of which are governmental enterprises, or direct guaranties of municipal, structured finance or other debt by a federal or state government or government-sponsored or affiliated agency. For example, in 2011, $13.2 billion of municipal bonds relied on letters of credit for credit enhancement, according to the SDC Thomson municipal database. This constitutes a increase from $11.8 billion of municipal bonds in 2010. In addition, credit or structural enhancement embedded in transactions, such as through overcollateralization, first loss insurance, excess spread or other terms and conditions that provide investors with additional collateral or cash flow also compete with the Company's financial guaranties. Finally, the Company effectively competes with investors' conflicting demands for higher yields on investments versus their desire for higher-rated securities.

13

---

Table of Contents

        Assured Guaranty is currently the market leader in providing financial guaranty insurance. Other companies who had been active in this market experienced significant financial distress during the financial crisis and currently no longer have financial strength ratings adequate to remain active in new business origination. For example, neither Ambac Assurance Corporation ("Ambac") nor Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, the parent companies of which filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in 2010, are writing new business. MBIA Insurance Corporation, which transferred its U.S. public finance exposures to its affiliate National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation, is not writing new business. National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation, a company that only insures U.S. public finance obligations, currently appears not to have financial strength ratings adequate to issue new financial guaranty policies on public finance obligations. Neither Syncora Guarantee Inc. nor Radian Asset Assurance Inc. ("Radian") is writing any new business. CIFG Assurance North America, Inc. has been restructured but is not writing new business; it ceded a significant portion of its U.S. public finance portfolio to AGC in January 2009. Berkshire Hathaway Assurance Corporation, the only new entrant into the financial guaranty industry other than National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation that has written any new business, did not write new business in 2009, 2010 or 2011. Municipal and Infrastructure Assurance Corporation ("MIAC"), another entrant into the financial guaranty industry, was unable to raise sufficient capital in 2010 in order to insure any business; Radian purchased MIAC in 2011 and then, in January 2012, entered into an agreement with Assured Guaranty pursuant to which Assured Guaranty agreed to purchase MIAC, subject to regulatory approval, which Assured Guaranty anticipates will be obtained in the first half of 2012.

        There are at least three new financial guaranty insurance companies in the planning stages, although their ultimate prospects for commencing business remain uncertain. In the future, new entrants into the financial guaranty industry could reduce the Company's future new business prospects, including by furthering price competition or offering financial guaranty insurance on transactions with structural and security features that are more favorable to the issuers than those required by Assured Guaranty. In addition, the Federal Home Loan Bank has been authorized to participate to a limited extent in the municipal financial guaranty market. There have also been proposals for the U.S. Congress to establish a federally chartered bond insurer and for states, pension funds and the National League of Cities to establish bond insurers.

        Alternative credit enhancement structures, and in particular federal government credit enhancement or other programs, can also affect the Company's new business prospects, particularly if they provide direct governmental-level guaranties, restrict the use of third-party financial guaranties or reduce the amount of transactions that might qualify for financial guaranties. There have been periodic proposals during the past several years for state-level support of financial guaranties through investment in non-profit bond insurers. In addition, state guaranty funds for municipal debt, such as the Texas Permanent School Fund, can also impact the demand for the Company's financial guaranty insurance. Some aspects of the U.S. federal government's bailout of financial institutions also reduced the demand for financial guaranties. For instance, the terms of the Troubled Asset Loan Facility program through the U.S. Treasury, which ceased providing new loans on March 31, 2010, excluded financial guaranty forms of credit enhancement, reducing the amount of structured finance issuance that might come into the public market for insurance. Other factors, which may not directly address credit enhancement, may also affect the demand for the Company's financial guaranties. Other recent examples are the Build America Bonds program and the rating agency recalibrations, as discussed in the "Overview" above, both of which diminished the amount of bonds that could have benefitted from the Company's guaranty.

        The Company currently has no competitors in the financial guaranty reinsurance market. Previously, the Company had competed in the financial guaranty reinsurance market with multi-line insurers and with the other primary financial guaranty insurers. Historically, competition in the financial guaranty reinsurance business was based upon many factors including financial strength ratings from the major rating agencies, a financial enhancement rating from S&P, pricing, service, size and underwriting criteria.

14

---

Table of Contents

Regulation

General

        The business of insurance and reinsurance is regulated in most countries, although the degree and type of regulation varies significantly from one jurisdiction to another. Reinsurers are generally subject to less direct regulation than primary insurers. The Company is subject to regulation under applicable statutes in the U.S., the U.K. and Bermuda, as well as applicable statutes in Australia.

United States

        AGL has four operating insurance subsidiaries domiciled in the U.S., which the Company refers to collectively as the "Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries."

•

AGC is a Maryland domiciled insurance company licensed to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance (which is classified in some states as surety or another line of insurance) in 50 U.S. states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. AGC is also licensed as a Class 3 insurer in Bermuda; however, AGC has recently determined to surrender its Class 3 license to the Bermuda Monetary Authority and therefore its Class 3 license is expected to be canceled in the near future. It is registered as a foreign company in Australia and currently operates through a representative office in Sydney. AGC currently intends for the representative office to conduct activities so that it does not have a permanent establishment in Australia.



•

AGM is a New York domiciled insurance company licensed to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance in 50 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. It operates through a service company in Sydney. In April 2011, AGM submitted an application to the Insurance Business Division of the Supervision Bureau of the Financial Services Agency to invalidate its insurance license in Japan and subsequently closed its branch in Tokyo.



•

Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company is a New York domiciled insurance company authorized solely to transact mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance. It is licensed as a mortgage guaranty insurer in the State of New York and in the District of Columbia and is an approved or accredited reinsurer in the States of California, Illinois and Wisconsin.



•

Assured Guaranty Municipal Insurance Company (formerly FSA Insurance Company) was redomesticated to New York from Oklahoma in 2010. It is licensed to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance in New York and Oklahoma, and in 13 other states in the U.S.

Insurance Holding Company Regulation

        AGL and the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries are subject to the insurance holding company laws of their jurisdiction of domicile, as well as other jurisdictions where these insurers are licensed to do insurance business. These laws generally require each of the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries to register with its respective domestic state insurance department and annually to furnish financial and other information about the operations of companies within their holding company system. Generally, all transactions among companies in the holding company system to which any of the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries is a party (including sales, loans, reinsurance agreements and service agreements) must be fair and, if material or of a specified category, such as reinsurance or service agreements, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by the insurance department where the applicable subsidiary is domiciled.

Change of Control

        Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. domestic insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where the domestic insurer is domiciled. Generally, state statutes provide that control over a domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, 10% or more of the voting securities of the domestic insurer. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the state insurance commissioner will

15

---

Table of Contents

consider such factors as the financial strength of the applicant, the integrity and management of the applicant's board of directors and executive officers, the acquirer's plans for the management of the applicant's board of directors and executive officers, the acquirer's plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control involving AGL that some or all of AGL's stockholders might consider to be desirable, including in particular unsolicited transactions.

State Insurance Regulation

        State insurance authorities have broad regulatory powers with respect to various aspects of the business of U.S. insurance companies, including licensing these companies to transact business, accreditation of reinsurers, admittance of assets to statutory surplus, regulating unfair trade and claims practices, establishing reserve requirements and solvency standards, regulating investments and dividends and, in certain instances, approving policy forms and related materials and approving premium rates. State insurance laws and regulations require the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries to file financial statements with insurance departments everywhere they are licensed, authorized or accredited to conduct insurance business, and their operations are subject to examination by those departments at any time. The Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with Statutory Accounting Practices, or SAP, and procedures prescribed or permitted by these departments. State insurance departments also conduct periodic examinations of the books and records, financial reporting, policy filings and market conduct of insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years. Market conduct examinations by regulators other than the domestic regulator are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other states under guidelines promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

        The Maryland Insurance Administration, the regulatory authority of the domiciliary jurisdiction of AGC, conducts a periodic examination of insurance companies domiciled in Maryland every five years. The Maryland Insurance Administration last issued a Report on Financial Examination with respect to AGC in 2008 for the five year period ending December 31, 2006. The Maryland Insurance Administration is scheduled to commence in March 2012 an examination of AGC for the five year period ending December 31, 2011.

        The New York Department of Financial Services (the "NY DFS"), the regulatory authority of the domiciliary jurisdiction of AGM, Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company and Assured Guaranty Municipal Insurance Company, conducts a periodic examination of insurance companies domiciled in New York, also at five-year intervals. During 2008, the NY DFS completed its review of each of AGM and Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company for the five-year period ended December 31, 2007. The NY DFS has indicated that, in 2012, it will commence examinations of AGM and Assured Guaranty Municipal Insurance Company in order for its examinations of these companies to coincide with the Maryland Insurance Administration's examination of AGC. The examination of AGM will be for the four-year period ending December 31, 2011. This will be the first examination of Assured Guaranty Municipal Insurance Company by the NY DFS since its re-domestication from Oklahoma to New York. The NY DFS has not indicated which years will be covered by its examination. The Oklahoma Insurance Department completed its last examination of Assured Guaranty Municipal Insurance Company in 2008 for the three years ending December 31, 2006.

        Adverse developments surrounding the Company's industry peers have led state insurance regulators and federal regulators to question the adequacy of the current regulatory scheme governing financial guaranty insurers. See "Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to GAAP and Applicable Law—Changes in or inability to comply with applicable law could adversely affect the Company's ability to do business."

State Dividend Limitations

        Maryland.    One of the primary sources of cash for the payment of debt service and dividends by the Company is the receipt of dividends from AGC. If a dividend or distribution is an "extraordinary

16

---

Table of Contents

dividend," it must be reported to, and approved by, the Insurance Commissioner prior to payment. An "extraordinary dividend" is defined to be any dividend or distribution to stockholders, such as Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. ("AGUS"), the parent holding company of AGC, which, together with dividends paid during the preceding twelve months, exceeds the lesser of 10% of AGC's policyholders' surplus at the preceding December 31 or 100% of AGC's adjusted net investment income during that period. Further, an insurer may not pay any dividend or make any distribution to its shareholders unless the insurer notifies the Insurance Commissioner of the proposed payment within five business days following declaration and at least ten days before payment. The Insurance Commissioner may declare that such dividend not be paid if the Commissioner finds that the insurer's policyholders' surplus would be inadequate after payment of the dividend or could lead the insurer to a hazardous financial condition. AGC declared and paid dividends of $30.0 million, $50.0 million and $16.8 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, to AGUS. The maximum amount available during 2012 for the payment of dividends by AGC which would not be characterized as "extraordinary dividends" was approximately $102.1 million.

        New York.    Under the New York Insurance Law, AGM may declare or pay any dividend only out of "earned surplus," which is defined as that portion of the company's surplus that represents the net earnings, gains or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends or transferred to stated capital or capital surplus, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized appreciation of assets. Additionally, no dividend may be declared or distributed by either company in an amount which, together with all dividends declared or distributed by it during the preceding twelve months, exceeds the lesser of:

•

10% of policyholders' surplus as of its last statement filed with the New York Superintendent; or



•

100% of adjusted net investment income during this period.

        Based on AGM's statutory statements for 2011, the maximum amount available for payment of dividends by AGM without regulatory approval over the 12 months following December 31, 2011 is approximately $120.9 million, subject to certain limitations.

        In addition to statutory constraints, AGM is subject to contractual constraints on its ability to pay dividends. In connection with the AGMH Acquisition, AGM has agreed with Dexia that, until July 1, 2012, it will not repurchase, redeem or pay any dividends unless at such time AGM is rated at least AA- by S&P and Aa3 by Moody's and if the aggregate amount of such dividends in any year does not exceed 125% of AGMH's debt service for that year. For 2011 and 2010, AGMH paid $46.1 million and $46.1 million in debt service, respectively. An alternative to satisfying this test is if AGM receives prior rating agency confirmation that payment of the dividend would not cause any rating currently assigned to AGM to be downgraded immediately following such action. AGM did not declare or pay any dividends in 2011, 2010 or 2009. For more information regarding this agreement, see "AGMH Acquisition" within "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Contingency Reserves

        Maryland.    In accordance with Maryland insurance law and regulations, AGC maintains a statutory contingency reserve for the protection of policyholders against the effect of adverse economic cycles. The contingency reserve is maintained for each obligation and is equal to the greater of 50% of the premiums written or a percentage of principal guaranteed (which percentage varies from 0.55% to 2.5% depending on the nature of the asset). The contingency reserve is put up over a period of either 15 or 20 years, depending on the nature of the obligation, and then taken down over the same period of time. When considering the principal amount guaranteed, the Company is permitted to take into account amounts that it has ceded to reinsurers.

        New York.    Under the New York Insurance Law, each of AGM, Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company and Assured Guaranty Municipal Insurance Company must establish a contingency

17

---

Table of Contents

reserve to protect policyholders against the effect of adverse economic cycles. The financial guaranty insurer is required to provide a contingency reserve:

•

with respect to policies written prior to July 1, 1989, in an amount equal to 50% of earned premiums less permitted reductions; and



•

with respect to policies written on and after July 1, 1989, quarterly on a pro rata basis over a period of 20 years for municipal bonds and 15 years for all other obligations, in an amount equal to the greater of 50% of premiums written for the relevant category of insurance or a percentage of the principal guaranteed, varying from 0.55% to 2.50%, depending on the type of obligation guaranteed, until the contingency reserve amount for the category equals the applicable percentage of net unpaid principal.

        This reserve must be maintained for the periods specified above, except that reductions by the insurer may be permitted under specified circumstances in the event that actual loss experience exceeds certain thresholds or if the reserve accumulated is deemed excessive in relation to the insurer's outstanding insured obligations. AGM has in the past sought and obtained releases of excessive contingency reserves from the New York Insurance Department. Financial guaranty insurers are also required to maintain a loss and loss adjustment expense reserve and unearned premium reserve on a case-by-case basis.

Single and Aggregate Risk Limits

        The New York Insurance Law establishes single risk limits for financial guaranty insurers applicable to all obligations issued by a single entity and backed by a single revenue source. For example, under the limit applicable to qualifying asset-backed securities, the lesser of:

•

the insured average annual debt service for a single risk, net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral, or



•

the insured unpaid principal (reduced by the extent to which the unpaid principal of the supporting assets exceeds the insured unpaid principal) divided by nine, net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral, may not exceed 10% of the sum of the insurer's policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves, subject to certain conditions.

        Under the limit applicable to municipal obligations, the insured average annual debt service for a single risk, net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral, may not exceed 10% of the sum of the insurer's policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves. In addition, insured principal of municipal obligations attributable to any single risk, net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral, is limited to 75% of the insurer's policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves. Single-risk limits are also specified for other categories of insured obligations, and generally are more restrictive than those listed for asset-backed or municipal obligations. Obligations not qualifying for an enhanced single-risk limit are generally subject to the "corporate" limit (applicable to insurance of unsecured corporate obligations) equal to 10% of the sum of the insurer's policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves. For example, "triple-X" and "future flow" securitizations, as well as unsecured investor-owned utility obligations, are generally subject to these "corporate" single-risk limits.

        The New York Insurance Law also establishes aggregate risk limits on the basis of aggregate net liability insured as compared with statutory capital. "Aggregate net liability" is defined as outstanding principal and interest of guaranteed obligations insured, net of qualifying reinsurance and collateral. Under these limits, policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves must not be less than a percentage of aggregate net liability equal to the sum of various percentages of aggregate net liability for various categories of specified obligations. The percentage varies from 0.33% for certain municipal obligations to 4% for certain non-investment-grade obligations. As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate net liability of each of AGM, AGC and Assured Guaranty Municipal Insurance Company was below the applicable limit.

        The New York Superintendent has broad discretion to order a financial guaranty insurer to cease new business originations if the insurer fails to comply with single or aggregate risk limits. In practice, the New York Superintendent has shown a willingness to work with insurers to address these concerns.

18

---

Table of Contents

Risk-to-Capital Requirements

        Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company's total liability, net of applicable reinsurance, under its aggregate insurance policies may not exceed 25 times its total policyholders' surplus, commonly known as the "risk-to-capital" requirement. As of December 31, 2011, the consolidated risk-to-capital ratio for such company was below the limit.

Investments

        The Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations that require diversification of their investment portfolio and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as BIG fixed maturity securities, equity real estate, other equity investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus, and, in some instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. The Company believes that the investments made by the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries complied with such regulations as of December 31, 2011. In addition, any investment must be approved by the insurance company's board of directors or a committee thereof that is responsible for supervising or making such investment.

Operations of the Company's Non-U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries

        The insurance laws of each state of the U.S. and of many other countries regulate or prohibit the sale of insurance and reinsurance within their jurisdictions by unlicensed or non-accredited insurers and reinsurers. None of AGUK, AGE, AG Re, AGRO or Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) are admitted to do business in the United States. The Company does not intend that these companies will maintain offices or solicit, advertise, settle claims or conduct other insurance activities in any jurisdiction in the U.S. where the conduct of such activities would require it to be admitted or authorized.

        In addition to the regulatory requirements imposed by the jurisdictions in which they are licensed, reinsurers' business operations are affected by regulatory requirements in various states of the United States governing "credit for reinsurance" which are imposed on their ceding companies. In general, a ceding company which obtains reinsurance from a reinsurer that is licensed, accredited or approved by the ceding company's state of domicile is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the ceding company's liability for unearned premiums (which are that portion of premiums written which applies to the unexpired portion of the policy period), loss reserves and loss expense reserves ceded to the reinsurer. The great majority of states, however, permit a credit on the statutory financial statement of a ceding insurer for reinsurance obtained from a non-licensed or non-accredited reinsurer to the extent that the reinsurer secures its reinsurance obligations to the ceding insurer by providing a letter of credit, trust fund or other acceptable security arrangement. A few states do not allow credit for reinsurance ceded to non-licensed reinsurers except in certain limited circumstances and others impose additional requirements that make it difficult to become accredited.

Bermuda

        AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda), the Company's "Bermuda Subsidiaries," are each an insurance company currently registered and licensed as a Class 3B insurer, a Class 3A insurer and a Class 3A insurer, respectively, and AGRO is also currently registered and licensed as a "long term insurer" under the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda. AGC is permitted under a revocable permit granted under the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the "Companies Act") to engage in and carry on trade and business limited to engaging in certain non U.S. financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda, subject to compliance with the conditions attached to the permit and relevant provisions of the Companies Act (including having a Bermuda principal representative for the Companies Act purposes, restrictions on activities in Bermuda, publication and filing of prospectuses on public offerings of securities, registration of charges against its assets and certain winding up provisions). AGC is also licensed as a Class 3 insurer in Bermuda; however, AGC has determined to surrender its Class 3 license to the Bermuda Monetary

19

---

Table of Contents

Authority (the "Authority") as well as its Bermuda permit and therefore both its Class 3 license and permit are expected to be cancelled in the near future.

Bermuda Insurance Regulation

        The Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, amendments thereto and related regulations (collectively, the "Insurance Act") impose on insurance companies certain solvency and liquidity standards; certain restrictions on the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions; certain restrictions on the reduction of statutory capital; certain restrictions on the winding up of long-term insurers; and certain auditing and reporting requirements and also the need to have a principal representative and a principal office (as understood under the Insurance Act) in Bermuda. The Insurance Act grants to the Authority the power to cancel insurance licenses, supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies and in certain circumstances share information with foreign regulators. Class 3, Class 3A and Class 3B insurers are authorized to carry on general insurance business (as understood under the Insurance Act), subject to conditions attached to the license and to compliance with minimum capital and surplus requirements, solvency margin, liquidity ratio and other requirements imposed by the Insurance Act. Long-term insurers are permitted to carry on long-term business (as understood under the Insurance Act) subject to conditions attached to the license and to similar compliance requirements and the requirement to maintain its long-term business fund (a segregated fund). Each of AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) is required annually to file statutorily mandated financial statements and returns, audited by an auditor approved by the Authority (no approved auditor of an insurer may have an interest in that insurer, other than as an insured, and no officer, servant or agent of an insurer shall be eligible for appointment as an insurer's approved auditor), together with an annual loss reserve opinion of the Authority approved loss reserve specialist and in respect of AGRO, the required actuary's certificate with respect to the long-term business. AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) are also required to file annual financial statements prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"), which must be available to the public. In addition, AG Re is required to file a capital and solvency return that includes the company's Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement ("BSCR") model (or an approved internal capital model in lieu thereof), a schedule of fixed income investments by rating categories, a schedule of net reserves for losses and loss expense provisions by line of business, a schedule of premiums written by line of business, a schedule of risk management, a schedule of fixed income securities, a schedule of commercial insurer's solvency self assessment ("CISSA"), a schedule of catastrophe risk return, a schedule of loss triangles or reconciliation of net loss reserves and a schedule of eligible capital. AG Re is also required to file quarterly financial returns which consist of quarterly unaudited financial statements and details of material intra-group transactions and risk concentrations.

        Recent amendments to the Insurance Act have extended the enhanced solvency reporting requirements to Class 3A insurers such as AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda). As such, each of AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) is now also required to file a capital and solvency return that includes, among other details, the company's Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement—Small and Medium Entities ("BSCR-SME") model (or an approved internal capital model in lieu thereof), the CISSA and a schedule of eligible capital.

Shareholder Controllers

        Pursuant to provisions in the Insurance Act, any person who becomes a holder of 10% or more, 20% or more, 33% or more or 50% or more of the Company's common shares must notify the Authority in writing within 45 days of becoming such a holder. The Authority has the power to object to such a person if it appears to the Authority that the person is not fit and proper to be such a holder. In such a case, the Authority may require the holder to reduce their shareholding in the Company and may direct, among other things, that the voting rights attaching to their common shares shall not be exercisable. A person that does not comply with such a notice or direction from the Authority will be guilty of an offence.

        Under a condition to its permit granted under the Companies Act, AGC must inform the Bermuda Minister of Finance of any change in its beneficial ownership within 14 days of the occurrence of such change.

20

---

Table of Contents

Notification of Material Changes

        All registered insurers are required to give notice to the Authority of their intention to effect a material change within the meaning of the Insurance Act. For the purposes of the Insurance Act, the following changes are material: (i) the transfer or acquisition of insurance business being part of a scheme falling under section 25 of the Insurance Act or section 99 of the Companies Act, (ii) the amalgamation with or acquisition of another firm, (iii) engaging in non-insurance business and activities related thereto where such business is not ancillary to its insurance business; and (iv) engaging in unrelated business that is retail business.

        No registered insurer shall take any steps to give effect to a material change unless it has first served notice on the Authority that it intends to effect such material change and before the end of 14 days, either the Authority has notified such company in writing that it has no objection to such change or that period has lapsed without the Authority having issued a notice of objection. A person who fails to give the required notice or who effects a material change, or allows such material change to be effected, before the prescribed period has elapsed or after having received a notice of objection shall be guilty of an offence.

Minimum Solvency Margin and Enhanced Capital Requirements

        Under the Insurance Act, AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) must each ensure that the value of its general business assets exceeds the amount of its general business liabilities by an amount greater than the prescribed minimum solvency margin and each company's applicable enhanced capital requirement.

        The minimum solvency margin for Class 3, Class 3A and Class 3B insurers is the greater of (i) $1 million, or (ii) 20% of the first $6 million of net premiums written; if in excess of $6 million, the figure is $1.2 million plus 15% of net premiums written in excess of $6 million, or (iii) 15% of net discounted aggregate loss and loss expense provisions and other insurance reserves.

        In addition, as a Class C long-term insurer, AGRO is required, with respect to its long-term business, to maintain a minimum solvency margin equal to 50% of the greater of $500,000 or 1.5% of its assets for the 2011 financial year. For the purpose of this calculation, assets are defined as the total assets pertaining to its long-term business reported on the balance sheet in the relevant year less the amounts held in a segregated account. AGRO is also required to keep its accounts in respect of its long-term business separate from any accounts kept in respect of any other business and all receipts of its long-term business form part of its long-term business fund.

        Each of AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) is required to maintain available statutory capital and surplus at a level equal to or in excess of its applicable enhanced capital requirement, which is established by reference to either its BSCR model (BSCR-SME model in the case of AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda))or an approved internal capital model. The BSCR model is a risk-based capital model which provides a method for determining an insurer's capital requirements (statutory capital and surplus) by taking into account the risk characteristics of different aspects of the insurer's business. The BSCR formulae establish capital requirements for eight categories of risk: fixed income investment risk, equity investment risk, interest rate/liquidity risk, premium risk, reserve risk, credit risk, catastrophe risk and operational risk. For each category, the capital requirement is determined by applying factors to asset, premium, reserve, creditor, probable maximum loss and operation items, with higher factors applied to items with greater underlying risk and lower factors for less risky items.

        While not specifically referred to in the Insurance Act, the Authority has also established a target capital level ("TCL") for each insurer subject to an enhanced capital requirement equal to 120% of its enhanced capital requirement. While such an insurer is not currently required to maintain its statutory capital and surplus at this level, the TCL serves as an early warning tool for the Authority and failure to maintain statutory capital at least equal to the TCL will likely result in increased regulatory oversight.

        For each insurer subject to an enhanced capital requirement, the Authority has recently introduced a three-tiered capital system designed to assess the quality of capital resources that a company has

21

---

Table of Contents

available to meet its capital requirements. The new system classifies all capital instruments into one of three tiers based on their "loss absorbency" characteristics. Highest quality capital is classified as Tier 1 Capital; lesser quality capital is classified as either Tier 2 Capital or Tier 3 Capital. Under the proposed regime, up to certain specified percentages of Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital (determined by registration classification) may be used to support the company's minimum solvency margin, enhanced capital requirement and TCL.

Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions

        The Insurance Act limits the declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions by AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda).

        Under the Insurance Act:

•

The minimum share capital must be always issued and outstanding and cannot be reduced (for a company registered both as a Class 3A and a Class C long-term insurer, such as AGRO, the minimum share capital is $370,000 and for a company registered as a Class 3, Class 3A or Class 3B insurer only, the minimum share capital is $120,000).



•

With respect to the distribution (including repurchase of shares) of any share capital, contributed surplus or other statutory capital, certain restrictions under the Insurance Act may apply if the proposal is to reduce its total statutory capital. Before reducing its total statutory capital by 15% or more of the insurer's total statutory capital as set out in its previous year's financial statements, a Class 3, Class 3A or Class 3B insurer or a long-term insurer must obtain the prior approval of the Authority. In AG Re's case, any application for such approval must include an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins.



•

With respect to the declaration and payment of dividends:



(a)

each of AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it is in breach of its solvency margin, minimum liquidity ratio or enhanced capital requirement, or if the declaration or payment of such dividends would cause such a breach (if it has failed to meet its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, the insurer will be prohibited, without the approval of the Authority, from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year);



(b)

as a Class 3B insurer, AG Re is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least 7 days before payment of such dividends) with the Authority an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins;



(c)

a Class 3, Class 3A or Class 3B insurer which at any time fails to meet its general business solvency margin may not declare or pay any dividend until the failure is rectified, and also in such circumstances the Class 3, Class 3A or Class 3B insurer must report, within 30 days after becoming aware of its failure or having reason to believe that such failure has occurred, to the Authority giving particulars of the circumstances leading to the failure and the manner and time in which the Class 3, Class 3A or Class 3B insurer intends to rectify the failure; and



(d)

an insurer which at any time fails to meet its enhanced capital requirement may not declare or pay any dividend until the failure is rectified, and also in such circumstances must report, within 14 days after becoming aware of its failure or having reason to believe that such failure has occurred, to the Authority giving particulars of the circumstances leading to the failure and the manner and time in which the insurer intends to rectify the failure. Such an insurer must further furnish the Authority with certain information within 45 days after becoming aware of its failure or having reason to believe that such failure has occurred.

22

---

Table of Contents

•

A Class C long-term insurer may not:



(a)

use the funds allocated to its long-term business fund, directly or indirectly, for any purpose other than a purpose of its long-term business except in so far as such payment can be made out of any surplus certified by the insurer's approved actuary to be available for distribution otherwise than to policyholders; and



(b)

declare or pay a dividend to any person other than a policyholder unless the value of the assets of its long-term business fund, as certified by the insurer's approved actuary, exceeds the extent (as so certified) of the liabilities of the insurer's long-term business, and the amount of any such dividend shall not exceed the aggregate of (1) that excess; and (2) any other funds properly available for the payment of dividends being funds arising out of the business of the insurer other than its long-term business.

        Under the Companies Act, a Bermuda company (such as AGL, AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda)) may only declare and pay a dividend or make a distribution out of contributed surplus (as understood under the Companies Act) if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is and after the payment will be able to meet and pay its liabilities as they become due and the realizable value of the company's assets will not be less its liabilities. The Companies Act also regulates and restricts the reduction and return of capital and paid in share premium, including the repurchase of shares and imposes minimum issued and outstanding share capital requirements.

Minimum Liquidity Ratio

        The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business. An insurer engaged in general business is required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities. Relevant assets include cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment income due and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable, reinsurance balances receivable and funds held by ceding reinsurers. There are certain categories of assets which, unless specifically permitted by the Authority, do not automatically qualify as relevant assets, such as unquoted equity securities, investments in and advances to affiliates and real estate and collateral loans.

        The relevant liabilities are total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income tax and sundry liabilities (by interpretation, those not specifically defined) and letters of credit and corporate guarantees.

Code of Conduct

        Each of AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) is subject to the Insurance Code of Conduct, which establishes duties, standards, procedures and sound business principles which must be complied with by all insurers registered under the Insurance Act. Failure to comply with the requirements under the Insurance Code of Conduct will be a factor taken into account by the Authority in determining whether an insurer is conducting its business in a sound and prudent manner as prescribed by the Insurance Act. Such failure to comply with the requirements of the Insurance Code of Conduct could result in the Authority exercising its powers of intervention and investigation and will be a factor in calculating the operational risk charge applicable in accordance with the insurer's BSCR (or BSCR-SME) model.

Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations

        Although AGL is incorporated in Bermuda, it is classified as a non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes by the Authority. Pursuant to its non-resident status, AGL may engage in transactions in currencies other than Bermuda dollars and there are no restrictions on its ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of its common shares.

        Under Bermuda law, "exempted" companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As an "exempted" company, AGL (as well as each of AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda)) may not, without the

23

---

Table of Contents

express authorization of the Bermuda legislature or under a license or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business and other transactions, including: (1) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda (except that held by way of lease or tenancy agreement which is required for its business and held for a term not exceeding 50 years, or which is used to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees and held with the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, for a term not exceeding 21 years), (2) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure a principal amount in excess of $50,000 unless the Minister of Finance consents to a higher amount, and (3) the carrying on of business of any kind or type for which it is not duly licensed in Bermuda, except in certain limited circumstances, such as doing business with another exempted undertaking in furtherance of AGL's business carried on outside Bermuda.

        The Bermuda government actively encourages foreign investment in "exempted" entities like AGL that are based in Bermuda, but which do not operate in competition with local businesses. AGL is not currently subject to taxes computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation. Bermuda companies and permit companies, such as AGC, pay, as applicable, annual government fees, business fees, payroll tax and other taxes and duties. See "—Tax Matters—Taxation of AGL and Subsidiaries—Bermuda."

        Special considerations apply to the Company's Bermuda operations. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work permit is only granted or extended if the employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate or working resident certificate is available who meets the minimum standards for the position. The Bermuda government has a policy that places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to specified exemptions for persons deemed to be key employees. Currently, all of the Company's Bermuda based professional employees who require work permits have been granted work permits by the Bermuda government.

United Kingdom

General

        The regulation of the financial services industry in the U.K. is consolidated under the Financial Services Authority ("FSA U.K."). In addition, the regulatory regime in the U.K. must comply with certain European Union ("EU") directives binding on all EU member states and notably the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive, largely for the purposes of harmonizing the regulatory regime for investment services and activities across the EEA.

        The FSA U.K. is the single statutory regulator responsible for regulating the financial services industry in the U.K., having the authority to oversee the carrying on of "regulated activities" (including deposit taking, insurance and reinsurance, investment management and most other financial services), with the purpose of maintaining confidence in the U.K. financial system, providing public understanding of the system, securing the proper degree of protection for consumers and helping to reduce financial crime. It is a criminal offense for any person to carry on a regulated activity in the U.K. unless that person is authorized by the FSA U.K. and has been granted permission to carry on that regulated activity, or otherwise falls under an exemption to such regulation.

        It is anticipated that the present single-regulator framework in the U.K. will be replaced by the end of 2012 with a new framework with two new regulatory bodies: (1) the Prudential Regulatory Authority, a subsidiary of the Bank of England, which will be responsible for prudential regulation, and (2) the Financial Conduct Authority, which will be responsible for the regulation of market conduct. These two new regulators will inherit the majority of the FSA U.K.'s existing functions and while they will co-ordinate and co-operate in some areas, they will have separate and independent mandates and separate rule-making and enforcement powers.

24

---

Table of Contents

        Insurance business in the U.K. falls into two main categories: long-term insurance (which is primarily investment related) and general insurance. Subject to limited exceptions, it is not possible for a new insurance company to be authorized in both long-term and general insurance business unless the long-term insurance business is restricted to reinsurance business. These two categories are both divided into "classes" (for example: permanent health and pension fund management are two classes of long-term insurance; damage to property and motor vehicle liability are two classes of general insurance). Under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA"), effecting or carrying out contracts of insurance, within a class of general or long-term insurance, by way of business in the U.K., constitutes a "regulated activity" requiring authorization. An authorized insurance company must have permission for each class of insurance business it intends to write.

        The FSA U.K. carries out the prudential supervision of insurance companies through a variety of methods, including the collection of information from statistical returns, review of accountants' reports, visits to insurance companies and regular formal interviews. The FSA U.K. has adopted a risk-based and a principles-based approach to the supervision of insurance companies.

        Under its risk-based approach, the FSA U.K. periodically performs a formal risk assessment of insurance companies or groups carrying on business in the U.K., which varies in scope according to the risk profile of the insurer. The FSA U.K. performs its risk assessment broadly, by analyzing information which it receives during the normal course of its supervision, such as regular prudential returns on the financial position of the insurance company, or which it acquires through a series of meetings with senior management of the insurance company and by making use of its thematic work. After each risk assessment, the FSA U.K. will inform the insurer of its views on the insurer's risk profile. This will include details of any remedial action that the FSA U.K. requires and the likely consequences if this action is not taken. The FSA U.K. also maintains requirements for senior management arrangements and for systems and controls for insurance and reinsurance companies under its jurisdiction

        In addition, the FSA U.K. regards itself as a principles-based regulator and is placing an increased emphasis on risk identification and management in relation to the prudential regulation of insurance and reinsurance business in the U.K. The FSA U.K's rules include those on the sale of general insurance, known as insurance mediation, the General Prudential Sourcebook (GENPRU), the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers (IPRU-INS) and the Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers (INSPRU) (collectively, the "Prudential Sourcebooks"), which include measures such as risk-based capital adequacy rules, including individual capital assessments. These are intended to align capital requirements with the risk profile of each insurance company and ensure adequate diversification of an insurer's or reinsurer's exposures to any credit risks of its reinsurers. AGE has calculated its minimum required capital according to the FSA U.K.'s individual capital adequacy criteria and is in compliance.

        AGE is authorized to effect and carry out certain classes of general insurance, specifically: classes 14 (credit), 15 (suretyship) and 16 (miscellaneous financial loss). This scope of permission is sufficient to enable AGE to effect and carry out financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance. The insurance and reinsurance businesses of AGE are subject to close supervision by the FSA U.K. AGE also has permission to arrange and advise on deals in financial guarantees which it underwrites.

        AGUK has also been authorized to effect and carry out insurance classes 14 (credit), 15 (suretyship) and 16 (miscellaneous financial loss). Given AGUK's large reinsurance exposures to its parent, AGC, and certain AGUK guaranteed transactions, AGUK's board of directors determined that it was not necessary to maintain both AGUK and AGE to write new business and elected to place AGUK into run-off. Subsequently, the Company has been utilizing AGE as the entity from which to write business in the European Economic Area. It was agreed between management and the FSA U.K. that any new business written by AGE will be guaranteed using a co-insurance structure pursuant to which AGE will co-insure municipal and infrastructure transactions with AGM, and structured finance transactions with AGC. AGE's financial guarantee will guarantee a proportionate share (expected to be approximately 3 to 10%) of the total exposure, and AGM or AGC, as the case may be, will guarantee the remaining exposure under the transaction (subject to compliance with EEA licensing requirements). AGM or AGC, as the case may be, will also issue a second-to-pay guaranty to cover AGE's financial guarantee.

25

---

Table of Contents

        Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. ("AGFOL"), a subsidiary of AGL, is authorized by the FSA U.K. as an "Exempt CAD" firm to carry out designated investment business activities in that it may "advise on investments (except on pension transfers and pension opt outs)" relating to most investment instruments. In addition, it may arrange or bring about transactions in investments and make "arrangements with a view to transactions in investments." It should be noted that AGFOL is not authorized as an insurer and does not itself take risk in the transactions it arranges or places, and may not hold funds on behalf of its customers. AGFOL's permissions also allow it to introduce business to AGC and AGM, so that AGFOL can arrange financial guaranties underwritten by AGC and AGM, even though AGFOL's role will be limited to acting as a pure introducer of business to AGC and AGM.

Solvency Requirements

        The Prudential Sourcebooks require that non-life insurance companies such as AGUK and AGE maintain a margin of solvency at all times in respect of the liabilities of the insurance company, the calculation of which depends on the type and amount of insurance business a company writes. The method of calculation of the solvency margin (known as the minimum capital requirement) is set out in the Prudential Sourcebooks, and for these purposes, the insurer's assets and liabilities are subject to specified valuation rules. The Prudential Sourcebooks also require that AGUK and AGE calculate and share with the FSA U.K. their "enhanced capital requirement" based on risk-weightings applied to assets held and lines of business written. In 2007, the FSA U.K. replaced the individual capital assessment for financial guaranty insurers with a "benchmarker" capital adequacy model imposed by the FSA U.K. The FSA U.K. currently is in the process of replacing the benchmarker model with an individual capital assessment for AGE. In the third quarter of 2011, the FSA U.K. conducted a review of the benchmarker models for AGE and AGUK. AGE has filed an individual capital adequacy submission; the FSA U.K. is evaluating such submission but did not issue Individual Capital Guidance. Rather, the FSA U.K. proposed the use of the benchmarker tool to set the level of capital required. Should the level of capital at AGE fall below the capital requirement as indicated by the benchmarker, the FSA U.K. may require the Company to undertake further work, following which Individual Capital Guidance may result.

        Since AGUK will not be writing new business, AGUK has not filed an individual capital adequacy submission and will instead continue to be subject to the benchmarker model. Failure to maintain capital at least equal to the higher of the minimum capital requirement and the individual capital assessment, in the case of AGE, or the benchmarker model, in the case of AGUK, is one of the grounds on which the wide powers of intervention conferred upon the FSA U.K. may be exercised.

        To the extent that the amount of premiums for such classes exceed certain specified minimum thresholds, each insurance company writing property, credit and other specified categories of insurance or reinsurance business is required by the Prudential Sourcebooks to maintain an equalization reserve calculated in accordance with the provisions of INSPRU.

        The European Union's "Solvency II" directive (Directive 2009/138/EC), which itself is to be amended by the proposed "Omnibus II Directive.", is currently expected to be implemented by January 2014 and the above solvency requirements will need to be amended by such time. Among other things, that directive introduces a revised risk-based prudential regime which includes the following features: (i) assets and liabilities are generally to be valued at their market value; (ii) the amount of required economic capital is intended to ensure, with a probability of 99.5%, that regulated firms are able to meet their obligations to policyholders and beneficiaries over the following 12 months; and (iii) reinsurance recoveries will be treated as a separate asset (rather than being netted off the underlying insurance liabilities). AGE has been accepted by the FSA U.K. into the pre-application process and has begun the process to apply for approval from the FSA U.K. for use of the "Partial Internal Model" methodology for calculation of its solvency capital requirement, which combines standard formulas developed by the European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority, under the direction of the European Commission, for calculation of certain capital requirements with an internally developed model for calculation of other capital requirements.

26

---

Table of Contents

        In addition, an insurer (which includes a company conducting only reinsurance business) is required to perform and submit to the FSA U.K. a group capital adequacy return in respect of its ultimate insurance parent. The calculation at the level of the ultimate European Economic Area insurance parent is required to show a positive result. There is no such requirement in relation to the report at the level of the ultimate insurance parent, although if the report at that level raises concerns, the FSA U.K. may take regulatory action. Public disclosure of the European Economic Area group calculation is also required. The purpose of this rule is to prevent leveraging of capital arising from involvements in other group insurance firms.

        Further, an insurer is required to report in its annual returns to the FSA U.K. all material related party transactions (e.g., intragroup reinsurance, whose value is more than 5% of the insurer's general insurance business amount).

Restrictions on Dividend Payments

        U.K. company law prohibits each of AGUK and AGE from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has "profits available for distribution." The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While the U.K. insurance regulatory laws impose no statutory restrictions on a general insurer's ability to declare a dividend, the FSA U.K's capital requirements may in practice act as a restriction on dividends.

Reporting Requirements

        U.K. insurance companies must prepare their financial statements under the Companies Act 2006, which requires the filing with Companies House of audited financial statements and related reports. In addition, U.K. insurance companies are required to file regulatory returns with the FSA U.K., which include a revenue account, a profit and loss account and a balance sheet in prescribed forms. Under sections of the Prudential Sourcebooks, audited regulatory returns must be filed with the FSA U.K. within two months and 15 days of the financial year end (or three months where the delivery of the return is made electronically).

Supervision of Management

        The FSA U.K. closely supervises the management of insurance companies through the approved persons regime, by which any appointment of persons to perform certain specified "controlled functions" within a regulated entity must be approved by the FSA U.K.

Change of Control

        FSMA regulates the acquisition of "control" of any U.K. insurance company authorized under FSMA. Any company or individual that (together with its or his associates) directly or indirectly acquires 10% or more of the shares in a U.K. authorized insurance company or its parent company, or is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in such authorized insurance company or its parent company, would be considered to have acquired "control" for the purposes of the relevant legislation, as would a person who had significant influence over the management of such authorized insurance company or its parent company by virtue of his shareholding or voting power in either.

        Under FSMA, any person proposing to acquire "control" of a U.K. authorized insurance company must give prior notification to the FSA U.K. of its intention to do so. The FSA U.K. then has up to sixty working days to consider that person's application to acquire "control." In considering whether to approve such application, the FSA U.K. must be satisfied that both the acquirer is a "fit and proper" person to have "control" and that the interests of consumers would not be threatened by such acquisition of "control." "Consumers" in this context includes all persons who may use the services of the authorized insurance company. Failure to make the relevant prior application could result in action being taken by the FSA U.K.

27

---

Table of Contents

Intervention and Enforcement

        The FSA U.K. has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of an authorized person, culminating in the ultimate sanction of the removal of authorization to carry on a regulated activity. FSMA imposes on the FSA U.K. statutory obligations to monitor compliance with the requirements imposed by FSMA, and to investigate and enforce the provisions of FSMA related rules made by the FSA U.K. such as the Prudential Sourcebooks and breaches of the Conduct of Business Sourcebook.

        The FSA U.K. also has the power to prosecute criminal offenses arising under FSMA, and to prosecute insider dealing under Part V of the Criminal Justice Act of 1993, and breaches of money laundering regulations. The FSA U.K's stated policy is to pursue criminal prosecution in all appropriate cases.

"Passporting"

        EU directives allow AGFOL, AGUK and AGE to conduct business in EU states other than the United Kingdom in compliance with the scope of permission granted these companies by FSA U.K. without the necessity of additional licensing or authorization in other EU jurisdictions. This ability to operate in other jurisdictions of the EU on the basis of home state authorization and supervision is sometimes referred to as "passporting." Insurers may operate outside their home member state either on a "services" basis or on an "establishment" basis. Operating on a "services" basis means that the company conducts permitted businesses in the host state without having a physical presence there, while operating on an establishment basis means the company has a branch or physical presence in the host state. In both cases, a company remains subject to regulation by its home regulator although the company nonetheless may have to comply with certain local rules, such as where the company is operating on an "establishment" basis in which case, the local conduct of business (and other related) rules apply since the host state is regarded as a better place to detect and intervene in respect of suspected breaches relating to the branch within its territory. In such cases, the home state rules apply in respect of "organizational" and "prudential" obligations. In addition to EU member states, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein (members of the broader EEA) are jurisdictions in which this passporting framework applies. Each of AGUK, AGE and AGFOL is permitted to operate on a passport basis in various countries throughout the EEA. However, as previously discussed, Assured Guaranty has elected to place AGUK into run-off.

Fees and Levies

        Each of AGUK and AGE is subject to FSA U.K. fees and levies based on its gross premium income and gross technical liabilities. The FSA U.K. also requires authorized insurers to participate in an investors' protection fund, known as the Financial Services Compensation Scheme. The Financial Services Compensation Scheme was established to compensate consumers of financial services, including the buyers of insurance, against failures in the financial services industry. Individual policyholders and small businesses may be compensated by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme when an authorized insurer is unable, or likely to be unable, to satisfy policyholder claims. Neither AGUK or AGE expects to write any insurance business that is protected by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme.

Tax Matters

Taxation of AGL and Subsidiaries

Bermuda

        Under current Bermuda law, there is no Bermuda income, corporate or profits tax or withholding tax, capital gains tax or capital transfer tax payable by AGL or its Bermuda Subsidiaries. AGL, AGC, and the Bermuda Subsidiaries have each obtained from the Minister of Finance under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to AGL, AGC or the Bermuda Subsidiaries or to any of their operations or their shares,

28

---

Table of Contents

debentures or other obligations, until March 31, 2035. This assurance is subject to the proviso that it is not to be construed so as to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda, or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to any land leased to AGL, AGC or the Bermuda Subsidiaries. AGL, AGC and the Bermuda Subsidiaries each pay annual Bermuda government fees, and the Bermuda Subsidiaries and AGC pay annual insurance license fees. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda government.

United States

        AGL has conducted and intends to continue to conduct substantially all of its foreign operations outside the U.S. and to limit the U.S. contacts of AGL and its foreign subsidiaries (except AGRO and AGE, which have elected to be taxed as U.S. corporations) so that they should not be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. A foreign corporation, such as AG Re, that is deemed to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States would be subject to U.S. income tax at regular corporate rates, as well as the branch profits tax, on its income which is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, unless the corporation is entitled to relief under the permanent establishment provision of an applicable tax treaty, as discussed below. Such income tax, if imposed, would be based on effectively connected income computed in a manner generally analogous to that applied to the income of a U.S. corporation, except that a foreign corporation may generally be entitled to deductions and credits only if it timely files a U.S. federal income tax return. AGL, AG Re and certain of the other foreign subsidiaries have and will continue to file protective U.S. federal income tax returns on a timely basis in order to preserve the right to claim income tax deductions and credits if it is ever determined that they are subject to U.S. federal income tax. The highest marginal federal income tax rates currently are 35% for a corporation's effectively connected income and 30% for the "branch profits" tax.

        Under the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the U.S. (the "Bermuda Treaty"), a Bermuda insurance company would not be subject to U.S. income tax on income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business unless that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the U.S. AG Re and the other Bermuda Subsidiaries currently intend to conduct their activities so that they do not have a permanent establishment in the U.S.

        An insurance enterprise resident in Bermuda generally will be entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty if (i) more than 50% of its shares are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the U.S. or Bermuda or U.S. citizens and (ii) its income is not used in substantial part, directly or indirectly, to make disproportionate distributions to, or to meet certain liabilities of, persons who are neither residents of either the U.S. or Bermuda nor U.S. citizens.

        Foreign insurance companies carrying on an insurance business within the U.S. have a certain minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income, determined in accordance with a formula that depends, in part, on the amount of U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If AG Re or another Bermuda Subsidiary is considered to be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the U.S. and is not entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in general (because it fails to satisfy one of the limitations on treaty benefits discussed above), the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), could subject a significant portion of AG Re's or another Bermuda Subsidiary's investment income to U.S. income tax.

        Foreign corporations not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S., and those that are engaged in a U.S. trade or business with respect to their non-effectively connected income are nonetheless subject to U.S. income tax imposed by withholding on certain "fixed or determinable annual or periodic gains, profits and income" derived from sources within the U.S. (such as dividends and certain interest on investments), subject to exemption under the Code or reduction by applicable treaties. The Bermuda Treaty does not reduce the U.S. withholding rate on U.S.-sourced investment income. The standard non-treaty rate of U.S. withholding tax is currently 30%.

        The U.S. also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to foreign insurers with respect to risk of a U.S. person located wholly or partly within the U.S. or risks of a

29

---

Table of Contents

foreign person engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. which are located within the U.S. The rates of tax applicable to premiums paid are 4% for direct casualty insurance premiums and 1% for reinsurance premiums.

        AGUS, AGC, AG Financial Products Inc., Assured Guaranty Overseas U.S. Holdings Inc. and Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company are each a U.S. domiciled corporation and AGRO and AGE have elected to be treated as U.S. corporations for all U.S. federal tax purposes. As such, each corporation is subject to taxation in the U.S. at regular corporate rates.

Taxation of Shareholders

Bermuda Taxation

        Currently, there is no Bermuda capital gains tax, or withholding or other tax payable on principal, interests or dividends paid to the holders of the AGL common shares.

United States Taxation

        This discussion is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any relevant administrative rulings or pronouncements or judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof and as currently interpreted, and does not take into account possible changes in such tax laws or interpretations thereof, which may apply retroactively. This discussion does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments within the U.S. or any foreign government.

        The following summary sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of AGL's shares. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with holders that are U.S. Persons (as defined below) who purchase their shares and who hold their shares as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code. The following discussion is only a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax matters as described herein and does not purport to address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder in light of such shareholder's specific circumstances. For example, special rules apply to certain shareholders, such as partnerships, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, financial asset securitization investment trusts, dealers or traders in securities, tax exempt organizations, expatriates, persons that do not hold their securities in the U.S. dollar, persons who are considered with respect to AGL or any of its foreign subsidiaries as "United States shareholders" for purposes of the controlled foreign corporation ("CFC") rules of the Code (generally, a U.S. Person, as defined below, who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of AGL or the stock of any of AGL's foreign subsidiaries entitled to vote (i.e., 10% U.S. Shareholders)), or persons who hold the common shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle. Any such shareholder should consult their tax advisor.

        If a partnership holds AGL's shares, the tax treatment of the partners will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of a partnership owning AGL's shares should consult their tax advisers.

        For purposes of this discussion, the term "U.S. Person" means: (i) a citizen or resident of the U.S., (ii) a partnership or corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., or organized under any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, (iv) a trust if either (x) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. Persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (v) any other person or entity that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if it were one of the foregoing.

        Taxation of Distributions.    Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the CFC, related person insurance income ("RPII") and passive foreign investment company ("PFIC") rules, cash distributions, if any, made with respect to AGL's shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits of AGL (as computed using U.S. tax principles). Under current legislation, certain dividends paid to

30

---

Table of Contents

individual and certain other non-corporate shareholders before 2013 are eligible for reduced rates of tax. Dividends paid by AGL to corporate shareholders will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction. To the extent such distributions exceed AGL's earnings and profits, they will be treated first as a return of the shareholder's basis in the common shares to the extent thereof, and then as gain from the sale of a capital asset.

        AGL believes dividends paid by AGL on its common shares before 2013 to non-corporate holders will be eligible for reduced rates of tax up to a maximum of 15% as "qualified dividend income," provided that AGL is not a PFIC and certain other requirements, including stock holding period requirements, are satisfied. Qualified dividend income is currently subject to tax at capital gain rates. Note, however, that legislation has periodically been introduced in the U.S. Congress intending to limit the availability of this preferential dividend tax rate where dividends are paid by corporations resident in foreign jurisdictions deemed to be "tax haven" jurisdictions for this purpose.

        Classification of AGL or its Foreign Subsidiaries as a Controlled Foreign Corporation.    Each 10% U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and who owns shares in the foreign corporation, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, on the last day of the foreign corporation's taxable year on which it is CFC, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC's "subpart F income," even if the subpart F income is not distributed. "Subpart F income" of a foreign insurance corporation typically includes foreign personal holding company income (such as interest, dividends and other types of passive income), as well as insurance and reinsurance income (including underwriting and investment income). A foreign corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders own (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of section 958(b) of the Code (i.e., "constructively")) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of such foreign corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all stock of such corporation on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a foreign insurance company in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock (or more than 25% of the total value of the stock) is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders, on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. A "10% U.S. Shareholder" is a U.S. Person who owns (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of the foreign corporation. AGL believes that because of the dispersion of AGL's share ownership, provisions in AGL's organizational documents that limit voting power (these provisions are described in "Description of Share Capital") and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns shares of AGL directly or indirectly through one or more foreign entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities, or constructively), 10% or more of the total voting power of all classes of shares of AGL or any of its foreign subsidiaries. It is possible, however, that the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge. In addition, the direct and indirect subsidiaries of AGUS are characterized as CFCs and any subpart F income generated will be included in the gross income of the applicable domestic subsidiaries in the AGL group.

        The RPII CFC Provisions.    The following discussion generally is applicable only if the RPII of AG Re or any other foreign insurance subsidiary that has not made an election under section 953(d) of the Code to be treated as a U.S. corporation for all U.S. federal tax purposes or are CFCs owned directly or indirectly by AGUS (each a "Foreign Insurance Subsidiary" or collectively, with AG Re, the "Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries") determined on a gross basis, is 20% or more of the Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's gross insurance income for the taxable year and the 20% Ownership Exception (as defined below) is not met. The following discussion generally would not apply for any taxable year in which the Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's gross RPII falls below the 20% threshold or the 20% Ownership Exception is met. Although the Company cannot be certain, it believes that each Foreign Insurance Subsidiary was in prior years of operations and will for the foreseeable future either be below the 20% threshold or meet the requirements of 20% Ownership Exception for each tax year.

        RPII is any "insurance income" (as defined below) attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to which the person (directly or indirectly) insured is a "RPII shareholder" (as defined below) or a "related person" (as defined below) to such RPII shareholder. In general, and

31

---

Table of Contents

subject to certain limitations, "insurance income" is income (including premium and investment income) attributable to the issuing of any insurance or reinsurance contract which would be taxed under the portions of the Code relating to insurance companies if the income were the income of a domestic insurance company. For purposes of inclusion of the RPII of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary in the income of RPII shareholders, unless an exception applies, the term "RPII shareholder" means any U.S. Person who owns (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) any amount of AGL's common shares. Generally, the term "related person" for this purpose means someone who controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the RPII shareholder. Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock applying certain constructive ownership principles. A Foreign Insurance Subsidiary will be treated as a CFC under the RPII provisions if RPII shareholders are treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) 25% or more of the shares of AGL by vote or value.

        RPII Exceptions.    The special RPII rules do not apply if (i) at all times during the taxable year less than 20% of the voting power and less than 20% of the value of the stock of AGL (the "20% Ownership Exception") is owned (directly or indirectly through entities) by persons who are (directly or indirectly) insured under any policy of insurance or reinsurance issued by a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary or related persons to any such person, (ii) RPII, determined on a gross basis, is less than 20% of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's gross insurance income for the taxable year (the "20% Gross Income Exception), (iii) a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary elects to be taxed on its RPII as if the RPII were effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and to waive all treaty benefits with respect to RPII and meet certain other requirements or (iv) a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary elects to be treated as a U.S. corporation and waive all treaty benefits and meet certain other requirements. The Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries do not intend to make either of these elections. Where none of these exceptions applies, each U.S. Person owning or treated as owning any shares in AGL (and therefore, indirectly, in a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary) on the last day of AGL's taxable year will be required to include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its share of the RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary was a CFC under the RPII provisions, determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to such U.S. Persons at that date, but limited by each such U.S. Person's share of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's current-year earnings and profits as reduced by the U.S. Person's share, if any, of certain prior-year deficits in earnings and profits. The Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries intend to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that each qualifies for either the 20% Gross Income Exception or 20% Ownership Exception.

        Computation of RPII.    For any year in which a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary does not meet the 20% Ownership Exception or the 20% Gross Income Exception, AGL may also seek information from its shareholders as to whether beneficial owners of shares at the end of the year are U.S. Persons so that the RPII may be determined and apportioned among such persons; to the extent AGL is unable to determine whether a beneficial owner of shares is a U.S. Person, AGL may assume that such owner is not a U.S. Person, thereby increasing the per share RPII amount for all known RPII shareholders. The amount of RPII includable in the income of a RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses. If a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary meets the 20% Ownership Exception or the 20% Gross Income Exception, RPII shareholders will not be required to include RPII in their taxable income.

        Apportionment of RPII to U.S. Holders.    Every RPII shareholder who owns shares on the last day of any taxable year of AGL in which a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary does not meet the 20% Ownership Exception or the 20% Gross Income Exception should expect that for such year it will be required to include in gross income its share of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which the Foreign Insurance Subsidiary was a CFC under the RPII provisions, whether or not distributed, even though it may not have owned the shares throughout such period. A RPII shareholder who owns shares during such taxable year but not on the last day of the taxable year is not required to include in gross income any part of the Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's RPII.

        Basis Adjustments.    An RPII shareholder's tax basis in its common shares will be increased by the amount of any RPII the shareholder includes in income. The RPII shareholder may exclude from

32

---

Table of Contents

income the amount of any distributions by AGL out of previously taxed RPII income. The RPII shareholder's tax basis in its common shares will be reduced by the amount of such distributions that are excluded from income.

        Uncertainty as to Application of RPII.    The RPII provisions are complex, have never been interpreted by the courts or the Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of RPII by the IRS, the courts or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. These provisions include the grant of authority to the Treasury Department to prescribe "such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purpose of this subsection including regulations preventing the avoidance of this subsection through cross insurance arrangements or otherwise." Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to the Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries is uncertain. In addition, the Company cannot be certain that the amount of RPII or the amounts of the RPII inclusions for any particular RPII shareholder, if any, will not be subject to adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. Any prospective investor which does business with a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary and is considering an investment in common shares should consult his tax advisor as to the effects of these uncertainties.

        Information Reporting.    Under certain circumstances, U.S. Persons owning shares (directly, indirectly or constructively) in a foreign corporation are required to file IRS Form 5471 with their U.S. federal income tax returns. Generally, information reporting on IRS Form 5471 is required by (i) a person who is treated as a RPII shareholder, (ii) a 10% U.S. Shareholder of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during any tax year of the foreign corporation and who owned the stock on the last day of that year; and (iii) under certain circumstances, a U.S. Person who acquires stock in a foreign corporation and as a result thereof owns 10% or more of the voting power or value of such foreign corporation, whether or not such foreign corporation is a CFC. For any taxable year in which AGL determines that the 20% Gross Income Exception and the 20% Ownership Exception does not apply, AGL will provide to all U.S. Persons registered as shareholders of its shares a completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the form. Failure to file IRS Form 5471 may result in penalties. In addition, U.S. shareholders should consult their tax advisors with respect to other information reporting requirements that may be applicable to them.

        Tax-Exempt Shareholders.    Tax-exempt entities will be required to treat certain subpart F insurance income, including RPII, that is includible in income by the tax-exempt entity as unrelated business taxable income. Prospective investors that are tax exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the potential impact of the unrelated business taxable income provisions of the Code. A tax-exempt organization that is treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder or a RPII Shareholder also must file IRS Form 5471 in certain circumstances.

        Dispositions of AGL's Shares.    Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the Code section 1248 and PFIC rules, holders of shares generally should recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares in the same manner as on the sale, exchange or other disposition of any other shares held as capital assets. If the holding period for these shares exceeds one year, any gain will be subject to tax at a current maximum marginal tax rate of 15% for individuals (subject to increase in 2013 without Congressional action) and 35% for corporations. Moreover, gain, if any, generally will be a U.S. source gain and generally will constitute "passive income" for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

        Code section 1248 provides that if a U.S. Person sells or exchanges stock in a foreign corporation and such person owned, directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC's earnings and profits (determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with certain adjustments). The Company believes that because of the dispersion of AGL's share ownership, provisions in AGL's organizational documents that limit voting power and other

33

---

Table of Contents

factors that no U.S. shareholder of AGL should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) 10% of more of the total voting power of AGL; to the extent this is the case this application of Code Section 1248 under the regular CFC rules should not apply to dispositions of AGL's shares. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge. A 10% U.S. Shareholder may in certain circumstances be required to report a disposition of shares of a CFC by attaching IRS Form 5471 to the U.S. federal income tax or information return that it would normally file for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. In the event this is determined necessary, AGL will provide a completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the Form. Code section 1248 in conjunction with the RPII rules also applies to the sale or exchange of shares in a foreign corporation if the foreign corporation would be treated as a CFC for RPII purposes regardless of whether the shareholder is a 10% U.S. Shareholder or whether the 20% Ownership Exception or 20% Gross Income Exception applies. Existing proposed regulations do not address whether Code section 1248 would apply if a foreign corporation is not a CFC but the foreign corporation has a subsidiary that is a CFC and that would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a domestic corporation. The Company believes, however, that this application of Code section 1248 under the RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of AGL's shares because AGL will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. The Company cannot be certain, however, that the IRS will not interpret the proposed regulations in a contrary manner or that the Treasury Department will not amend the proposed regulations to provide that these rules will apply to dispositions of common shares. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effects of these rules on a disposition of common shares.

        Passive Foreign Investment Companies.    In general, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC during a given year if (i) 75% or more of its gross income constitutes "passive income" (the "75% test") or (ii) 50% or more of its assets produce passive income (the "50% test").

        If AGL were characterized as a PFIC during a given year, each U.S. Person holding AGL's shares would be subject to a penalty tax at the time of the sale at a gain of, or receipt of an "excess distribution" with respect to, their shares, unless such person (i) is a 10% U.S. Shareholder and AGL is a CFC or (ii) made a "qualified electing fund election" or "mark-to-market" election. It is uncertain that AGL would be able to provide its shareholders with the information necessary for a U.S. Person to make a qualified electing fund election. In addition, if AGL were considered a PFIC, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning common shares, such individual's heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the common shares that might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. In general, a shareholder receives an "excess distribution" if the amount of the distribution is more than 125% of the average distribution with respect to the common shares during the three preceding taxable years (or shorter period during which the taxpayer held common shares). In general, the penalty tax is equivalent to an interest charge on taxes that are deemed due during the period the shareholder owned the common shares, computed by assuming that the excess distribution or gain (in the case of a sale) with respect to the common shares was taken in equal portion at the highest applicable tax rate on ordinary income throughout the shareholder's period of ownership. The interest charge is equal to the applicable rate imposed on underpayments of U.S. federal income tax for such period. In addition, a distribution paid by AGL to U.S. shareholders that is characterized as a dividend and is not characterized as an excess distribution would not be eligible for reduced rates of tax as qualified dividend income with respect to dividends paid before 2013.

        For the above purposes, passive income generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income. The PFIC rules provide that income "derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation which is predominantly engaged in an insurance business... is not treated as passive income." The PFIC provisions also contain a look-through rule under which a foreign corporation shall be treated as if it "received directly its proportionate share of the income..." and as if it "held its proportionate share of the assets..." of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the stock.

        The insurance income exception is intended to ensure that income derived by a bona fide insurance company is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the insurance business. The Company expects,

34

---

Table of Contents

for purposes of the PFIC rules, that each of AGL's insurance subsidiaries will be predominantly engaged in an insurance business and is unlikely to have financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of its insurance business in each year of operations. Accordingly, none of the income or assets of AGL's insurance subsidiaries should be treated as passive. Additionally, the Company expects that in each year of operations the passive income and assets of AGL's non-insurance subsidiaries will not exceed the 75% test or 50% test amounts in each year of operations with respect to the overall income and assets of AGL and its subsidiaries. Under the look-through rule AGL should be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets and to have received its proportionate share of the income of its direct and indirect subsidiaries for purposes of the 75% test and the 50% test. As a result, the Company believes that AGL was not and should not be treated as a PFIC. The Company cannot be certain, however, as there are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company and new regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming, that the IRS will not successfully challenge this position. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisor as to the effects of the PFIC rules.

        Foreign tax credit.    If U.S. Persons own a majority of AGL's common shares, only a portion of the current income inclusions, if any, under the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules and of dividends paid by AGL (including any gain from the sale of common shares that is treated as a dividend under section 1248 of the Code) will be treated as foreign source income for purposes of computing a shareholder's U.S. foreign tax credit limitations. The Company will consider providing shareholders with information regarding the portion of such amounts constituting foreign source income to the extent such information is reasonably available. It is also likely that substantially all of the "subpart F income," RPII and dividends that are foreign source income will constitute either "passive" or "general" income. Thus, it may not be possible for most shareholders to utilize excess foreign tax credits to reduce U.S. tax on such income.

        Information Reporting and Backup Withholding on Distributions and Disposition Proceeds.    Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with distributions on AGL's common shares and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of AGL's common shares unless the holder of AGL's common shares establishes an exemption from the information reporting rules. A holder of common shares that does not establish such an exemption may be subject to U.S. backup withholding tax on these payments if the holder is not a corporation or non-U.S. Person or fails to provide its taxpayer identification number or otherwise comply with the backup withholding rules. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Person will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Person's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Person to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

        Changes in U.S. Federal Income Tax Law Could Materially Adversely Affect AGL or AGL's Shareholders.    Legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of companies (including insurance companies) that have legal domiciles outside the U.S. but have certain U.S. connections. For example, legislation has been introduced in Congress to limit the deductibility of reinsurance premiums paid by U.S. companies to foreign affiliates. It is possible that this or similar legislation could be introduced in and enacted by the current Congress or future Congresses that could have an adverse impact on AGL or AGL's shareholders.

        Additionally, tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a U.S. trade or business or whether a company is a CFC or a PFIC or has RPII are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC rules to an insurance company. Additionally, the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. The Company cannot be certain if, when or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be provided and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.

Description of Share Capital

        The following summary of AGL's share capital is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of Bermuda law, AGL's memorandum of association and its Bye-Laws, copies of which are incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

35

---

Table of Contents

        AGL's authorized share capital of $5,000,000 is divided into 500,000,000 shares, par value U.S. $0.01 per share, of which 182,445,943 common shares were issued and outstanding as of February 22, 2012. Except as described below, AGL's common shares have no pre-emptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional common shares, no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange and no sinking fund rights. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of AGL's common shares are entitled to share equally, in proportion to the number of common shares held by such holder, in AGL's assets, if any remain after the payment of all AGL's debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Under certain circumstances, AGL has the right to purchase all or a portion of the shares held by a shareholder. See "—Acquisition of Common Shares by AGL" below.

Voting Rights and Adjustments

        In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are entitled to vote with respect to their fully paid shares at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the common shares (and other of AGL's shares) of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined pursuant to section 958 of the Code) of any U.S. Person and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by AGL's issued and outstanding shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares owned by such U.S. Person shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares, under a formula specified in AGL's Bye-laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until there is no U.S. Person whose controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares and who generally would be required to recognize income with respect to AGL under the Code if AGL were a controlled foreign corporation as defined in the Code and if the ownership threshold under the Code were 9.5% (as defined in AGL's Bye-Laws as a "9.5% U.S. Shareholder"). In addition, AGL's Board of Directors may determine that shares held carry different voting rights when it deems it appropriate to do so to (i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to AGL or any of its subsidiaries or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" includes, among other things, all shares of AGL that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code). The foregoing provision does not apply to ACE because it is not a U.S. Shareholder. Further, these provisions do not apply in the event one shareholder owns greater than 75% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares.

        Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. AGL's Bye-laws provide that it will use its best efforts to notify shareholders of their voting interests prior to any vote to be taken by them.

        AGL's Board of Directors is authorized to require any shareholder to provide information for purposes of determining whether any holder's voting rights are to be adjusted, which may be information on beneficial share ownership, the names of persons having beneficial ownership of the shareholder's shares, relationships with other shareholders or any other facts AGL's Board of Directors may deem relevant. If any holder fails to respond to this request or submits incomplete or inaccurate information, AGL's Board of Directors may eliminate the shareholder's voting rights. All information provided by the shareholder will be treated by AGL as confidential information and shall be used by AGL solely for the purpose of establishing whether any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder exists and applying the adjustments to voting power (except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation).

Restrictions on Transfer of Common Shares

        AGL's Board of Directors may decline to register a transfer of any common shares under certain circumstances, including if they have reason to believe that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of its shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such as AGL's Board of

36

---

Table of Contents

Directors considers de minimis). Transfers must be by instrument unless otherwise permitted by the Companies Act.

        The restrictions on transfer and voting restrictions described above may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Assured Guaranty.

Acquisition of Common Shares by AGL

        Under AGL's Bye-Laws and subject to Bermuda law, if AGL's Board of Directors determines that any ownership of AGL's shares may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to AGL, any of AGL's subsidiaries or any of AGL's shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates (other than such as AGL's Board of Directors considers de minimis), AGL has the option, but not the obligation, to require such shareholder to sell to AGL or to a third party to whom AGL assigns the repurchase right the minimum number of common shares necessary to avoid or cure any such adverse consequences at a price determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors to represent the shares' fair market value (as defined in AGL's Bye-Laws).

Other Provisions of AGL's Bye-Laws

AGL's Board of Directors and Corporate Action

        AGL's Bye-Laws provide that AGL's Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three and not more than 21 directors, the exact number as determined by the Board of Directors. AGL's Board of Directors consists of eleven persons. In 2011, AGL's Bye-laws were amended to eliminate the classified board structure and provide for the annual election of all directors without affecting the current term of any director then in office. Accordingly, at the 2012 Annual General Meeting, eight directors will be elected for annual terms and three directors will continue to serve terms expiring at the 2013 Annual General Meeting, at which time all directors will be elected annually.

        Shareholders may only remove a director for cause (as defined in AGL's Bye-Laws) at a general meeting, provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a director shall contain a statement of the intention to do so and shall be provided to that director at least two weeks before the meeting. Vacancies on the Board of Directors can be filled by the Board of Directors if the vacancy occurs in those events set out in AGL's Bye-Laws as a result of death, disability, disqualification or resignation of a director, or from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors.

        Generally under AGL's Bye-Laws, the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast at any meeting at which a quorum is present is required to authorize a resolution put to vote at a meeting of the Board of Directors. Corporate action may also be taken by a unanimous written resolution of the Board of Directors without a meeting. A quorum shall be at least one-half of directors then in office present in person or represented by a duly authorized representative, provided that at least two directors are present in person.

Shareholder Action

        At the commencement of any general meeting, two or more persons present in person and representing, in person or by proxy, more than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In general, any questions proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the Bye-Laws.

        The Bye-Laws contain advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations for directors, including when proposals and nominations must be received and the information to be included.

Amendment

        The Bye-Laws may be amended only by a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors and by resolution of the shareholders.

37

---

Table of Contents

Voting of Non-U.S. Subsidiary Shares

        If AGL is required or entitled to vote at a general meeting of any of AG Re, AGFOL or any other of its directly held non-U.S. subsidiaries, AGL's Board of Directors shall refer the subject matter of the vote to AGL's shareholders and seek direction from such shareholders as to how they should vote on the resolution proposed by the non-U.S. subsidiary. AGL's Board of Directors in its discretion shall require substantially similar provisions are or will be contained in the bye-laws (or equivalent governing documents) of any direct or indirect non-U.S. subsidiaries other than U.K. and AGRO.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2011, the Company had 321 employees. None of the Company's employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements. The Company believes that employee relations are satisfactory.

Available Information

        The Company maintains an Internet web site at www.assuredguaranty.com. The Company makes available, free of charge, on its web site (under Investor Information/SEC Filings) the Company's annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 (a) or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. The Company also makes available, free of charge, through its web site (under Investor Information/Corporate Governance) links to the Company's Corporate Governance Guidelines, its Code of Conduct and the charters for its Board Committees.

        The Company routinely posts important information for investors on its web site (under Investor Information). The Company uses this web site as a means of disclosing material, non-public information and for complying with its disclosure obligations under SEC Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure). Accordingly, investors should monitor the Investor Information portion of the Company's web site, in addition to following the Company's press releases, SEC filings, public conference calls, presentations and webcasts.

        The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, the Company's web site is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this report.

38

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

        You should carefully consider the following information, together with the information contained in AGL's other filings with the SEC. The risks and uncertainties discussed below are not the only ones the Company faces. However, these are the risks that the Company's management believes are material. The Company may face additional risks or uncertainties that are not presently known to the Company or that management currently deems immaterial, and such risks or uncertainties also may impair its business or results of operations. The risks discussed below could result in a significant or material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or business prospects.

Risks Related to the Company's Expected Losses

Recorded estimates of expected losses are subject to uncertainties and such estimates may not be adequate to cover potential paid claims.

        The financial guaranties issued by the Company's insurance subsidiaries insure the credit performance of the guaranteed obligations over an extended period of time, in some cases over 30 years, and in most circumstances, the Company has no right to cancel such financial guaranties. As a result, the Company's estimate of ultimate losses on a policy is subject to significant uncertainty over the life of the insured transaction due to the potential for significant variability in credit performance due to changing economic, fiscal and financial market variability over the long duration of most contracts.

        The determination of expected loss is an inherently subjective process involving numerous estimates, assumptions and judgments by management, using both internal and external data sources with regard to frequency, severity of loss, economic projections and other factors that affect credit performance. The Company does not use traditional actuarial approaches to determine its estimates of expected losses. Actual losses will ultimately depend on future events or transaction performance. As a result, the Company's current estimates of probable and estimable losses may not reflect the Company's future ultimate claims paid. If the Company's actual losses exceed its current estimate, this may result in adverse effects on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, business prospects, financial strength ratings and ability to raise additional capital.

        The uncertainty of expected losses has substantially increased since mid-2007, especially for RMBS transactions. Current expected losses in such transactions, as well as other mortgage related transactions, far exceed initial expected losses due to the high level of mortgage defaults across all U.S. regions. As a result, historical loss data may have limited value in predicting future RMBS losses. The Company's net par outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 for U.S. RMBS was $21.6 billion and $25.1 billion, respectively. For a discussion of the Company's review of its RMBS transactions, see "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Consolidated Results of Operations—Losses in the Insured Portfolio."

        The Company's estimate of expected RMBS losses takes into account expected recoveries from sellers and originators of the underlying residential mortgages. RMBS transaction documentation generally specifies that the seller or originator must repurchase a loan from the RMBS transaction if the seller or originator has breached its representations and warranties regarding that loan and if that breach materially and adversely affects (a) the interests of the trust, the trustee, the noteholders or the financial guaranty insurer in the mortgage loan or (b) the value of the mortgage loan. In order to enforce the repurchase remedy, the Company has been reviewing mortgage loan files for RMBS transactions that it has insured in order to identify the loans that the Company believes violate the seller's or originator's representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of such loans. The Company then submits or "puts back" such loans to the sellers or originators for repurchase from the RMBS transaction.

        The Company's efforts to put back loans for breaches of representations and warranties are subject to a number of difficulties. First, the review itself is time-consuming and costly and may not necessarily result in a greater amount of recoveries than the costs incurred in this process. In addition, the sellers or originators may challenge the Company's ability to complete this process, including without limitation, by refusing to make the loan files available to the Company; asserting that there has been

39

---

Table of Contents

no breach or that any such breach is not material; or delaying or otherwise prolonging the repayment process. The Company may also need to rely on the trustee of the insured transaction to enforce this remedy on its behalf and the trustee may be unable or unwilling to pursue the remedy in a manner that is satisfactory to the Company.

        The amount of recoveries that the Company receives from the sellers or originators is also subject to considerable uncertainty, which may affect the amount of ultimate losses the Company pays on the transaction. For instance, the Company may determine to accept a negotiated settlement with a seller or originator in lieu of a repurchase of mortgage loans, in which case, current estimates of expected recoveries may differ from actual recoveries. Additionally, the Company may be unable to enforce the repurchase remedy because of a deterioration in the financial position of the seller or originator to a point where it does not have the financial wherewithal to pay. Furthermore, a portion of the expected recoveries are derived from the Company's estimates of the number of loans that will both default in the future and be found to have material breaches of representations and warranties. The Company has extrapolated future recoveries based on its experience to date, has discounted the success rate it has been experiencing in recognition of the uncertainties described herein and has also excluded any credit for repurchases by sellers or originators the Company believes do not have the financial wherewithal to pay. Although the Company believes that its methodology for extrapolating estimated recoveries is appropriate for evaluating the amount of potential recoveries, actual recoveries may differ materially from those estimated.

        The methodologies that the Company uses to estimate expected losses in general and for any specific obligation in particular may not be similar to methodologies used by the Company's competitors, counterparties or other market participants. Subsequent to the AGMH Acquisition, the Company harmonized the approaches it and AGMH use to estimate expected losses for RMBS and other transactions. For additional discussion of the Company's reserve methodologies, see Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, of Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Risks Related to the Company's Financial Strength and Financial Enhancement Ratings

A downgrade of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of any of the Company's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries would adversely affect its business and prospects and, consequently, its results of operations and financial condition.

        The financial strength and financial enhancement ratings assigned by S&P and Moody's to the Company's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries provide the rating agencies' opinions of the insurer's financial strength and ability to meet ongoing obligations to policyholders and cedants in accordance with the terms of the financial guaranties it has issued or the reinsurance agreements it has executed. The ratings also reflect qualitative factors, such as the rating agencies' opinion of an insurer's business strategy and franchise value, the anticipated future demand for its product, the composition of its portfolio, and its capital adequacy, profitability and financial flexibility. Issuers, investors, underwriters, credit derivative counterparties, ceding companies and others consider the Company's financial strength or financial enhancement ratings an important factor when deciding whether or not to utilize a financial guaranty or purchase reinsurance from the Company's insurance or reinsurance subsidiaries. A downgrade by a rating agency of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of the Company's subsidiaries could impair the Company's financial condition, results of operation, liquidity, business prospects or other aspects of the Company's business.

        The ratings assigned by the rating agencies that publish financial strength or financial enhancement ratings on the Company's insurance subsidiaries are subject to frequent review and may be downgraded by a rating agency as a result of a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the rating agency's revised stress loss estimates for the Company's portfolio, adverse developments in the Company's or the subsidiaries' financial conditions or results of operations due to underwriting or investment losses or other factors, changes in the rating agency's outlook for the financial guaranty industry or in the markets in which the Company operates, or a revision in the rating agency's capital model or ratings methodology. Their reviews occur at any time and without notice to the Company and could result in a decision to downgrade, revise or withdraw the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of AGL's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries.

40

---

Table of Contents

        Since 2008, each of S&P and Moody's has reviewed and downgraded the financial strength ratings of AGL's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries, including AGC, AGM and AG Re. In addition, the rating agencies have from time to time changed the ratings outlook for certain of the Company's subsidiaries to "negative" from "stable" or have placed such ratings on watch for possible downgrade.

        The most recent rating action by Moody's on AGL and its subsidiaries took place on December 18, 2009, when Moody's concluded the financial strength rating review of AGC and AG Re that it had initiated on November 12, 2009 (when it downgraded the insurance financial strength ratings of AGC and AGUK from Aa2 to Aa3 and of AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company from Aa3 to A1, and placed all of the insurance companies' ratings on review for possible downgrade). In December 2009, Moody's confirmed the Aa3 insurance financial strength rating of AGC and AGUK, and the A1 insurance financial strength rating of AG Re, AGRO and Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company. At the same time, Moody's affirmed the Aa3 insurance financial strength rating of AGM. Moody's stated that it believed the Company's capital support transactions, including AGL's issuance of common shares in December 2009 that resulted in net proceeds of $573.8 million, $500.0 million of which was downstreamed to AGC, increased AGC's capital to a level consistent with Moody's expectations for a Aa3 rating, while leaving its affiliates with capital structures that Moody's believes are appropriate for their own ratings. However, Moody's ratings outlook for each such rating is negative because Moody's believes there is meaningful remaining uncertainty about the Company's ultimate credit losses and the demand for the Company's financial guaranty insurance and its competitive position once the municipal finance market normalizes. Moody's is in the process of reviewing the Company's ratings and the Company cannot assure you that Moody's will not take negative action on such ratings.

        S&P lowered the counterparty credit and financial strength ratings of AGC, AGM and their respective insurance subsidiaries to AA- on November 30, 2011. On that date, S&P also lowered the financial enhancement rating of AG Re and AGRO to AA- from AA. At the same time, S&P changed its outlook on such entities from CreditWatch Negative to Stable. These actions by S&P took place at the end of almost an entire year of uncertainty over the Company's financial strength ratings. The uncertainty began on January 24, 2011, when S&P released a publication entitled "Request for Comment: Bond Insurance Criteria," in which it requested comments on proposed changes to its bond insurance ratings criteria and noted that it could lower its financial strength ratings on existing investment grade bond insurers (which included the Company's insurance subsidiaries) by one or more rating categories if the proposed bond insurance ratings criteria were adopted, unless those bond insurers raised additional capital or reduced risk. Over the course of 2011, market participants provided comments on the proposed criteria and awaited the issuance of the new criteria. When S&P released its final criteria in August 2011, the criteria contained a new "largest obligor test" that had not been included in the Request for Comment. The largest obligor test had the effect of significantly reducing Assured Guaranty's allowed single risk limits and limiting its financial strength rating level. Then, in September 2011, S&P placed the financial strength ratings of AGM and AGC, their respective insurance company subsidiaries and AG Re on CreditWatch negative. In November 2011, S&P assigned AGM, AGC and AG Re financial strength ratings of AA- (Stable Outlook). The Company cannot assure you that S&P will not take additional negative action on such ratings.

        The Company believes that these rating agency actions and proposals, including the uncertainty caused by the release of S&P's Request for Comment, have reduced the Company's new business opportunities and have also affected the value of the Company's product to issuers and investors. The insurance subsidiaries' financial strength ratings are an important competitive factor in the financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance markets. If the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of any of the Company's insurance subsidiaries were reduced below current levels, the Company expects it would have further adverse effect on its future business opportunities as well as the premiums it could charge for its insurance policies and consequently, a downgrade could harm the Company's new business production, results of operations and financial condition.

        In addition, a downgrade may have a negative impact on the Company in respect of the transactions that it has insured or reinsurance that it has assumed. For example, a downgrade of one of the Company's insurance subsidiaries may result in increased claims under financial guaranties such subsidiary has issued. In particular, with respect to variable rate demand obligations for which a bank has agreed to provide a liquidity facility, a downgrade of the insurer may provide the bank with the

41

---

Table of Contents

right to give notice to bondholders that the bank will terminate the liquidity facility, causing the bondholders to tender their bonds to the bank. Bonds held by the bank accrue interest at a "bank bond rate" that is higher than the rate otherwise borne by the bond (typically the prime rate plus 2.00%—3.00%, often with a floor of 7%, and capped at the maximum legal limit). In the event that the bank holds such bonds for longer than a specified period of time, usually 90-180 days, the bank has the right additionally to demand accelerated repayment of bond principal, usually through payment of equal installments over a period of not less than five years. In the event that a municipal obligor is unable to pay interest accruing at the bank bond rate or to pay principal during the shortened amortization period, a claim could be submitted to the insurer under its financial guaranty. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had insured approximately $1.1 billion of par of variable rate demand obligations issued by municipal obligors rated BBB- or lower pursuant to the Company's internal rating. For a number of such obligations, a downgrade of the insurer below A+, in the case of S&P, or below A1, in the case of Moody's, triggers the ability of the bank to notify bondholders of the termination of the liquidity facility and to demand accelerated repayment of bond principal over a period of five to ten years. The specific terms relating to the rating levels that trigger the bank's termination right, and whether it is triggered by a downgrade by one rating agency or a downgrade by all rating agencies then rating the insurer, vary depending on the transaction. In addition, as discussed in greater detail under "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Commitments and Contingencies—Recourse Credit Facilities—2009 Strip Coverage Facility" within "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," a downgrade of AGM may result in early termination of leases under leveraged lease transactions insured by AGM. Upon early termination of a lease, to the extent the early termination payment owing to the lessor within such a transaction is not paid, a claim could be made to AGM under its financial guaranty. To mitigate this risk, AGM has entered into a $980.5 million (originally $1 billion) strip coverage liquidity facility with Dexia Crédit Local S.A. to finance the potential payment of claims under these policies. See "Risks Related to the AGMH Acquisition—The Company has substantial exposure to credit and liquidity risks from Dexia" within these Risk Factors. Separately, in certain other transactions beneficiaries of financial guaranties issued by the Company's insurance subsidiaries may have the right to cancel the credit protection offered by the Company, which would result in the loss of future premium earnings and the reversal of any fair value gains or losses recorded by the Company.

        If AGC's financial strength or financial enhancement ratings were downgraded, the Company could be required to post collateral under certain of its credit derivative contracts or certain of the Company's counterparties could have a right to terminate such credit derivative contract. See "If AGC's financial strength or financial enhancement ratings were downgraded, the Company could be required to make termination payments or post collateral under certain of its credit derivative contracts, which could impair its liquidity, results of operations and financial condition" below.

        If AGM's financial strength or financial enhancement ratings were downgraded, AGM-insured GICs issued by the former AGMH subsidiaries that conducted AGMH's Financial Products Business (the "Financial Products Companies") may come due or may come due absent the provision of collateral by the GIC issuers. The Company relies on agreements pursuant to which Dexia has agreed to guarantee or lend certain amounts, or to post liquid collateral, in regards to AGMH's former financial products business. See "Risks Related to the AGMH Acquisition—The Company has substantial exposure to credit and liquidity risks from Dexia."

If AGC's financial strength or financial enhancement ratings were downgraded, the Company could be required to make termination payments or post collateral under certain of its credit derivative contracts, which could impair its liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

        Within the Company's insured CDS portfolio of $85.0 billion of net par, the transaction documentation for $2.4 billion in CDS par insured provides that if the financial strength rating of AGC were downgraded past a specified level (which level varies from transaction to transaction), this would constitute a termination event that would allow the CDS counterparty to terminate the affected transactions. If the CDS counterparty elected to terminate the affected transactions, under some transaction documents the Company could be required to make a termination payment (or may be entitled to receive a termination payment from the CDS counterparty) and under other transaction documents the credit protection would be cancelled and no termination payment would be owing by

42

---

Table of Contents

either party. Under certain documents, the Company has the right to cure the termination event by posting collateral, assigning its rights and obligations in respect of the transactions to a third party, or seeking a third party guaranty of the obligations of the Company. The Company currently has three International Swaps and Derivative Association, Inc. ("ISDA") master agreements under which the applicable counterparty could elect to terminate transactions upon a rating downgrade of AGC. If AGC's financial strength ratings were downgraded to BBB- or Baa3, $89 million in par insured could be terminated by one counterparty; and if AGC's ratings were downgraded to BB+ or Ba1, an additional approximately $2.3 billion in par insured could be terminated by the other two counterparties. The Company does not believe that it can accurately estimate the termination payments it could be required to make if, as a result of any such downgrade, a CDS counterparty terminated its CDS contracts with the Company. These payments could have a material adverse effect on the Company's liquidity and financial condition.

        Under a limited number of other CDS contracts, the Company may be required to post eligible collateral to secure its obligation to make payments under such contracts. Eligible collateral is generally cash or U.S. government or agency securities; eligible collateral other than cash is valued at a discount to the face amount. For certain of such contracts, the CDS counterparty has agreed to have some exposure to the Company on an unsecured basis, but as the financial strength ratings of the Company's insurance subsidiaries decline, the amount of unsecured exposure to the Company allowed by the CDS counterparty decreases until, at a specified rating level (which level varies from transaction to transaction), the Company must collateralize all of the exposure. The amount of collateral required is based on a mark-to-market valuation of the exposure that must be secured. Under other contracts, the Company has negotiated caps such that the posting requirement cannot exceed a certain fixed amount, regardless of the financial strength ratings of the Company's insurance subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011, the amount of insured par that is subject to collateral posting is approximately $14.8 billion (which amount is not reduced by unsecured exposure to the Company allowed by CDS counterparties at current financial strength rating levels), for which the Company has agreed to post approximately $779.9 million of collateral (which amount reflects some of the eligible collateral being valued at a discount to the face amount). Amounts posted by the Company to secure its obligations to a CDS counterparty are not available to pay claims to other beneficiaries of the Company's policies. The Company may be required to post additional collateral from time to time, depending on its financial strength ratings and on the market values of the transactions subject to the collateral posting. For approximately $14.3 billion of that $14.8 billion, at the Company's current ratings, the Company need not post on a cash basis more than $625 million, regardless of any change in the market value of the transactions, due to caps negotiated with counterparties. For the avoidance of doubt, the $625 million is already included in the $779.9 million that the Company has agreed to post. In the event AGC's ratings are downgraded to A+ or A3, the maximum amount to be posted against the $14.3 billion increases by $50 million to $675 million.

The downgrade of the financial strength ratings of AG Re or of AGC gives reinsurance counterparties the right to recapture ceded business, which would lead to a reduction in the Company's unearned premium reserve, net income and future net income.

        With respect to a significant portion of the Company's in-force financial guaranty Assumed Business, due to the downgrade of AG Re to A1, subject to the terms of each policy, the ceding company may have the right to recapture business ceded to AG Re and assets representing substantially all of the statutory unearned premium reserve net of loss reserves (if any) associated with that business. As of December 31, 2011, if this entire amount were recaptured, it would result in a corresponding one-time reduction to net income of approximately $13.9 million. In the case of AGC, some of its in-force financial guaranty reinsurance business is subject to recapture at AGC's current ratings and an additional portion of such business would be subject to recapture if AGC were downgraded by Moody's to below Aa3 or by S&P to below AA. Subject to the terms of each reinsurance agreement, upon recapture the ceding company typically is owed assets representing substantially all of the statutory unearned premium and loss reserves (if any) associated with AGC's assumed business. As of December 31, 2011, if all of AGC's assumed business was recaptured, it would result in a corresponding one-time reduction to net income of approximately $16.8 million.

43

---

Table of Contents

Actions taken by the rating agencies with respect to capital models and rating methodology of the Company's business or changes in capital charges or downgrades of transactions within its insured portfolio may adversely affect its ratings, business prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

        The rating agencies from time to time have evaluated the Company's capital adequacy under a variety of scenarios and assumptions. The rating agencies do not always supply clear guidance on their approach to assessing the Company's capital adequacy and the Company may disagree with the rating agencies' approach and assumptions. Changes in the rating agencies' capital models and rating methodology, including loss assumptions and capital requirements for the Company's investment and insured portfolios, could require the Company to raise additional capital to maintain its current ratings levels, even if there are no adverse developments with respect to any specific investment or insured risk. The amount of such capital required may be substantial, and may not be available to the Company on favorable terms and conditions or at all. Accordingly, the Company cannot ensure that it will seek to, or be able to, complete the capital raising. The failure to raise additional required capital could result in a downgrade of the Company's ratings, which could be one or more ratings categories, and thus have an adverse impact on its business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Risks Related to the Company's Capital and Liquidity Requirements—The Company may require additional capital from time to time, including from soft capital and liquidity credit facilities, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms."

        The rating agencies assess each individual credit (including potential new credits) insured by the Company based on a variety of factors, including the nature of the credit, the nature of the support or credit enhancement for the credit, its tenor, and its expected and actual performance. This assessment determines the amount of capital the Company is required to maintain against that credit to maintain its financial strength ratings under the relevant rating agency's capital adequacy model. Factors influencing rating agencies' actions, including their assessments of individual credits, are beyond management's control and not always known to the Company. In the event of an actual or perceived deterioration in creditworthiness, a reduction in the underlying rating or a change in a rating agency's capital model methodology, that rating agency may require the Company to increase the amount of capital allocated to support the affected credits, regardless of whether losses actually occur, or against potential new business. Significant reductions in the rating agencies' assessments of credits in the Company's insured portfolio can produce significant increases in the amount of capital required for the Company to maintain its financial strength ratings under the rating agencies' capital adequacy models, which may require the Company to seek additional capital. We cannot assure you that the Company's capital position will be adequate to meet such increased capital requirements or that the Company will be able to secure additional capital, especially at a time of actual or perceived deterioration in the creditworthiness of new or existing credits. Unless the Company is able to increase the amount of its available capital, an increase in the amount of capital the Company is required to maintain its credit ratings under the rating agencies' capital adequacy models could result in a downgrade of the Company's financial strength ratings and could have an adverse effect on its ability to write new business.

        Since 2008, Moody's and S&P have announced the downgrade of, or other negative ratings actions with respect to, a large number of structured finance transactions, including certain transactions that the Company insures. Additional securities in the Company's insured portfolio may be reviewed and downgraded in the future. Moreover, the Company does not know which securities in its insured portfolio already have been reviewed by the rating agencies and if, or when, the rating agencies might review additional securities in its insured portfolio or review again securities that were previously reviewed and/or downgraded. Downgrades of the Company's insured credits will result in higher capital requirements for the Company under the relevant rating agency capital adequacy model. If the additional amount of capital required to support such exposures is significant, the Company may need to undertake certain actions in order to maintain its ratings, including, but not limited to, raising additional capital (which, if available, may not be available on terms and conditions that are favorable to the Company); curtailing new business; or paying to transfer a portion of its in-force business to generate rating agency capital. If the Company is unable to complete any of these capital initiatives, it could suffer ratings downgrades. These capital actions or ratings downgrades could adversely affect the Company's results of operations, financial condition, ability to write new business or competitive positioning.

44

---

Table of Contents

Risks Related to the AGMH Acquisition

The Company has exposure through financial guaranty insurance policies to AGMH's former financial products business, which the Company did not acquire.

        Through AGMH's, former Financial Products Companies subsidiaries, offered AGM-insured GICs and other investment agreements, including medium term notes ("MTNs"). In connection with the AGMH Acquisition, AGMH and its affiliates sold their ownership interests in the Financial Products Companies to Dexia Holdings. Even though AGMH no longer owns the Financial Products Companies, AGM's guaranties of the GICs and MTNs and other guaranties related to AGM's MTN business and leveraged lease business generally remain in place. While Dexia and AGMH have entered into a number of agreements pursuant to which Dexia has assumed the credit and liquidity risks associated with AGMH's former Financial Products Business, AGM is still subject to risks in the event Dexia fails to perform. If AGM is required to pay any amounts on or post collateral in respect of financial products issued or executed by the Financial Products Companies, AGM is subject to the risk that (a) it will not receive the guaranty payment from Dexia on a timely basis or at all or (b) the GICs will not be paid from funds received from Dexia on a timely basis or at all, in which case AGM itself will be required to make the payment under its financial guaranty policies. As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate fair value (after agreed reductions) of the assets supporting the GIC portion of the Financial Products Business exceeded the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding GICs and certain other business and hedging costs of the GIC business. See "—The Company has substantial exposure to credit and liquidity risks from Dexia." For a description of the agreements entered into with Dexia, see "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Arrangements with respect to AGMH's former Financial Products Business."

The Company has substantial exposure to credit and liquidity risks from Dexia.

        Dexia and the Company have entered into a number of agreements intended to protect the Company from having to pay claims on AGMH's former Financial Products Business, which the Company did not acquire. Dexia has agreed to guarantee certain amounts, lend certain amounts or post liquid collateral for or in respect of AGMH's former Financial Products Business. Dexia SA and Dexia Crédit Local S.A. ("DCL"), jointly and severally, have also agreed to indemnify the Company for losses associated with AGMH's former Financial Products Business, including the ongoing Department of Justice and SEC investigations of such business. Furthermore, DCL, acting through its New York Branch, is providing a commitment of up to $980.5 million (originally $1 billion) under a strip coverage liquidity facility in order to make loans to AGM to finance the payment of claims under certain financial guaranty insurance policies issued by AGM or its affiliate that relate to the equity strip portion of leveraged lease transactions insured by AGM. The equity strip portion of the leveraged lease transactions is part of AGMH's financial guaranty business, which the Company did acquire. However, in connection with the AGMH Acquisition, DCL agreed to provide AGM with financing so that AGM could fund its payment of claims made under financial guaranty policies issued in respect of this portion of the business, because the amount of such claims could be large and are generally payable within a short time after AGM receives them. For a description of the agreements entered into with Dexia and a further discussion of the risks that these agreements are intended to protect against, see "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Arrangements with respect to AGMH's former Financial Products Business."

        Despite the execution of such documentation, the Company remains subject to the risk that Dexia may not make payments or securities available (a) on a timely basis, which is referred to as "liquidity risk," or (b) at all, which is referred to as "credit risk," because of the risk of default. Even if Dexia has sufficient assets to pay, lend or post as collateral all amounts when due, concerns regarding Dexia's financial condition or willingness to comply with its obligations could cause one or more rating agencies to view negatively the ability or willingness of Dexia to perform under its various agreements and could negatively affect the Company's ratings.

        Dexia has been affected by the recent sovereign debt crisis in Europe but has undertaken measures that should provide it with additional stability. In October 2011, Dexia announced a series of measures

45

---

Table of Contents

aimed at restructuring the Dexia group in response to the worsening of the debt crisis and the pressures it was causing on the interbank market. One of these measures included the sale of Dexia Bank Belgium to the Belgian state, which was finalized on October 20, 2011. The Société Fédérale de Participations et d'Investissement, acting on behalf of the Belgian state, currently holds 100% of the shares of Dexia Bank Belgium. The sale agreement contemplated a gradual reduction in the intra-group financing granted by Dexia Bank Belgium to other Dexia group entities as part of the unwinding of the existing tight operational links between Dexia Bank Belgium and the rest of the Dexia group. In addition, in order to enable Dexia SA and Dexia Crédit Local to regain access to the financing markets, the States of Belgium, France and Luxembourg have undertaken to guarantee debt issued by those entities in an amount up to EUR 90 billion.

AGMH and its subsidiaries could be subject to non-monetary consequences arising out of litigation associated with AGMH's former financial products business, which the Company did not acquire.

        As noted under "Item 3. Legal Proceedings—Proceedings Related to AGMH's Former Financial Products Business," in February 2008, AGMH received a "Wells Notice" from the staff of the Philadelphia Regional Office of the SEC relating to an ongoing industry-wide investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives. The Wells Notice indicates that the SEC staff is considering recommending that the SEC authorize the staff to bring a civil injunctive action and/or institute administrative proceedings against AGMH, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder and Section 17(a) of the Securities Act. In addition, in November 2006, AGMH received a subpoena from the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice issued in connection with an ongoing criminal investigation of bid rigging of awards of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives. While these proceedings relate to AGMH's former Financial Products Business, which the Company did not acquire, they are against entities which the Company did acquire. Furthermore, while Dexia SA and DCL, jointly and severally, have agreed to indemnify the Company against liability arising out of these proceedings, such indemnification might not be sufficient to fully hold the Company harmless against any injunctive relief or civil or criminal sanction that is imposed against AGMH or its subsidiaries.

Restrictions on the conduct of AGM's business subsequent to the AGMH Acquisition place limits on the Company's operating and financial flexibility.

        Under the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to conduct AGM's business subject to certain operating and financial constraints. These restrictions will generally continue until July 1, 2012. Among other items, the Company has agreed that AGM will not repurchase, redeem or pay any dividends on any class of its equity interests unless at that time:

•

AGM is rated at least AA- by S&P and Aa3 by Moody's (if such rating agencies still rate financial guaranty insurers generally) and if the aggregate amount of dividends paid in any year does not exceed 125% of AGMH's debt service requirements for that year; or



•

AGM has received prior rating agency confirmation that such action would not cause AGM's current ratings to be downgraded due to such action.

        These agreements limit Assured Guaranty's operating and financial flexibility with respect to the operations of AGM. For further discussion of these restrictions, see "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Comparability of Periods Presented—AGMH Acquisition."

Risks Related to the Financial, Credit and Financial Guaranty Markets

Improvement in the recent difficult conditions in the U.S. and world-wide financial markets has been gradual, and the Company's business, liquidity, financial condition and stock price may continue to be adversely affected.

        The Company's loss reserves, profitability, financial position, insured portfolio, investment portfolio, cash flow, statutory capital and stock price could be materially affected by the U.S. and global markets. Upheavals in the financial markets can affect the Company's business through their effects on general levels of economic activity and employment. The global recession and disruption of the financial markets has led to concerns over capital markets access and the solvency of certain

46

---

Table of Contents

European Union member states, including Greece, Portugal, Ireland, Italy and Spain, and of financial institutions that have significant direct or indirect exposure to debt issued by these countries. Certain of the major rating agencies have downgraded the sovereign debt of Greece, Portugal and Ireland to below investment grade. The sovereign debt of Italy and Spain were also recently downgraded. These ratings downgrades and implementation of European Union and private sector support programs have increased concerns that other European Union member states could experience similar financial troubles. In the U.S., the unemployment rate remains high and housing prices have not yet stabilized. The Company and its financial position will continue to be subject to risk of the global financial and economic conditions that could materially and negatively affect its ability to access the capital markets, the cost of the Company's debt, the demand for its products, the amount of losses incurred on transactions it guarantees, the value of its investment portfolio, its financial ratings and its stock price.

        Issuers or borrowers whose securities or loans the Company insures or holds and as well as the Company's counterparties under swaps and other derivative contracts may default on their obligations to the Company due to bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud or other reasons. Additionally, the underlying assets supporting structured finance securities that the Company's insurance subsidiaries have guaranteed may deteriorate, causing these securities to incur losses. These losses could be significantly more than the Company expects and could materially adversely impact its financial strength, ratings and prospects for future business.

        The Company's access to funds under its credit facilities is dependent on the ability of the banks that are parties to the facilities to meet their funding commitments. Those banks may not be able to meet their funding commitments to the Company if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests from the Company and other borrowers within a short period of time. In addition, consolidation of financial institutions could lead to increased credit risk.

        In addition, the Company's ability to raise equity, debt or other forms of capital is subject to market demand and other factors that could be affected by global financial market conditions. If the Company needed to raise capital to maintain its ratings and was unable to do so because of lack of demand for its securities, it could be downgraded by the rating agencies, which would impair the Company's ability to write new business.

Some of the state and local governments and entities that issue obligations the Company insures are experiencing unprecedented budget deficits and revenue shortfalls that could result in increased credit losses or impairments and capital charges on those obligations.

        The economic crisis caused many state and local governments that issue some of the obligations the Company insures to experience significant budget deficits and revenue collection shortfalls that require them to significantly raise taxes and/or cut spending in order to satisfy their obligations. While the U.S. government has provided some financial support to state and local governments and although, in 2011, overall state revenues have increased, significant budgetary pressures remain, especially at the local government level. If the issuers of the obligations in the Company's public finance portfolio do not have sufficient funds to cover their expenses and are unable or unwilling to raise taxes, decrease spending or receive federal assistance, the Company may experience increased levels of losses or impairments on its public finance obligations, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The Company's risk of loss on and capital charges for municipal credits could also be exacerbated by rating agency downgrades of municipal credit ratings. A downgraded municipal issuer may be unable to refinance maturing obligations or issue new debt, which could exacerbate the municipality's inability to service its debt. Downgrades could also affect the interest rate that the municipality must pay on its variable rate debt or for new debt issuance. Municipal credit downgrades, as with other downgrades, result in an increase in the capital charges the rating agencies assess when evaluating the Company's capital adequacy in their rating models. Significant municipal downgrades could result in higher capital requirements for the Company in order to maintain its financial strength ratings.

47

---

Table of Contents

        In addition, obligations supported by specified revenue streams, such as revenue bonds issued by toll road authorities, municipal utilities or airport authorities, may be adversely affected by revenue declines resulting from reduced demand, changing demographics or other factors associated with an economy in which unemployment remains high, housing prices have not yet stabilized and growth is slow. These obligations, which may not necessarily benefit from financial support from other tax revenues or governmental authorities, may also experience increased losses if the revenue streams are insufficient to pay scheduled interest and principal payments.

Adverse developments in the credit and financial guaranty markets have substantially increased uncertainty in the Company's business and may materially and adversely affect its financial condition, results of operations and future business.

        Since mid-2007 there have been several adverse developments in the credit and financial guaranty markets that have affected the Company's business, financial condition, results of operation and future business prospects. In particular, U.S. residential mortgages and RMBS transactions that were issued in the 2005-2007 period have generated losses far higher than originally expected and higher than experienced in the last several decades. This poor performance led to price declines for RMBS securities and the rating agencies downgrading thousands of such transactions. In addition, the material amount of the losses that have been incurred by insurers of these mortgages, such as Fannie Mae or private mortgage insurers, by guarantors of RMBS securities or of securities that contain significant amounts of RMBS, and by purchasers of RMBS securities have resulted in the insolvency or significant financial impairment of many of these companies.

        As a result of these adverse developments, investors have significant concerns about the financial strength of credit enhancement providers, which has substantially reduced the demand for financial guaranties in many fixed income markets. These concerns as well as the uncertain economic environment may adversely affect the Company in a number of ways, including requiring it to raise and hold more capital, reducing the demand for its direct guaranties or reinsurance, limiting the types of guaranties the Company offers, encouraging new competitors, making losses harder to estimate, making its results more volatile and making it harder to raise new capital. Furthermore, rating agencies and regulators could enhance the financial guaranty insurance company capital requirements, regulations or restrictions on the types or amounts of business conducted by monoline financial guaranty insurers.

Changes in interest rate levels and credit spreads could adversely affect demand for financial guaranty insurance as well as the Company's financial condition.

        Demand for financial guaranty insurance generally fluctuates with changes in market credit spreads. Credit spreads, which are based on the difference between interest rates on high-quality or "risk free" securities versus those on lower-rated or uninsured securities, fluctuate due to a number of factors and are sensitive to the absolute level of interest rates, current credit experience and investors' willingness to purchase lower-rated or higher-rated securities. When interest rates are low or when the market is relatively less risk averse, the credit spread between high-quality or insured obligations versus lower- rated or uninsured obligations typically narrows or is "tight" and, as a result, financial guaranty insurance typically provides lower interest cost savings to issuers than it would during periods of relatively wider credit spreads. As a result, issuers are less likely to use financial guaranties on their new issues when credit spreads are tight, resulting in decreased demand or premiums obtainable for financial guaranty insurance, and thus a reduction in the Company's results of operations.

        Conversely, in a deteriorating credit environment, credit spreads increase and become "wide", which increases the interest cost savings that financial guaranty insurance may provide and can result in increased demand for financial guaranties by issuers. However, if the weakening credit environment is associated with economic deterioration, the Company's insured portfolio could generate claims and loss payments in excess of normal or historical expectations. In addition, increases in market interest rate levels could reduce new capital markets issuances and, correspondingly, a decreased volume of insured transactions.

48

---

Table of Contents

Competition in the Company's industry may adversely affect its revenues.

        As described in greater detail under "Competition" in "Item 1. Business," the Company can face competition, either in the form of current or new providers of credit enhancement or in terms of alternative structures or pricing competition. Increased competition could have an adverse effect on the Company's insurance business.

The Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

        The Company's reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The principal functional currencies of AGL's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries include the U.S. dollar and U.K. sterling. Exchange rate fluctuations, which have been exacerbated by the recent turmoil in the European financial markets, relative to the functional currencies may materially impact the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Many of the Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries maintain both assets and liabilities in currencies different than their functional currency, which exposes the Company to changes in currency exchange rates. In addition, locally-required capital levels are invested in local currencies in order to satisfy regulatory requirements and to support local insurance operations regardless of currency fluctuations.

        The principal currencies creating foreign exchange risk are the British pound sterling and the European Union euro. The Company cannot accurately predict the nature or extent of future exchange rate variability between these currencies or relative to the U.S. dollar. Exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar have fluctuated significantly in recent periods and may continue to do so in the future, which could adversely impact the Company's financial position results of operations and cash flows.

The Company's international operations expose it to less predictable credit and legal risks.

        The Company pursues new business opportunities in international markets and currently operates in various countries in Europe and the Asia Pacific region. The underwriting of obligations of an issuer in a foreign country involves the same process as that for a domestic issuer, but additional risks must be addressed, such as the evaluation of foreign currency exchange rates, foreign business and legal issues, and the economic and political environment of the foreign country or countries in which an issuer does business. Changes in such factors could impede the Company's ability to insure, or increase the risk of loss from insuring, obligations in the countries in which it currently does business and limit its ability to pursue business opportunities in other countries.

The Company's investment portfolio may be adversely affected by credit, interest rate and other market changes.

        The Company's operating results are affected, in part, by the performance of its investment portfolio which consists primarily of fixed-income securities and short-term investments. As of December 31, 2011, the fixed-income securities and short-term investments had a fair value of approximately $10.9 billion. Credit losses and changes in interest rates could have an adverse effect on its shareholders' equity and net income. Credit losses result in realized losses on the Company's investment portfolio, which reduce net income and shareholders' equity. Changes in interest rates can affect both shareholders' equity and investment income. For example, if interest rates decline, funds reinvested will earn less than expected, reducing the Company's future investment income compared to the amount it would earn if interest rates had not declined. However, the value of the Company's fixed-rate investments would generally increase if interest rates decreased, resulting in an unrealized gain on investments included in shareholders' equity. Conversely, if interest rates increase, the value of the investment portfolio will be reduced, resulting in unrealized losses that the Company is required to include in shareholders' equity as a change in accumulated other comprehensive income. Accordingly, interest rate increases could reduce the Company's shareholders' equity.

        As of December 31, 2011, mortgage-backed securities constituted approximately 17.7% of the Company's fixed-income securities and short-term investments. Changes in interest rates can expose the Company to significant prepayment risks on these investments. In periods of declining interest rates,

49

---

Table of Contents

mortgage prepayments generally increase and mortgage-backed securities are prepaid more quickly, requiring the Company to reinvest the proceeds at then-current market rates. During periods of rising interest rates, the frequency of prepayments generally decreases. Mortgage-backed securities having an amortized value less than par (i.e., purchased at a discount to face value) may incur a decrease in yield or a loss as a result of slower prepayment.

        Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond the Company's control. The Company does not engage in active management, or hedging, of interest rate risk, and may not be able to mitigate interest rate sensitivity effectively.

        The market value of the investment portfolio also may be adversely affected by general developments in the capital markets, including decreased market liquidity for investment assets, market perception of increased credit risk with respect to the types of securities held in the portfolio, downgrades of credit ratings of issuers of investment assets and/or foreign exchange movements which impact investment assets. In addition, the Company invests in securities insured by other financial guarantors, the market value of which may be affected by the rating instability of the relevant financial guarantor.

Risks Related to the Company's Capital and Liquidity Requirements

The Company may require additional capital from time to time, including from soft capital and liquidity credit facilities, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.

        The Company's capital requirements depend on many factors, including its in-force book of business and rating agency capital requirements. For example, as discussed under "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources," the Company has outstanding exposures to certain infrastructure transactions in its insured portfolio that expose it to refinancing risk. If those exposures are unable to be refinanced in the market prior to the expiration of the Company's financial guaranty policy due to market dislocation and increased credit spreads, the Company may have to participate in these refinancings and then recover over time the amounts it has paid from revenues produced by the transactions. The Company also needs capital to pay losses on its insured portfolio and to write new business. Failure to raise additional capital as needed may result in the Company being unable to write new business and may result in the ratings of the Company and its subsidiaries being downgraded by one or more ratings agency.

        The Company's access to external sources of financing, as well as the cost of such financing, is dependent on various factors, including the market supply of such financing, the Company's long-term debt ratings and insurance financial strength ratings and the perceptions of its financial strength and the financial strength of its insurance subsidiaries. The Company's debt ratings are in turn influenced by numerous factors, such as financial leverage, balance sheet strength, capital structure and earnings trends. If the Company's need for capital arises because of significant losses, the occurrence of these losses may make it more difficult for the Company to raise the necessary capital. In light of the uncertainty over the Company's financial strength ratings, the Company expects that it may be difficult to renew or extend existing credit facilities as they expire or run off and any such renewal or extension may involve higher pricing than would typically apply.

        Future capital raises for equity or equity-linked securities, such as the Company's June 2009 issuance of mandatorily convertible senior notes, could also result in dilution to the Company's shareholders. In addition, some securities that the Company could issue, such as preferred stock or securities issued by the Company's operating subsidiaries, may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of its common shares.

        Financial guaranty insurers and reinsurers typically rely on providers of lines of credit, credit swap facilities and similar capital support mechanisms (often referred to as "soft capital") to supplement their existing capital base, or "hard capital." The ratings of soft capital providers directly affect the level of capital credit which the rating agencies give the Company when evaluating its financial strength. The Company intends to maintain soft capital facilities with providers having ratings adequate

50

---

Table of Contents

to provide the Company's desired capital credit, although no assurance can be given that one or more of the rating agencies will not downgrade or withdraw the applicable ratings of such providers in the future. In addition, the Company may not be able to replace a downgraded soft capital provider with an acceptable replacement provider for a variety of reasons, including if an acceptable replacement provider is willing to provide the Company with soft capital commitments or if any adequately-rated institutions are actively providing soft capital facilities. Furthermore, the rating agencies may in the future change their methodology and no longer give credit for soft capital, which may necessitate the Company having to raise additional capital in order to maintain its ratings.

An increase in the Company's subsidiaries' risk-to-capital ratio or leverage ratio may prevent them from writing new insurance.

        Rating agencies and insurance regulatory authorities impose capital requirements on the Company's insurance subsidiaries. These capital requirements, which include risk-to-capital ratios, leverage ratios and surplus requirements, limit the amount of insurance that the Company's subsidiaries may write. The Company's insurance subsidiaries have several alternatives available to control their risk-to-capital ratios and leverage ratios, including obtaining capital contributions from the Company, purchasing reinsurance or entering into other loss mitigation agreements, or reducing the amount of new business written. However, a material reduction in the statutory capital and surplus of a subsidiary, whether resulting from underwriting or investment losses, a change in regulatory capital requirements or otherwise, or a disproportionate increase in the amount of risk in force, could increase a subsidiary's risk-to-capital ratio or leverage ratio. This in turn could require that subsidiary to obtain reinsurance for existing business (which may not be available, or may be available on terms that the Company considers unfavorable), or add to its capital base to maintain its financial strength ratings. Failure to maintain regulatory capital levels could limit that subsidiary's ability to write new business.

The Company's holding companies' ability to meet its obligations may be constrained.

        Each of AGL, AGMH and AGUS is a holding company and, as such, has no direct operations of its own. Neither AGL nor AGUS expects to have any significant operations or assets other than its ownership of the shares of its subsidiaries. However, AGL's and AGUS' insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory, contractual and rating agency restrictions limiting their ability to declare and to pay dividends and make other payments to AGL. Such dividends and permitted payments are expected to be AGL's and AGUS' primary source of funds to meet ongoing cash requirements, including operating expenses, any future debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay dividends to its shareholders. Accordingly, if AGL's and AGUS' insurance subsidiaries cannot pay sufficient dividends or make other permitted payments to them at the times or in the amounts that they require, it would have an adverse effect on AGL's and AGUS' ability to satisfy their ongoing cash requirements and on their ability to pay dividends to shareholders. If AGL does not pay dividends, the only return on an investment in AGL's shares, if at all, would come from any appreciation in the price of the common shares.

        Furthermore, in connection with the AGMH Acquisition, the Company covenanted to Dexia that it would not repurchase, redeem or pay any dividends on any class of AGM's equity interests for a period of three years from the date of the AGMH Acquisition unless AGM had certain minimum ratings from the rating agencies and the aggregate amount of dividends paid in any year does not exceed 125% of AGMH's debt service requirements for that year. See "Risks Related to the AGMH Acquisition—Restrictions on the conduct of AGM's business subsequent to the AGMH Acquisition place limits on the Company's operating and financial flexibility." In addition, to the extent that dividends are paid from AGL's U.S. subsidiaries, they presently would be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%.

        AG Re's and AGRO's dividend distribution are governed by Bermuda law. Under Bermuda law, dividends may only be paid if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is, or would after the payment be, able to pay its liabilities as they become due and if the realizable value of its assets would thereby not be less than its liabilities. Distributions to shareholders may also be paid out of statutory capital, but are subject to a 15% limitation without prior approval of the Authority. Dividends are limited by requirements that the subject company must at all times (i) maintain the minimum solvency margin required under the Insurance Act and the enhanced capital requirement

51

---

Table of Contents

applicable to it and (ii) have relevant assets in an amount at least equal to 75% of relevant liabilities, both as defined under the Insurance Act. AG Re, as a Class 3B insurer, is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least seven days before payment of such dividends) with the Authority an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins. Any distribution which results in a reduction of 15% of more of the company's total statutory capital, as set out in its previous year's financial statements, would require the prior approval of the Authority.

The ability of AGL and its subsidiaries to meet their liquidity needs may be limited.

        Each of AGL, AGUS and AGMH requires liquidity, either in the form of cash or in the ability to easily sell investment assets for cash, in order to meet its payment obligations, including, without limitation, its operating expenses, interest on debt and dividends on common shares, and to make capital investments in operating subsidiaries. The Company's operating subsidiaries require substantial liquidity in order to meet their respective payment and/or collateral posting obligations, including under financial guaranty insurance policies, CDS contracts or reinsurance agreements. They also require liquidity to pay operating expenses, reinsurance premiums, dividends to AGUS or AGMH for debt service and dividends to the Company, as well as, where appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries.

        AGL anticipates that its liquidity needs will be met by (1) the ability of its operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to AGL, AGUS and AGMH, (2) external financings, (3) investment income from its invested assets and (4) current cash and short-term investments. The Company expects that its subsidiaries' need for liquidity will be met by (1) the operating cash flows of such subsidiaries, (2) external financings, (3) investment income from their invested assets and (4) proceeds derived from the sale of its investment portfolio, a significant portion of which is in the form of cash or short-term investments. All of these sources of liquidity are subject to market, regulatory or other factors that may impact the Company's liquidity position at any time. As discussed above, AGL's insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory, contractual and rating agency restrictions limiting their ability to declare and to pay dividends and make other payments to AGL. As further noted above, external financing may or may not be available to AGL or its subsidiaries in the future on satisfactory terms.

        In addition, investment income at AGL and its subsidiaries may fluctuate based on interest rates, defaults by the issuers of the securities AGL or its subsidiaries hold in their respective investment portfolios, or other factors that the Company does not control. Finally, the value of the Company's investments may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates, credit risk and capital market conditions and therefore may adversely affect the Company's potential ability to sell investments quickly and the price which the Company might receive for those investments.

        There can be no assurance that the liquidity of AGL and its subsidiaries will not be adversely affected by adverse market conditions, changes in insurance regulatory law or changes in general economic conditions. In 2011, Assured Guaranty permitted a liquidity facility to expire without replacement and terminated and replaced a soft capital facility with an excess of loss reinsurance facility. There can be no assurance that existing liquidity facilities will prove adequate to the needs of AGL and its subsidiaries or that adequate liquidity will be available on favorable terms in the future.

Risks Related to the Company's Business

The Company's financial guaranty products may subject it to significant risks from individual or correlated credits.

        The Company is exposed to the risk that issuers of debt that it insures or other counterparties may default in their financial obligations, whether as a result of insolvency, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. Similarly, the Company could be exposed to corporate credit risk if a corporation's securities are contained in a portfolio of collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs") it insures, or if the corporation or financial institution is the originator or servicer of loans, mortgages or other assets backing structured securities that the Company has insured.

52

---

Table of Contents

        In addition, because the Company insures or reinsures municipal bonds, it can have significant exposures to single municipal risks. While the Company's risk of a complete loss, where it would have to pay the entire principal amount of an issue of bonds and interest thereon with no recovery, is generally lower than for corporate credits as most municipal bonds are backed by tax or other revenues, there can be no assurance that a single default by a municipality would not have a material adverse effect on its results of operations or financial condition.

        The Company's ultimate exposure to a single name may exceed its underwriting guidelines, and an event with respect to a single name may cause a significant loss. The Company seeks to reduce this risk by managing exposure to large single risks, as well as concentrations of correlated risks, through tracking its aggregate exposure to single names in its various lines of business, establishing underwriting criteria to manage risk aggregations, and utilizing reinsurance and other risk mitigation measures. The Company may insure and has insured individual public finance and asset-backed risks well in excess of $1 billion. Should the Company's risk assessments prove inaccurate and should the applicable limits prove inadequate, the Company could be exposed to larger than anticipated losses, and could be required by the rating agencies to hold additional capital against insured exposures whether or not downgraded by the rating agencies.

        The Company is exposed to correlation risk across the various assets the Company insures. During periods of strong macroeconomic performance, stress in an individual transaction generally occurs in a single asset class or for idiosyncratic reasons. During a broad economic downturn, a wider range of the Company's insured portfolio could be exposed to stress at the same time. This stress may manifest itself in ratings downgrades, which may require more capital, or in actual losses. In addition, while the Company has experienced catastrophic events in the past without material loss, such as the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 and the 2005 hurricane season, unexpected catastrophic events may have a material adverse effect upon the Company's insured portfolio and/or its investment portfolios.

Some of the Company's direct financial guaranty products may be riskier than traditional financial guaranty insurance.

        As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, 17% and 20%, respectively, of the Company's financial guaranty direct exposures have been executed as credit derivatives. Traditional financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a municipal finance or structured finance obligation against non-payment of principal and interest, while credit derivatives provide protection from the occurrence of specified credit events, including non-payment of principal and interest. In general, the Company structures credit derivative transactions such that circumstances giving rise to its obligation to make payments are similar to that for financial guaranty policies and generally occur as losses are realized on the underlying reference obligation. The tenor of credit derivatives exposures, like exposure under financial guaranty insurance policies, is also generally for as long as the reference obligation remains outstanding.

        Nonetheless, credit derivative transactions are governed by ISDA documentation and operate differently from financial guaranty insurance policies. For example, the Company's control rights with respect to a reference obligation under a credit derivative may be more limited than when it issues a financial guaranty insurance policy on a direct primary basis. In addition, a credit derivative may be terminated for a breach of the ISDA documentation or other specific events, unlike financial guaranty insurance policies. In some of the Company's older credit derivative transactions, one such specified event is the failure of AGC to maintain specified financial strength ratings. If a credit derivative is terminated, the Company could be required to make a termination payment as determined under the ISDA documentation. In addition, under a limited number of credit derivative contracts, the Company may be required to post eligible securities as collateral, generally cash or U.S. government or agency securities, under specified circumstances. The need to post collateral under these transactions is generally based on valuation in excess of contractual thresholds. The particular thresholds decline if the Company's ratings decline. See "Risks Related to the Company's Financial Strength and Financial Enhancement Ratings—A downgrade of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of any of the Company's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries would adversely affect its business and prospects and, consequently, its results of operations and financial condition."

53

---

Table of Contents

Further downgrades of one or more of the Company's reinsurers could reduce the Company's capital adequacy and return on equity. The impairment of other financial institutions also could adversely affect the Company.

        At December 31, 2011, the Company had ceded approximately 9% of its principal amount of insurance outstanding to third party reinsurers. In evaluating the credits insured by the Company, securities rating agencies allow capital charge "credit" for reinsurance based on the reinsurers' ratings. In recent years, a number of the Company's reinsurers were downgraded by one or more rating agencies, resulting in decreases in the credit allowed for reinsurance and in the financial benefits of using reinsurance under existing rating agency capital adequacy models. Many of the Company's reinsurers have already been downgraded to single-A or below by one or more rating agencies. The Company could be required to raise additional capital to replace the lost reinsurance credit in order to satisfy rating agency and regulatory capital adequacy and single risk requirements. The rating agencies' reduction in credit for reinsurance could also ultimately reduce the Company's return on equity to the extent that ceding commissions paid to the Company by the reinsurers were not adequately increased to compensate for the effect of any additional capital required. In addition, downgraded reinsurers may default on amounts due to the Company and such reinsurer obligations may not be adequately collateralized, resulting in additional losses to the Company and a reduction in its shareholders' equity and net income.

        The Company also has exposure to counterparties in various industries, including banks, hedge funds and other investment vehicles in its insured transactions. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event its counterparty fails to perform its obligations.

The performance of the Company's invested assets affects its results of operations and cash flows.

        Investment income from the Company's investment portfolio is one of the primary sources of cash flows supporting its operations and claim payments. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company's net investment income was $391.0 million, $354.7 million and $259.2 million, respectively. If the Company's calculations with respect to its policy liabilities are incorrect or other unanticipated payment obligations arise, or if the Company improperly structures its investments to meet these liabilities, it could have unexpected losses, including losses resulting from forced liquidation of investments before their maturity.

        The investment policies of the insurance subsidiaries are subject to insurance law requirements, and may change depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions and the existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including the tax position, of the Company's businesses. Changes in the Company's investment policies could result in sales of securities that could result in investment losses and reduce net income and shareholders' equity. The change in investment policies could also affect the amount of investment income generated by the portfolio, causing a reduction in net investment income.

        The Company has retained four investment managers to manage its investment portfolio. The performance of the Company's invested assets is subject to the performance of the investment managers in selecting and managing appropriate investments. The investment managers have discretionary authority over the Company's investment portfolio within the limits of its investment guidelines.

The Company is dependent on key executives and the loss of any of these executives, or its inability to retain other key personnel, could adversely affect its business.

        The Company's success substantially depends upon its ability to attract and retain qualified employees and upon the ability of its senior management and other key employees to implement its business strategy. The Company believes there are only a limited number of available qualified executives in the business lines in which the Company competes. Although the Company is not aware of any planned departures, the Company relies substantially upon the services of Dominic J. Frederico, President and Chief Executive Officer, and other executives. Although the Company has designed its executive compensation with the goal of retaining and incentivizing its executive officers, the Company may not be successful in retaining their services. The loss of the services of any of these individuals or other key members of the Company's management team could adversely affect the implementation of its business strategy.

54

---

Table of Contents

The Company's business could be adversely affected by Bermuda employment restrictions.

        The Company's senior management plays an active role in its underwriting and business decisions, as well as in performing its financial reporting and compliance obligations. The Company's location in Bermuda may serve as an impediment to attracting and retaining experienced personnel. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work permit is only granted or extended if the employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate or working resident certificate is available who meets the minimum standards for the position.

        The Bermuda government's policy places a six year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to specified exemptions for persons deemed to be key employees. All of the Company's Bermuda-based employees who require work permits have been granted permits by the Bermuda government. It is possible that the Company could lose the services of one or more of its key employees if the Company is unable to obtain or renew their work permits.

The regulatory systems under which the Company operates, and recent changes and potential changes thereto, could have a significant and negative effect on its business.

        The Bermuda Monetary Authority has stated that achieving equivalence with European Union regulators under the Solvency II Directive (expected to become effective in early 2014) is one of its key strategic objectives. To that end, the Authority has introduced (and is in the process of introducing) regulations that, among other things, implements a group supervision regime and enhances the capital and solvency framework applicable to Bermuda insurers. The regulations and the proposed regulations, when implemented, may have an impact on the Company's operations.

Risks Related to GAAP and Applicable Law

Marking-to-market the Company's insured credit derivatives portfolio may subject net income to volatility.

        The Company is required to mark-to-market certain derivatives that it insures, including CDS that are considered derivatives under GAAP. Although there is no cash flow effect from this "marking-to-market," net changes in the fair value of the derivative are reported in the Company's consolidated statements of operations and therefore affect its reported earnings. As a result of such treatment, and given the large principal balance of the Company's CDS portfolio, small changes in the market pricing for insurance of CDS will generally result in the Company recognizing material gains or losses, with material market price increases generally resulting in large reported losses under GAAP. Accordingly, the Company's GAAP earnings will be more volatile than would be suggested by the actual performance of its business operations and insured portfolio.

        The fair value of a credit derivative will be affected by any event causing changes in the credit spread (i.e., the difference in interest rates between comparable securities having different credit risk) on an underlying security referenced in the credit derivative. Common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying municipal or corporate security referenced in a credit derivative to fluctuate include changes in the state of national or regional economic conditions, industry cyclicality, changes to a company's competitive position within an industry, management changes, changes in the ratings of the underlying security, movements in interest rates, default or failure to pay interest, or any other factor leading investors to revise expectations about the issuer's ability to pay principal and interest on its debt obligations. Similarly, common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying structured security referenced in a credit derivative to fluctuate may include the occurrence and severity of collateral defaults, changes in demographic trends and their impact on the levels of credit enhancement, rating changes, changes in interest rates or prepayment speeds, or any other factor leading investors to revise expectations about the risk of the collateral or the ability of the servicer to collect payments on the underlying assets sufficient to pay principal and interest. The fair value of credit derivative contracts also reflects the change in the Company's own credit cost, based on the price to purchase credit protection on AGC. For discussion of the Company's fair value methodology for credit derivatives, see Note 6, Fair Value Measurement, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

55

---

Table of Contents

        If the derivative is held to maturity and no credit loss is incurred, any gains or losses previously reported would be offset by corresponding gains or losses by maturity. Due to the complexity of fair value accounting and the application of GAAP requirements, future amendments or interpretations of relevant accounting standards may cause the Company to modify its accounting methodology in a manner which may have an adverse impact on its financial results.

Change in industry and other accounting practices could impair the Company's reported financial results and impede its ability to do business.

        Changes in or the issuance of new accounting standards, as well as any changes in the interpretation of current accounting guidance, may have an adverse effect on the Company's reported financial results, including future revenues, and may influence the types and/or volume of business that management may choose to pursue.

Changes in or inability to comply with applicable law could adversely affect the Company's ability to do business.

        The Company's businesses are subject to direct and indirect regulation under state insurance laws, federal securities, commodities and tax laws affecting public finance and asset backed obligations, and federal regulation of derivatives, as well as applicable laws in the other countries in which the Company operates. Future legislative, regulatory, judicial or other legal changes in the jurisdictions in which the Company does business may adversely affect its ability to pursue its current mix of business, thereby materially impacting its financial results by, among other things, limiting the types of risks it may insure, lowering applicable single or aggregate risk limits, increasing required reserves, increasing the level of supervision or regulation to which the Company's operations may be subject, imposing restrictions that make the Company's products less attractive to potential buyers, lowering the profitability of the Company's business activities, requiring the Company to change certain of its business practices and exposing it to additional costs (including increased compliance costs).

        In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act") signed into law on July 21, 2010 could result in requirements to maintain capital and/or post margin with respect to any future derivative transactions and possibly its existing insured derivatives portfolio. The magnitude of any capital or margin requirements, as well as the extent to which such requirements would apply in respect of the Company's existing derivatives or insured portfolio, will depend primarily on rulemaking by the SEC and Commodity Futures Trading Commission, much of which has not yet occurred. As discussed in "Risks Related to the Company's Capital and Liquidity Requirements—The Company may require additional capital from time to time, including from soft capital and liquidity credit facilities, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms," we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain, or obtain on favorable terms, any additional capital that may be required by the Dodd-Frank Act. If the new regulations require a substantial amount of collateral to be posted, this could have material adverse effects on the Company's financial condition, liquidity and results of operation.

        Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, a Federal Insurance Office ("FIO") has been established to focus on systemic risk oversight and to develop federal policy on prudential aspects of international insurance matters. The FIO is conducting a study for submission to the U.S. Congress on how to modernize and improve insurance regulation in the U.S. While the impact to the Company and its affiliates of the establishment and activity of the FIO is not clear, it is possible that it could have an adverse effect on its business and operations. Moreover, various federal regulatory agencies have begun proposing and adopting regulations in furtherance of the Dodd-Frank Act provisions and will continue in the coming months, such as the proposed regulations issued by the Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify certain nonbank financial companies to be subject to supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. To the extent these or other requirements ultimately apply to the Company when adopted in final form, they could require the Company to change how it conducts and manages its business and could adversely affect it. A recent proposed regulation to impose assessments on financial services companies does not as currently drafted apply to the Company, but it is still unclear how and to what extent these requirements might apply under final

56

---

Table of Contents

regulations and whether the Company would have to make material contributions if they were applicable.

        The foregoing requirements, as well as others that could be applied to the Company as a result of the legislation, could limit the Company's ability to conduct certain lines of business and/or subject the Company to enhanced business conduct standards and/or otherwise adversely affect its future results of operations. Because many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are being implemented through agency rulemaking processes, much of which have not been completed, our assessment of the legislation's impact on the Company and its business remains uncertain and is subject to change.

        In addition, the decline in the financial strength of many financial guaranty insurers has caused government officials to examine the suitability of some of the complex securities guaranteed by financial guaranty insurers. For example, the New York Insurance Department had announced that it would develop new rules and regulations for the financial guaranty industry. On September 22, 2008, the Department issued Circular Letter No. 19 (2008) (the "Circular Letter"), which established best practices guidelines for financial guaranty insurers effective January 1, 2009. The Department had announced that it plans to propose legislation and regulations to formalize these guidelines. Such guidelines and the related legislation and regulations may limit the amount of new structured finance business that AGC may write.

        Furthermore, if the Company fails to comply with applicable insurance laws and regulations it could be exposed to fines, the loss of insurance licenses, limitations on the right to originate new business and restrictions on its ability to pay dividends, all of which could have an adverse impact on its business results and prospects. As a result of a number of factors, including incurred losses and risks reassumed from troubled reinsurers, AGM and AGC have from time to time exceeded regulatory risk limits. Failure to comply with these limits allows the Department the discretion to cause the Company to cease writing new business. Although the Company has notified the Department of such noncompliance, the Department has not exercised such discretion in the past. If an insurance company's surplus declines below minimum required levels, the insurance regulator could impose additional restrictions on the insurer or initiate insolvency proceedings. AGC and AGM may increase surplus by various means, including obtaining capital contributions from the Company, purchasing reinsurance or entering into other loss mitigation arrangements, reducing the amount of new business written or obtaining regulatory approval to release contingency reserves. From time to time, AGM and AGC have obtained approval from their regulators to release contingency reserves based on the expiration of their insured exposure.

AGL's ability to pay dividends may be constrained by certain regulatory requirements and restrictions.

        AGL is subject to Bermuda regulatory requirements that affect its ability to pay dividends on common shares and to make other payments. Under the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended, AGL may declare or pay a dividend only (1) if it has reasonable grounds for believing that it is, and after the payment would be, able to pay its liabilities as they become due and (2) if the realizable value of its assets would not be less than its liabilities. While AGL currently intends to pay dividends on its common shares, investors who require dividend income should carefully consider these risks before investing in AGL.

        In addition, if, pursuant to the insurance laws and related regulations of Bermuda, Maryland and New York, AGL's insurance subsidiaries cannot pay sufficient dividends to AGL at the times or in the amounts that it requires, it would have an adverse effect on AGL's ability to pay dividends to shareholders. See "Risks Related to the Company's Capital and Liquidity Requirements—The ability of AGL and its subsidiaries to meet their liquidity needs may be limited."

Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control of AGL.

        Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. or U.K. insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state or country where the insurer is domiciled. Because a person acquiring 10% or more of AGL's common shares would indirectly control the same percentage of the stock of its U.S. insurance company subsidiaries, the insurance change of control laws of Maryland, New York and the U.K. would likely apply to such a transaction.

57

---

Table of Contents

        These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of AGL, including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of its shareholders might consider to be desirable.

        While AGL's Bye-Laws limit the voting power of any shareholder to less than 10%, we cannot assure you that the applicable regulatory body would agree that a shareholder who owned 10% or more of its common shares did not control the applicable insurance company subsidiary, notwithstanding the limitation on the voting power of such shares.

Risks Related to Taxation

Changes in U.S. tax laws could reduce the demand or profitability of financial guaranty insurance, or negatively impact the Company's investment portfolio.

        Any material change in the U.S. tax treatment of municipal securities, the imposition of a national sales tax or a flat tax in lieu of the current federal income tax structure in the U.S., or changes in the treatment of dividends, could adversely affect the market for municipal obligations and, consequently, reduce the demand for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of such obligations.

        Changes in U.S. federal, state or local laws that materially adversely affect the tax treatment of municipal securities or the market for those securities, or other changes negatively affecting the municipal securities market, also may adversely impact the Company's investment portfolio, a significant portion of which is invested in tax-exempt instruments. These adverse changes may adversely affect the value of the Company's tax-exempt portfolio, or its liquidity.

Certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries may be subject to U.S. tax.

        The Company manages its business so that AGL and its foreign subsidiaries (other than AGRO and AGE) operate in such a manner that none of them should be subject to U.S. federal tax (other than U.S. excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premium income attributable to insuring or reinsuring U.S. risks, and U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. source investment income). However, because there is considerable uncertainty as to the activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or business within the U.S., the Company cannot be certain that the IRS will not contend successfully that AGL or any of its foreign subsidiaries (other than AGRO and AGE) is/are engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. If AGL and its foreign subsidiaries (other than AGRO and AGE) were considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S., each such company could be subject to U.S. corporate income and branch profits taxes on the portion of its earnings effectively connected to such U.S. business.

AGL and its Bermuda subsidiaries may become subject to taxes in Bermuda after March 2035, which may have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and on an investment in the Company.

        The Bermuda Minister of Finance, under Bermuda's Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, has given AGL and its Bermuda Subsidiaries an assurance that if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda that would impose tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then subject to certain limitations the imposition of any such tax will not be applicable to AGL or its Bermuda Subsidiaries, or any of AGL's or its subsidiaries' operations, shares, debentures or other obligations until March 31, 2035. Given the limited duration of the Minister of Finance's assurance, the Company cannot be certain that it will not be subject to Bermuda tax after March 31, 2035.

U.S. Persons who hold 10% or more of AGL's shares directly or through foreign entities may be subject to taxation under the U.S. controlled foreign corporation rules.

        Each 10% U.S. shareholder of a foreign corporation that is a controlled foreign corporation ("CFC") for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and who owns shares in the foreign corporation directly or indirectly through foreign entities on the last day of the foreign corporation's taxable year on which it is a CFC, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC's "subpart F income," even if the subpart F income

58

---

Table of Contents

is not distributed. In addition, upon a sale of shares of a CFC, 10% U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of their gain at ordinary income rates.

        The Company believes that because of the dispersion of the share ownership in AGL, provisions in AGL's Bye-Laws that limit voting power, contractual limits on voting power and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns AGL's shares directly or indirectly through foreign entities should be treated as a 10% U.S. shareholder of AGL or of any of its foreign subsidiaries. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge, in which case such U.S. Person may be subject to taxation under U.S. tax rules.

U.S. Persons who hold shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on their proportionate share of the Company's related person insurance income.

        If:

•

the Company is 25% or more owned directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution by U.S. Persons;



•

the gross RPII of AG Re or any other AGL foreign subsidiary engaged in the insurance business that has not made an election under section 953(d) of the Code to be treated as a U.S. corporation for all U.S. tax purposes or are CFCs owned directly or indirectly by AGUS (each, with AG Re, a "Foreign Insurance Subsidiary") were to equal or exceed 20% of such Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's gross insurance income in any taxable year; and



•

direct or indirect insureds (and persons related to such insureds) own (or are treated as owning directly or indirectly through entities) 20% or more of the voting power or value of the Company's shares,

then a U.S. Person who owns AGL's shares (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) on the last day of the taxable year would be required to include in its income for U.S. federal income tax purposes such person's pro rata share of such Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's RPII for the entire taxable year, determined as if such RPII were distributed proportionately only to U.S. Persons at that date, regardless of whether such income is distributed. In addition, any RPII that is includible in the income of a U.S. tax-exempt organization may be treated as unrelated business taxable income.

        The amount of RPII earned by a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary (generally, premium and related investment income from the direct or indirect insurance or reinsurance of any direct or indirect U.S. holder of shares or any person related to such holder) will depend on a number of factors, including the geographic distribution of a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary's business and the identity of persons directly or indirectly insured or reinsured by a Foreign Insurance Subsidiary. The Company believes that each of its Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries either should not in the foreseeable future have RPII income which equals or exceeds 20% of its gross insurance income or have direct or indirect insureds, as provided for by RPII rules, that directly or indirectly own 20% or more of either the voting power or value of AGL's shares. However, the Company cannot be certain that this will be the case because some of the factors which determine the extent of RPII may be beyond its control.

U.S. Persons who dispose of AGL's shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at dividend tax rates on a portion of their gain, if any.

        The meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to AGL and its Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries is uncertain. The RPII rules in conjunction with section 1248 of the Code provide that if a U.S. Person disposes of shares in a foreign insurance corporation in which U.S. Persons own (directly, indirectly, through foreign entities or by attribution) 25% or more of the shares (even if the amount of gross RPII is less than 20% of the corporation's gross insurance income and the ownership of its shares by direct or indirect insureds and related persons is less than the 20% threshold), any gain from the disposition will generally be treated as dividend income to the extent of the holder's share of the corporation's undistributed earnings and profits that were accumulated during the period that the holder owned the shares. This provision applies whether or not such earnings and profits are attributable to RPII. In addition, such a holder will be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, regardless of the amount of shares owned by the holder.

59

---

Table of Contents

        In the case of AGL's shares, these RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of shares because AGL is not itself directly engaged in the insurance business. However, the RPII provisions have never been interpreted by the courts or the U.S. Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form, what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto, or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of the RPII rules by the IRS, the courts, or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. The U.S. Treasury Department has authority to impose, among other things, additional reporting requirements with respect to RPII.

U.S. Persons who hold common shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if AGL is considered to be a "passive foreign investment company" for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        If AGL is considered a passive foreign investment company ("PFIC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Person who owns any shares of AGL will be subject to adverse tax consequences that could materially adversely affect its investment, including subjecting the investor to both a greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and an interest charge. The Company believes that AGL is not, and currently does not expect AGL to become, a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however, there can be no assurance that AGL will not be deemed a PFIC by the IRS.

        There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming. The Company cannot predict what impact, if any, such guidance would have on an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation.

Changes in U.S. federal income tax law could materially adversely affect an investment in AGL's common shares.

        Legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of companies (including insurance companies) that have legal domiciles outside the U.S. but have certain U.S. connections. For example, legislation has previously been introduced in Congress to limit the deductibility of reinsurance premiums paid by U.S. insurance companies to foreign affiliates and impose additional limits on deductibility of interest of foreign owned U.S. corporations. Another prior legislative proposal would treat a foreign corporation that is primarily managed and controlled in the U.S. as a U.S. corporation for U.S federal income tax purposes. Further, legislation has previously been introduced to override the reduction or elimination of the U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. source investment income under a tax treaty in the case of a deductible related party payment made by a U.S. member of a foreign controlled group to a foreign member of the group organized in a tax treaty country to the extent that the ultimate foreign parent corporation would not enjoy the treaty benefits with respect to such payments. It is possible that this or similar legislation could be introduced in and enacted by the current Congress or future Congresses that could have an adverse impact on the Company or the Company's shareholders.

        U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a trade or business within the U.S. is a PFIC, or whether U.S. Persons would be required to include in their gross income the "subpart F income" of a CFC or RPII are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There currently are no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC rules to insurance companies, and the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. The Company cannot be certain if, when, or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be implemented or made, or whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.

Scope of Application of Recently Enacted Legislation is Uncertain

        Congress enacted legislation in 2010 that would require any non-U.S. entity that is characterized as a "foreign financial institution" ("FFI") to enter into an agreement with the Internal Revenue Service that would require the FFI to obtain information about the FFI's financial account owners, including its shareholders and noteholders other than holders of shares or notes that are regularly traded on an established securities market ("Non-Publicly Traded Securities Holders"), and to disclose information

60

---

Table of Contents

about its U.S. Non-Publicly Traded Securities Holders to the IRS. This legislation generally also would impose a 30% withholding tax on certain payments of U.S. source income to the FFI if it does not enter into the agreement, is unable to obtain information about its U.S. Non-Publicly Traded Securities Holders or otherwise fails to satisfy its obligations under the agreement. Additionally, even if the FFI does enter into such an agreement with the IRS, the 30% withholding tax could be imposed on Non-Publicly Traded Securities Holders that do not provide the required information. If the FFI cannot satisfy these obligations, payments of direct or indirect U.S. source income made after December 31, 2013 to the FFI or payments by the FFI to the Non-Publicly Traded Securities Holders after this date generally would be subject to such withholding tax under the legislation. Further, if the non-U.S. entity is not characterized as an FFI, it generally would be subject to such 30% withholding tax on certain payments of U.S. source income unless it either provides information to withholding agents with respect to its "substantial U.S. owners" or makes certain certifications, with an exception to this rule provided for a corporation the stock of which is regularly traded on an established securities market and subsidiaries of such corporation. Although this recently enacted legislation does not appear to be intended to apply to AGL or its non-U.S. subsidiaries, the scope of this legislation is unclear. As a result, Non-Publicly Traded Securities Holders may be required to provide any information that AGL determines necessary to avoid the imposition of such withholding tax in order to allow AGL to satisfy such obligations. The U.S. Treasury is expected to issue regulations clarifying the scope of this legislation, and such regulations could have an adverse impact on us. In the event that this withholding tax is imposed, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Recharacterization by the Internal Revenue Service of the Company's U.S. federal tax treatment of losses on the Company's CDS portfolio can adversely affect the Company's financial position.

        As part of the Company's financial guaranty business, the Company has sold credit protection by insuring CDS entered into with various financial institutions. Assured Guaranty's CDS portfolio has experienced significant cumulative fair value losses which are only deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon realization and, consequently, generate a significant deferred tax asset based on the Company's intended treatment of such losses as ordinary insurance losses upon realization. The U.S. federal income tax treatment of CDS is an unsettled area of the tax law. As such, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may decide that the losses generated by the Company's CDS business should be characterized as capital rather than ordinary insurance losses, which could materially adversely affect the Company's financial condition.

An ownership change under Section 382 of the Code could have adverse U.S. federal tax consequences.

        If AGL were to issue equity securities in the future, including in connection with any strategic transaction, or if previously issued securities of AGL were to be sold by the current holders, AGL may experience an "ownership change" within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. In general terms, an ownership change would result from transactions increasing the aggregate ownership of certain stockholders in AGL's stock by more than 50 percentage points over a testing period (generally three years). If an ownership change occurred, the Company's ability to use certain tax attributes, including certain built-in losses, credits, deductions or tax basis and/or the Company's ability to continue to reflect the associated tax benefits as assets on AGL's balance sheet, may be limited. The Company cannot give any assurance that AGL will not undergo an ownership change at a time when these limitations could materially adversely affect the Company's financial condition.

AGMH likely experienced an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code.

        In connection with the AGMH Acquisition, AGMH likely experienced an "ownership change" within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. The Company has concluded that the Section 382 limitations as discussed in "An ownership change under Section 382 of the Code could have adverse U.S. federal tax consequences" are unlikely to have any material tax or accounting consequences. However, this conclusion is based on a variety of assumptions, including the Company's estimates regarding the amount and timing of certain deductions and future earnings, any of which could be incorrect. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that these limitations would not have an adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or that such adverse effects would not be material.

61

---

Table of Contents

Risks Related to AGL's Common Shares

The market price of AGL's common shares may be volatile, which could cause the value of an investment in the Company to decline.

        The market price of AGL's common shares has experienced, and may continue to experience, significant volatility. Numerous factors, including many over which the Company has no control, may have a significant impact on the market price of its common shares. These risks include those described or referred to in this "Risk Factors" section as well as, among other things:

•

investor perceptions of the Company, its prospects and that of the financial guaranty industry and the markets in which the Company operates;



•

the Company's operating and financial performance;



•

the Company's access to financial and capital markets to raise additional capital, refinance its debt or replace existing senior secured credit and receivables-backed facilities;



•

the Company's ability to repay debt;



•

the Company's dividend policy;



•

future sales of equity or equity-related securities;



•

changes in earnings estimates or buy/sell recommendations by analysts; and



•

general financial, economic and other market conditions.

        In addition, the stock market in recent years has experienced extreme price and trading volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of individual companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the price of AGL's common shares, regardless of its operating performance.

AGL's common shares are equity securities and are junior to existing and future indebtedness.

        As equity interests, AGL's common shares rank junior to indebtedness and to other non-equity claims on AGL and its assets available to satisfy claims on AGL, including claims in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding. For example, upon liquidation, holders of AGL debt securities and shares of preferred stock and creditors would receive distributions of AGL's available assets prior to the holders of AGL common shares. Similarly, creditors, including holders of debt securities, of AGL's subsidiaries, have priority on the assets of those subsidiaries. Future indebtedness may restrict payment of dividends on the common shares.

        Additionally, unlike indebtedness, where principal and interest customarily are payable on specified due dates, in the case of common shares, dividends are payable only when and if declared by AGL's board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board. Further, the common shares place no restrictions on its business or operations or on its ability to incur indebtedness or engage in any transactions, subject only to the voting rights available to stockholders generally.

There may be future sales or other dilution of AGL's equity, which may adversely affect the market price of its common shares.

        Future sales or other issuances of AGL's equity may adversely affect the market price of its common shares and equity-linked securities. For example, in connection with forward purchase contracts issued in June 2009 as part of AGL's equity units, AGL is required to issue between 11,605,500 and 13,636,500 of its common shares, depending on the trading price of such common shares, no later than June 1, 2012. See "Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Commitments and Contingencies—Long Term Debt Obligations—Debt Issued by AGUS—8.50% Senior Notes." In addition, based on a Schedule 13D/A filed by WL Ross Group, L.P. on December 5, 2011, WL Ross Group, L.P. and its affiliates own 10.89% of AGL's common shares as of December 31, 2011 and have registration rights with respect to AGL common shares. A sale of a significant portion of such holdings could adversely affect the market price of AGL's common shares and equity-linked securities.

62

---

Table of Contents

Provisions in the Code and AGL's Bye-Laws may reduce or increase the voting rights of its common shares.

        Under the Code, AGL's Bye-Laws and contractual arrangements, certain shareholders have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, resulting in other shareholders having voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, the relevant provisions of the Code may have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership.

        More specifically, pursuant to the relevant provisions of the Code, if, and so long as, the common shares of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined under section 958 of the Code) of any U.S. Person (as defined below) and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by AGL's issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares of such U.S. Person (a "9.5% U.S. Shareholder") are limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%, under a formula specified in AGL's Bye-Laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. For these purposes, "controlled shares" include, among other things, all shares of AGL that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code).

        In addition, the Board of Directors may limit a shareholder's voting rights where it deems appropriate to do so to (1) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholders, and (2) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company or any of the Company's subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. AGL's Bye-Laws provide that shareholders will be notified of their voting interests prior to any vote taken by them.

        As a result of any such reallocation of votes, the voting rights of a holder of AGL common shares might increase above 5% of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding common shares, thereby possibly resulting in such holder becoming a reporting person subject to Schedule 13D or 13G filing requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition, the reallocation of votes could result in such holder becoming subject to the short swing profit recovery and filing requirements under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

        AGL also has the authority under its Bye-Laws to request information from any shareholder for the purpose of determining whether a shareholder's voting rights are to be reallocated under the Bye-Laws. If a shareholder fails to respond to a request for information or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to a request, the Company may, in its sole discretion, eliminate such shareholder's voting rights.

Provisions in AGL's Bye-Laws may restrict the ability to transfer common shares, and may require shareholders to sell their common shares.

        AGL's Board of Directors may decline to approve or register a transfer of any common shares (1) if it appears to the Board of Directors, after taking into account the limitations on voting rights contained in AGL's Bye-Laws, that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to AGL, any of its subsidiaries or any of its shareholders may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such as the Board of Directors considers to be de minimis), or (2) subject to any applicable requirements of or commitments to the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), if a written opinion from counsel supporting the legality of the transaction under U.S. securities laws has not been provided or if any required governmental approvals have not been obtained.

        AGL's Bye-Laws also provide that if the Board of Directors determines that share ownership by a person may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any of the subsidiaries or any of the shareholders (other than such as the Board of Directors considers to be de minimis), then AGL has the option, but not the obligation, to require that shareholder to sell to AGL or to third parties to whom AGL assigns the repurchase right for fair market value the minimum number of common shares held by such person which is necessary to eliminate such adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences.

63

---

Table of Contents

Existing reinsurance agreement terms may make it difficult to effect a change of control of AGL.

        Some of the Company's reinsurance agreements have change of control provisions that are triggered if a third party acquires a designated percentage of AGL's shares. If a change of control provision is triggered, the ceding company may recapture some or all of the reinsurance business ceded to the Company in the past. Any such recapture could adversely affect the Company's shareholders' equity, future income or financial strength or debt ratings. These provisions may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of AGL, including through transactions that some or all of the shareholders might consider to be desirable.

64

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        None.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        The principal executive offices of AGL and AG Re consist of approximately 8,250 square feet of office space located in Hamilton, Bermuda. The lease for this space expires in April 2015.

        In addition, the Company occupies approximately 110,000 square feet of office space in New York City. This office space is leased by AGM, and AGC and certain of its affiliates relocated there following the closing of the AGMH Acquisition. The lease expires in April 2026.

        The Company and its subsidiaries also occupy currently another approximately 21,000 square feet of office space in San Francisco, Irvine, London, Madrid and Sydney. The Madrid lease expires in April, 2012, at which time that office will close and the agreement on the Irvine office expires in July 31, 2012 and is renewable at our option.

        Management believes that the office space is adequate for its current and anticipated needs.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company's business. It is the opinion of the Company's management, based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of litigation against the Company, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of litigation against the Company in a fiscal quarter or year could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations in a particular quarter or fiscal year. In addition, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of the Company's subsidiaries assert claims in legal proceedings against third parties to recover losses paid in prior periods. For example, as described in Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, "Recovery Litigation—RMBS Transactions," of the Financials Statements and Supplementary Data, as of the date of this filing, AGC and AGM have filed complaints against certain sponsors and underwriters of RMBS securities that AGC or AGM had insured, alleging, among other claims, that such persons had breached representations and warranties ("R&W") in the transaction documents, failed to cure or repurchase defective loans and/or violated state securities laws. The amounts, if any, the Company will recover in proceedings to recover losses are uncertain, and recoveries, or failure to obtain recoveries, in any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or fiscal year could be material to the Company's results of operations in that particular quarter or fiscal year.

Proceedings Relating to the Company's Financial Guaranty Business

        The Company receives subpoenas duces tecum and interrogatories from regulators from time to time. The Company has satisfied the requests it has received. It may receive additional inquiries from these or other regulators and expects to provide additional information to such regulators regarding their inquiries, if any, in the future.

        In August 2008, a number of financial institutions and other parties, including AGM and other bond insurers, were named as defendants in a civil action brought in the circuit court of Jefferson County, Alabama relating to the County's problems meeting its debt obligations on its $3.2 billion sewer debt: Charles E. Wilson vs. JPMorgan Chase & Co et al (filed the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama), Case No. 01-CV-2008-901907.00, a putative class action. The action was brought on behalf of rate payers, tax payers and citizens residing in Jefferson County, and alleges conspiracy and fraud in connection with the issuance of the County's debt. The complaint in this lawsuit seeks equitable relief, unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees and other costs. On January, 13, 2011, the circuit court issued an order denying a motion by the bond insurers and other defendants to dismiss the action. Defendants, including the bond insurers, have petitioned the Alabama Supreme Court for a writ of mandamus to the circuit court vacating such order and directing the dismissal with prejudice of plaintiffs' claims for lack of standing. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from this lawsuit.

65

---

Table of Contents

        Beginning in December 2008, AGM and various other financial guarantors were named in complaints filed in the Superior Court, San Francisco County, California. Since that time, plaintiffs' counsel has filed amended complaints against AGM and AGC and added additional plaintiffs. As of the date of this filing, the plaintiffs with complaints against AGM and AGC, among other financial guaranty insurers, are: (a) City of Los Angeles, acting by and through the Department of Water and Power; (b) City of Sacramento; (c) City of Los Angeles; (d) City of Oakland; (e) City of Riverside; (f) City of Stockton; (g) County of Alameda; (h) County of Contra Costa; (i) County of San Mateo; (j) Los Angeles World Airports; (k) City of Richmond; (l) Redwood City; (m) East Bay Municipal Utility District; (n) Sacramento Suburban Water District; (o) City of San Jose; (p) County of Tulare; (q) The Regents of the University of California; (r) The Redevelopment Agency of the City of Riverside; (s) The Public Financing Authority of the City of Riverside; (t) The Jewish Community Center of San Francisco; (u) The San Jose Redevelopment Agency; (v) The Redevelopment Agency of the City of Stockton; (w) The Public Financing Authority of the City of Stockton; and (x) The Olympic Club. Complaints filed by the City and County of San Francisco and the Sacramento Municipal Utility District were subsequently dismissed against AGM and AGC. These complaints allege that the financial guaranty insurer defendants (i) participated in a conspiracy in violation of California's antitrust laws to maintain a dual credit rating scale that misstated the credit default risk of municipal bond issuers and created market demand for municipal bond insurance, (ii) participated in risky financial transactions in other lines of business that damaged each insurer's financial condition (thereby undermining the value of each of their guaranties), and (iii) failed to adequately disclose the impact of those transactions on their financial condition. In addition to their antitrust claims, various plaintiffs in these actions assert claims for breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, unjust enrichment, negligence, and negligent misrepresentation. At hearings held in July and October 2011 relating to AGM, AGC and the other defendants' motion to dismiss, the court overruled the motion to dismiss on the following claims: breach of contract, violation of California's antitrust statute and of its unfair business practices law, and fraud. The remaining claims were dismissed. On December 2, 2011, AGM, AGC and the other bond insurer defendants filed an Anti-SLAPP ("Strategic Lawsuit Against Public Participation") motion to strike the complaints under California's Code of Civil Procedure. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

        In September 2010, AGM, among others, was named as a defendant in an interpleader complaint filed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trust administrator, in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York. The interpleader complaint relates to the MASTR Adjustable Rate Mortgages Trust 2006-OA2, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-OA2 RMBS transaction, in which AGM had insured certain classes of certificates. Certain holders of uninsured certificates have disputed payments made by the trust administrator to reimburse AGM for claims it had paid under its financial guaranty policy, and the trust administrator sought adjudication of the priority of AGM's reimbursements. On March 29, 2011, the court granted a motion for judgment on the pleadings and ruled that, pursuant to the waterfall, AGM is only entitled to receive funds that would otherwise have been distributed to the holders of the classes that AGM insures, and that AGM receive such funds at the respective steps in the waterfall that immediately follow the steps at which such certificate holders would otherwise have received such funds. The court further ordered AGM to repay to the MARM 2006-OA2 trust the approximately $7.2 million that had been credited to it by Wells Fargo. On December 13, 2011, the court entered judgment substantially in conformance with its March 29, 2011 decision. In January 2012, AGM appealed the judgment, and requested that the judgment be stayed pending the appeal. AGM estimates that as a result of this adverse decision (if and to the extent that the adverse decision is not modified), total unreimbursed claims paid by AGM could be up to approximately $144 million (on a gross discounted basis, without taking into account the benefit of representation and warranty recoveries, and exclusive of the repayment of the $7.2 million credit), over the life of the transaction.

        On April 8, 2011, AG Re and AGC filed a Petition to Compel Arbitration with the Supreme Court of the State of New York, requesting an order compelling Ambac to arbitrate Ambac's disputes with AG Re and AGC concerning their obligations under reinsurance agreements with Ambac. In March 2010, Ambac placed a number of insurance policies that it had issued, including policies reinsured by

66

---

Table of Contents

AG Re and AGC pursuant to the reinsurance agreements, into a segregated account. The Wisconsin state court has approved a rehabilitation plan whereby permitted claims under the policies in the segregated account will be paid 25% in cash and 75% in surplus notes issued by the segregated account. Ambac has advised AG Re and AGC that it has and intends to continue to enter into commutation agreements with holders of policies issued by Ambac, and reinsured by AG Re and AGC, pursuant to which Ambac will pay a combination of cash and surplus notes to the policyholder. AG Re and AGC have informed Ambac that they believe their only current payment obligation with respect to the commutations arises from the cash payment, and that there is no obligation to pay any amounts in respect of the surplus notes until payments of principal or interest are made on such notes. Ambac has disputed this position on one commutation and may take a similar position on subsequent commutations. On April 15, 2011, attorneys for the Wisconsin Insurance Commissioner, as Rehabilitator of Ambac's segregated account, and for Ambac filed a motion with Lafayette County, Wis., Circuit Court Judge William Johnston, asking him to find AG Re and AGC to be in violation of an injunction protecting the interests of the segregated account by their seeking to compel arbitration on this matter and failing to pay in full all amounts with respect to Ambac's payments in the form of surplus notes. On June 14, 2011, Judge Johnston issued an order granting the Rehabilitator's and Ambac's motion to enforce the injunction against AGC and AG Re and the parties filed a stipulation dismissing the Petition to Compel Arbitration without prejudice. AGC and AG Re have appealed Judge Johnston's order to the Wisconsin Court of Appeals.

        On November 28, 2011, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) (in administration) ("LBIE") sued AG Financial Products Inc. ("AG Financial Products"), an affiliate of AGC which in the past had provided credit protection to counterparties under credit default swaps. AGC acts as the credit support provider of AG Financial Products under these credit default swaps. LBIE's complaint, which was filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, alleged that AG Financial Products improperly terminated nine credit derivative transactions between LBIE and AG Financial Products and improperly calculated the termination payment in connection with the termination of 28 other credit derivative transactions between LBIE and AG Financial Products. With respect to the 28 credit derivative transactions, AG Financial Products calculated that LBIE owes AG Financial Products approximately $24.8 million, whereas LBIE asserted in the complaint that AG Financial Products owes LBIE a termination payment of approximately $1.4 billion. LBIE is seeking unspecified damages. Following defaults by LBIE, AG Financial Products properly terminated the transactions in question in compliance with the requirements of the agreement between AG Financial Products and LBIE, and calculated the termination payment properly. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss that may arise from this lawsuit.

Proceedings Related to AGMH's Former Financial Products Business

        The following is a description of legal proceedings involving AGMH's former Financial Products Business. Although the Company did not acquire AGMH's former Financial Products Business, which included AGMH's former GIC business, medium term notes business and portions of the leveraged lease businesses, certain legal proceedings relating to those businesses are against entities that the Company did acquire. While Dexia SA and DCL, jointly and severally, have agreed to indemnify the Company against liability arising out of the proceedings described below in this "—Proceedings Related to AGMH's Former Financial Products Business" section, such indemnification might not be sufficient to fully hold the Company harmless against any injunctive relief or civil or criminal sanction that is imposed against AGMH or its subsidiaries.

Governmental Investigations into Former Financial Products Business

        AGMH and/or AGM have received subpoenas duces tecum and interrogatories or civil investigative demands from the Attorney General of the States of Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Massachusetts, Missouri, New York, Texas and West Virginia relating to their investigations of alleged bid rigging of municipal GICs. AGMH is responding to such requests. AGMH may receive additional inquiries from these or other regulators and expects to provide additional information to such regulators regarding their inquiries in the future. In addition,

67

---

Table of Contents

•

AGMH received a subpoena from the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice in November 2006 issued in connection with an ongoing criminal investigation of bid rigging of awards of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives;



•

AGM received a subpoena from the SEC in November 2006 related to an ongoing industry-wide investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives; and



•

AGMH received a "Wells Notice" from the staff of the Philadelphia Regional Office of the SEC in February 2008 relating to the investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives. The Wells Notice indicates that the SEC staff is considering recommending that the SEC authorize the staff to bring a civil injunctive action and/or institute administrative proceedings against AGMH, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder and Section 17(a) of the Securities Act.

        Pursuant to the subpoenas, AGMH has furnished to the Department of Justice and SEC records and other information with respect to AGMH's municipal GIC business. The ultimate loss that may arise from these investigations remains uncertain.

Lawsuits Relating to Former Financial Products Business

        During 2008, nine putative class action lawsuits were filed in federal court alleging federal antitrust violations in the municipal derivatives industry, seeking damages and alleging, among other things, a conspiracy to fix the pricing of, and manipulate bids for, municipal derivatives, including GICs. These cases have been coordinated and consolidated for pretrial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York as MDL 1950, In re Municipal Derivatives Antitrust Litigation, Case No. 1:08-cv-2516 ("MDL 1950").

        Five of these cases named both AGMH and AGM: (a) Hinds County, Mississippi v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; (b) Fairfax County, Virginia v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; (c) Central Bucks School District, Pennsylvania v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; (d) Mayor and City Council of Baltimore, Maryland v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; and (e) Washington County, Tennessee v. Wachovia Bank, N.A. In April 2009, the MDL 1950 court granted the defendants' motion to dismiss on the federal claims, but granted leave for the plaintiffs to file a second amended complaint. In June 2009, interim lead plaintiffs' counsel filed a Second Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint; although the Second Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint currently describes some of AGMH's and AGM's activities, it does not name those entities as defendants. In March 2010, the MDL 1950 court denied the named defendants' motions to dismiss the Second Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees and other costs. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

        Four of the cases named AGMH (but not AGM) and also alleged that the defendants violated California state antitrust law and common law by engaging in illegal bid-rigging and market allocation, thereby depriving the cities or municipalities of competition in the awarding of GICs and ultimately resulting in the cities paying higher fees for these products: (f) City of Oakland, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp.; (g) County of Alameda, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp.; (h) City of Fresno, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp.; and (i) Fresno County Financing Authority v. AIG Financial Products Corp. When the four plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint in September 2009, the plaintiffs did not name AGMH as a defendant. However, the complaint does describe some of AGMH's and AGM's activities. The consolidated complaint generally seeks unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees and other costs. In April 2010, the MDL 1950 court granted in part and denied in part the named defendants' motions to dismiss this consolidated complaint.

        In 2008, AGMH and AGM also were named in five non-class action lawsuits originally filed in the California Superior Courts alleging violations of California law related to the municipal derivatives industry: (a) City of Los Angeles, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (b) City of Stockton, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (c) County of San Diego, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (d) County of San Mateo, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; and (e) County of Contra Costa, California v. Bank of America, N.A. Amended complaints in these actions were filed in September 2009, adding a federal antitrust claim and naming AGM (but not AGMH) and AGUS, among other defendants. These cases

68

---

Table of Contents

have been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings.

        In late 2009, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in six additional non-class action cases filed in federal court, which also have been coordinated and consolidated for pretrial proceedings with MDL 1950: (f) City of Riverside, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (g) Sacramento Municipal Utility District v. Bank of America, N.A.; (h) Los Angeles World Airports v. Bank of America, N.A.; (i) Redevelopment Agency of the City of Stockton v. Bank of America, N.A.; (j) Sacramento Suburban Water District v. Bank of America, N.A.; and (k) County of Tulare, California v. Bank of America, N.A.

        The MDL 1950 court denied AGM and AGUS's motions to dismiss these eleven complaints in April 2010. Amended complaints were filed in May 2010. On October 29, 2010, AGM and AGUS were voluntarily dismissed with prejudice from the Sacramento Municipal Utility District case only. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek or sought unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from the remaining lawsuits.

        In May 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in five additional non-class action cases filed in federal court in California: (a) City of Richmond, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California); (b) City of Redwood City, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California); (c) Redevelopment Agency of the City and County of San Francisco, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 21, 2010, N.D. California); (d) East Bay Municipal Utility District, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California) ; and (e) City of San Jose and the San Jose Redevelopment Agency, California v. Bank of America, N.A (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California). These cases have also been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. In September 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in a sixth additional non-class action filed in federal court in New York, but which alleges violation of New York's Donnelly Act in addition to federal antitrust law: Active Retirement Community, Inc. d/b/a Jefferson's Ferry v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on September 21, 2010, E.D. New York), which has also been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. In December 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in a seventh additional non-class action filed in federal court in the Central District of California, Los Angeles Unified School District v. Bank of America, N.A., and in an eighth additional non-class action filed in federal court in the Southern District of New York, Kendal on Hudson, Inc. v. Bank of America, N.A. These cases also have been consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

        In January 2011, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in an additional non-class action case filed in federal court in New York, which alleges violation of New York's Donnelly Act in addition to federal antitrust law: Peconic Landing at Southold, Inc. v. Bank of America, N.A. This case has been consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. The complaint in this lawsuit generally seeks unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from this lawsuit.

        In September 2009, the Attorney General of the State of West Virginia filed a lawsuit (Circuit Ct. Mason County, W. Va.) against Bank of America, N.A. alleging West Virginia state antitrust violations in the municipal derivatives industry, seeking damages and alleging, among other things, a conspiracy to fix the pricing of, and manipulate bids for, municipal derivatives, including GICs. An amended complaint in this action was filed in June 2010, adding a federal antitrust claim and naming AGM (but not AGMH) and AGUS, among other defendants. This case has been removed to federal court as well as transferred to the S.D.N.Y. and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. The complaint in this lawsuit generally seeks civil penalties, unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from this lawsuit.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

        Not applicable.

69

---

Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Company

        The table below sets forth the names, ages, positions and business experience of the executive officers of Assured Guaranty Ltd.

        Dominic J. Frederico has been President and Chief Executive Officer of AGL since December 2003. Mr. Frederico served as Vice Chairman of ACE Limited from June 2003 until April 2004 and served as President and Chief Operating Officer of ACE Limited and Chairman of ACE INA Holdings, Inc. from November 1999 to June 2003. Mr. Frederico was a director of ACE Limited from 2001 until his retirement from that board in May 2005. Mr. Frederico has also served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE INA Holdings, Inc. from May 1999 through November 1999. Mr. Frederico previously served as President of ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. from July 1997 to May 1999, Executive Vice President, Underwriting from December 1996 to July 1997, and as Executive Vice President, Financial Lines from January 1995 to December 1996. Prior to joining ACE Limited, Mr. Frederico spent 13 years working for various subsidiaries of American International Group ("AIG"). Mr. Frederico completed his employment at AIG after serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AIG Risk Management. Before that, Mr. Frederico was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of UNAT, a wholly owned subsidiary of AIG headquartered in Paris, France.

        Robert A. Bailenson has been Chief Financial Officer of AGL since June 2011. Mr. Bailenson has been with Assured Guaranty and its predecessor companies since 1990. Mr. Bailenson became Chief Accounting Officer of AGM in July 2009 and has been Chief Accounting Officer of AGL since May 2005 and Chief Accounting Officer of AGC since 2003. He was Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of AG Re from 1999 until 2003 and was previously the Assistant Controller of Capital Re Corp., the Company's predecessor.

        James M. Michener has been General Counsel and Secretary of AGL since February 2004. Prior to joining Assured Guaranty, Mr. Michener was General Counsel and Secretary of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. from January 2002 to February 2004. From April 2001 to January 2002, Mr. Michener served as general counsel of Citigroup's Emerging Markets business. Prior to joining Citigroup's Emerging Markets business, Mr. Michener was General Counsel of Travelers Insurance from April 2000 to April 2001 and General Counsel of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. from May 1996 to April 2000.

        Robert B. Mills has been Chief Operating Officer of AGL since June 2011. Mr. Mills was Chief Financial Officer of AGL from January 2004 until June 2011. Prior to joining Assured Guaranty, Mr. Mills was Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer—Americas of UBS AG and UBS Investment Bank from April 1994 to January 2004, where he was also a member of the Investment Bank Board of Directors. Previously, Mr. Mills was with KPMG from 1971 to 1994, where his responsibilities included being partner-in-charge of the Investment Banking and Capital Markets practice.

        Howard W. Albert has been Chief Risk Officer of AGL since May 2011. Prior to that, he was Chief Credit Officer of AGL from 2004 to April 2011. Mr. Albert joined Assured Guaranty in September 1999 as Chief Underwriting Officer of Capital Re Company, the predecessor to AGC. Before joining Assured Guaranty, he was a Senior Vice President with Rothschild Inc. from February 1997 to August 1999. Prior to that, he spent eight years at Financial Guaranty Insurance Company from May 1989 to February 1997, where he was responsible for underwriting guaranties of asset-backed securities and international infrastructure transactions. Prior to that, he was employed by Prudential Capital, an

70

---

Table of Contents

investment arm of The Prudential Insurance Company of America, from September 1984 to April 1989, where he underwrote investments in asset-backed securities, corporate loans and project financings.

        Russell B. Brewer II has been Chief Surveillance Officer of AGL since November 2009 and Chief Surveillance Officer of AGC and AGM since July 2009. Mr. Brewer has been with AGM since 1986. Mr. Brewer was Chief Risk Management Officer of AGM from September 2003 until July 2009 and Chief Underwriting Officer of AGM from September 1990 until September 2003. Mr. Brewer was also a member of the Executive Management Committee of AGM. He was a Managing Director of AGMH from May 1999 until July 2009. From March 1989 to August 1990, Mr. Brewer was Managing Director, Asset Finance Group, of AGM. Prior to joining AGM, Mr. Brewer was an Associate Director of Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

        Bruce E. Stern has been Executive Officer of AGC and AGM since July 2009. Mr. Stern was General Counsel, Managing Director, Secretary and Executive Management Committee member of AGM from 1987 until July 2009. Prior to joining AGM, Mr. Stern was an associate at the New York office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore. Mr. Stern has served as Chairman of the Association of Financial Guaranty Insurers since April 2010.

71

---

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

        AGL's common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under symbol "AGO." The table below sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the reported high and low sales prices and amount of any cash dividends declared.

Common Stock Prices and Dividends

        On February 22, 2012, the closing price for AGL's common shares on the NYSE was $17.65, and the approximate number of shareholders of record at the close of business on that date was 135.

        AGL is a holding company whose principal source of income is dividends from its operating subsidiaries. The ability of the operating subsidiaries to pay dividends to AGL and AGL's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders are each subject to legal and regulatory restrictions. The declaration and payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of AGL's Board of Directors and will be dependent upon the Company's profits and financial requirements and other factors, including legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. For more information concerning AGL's dividends, please refer to Item 7 under the caption "Liquidity and Capital Resources" and Note 10, Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Recent Purchases

        On November 14, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program for up to 5.0 million common shares. Share repurchases will take place at management's discretion depending on market conditions. No shares were repurchased in 2011 under this program.

        No shares were repurchased for the payment of employee withholding taxes due in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards during the three months ended December 31, 2011.

72

---

Table of Contents

Performance Graph

        Set forth below are a line graph and a table comparing the dollar change in the cumulative total shareholder return on AGL's common shares from December 31, 2006 through December 31, 2011 as compared to the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index and the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor's 500 Financials Index. The chart and table depict the value on December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 of a $100 investment made on December 31, 2006, with all dividends reinvested:

73

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected financial data should be read together with the other information contained in this Form 10-K, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

74

---

Table of Contents

75

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction

        AGL provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit protection products to the United States ("U.S.") and international public finance, infrastructure and structured finance markets. The Company has applied its credit underwriting judgment, risk management skills and capital markets experience to offer insurance that protect holders of debt instruments and other monetary obligations from defaults in scheduled payments, including scheduled interest and principal payments. Financial guaranty contracts provide an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due.

        Public finance obligations insured or assumed through reinsurance by the Company consist primarily of general obligation bonds supported by the issuers' taxing powers, tax-supported bonds and revenue bonds and other obligations of states, their political subdivisions and other municipal issuers supported by the issuers' or obligors' covenant to impose and collect fees and charges for public services or specific projects. Public finance obligations include obligations backed by the cash flow from leases or other revenues from projects serving substantial public purposes, including government office buildings, toll roads, health care facilities and utilities.

        Structured finance obligations insured or assumed through reinsurance by the Company are backed by pools of assets such as residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value and generally issued by special purpose entities. The Company currently does not underwrite U.S. RMBS.

        Debt obligations guaranteed by the Company's insurance subsidiaries are generally awarded ratings that are the same rating as the financial strength rating of the Assured Guaranty subsidiary that has guaranteed that obligation. Investors in products insured by AGM or AGC frequently rely on rating agency ratings. Therefore, low financial strength ratings or uncertainty over AGM's or AGC's abilities to maintain their financial strength ratings would have a negative impact on the demand for their insurance product.

        A downgrade by Moody's or S&P of the financial strength ratings of the Company's insurance subsidiaries may have a negative impact on the Company's liquidity. A downgrade may trigger (1) increased claims on some of the Company's insurance policies, in certain cases, on a more accelerated basis than when the original transaction closed; or (2) termination payments or collateral posting under CDS contracts. A downgrade in the financial strength ratings may also enable beneficiaries of the Company's policies to cancel the credit protection offered by the Company and cease paying premium. A downgrade may also enable primary insurance companies that had ceded business to the Company to recapture a significant portion of its in-force financial guaranty reinsurance business.

Executive Summary

        The following discussion and analysis of the Company's financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this Form 10-K. It contains forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see "Forward Looking Statements" for more information. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K, particularly under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Forward Looking Statements."

        This executive summary of management's discussion and analysis highlights selected information and may not contain all of the information that is important to readers of this Form 10-K. For a complete description of events, trends and uncertainties, as well as the capital, liquidity, credit, operational and market risks and the critical accounting policies and estimates affecting the Company, this Form 10-K should be read in its entirety.

76

---

Table of Contents

Economic Environment

        The Company continued to be the most active provider of financial guaranty insurance in 2011 as a result of its financial strength and its ability to maintain its financial strength ratings in the double-A ratings category throughout the financial crisis. All of the Company's pre-2007 financial guaranty competitors, except AGM, which the Company acquired in 2009, have had their financial strength ratings downgraded by rating agencies to below investment grade levels or are no longer rated, rendering them unable to underwrite new business. However, business conditions have been difficult for the entire financial guaranty insurance industry since mid-2007 and the Company has faced challenges in maintaining its market penetration that continue today.

        While the overall economic environment in the U.S. at the end of 2011 was stronger than in 2010, housing prices have not stabilized, unemployment rates have declined but remain relatively high and the ultimate credit experience on U.S. RMBS transactions underwritten from the end of 2004 through 2008 by many financial institutions, including the financial guaranty insurers, remains poor. Furthermore, while hiring trends have improved, unemployment levels remain high and may take years to return to pre-recession levels, which may adversely affect Assured Guaranty's loss experience on RMBS. In addition, the economic recession has also affected the credit performance of other markets, including securitizations of trust preferred securities ("TruPS") that include subordinated capital and notes issued by banks, mortgage real estate investment trusts and insurance companies.

        The U.S. municipal bond market, which has been the Company's principal market since 2007, has also changed significantly during the past three years. Municipal credits have experienced increased budgetary stress. In addition, many states and towns have significant unfunded pension and retiree health care liabilities that create additional budgetary stress. Although total state tax collections as well as sales tax and personal income tax collections grew in 2011, overall tax collections are still weak compared with recent historical standards. In 2011, new issuance volume in the U.S. and international public finance sectors did not return to historical levels, and the market for financial guaranty insurance was hampered by ratings uncertainty and municipal rating recalibrations. The primary contributing factors to the trend of low issuance volume have been: municipal issuers took advantage of the expiring Build America Bonds program in 2010 as opposed to using financial guaranty insurance, a reduction in capital spending due to municipal budget constraints and fiscal austerity, resulting in less need for increased debt, and a reluctance to increase taxes to service principal and interest costs under new debt.

        In the international arena, troubled Eurozone countries are a source of stress in global equity and debt markets as the EU determines how to support financially weaker members such as Greece. The Company's exposure to Greece and other troubled Eurozone countries is described in "—Results of Operations—Consolidated Results of Operations—Losses in the Insured Portfolio" and "—Insured Portfolio—Selected European Exposures."

        The current economic environment has had a significant negative impact on the demand by investors for financial guaranty policies, and it is uncertain when or if demand for financial guaranties will return to their pre-economic crisis level. In particular, there has been limited demand for financial guaranties in 2011 in both the global structured finance and international infrastructure finance markets and also limited new issuance activity in those asset classes the Company is actively trying to insure. As a result, near-term opportunities for financial guaranties in these two sectors are largely in secondary markets. The Company expects that global structured finance and international infrastructure opportunities will increase in the future as the global economy recovers, issuers return to the capital markets for financings and institutional investors again utilize financial guaranties, although the Company cannot assure that this will occur. Financial guaranties had been an essential component of capital market financings for international infrastructure projects and asset-based lending, such as for auto loans and leases and equipment financings, but these financings have been largely financed in recent years with relatively short-term bank loans.

        In 2011, the Company continued to be affected by a negative perception of financial guaranty insurers arising from the financial distress suffered by other companies in the industry during the financial crisis. In addition, the financial strength ratings of the Company's insurance subsidiaries were uncertain for most of the year. In January 2011, after affirming AGM and AGC's financial strength

77

---

Table of Contents

ratings at AA+ (Stable Outlook) in October 2010, S&P requested comments on proposed changes to its bond insurance ratings criteria, noting that if the proposed criteria were adopted, S&P could lower its financial strength ratings on existing investment grade bond insurers by one or more rating categories. In August 2011, S&P released its final criteria, which contained a new "largest obligor test" that had not been included in the January 2011 request for comment. The largest obligor test had the effect of significantly reducing Assured Guaranty's allowed single risk limits and limiting its financial strength rating level. Then, in September 2011, S&P placed the financial strength ratings of AGM and AGC on CreditWatch negative. It was not until November 2011 that AGM and AGC were assigned financial strength ratings of AA- (Stable Outlook). In addition, AGM and AGC's financial strength ratings have been rated Aa3 (Negative Outlook) by Moody's since December 2009. The negative perception of financial guaranty insurers arising from the financial distress suffered by other companies in the industry during the financial crisis and the rating uncertainty of the Company's insurance subsidiaries caused by S&P resulted in lower demand for the Company's insurance product during 2011.

        The demand for the Company's insurance has also been negatively impacted by its credit spread. The spread is a reflection of the risk that investors perceive with the Company. The higher the spread, the greater the return investors will require for a security as to which the Company has issued a policy, and the higher the interest coupon the issuer of the security will be required to pay. If investors view the Company as being only marginally less risky, or perhaps even as risky, as the uninsured security, the coupon on a security insured by the Company may not be much lower, or may be the same as, an uninsured security offered by the same issuer. Accordingly, issuers may be unwilling to pay a premium for the Company to insure their securities if the insurance does not lower the costs of issuance.

Financial Performance of Assured Guaranty

Financial Results

Business Overview

        The Company reported net income of $775.6 million in 2011, an increase of 57.1% over 2010, primarily as a result of lower fair value losses on consolidated financial guaranty variable interest entities ("FG VIEs"), and the widening of AGC credit spreads, which have the effect of increasing unrealized gains on credit derivatives. Credit spreads of underlying CDS obligations and consolidated FG VIEs, and the Company's own credit spreads, have had a significant effect on reported net income. Non-GAAP operating income was $604.4 million in 2011 compared with $664.1 million in 2010.

78

---

Table of Contents

        The decrease in net earned premiums was consistent with the expected amortization of deferred premium revenue and was offset in part by an increase in refundings and accelerations. Net investment income increased due to a shift from cash and short term assets to the fixed-income portfolio and additional earnings on higher invested asset balances. Realized gains and other settlements on credit derivatives decreased due to expected decreases in revenues received as the book of business amortizes and also due to an increase in claim payments on credit derivatives. Loss and LAE in 2011 benefited significantly from increased estimates of recoveries for breaches of R&W which largely offset increases in projected losses on the U.S. RMBS portfolio. Reported loss and LAE includes the recognition of losses due to amortization of the deferred premium revenue component of the stand-ready obligation. Net economic loss development measures changes in the ultimate expected losses of the Company and was $123.8 million in 2011 driven primarily by increases in projected losses on Greek exposures and other structure finance obligations.

        In 2011, the Company focused on three principal strategies: loss mitigation, including the pursuit of recoveries for R&W breaches and of servicing improvements; strengthening its capital position to address S&P's new bond insurance rating criteria; and new business development.

Loss Mitigation

        Net expected loss to be paid for both financial guaranty insurance and credit derivatives increased $123.8 million in 2011. The Company continued its risk remediation strategies which lowered losses and also created additional rating agency capital. The following are examples of the strategies employed by the Company.

        The Bank of America Agreement (See "—Results of Operations—Consolidated Results of Operations—Losses in Insured Portfolio—U.S. RMBS Loss Mitigation") and progress made on negotiations with other significant U.S RMBS R&W providers reduced expected losses by $1,038.5 million in 2011. For transactions with other sponsors of U.S. RMBS, against which the Company is pursuing R&W claims, the Company has continued to review additional loan files and has found breach rates consistent with those in the Bank of America transactions and has therefore increased the benefit for R&W to reflect the probability that actual recovery rates may be higher than originally expected. Excluding the benefit for R&W, expected loss to be paid on U.S. RMBS increased by $1,039.2 million, which reflects a slower recovery in the housing market than previously anticipated.

        The Company is continuing to purchase attractively priced BIG obligations it had already insured in order to mitigate losses, which resulted in a reduction to net expected loss to be paid of $429.1 million as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, the carrying value of assets purchased for loss mitigation purposes was $452.7 million, with a par of $1,560.4 million.

        The Company has established a group to mitigate RMBS losses by influencing mortgage servicing, including, if possible, causing the transfer of servicing or establishing special servicing. As a result of the Company's efforts, at December 31, 2011 the servicing of approximately $934 million of mortgage loans had been transferred to a new servicer and another $2.3 billion of mortgage loans were being special serviced. ("Special servicing" is an industry term referencing more intense servicing applied to delinquent loans aimed at mitigating losses.) The Company also agreed to terminate its exposure to certain structured finance risks, and it reassumed risks that it had ceded to certain lower rated reinsurers.

Improve Capital Position

        Since S&P's January 2011 announcement that it planned to change its bond insurer rating criteria, the Company has been pursuing strategies to improve its rating agency capital position. In addition to its focus on loss mitigation and new business development, the Company increased capital under rating agency capital models by agreeing to terminate CDS with net par of $11.5 billion, resulting in $24.7 million in accelerated revenues. In addition, several CMBS CDS contracts, which carried high rating agency capital charges, were terminated for a payment of $22.5 million in 2011.

        In addition, in January 2012, AGC and AGM entered into an aggregate excess of loss reinsurance facility that covers certain U.S. public finance credits insured or reinsured by AGC or AGM as of

79

---

Table of Contents

September 30, 2011. At AGC's and AGM's option, the facility will cover losses occurring from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2019 or from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2020. The contract terminates, unless AGC and AGM choose to extend it, on January 1, 2014. The facility attaches when AGC's or AGM's net losses exceed in the aggregate $2 billion and covers a portion of the next $600 million of losses, with the reinsurers assuming pro rata in the aggregate $435 million of the $600 million of losses and AGC and AGM jointly retaining the remaining $165 million of losses. The reinsurers are required to be rated at least AA- (Stable outlook) through December 31, 2014 or to post collateral sufficient to provide AGM and AGC with the same reinsurance credit as reinsurers rated AA-. This facility provides additional rating agency capital credit.

New Business Development

        Management believes that the Company is able to provide value not only by insuring the timely payment of scheduled interest and principal amounts when due, but also through its underwriting skills and surveillance capabilities, particularly with regard to the U.S. public finance market. Few individual or even institutional investors have the analytic resources to cover the tens of thousands of municipal credits in the market. Through its financial guaranty, the Company undertakes the tasks of credit selection, analysis, negotiation of terms, surveillance and, if necessary, remediation. Management believes this allows retail investors to participate more widely, institutional investors to operate more efficiently, and smaller, less well-known issuers to gain market access on a more cost-effective basis.

        Reduced issuances in the U.S. public finance market and ratings uncertainty caused by S&P's bond insurer rating criteria hampered new business development throughout most of 2011. The Company's U.S. public finance market penetration in 2011 was 12.1%, based on the number of new issue transactions, and 5.3%, based on the amount of new issue par sold. In its principal target market, issuances of single-A underlying credit quality, the Company guaranteed 37.8% of the transactions sold and 15.8% of the related par. Among issues with par amounts of $25 million or less, the Company guaranteed 14.7% of the aggregate par sold across all rating categories.

        In addition, the Company sought other means to increase value through commutations of previously ceded books of business. In 2011, the Company cancelled an assumed reinsurance contract for a gain of $8.1 million and cancelled ceded reinsurance contracts for a gain of $24.1 million.

        As a continuation of its strategy to create value through new business and commutation, on January 24, 2012, the Company announced a three-part agreement with Radian under which it reassumed $12.9 billion of par it had previously ceded to Radian, reinsured approximately $1.8 billion of Radian public finance par and agreed to acquire MIAC, which is licensed to provide financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance in 38 U.S. jurisdictions including the District of Columbia. The purchase of MIAC is subject to regulatory approval and is expected to close in the first half of 2012.

80

---

Table of Contents

New Business Production

        PVP represents the present value of estimated future earnings primarily on new financial guaranty contracts written in the period, before consideration of cessions to reinsurers. See "—Non-GAAP Measures—PVP or Present Value of New Business Production."

        The following table presents additional detail with respect to the Company's penetration into the U.S. public finance market.

Municipal Market Data(1)

        In the fourth quarter 2011, Assured Guaranty took advantage of emerging opportunities in the global infrastructure and structured finance markets. In the international infrastructure sector, the Company closed its first significant transaction in over two years, when it replaced another guarantor on a UK Private Finance Initiative bond issue that had been used to finance the construction and operation of the Worcestershire Royal Hospital. Structured finance PVP also increased in 2011, primarily due to a fourth quarter transaction in which the Company provided regulatory capital relief for a life insurance company.

Results of Operations

Estimates and Assumptions

        The Company's consolidated financial statements include amounts that are determined using estimates and assumptions. The actual amounts realized could ultimately be materially different from the amounts currently provided for in the Company's consolidated financial statements. Management believes the most significant items requiring inherently subjective and complex estimates are expected losses, including assumptions for breaches of R&W, fair value estimates, other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI"), deferred income taxes, and premium revenue recognition.

81

---

Table of Contents

        An understanding of the Company's accounting policies for these items is of critical importance to understanding its consolidated financial statements. See "Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K for a discussion of significant accounting policies and fair value methodologies. The following discussion of the results of operations includes information regarding the estimates and assumptions used for these items and should be read in conjunction with the notes to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Comparability of Periods Presented

Consolidation of FG VIE

        The adoption of a new consolidation model for VIEs on January 1, 2010 affects comparability for 2011 and 2010 when compared to 2009. On January 1, 2010, 21 FG VIEs were consolidated at fair value. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had consolidated 33 and 29 FG VIEs, respectively. In 2011 and 2010, the Company consolidated VIEs when it had both 1) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance; and 2) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company continuously evaluates its power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of VIEs that have debt obligations insured by the Company. The Company obtains protective rights under its insurance contracts that give the Company additional controls over a VIE if there is either deterioration of deal performance or in the financial health of the deal servicer. Under GAAP, the Company is deemed to be the control party typically when its protective rights give it the power to both terminate and replace the deal servicer.

Adoption of Revised OTTI Standard

        The Company adopted a GAAP standard on April 1, 2009, which prescribed bifurcation of credit and non-credit related OTTI in realized investment gains (losses) and other comprehensive income ("OCI"), respectively. Prior to April 1, 2009, the entire unrealized loss on OTTI securities was recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. Subsequent to that date, only the credit component of the unrealized loss on OTTI securities was recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. The cumulative effect of this change in accounting of $62.2 million pre-tax ($57.7 million after-tax) reclassification of net losses from retained earnings to accumulated OCI ("AOCI"). See Note 9, Investments, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for the Company's accounting policy on OTTI methodology.

AGMH Acquisition

        On July 1, 2009 ("Acquisition Date"), the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, AGUS, purchased AGMH (formerly Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd, the "AGMH Acquisition") and, indirectly, its subsidiaries (excluding those involved in AGMH's former Financial Products Business, which comprised its GIC business, its medium term notes business and the equity payment agreements associated with AGMH's leveraged lease business, collectively, the "Financial Products Business") from Dexia Holdings, an indirect subsidiary of Dexia SA and certain of its affiliates (together, "Dexia").The principal operating subsidiary acquired was AGM (formerly Financial Securities Assurance Inc.). The acquired companies are collectively referred to as the "Acquired Companies." The AGMH subsidiaries that conducted AGMH's former financial products business (the "Financial Products Companies") were sold to Dexia Holdings prior to the AGMH Acquisition. The total purchase price of $821.9 million was paid in a combination of $546 million in cash and 22.3 million AGL common shares. AGL issued approximately 21.8 million common shares to Dexia, all of which Dexia subsequently sold in a secondary offering that closed in March 2010.

        The July 1, 2009 AGMH Acquisition affects the comparability of periods presented because 2009 amounts include only the last six months of activity for AGMH. Due to the significance of the AGMH Acquisition in terms of unearned premiums reserve, and invested assets, the main driver of variances between 2010 and 2009 was the consolidation of AGMH.

82

---

Table of Contents

        Due to the unprecedented credit crisis, the Company acquired AGMH at a significant discount to its book value primarily because the fair value of the obligation associated with its financial guaranty insurance contracts was significantly in excess of the obligation's historical carrying value. The Company recorded the fair value of these contracts based on what a hypothetical similarly rated financial guaranty insurer would have charged for each contract at the Acquisition Date and not the actual cash flows under the insurance contract. This resulted in some AGMH acquired contracts having a significantly higher unearned premium reserve and, consequently, higher premium earnings, compared to the contractual premium cash flows for the contracts. On the Acquisition Date, there were limited financial guaranty contracts being written in the structured finance market, particularly in the U.S. RMBS asset class. Therefore, for certain asset classes, significant judgment was required to determine the estimated fair value of the acquired contracts. The Company determined the fair value of these contracts by taking into account the rating of the insured obligation, expectation of loss, estimated risk premiums, sector and term. For a discussion of significant accounting policies applied to the AGMH Acquisition, the effects of the AGMH Acquisition, and unaudited pro forma results of operations, see Note 3, Business Combinations, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

        The Financial Products Companies' obligations are currently, and at all times in the future required to be, supported by eligible assets in an amount sufficient to allow the Financial Products Companies to meet their obligations. On September 29, 2011, the transaction documents required an analysis of the value of FSA Asset Management LLC ("FSAM") assets versus the GICs obligations and other associated liabilities of the Financial Products Companies. On that day, the required amount of assets exceeded the liabilities, and therefore Dexia was not required to post additional collateral to support its protection arrangements. Assured Guaranty believes the assets owned by the Financial Products Companies are sufficient for them to meet their GIC obligations and other associated liabilities. However, Dexia is required to post additional collateral if there is any shortfall in assets as compared with liabilities in the future.

        In addition, as further described under "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Arrangements with respect to AGMH's former Financial Products Business," the Company has entered into various agreements with Dexia pursuant to which Dexia has assumed the credit and liquidity risks associated with AGMH's former financial products business.

        The cash portion of the purchase price for the AGMH Acquisition was financed through the sale of 44,275,000 common shares and 3,450,000 equity units in a public offering in June 2009. The equity units initially consist of a forward purchase contract and a 5% undivided beneficial ownership interest in $1,000 principal amount 8.50% senior notes due 2014 issued by AGUS ("8.50% Senior Notes"). For a description of the equity units, see "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Commitments and Contingencies—Long Term Debt Obligations—Debt Issued by AGUS—8.50% Senior Notes." The net proceeds after underwriting expenses and offering costs for these two offerings totaled approximately $616.5 million.

        The Company has agreed with Dexia Holdings to operate the business of AGM in accordance with certain key parameters that will limit the Company's operating and financial flexibility. Such restrictions include, for a three year period following the Acquisition Date; the inability to insure new structured finance obligations, required rating agency confirmation that certain specified actions would not cause any downgrade of AGM, inability to pay dividends, and inability to enter into certain commutation, novation or cutthrough reinsurance agreements over specified amounts.

        Generally, for three years after the closing of the AGMH Acquisition:

•

Unless AGM is rated below A1 by Moody's and AA- by S&P, it will only insure public finance and infrastructure obligations. An exception applies in connection with the recapture of business ceded by AGM to a third party reinsurer under certain circumstances.



•

AGM will continue to be domiciled in New York and be treated as a monoline bond insurer for regulatory purposes.

83

---

Table of Contents

•

AGM will not take any of the following actions unless it receives prior rating agency confirmation that such action would not cause any rating currently assigned to AGM to be downgraded immediately following such action:



(a)

merger;



(b)

issuance of debt or other borrowing exceeding $250 million;



(c)

issuance of equity or other capital instruments exceeding $250 million;



(d)

entry into new reinsurance arrangements involving more than 10% of the portfolio as measured by either unearned premium reserve or net par outstanding; or



(e)

any waiver, amendment or modification of any agreement relating to capital or liquidity support of AGM exceeding $250 million.



•

AGM will not repurchase, redeem or pay any dividends in relation to any class of equity interests, unless:



(a)

at such time AGM is rated at least AA- by S&P and Aa3 by Moody's (if such rating agencies still rate financial guaranty insurers generally) and the aggregate amount of such dividends in any year does not exceed 125% of AGMH's debt service for that year; or



(b)

AGM receives prior rating agency confirmation that such action would not cause any rating currently assigned to AGM to be downgraded immediately following such action.



•

AGM will not enter into:



(a)

commutation or novation agreements with respect to its insured public finance portfolio involving a payment by AGM exceeding $250 million; or



(b)

any "cut-through" reinsurance, pledge of collateral security or similar arrangement involving a payment by AGM whereby the benefits of reinsurance purchased by AGM or of other assets of AGM would be available on a preferred or priority basis to a particular class or subset of policyholders of AGM relative to the position of Dexia as policyholder upon the default or insolvency of AGM (whether or not with the consent of any relevant insurance regulatory authority).

        This provision does not limit: collateral arrangements between AGM and its subsidiaries in support of intercompany reinsurance obligations; or statutory deposits or other collateral arrangements required by law in connection with the conduct of business in any jurisdiction; or pledges of recoveries or other amounts to secure repayment of amounts borrowed under AGM's "soft capital" facilities or its strip liquidity facility with DCL. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Arrangements with Respect to AGMH's former Financial Products Business—Strip Coverage Facility for the Leveraged Lease Business."

        Furthermore, until the date on which (1) a credit rating has been assigned by S&P and Moody's to the GIC issuers (and/or the liabilities of the GIC issuers under the relevant GICs have been separately rated by S&P and Moody's) which is independent of the financial strength rating of AGM, and (2) the principal amount of GICs in relation to which a downgrade of AGM may result in a requirement to post collateral or terminate such GIC, notwithstanding the existence of a separate rating referred to in (1) of at least AA or higher is below $1.0 billion (the "AGM De-Linkage Date"):

•

AGM will restrict its liquidity exposure such that no GIC contracts or similar liabilities insured by AGM after the closing shall have terms that require acceleration, termination or prepayment based on a downgrade or withdrawal of any rating assigned to AGM's financial strength, a downgrade of the issuer or obligor under the agreement, or a downgrade of any third party; and



•

AGM will continue to be rated by each of Moody's and S&P, if such rating agencies still rate financial guaranty insurers generally.

        Notwithstanding the above, all such restrictions will terminate on any date after the AGM De-Linkage Date that the aggregate principal amount or notional amount of exposure of Dexia Holdings and any of its affiliates (excluding the exposures relating to the financial products business) to

84

---

Table of Contents

any transactions insured by AGM or any of its affiliates prior to November 14, 2008 is less than $1 billion. Breach of any of these restrictions not remedied within 30 days of notice by Dexia Holdings entitles Dexia Holdings to payment of damages, injunctive relief or other remedies available under applicable law.

        On June 30, 2009, the States of Belgium and France (the "States") issued a guaranty to FSAM pursuant to which the States guarantee, severally but not jointly, Dexia's payment obligations under a certain guaranteed put contract, subject to certain limitations set forth therein. The FSAM assets referenced in the guaranteed put contract were all sold by October 2011 as part of an asset divestment program that Dexia announced in May 2011. As a result, FSAM is not expected to rely upon the guaranty of the States.

        The Financial Products Companies' obligations are currently, and at all times in the future required to be, supported by eligible assets in an amount sufficient to allow the Financial Products Companies to meet their obligations. On September 29, 2011, the transaction documents required an analysis of the value of FSAM assets versus the GIC obligations and other associated liabilities of the Financial Products Companies. On that day, the required amount of assets exceeded the liabilities, and therefore Dexia was not required to post additional collateral to support its protection arrangements. Assured Guaranty believes the assets owned by the Financial Products Companies are sufficient for them to meet their GIC obligations and other associated liabilities. However, Dexia is required to post additional collateral if there is any shortfall in assets as compared with liabilities in the future.

Consolidated Results of Operations

        Prior to January 1, 2011, the Company managed its business and reported financial information for two principal financial guaranty segments: direct and reinsurance. The chief operating decision maker now manages the operations of the Company at a consolidated level and no longer uses underwriting gain (loss) by segment as an operating metric. Therefore, segment financial information is no longer disclosed.

85

---

Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations

Net Earned Premiums

        Net earned premiums are recognized over the remaining contractual lives, or in the case of homogeneous pools of insured obligations, the expected remaining lives of financial guaranty insurance contracts.

86

---

Table of Contents

Net Earned Premiums

        2011 compared with 2010:    Net earned premiums decreased in 2011 compared with 2010, primarily due to the decline in structured finance scheduled net earned premium as the par outstanding declines offset in part by an increase in refundings and accelerations in 2011. Scheduled net earned premiums in 2011 were consistent with the previously disclosed expected amortization of deferred premium revenue. At December 31, 2011, $5.3 billion of net deferred premium revenue remained to be earned over the life of the insurance contracts. Due to the runoff of deferred premium revenue, which includes acquisition accounting adjustments, net earned premiums are expected to decrease each year unless replaced by new business. Beginning January 1, 2010, net earned premiums reported under GAAP exclude the net earned premium related to consolidated FG VIEs. Had the FG VIEs not been consolidated in 2011 and 2010, net earned premiums would have declined 19%.

        2010 compared with 2009:    Net earned premiums increased significantly in 2010 compared with 2009, due almost entirely to the inclusion of a full year of AGMH results in 2010 compared to only six months in 2009. The net earned premium contribution from AGMH as a result of the AGMH Acquisition was approximately $1.0 billion for 2010, representing twelve months of activity and $0.6 billion for 2009, representing six months of activity.

        Net earned premiums associated with the consolidated FG VIEs in 2010, and therefore eliminated in consolidation, were $47.6 million. AGMH's contribution to net earned premiums of $1.0 billion is already net of the elimination of $46.2 million of AGM's consolidated FG VIEs. In 2009, four FG VIEs were consolidated for only the last six months under consolidation rules in effect at that time; however, the related net earned premiums in 2009 were immaterial.

        Excluding AGMH's contribution and FG VIE eliminations, net earned premiums in 2010 compared to 2009 decreased 18.1% due primarily to higher refundings and accelerations in 2009, offset in part by the effect of conforming estimates used to determine inputs to the calculation of the net earned premiums to those used by the Acquired Companies in 2009. Refundings and accelerations, excluding AGMH, were $20.5 million in 2010 compared to $129.7 million in 2009.

Net Investment Income

        Net investment income is a function of the yield that the Company earns on invested assets and the size of the portfolio. The investment yield is a function of market interest rates at the time of investment as well as the type, credit quality and maturity of the invested assets.

87

---

Table of Contents

Net Investment Income

        2011 compared with 2010:    The increase in net investment income in 2011 compared with 2010 is due to a shift from cash and short term assets to the fixed income portfolio and additional earnings on higher invested asset balances. The pre-tax book yield was 4.00% at December 31, 2011 and 3.72% at December 31, 2010, respectively. Duration at December 31, 2011 was 4.7 years compared to 5.0 years at December 31, 2010.

        2010 compared with 2009:    The increase in net investment income in 2010 compared with 2009 is primarily driven by the inclusion of a full year of AGMH in 2010 compared with only six months in 2009. The net investment income contribution from AGMH was $181.5 million in 2010 compared with $91.8 million in 2009. AGMH pre-tax yield was 3.62% as of December 31, 2010, compared to 3.59% as of December 31, 2009. The legacy AGL companies' net investment income increased 3.4% in 2010 due to increased invested assets. The legacy AGL companies' portfolio, pre-tax yield was 3.82% as of December 31, 2010 compared to 3.44% as of December 31, 2009.

Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)

        The table below presents the components of net realized investment gains (losses). OTTI included below was primarily attributable to mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities that were acquired for loss mitigation purposes and municipal and corporate securities where we have the intent to sell.

Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)

88

---

Table of Contents

Other Income

        Other income is comprised of recurring income items such as foreign exchange revaluation of premiums receivable, income on assets acquired in refinancing transactions, ancillary fees on financial guaranty policies such as commitment, consent and processing fees as well as other revenue items on financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance contracts such as negotiated settlements and commutation gains on re-assumptions of previously ceded business.

Other Income

        In 2011 the R&W settlement benefit recorded in other income represents R&W benefits on transactions where the Company had recovered more than its expected lifetime losses due to a negotiated agreement with the R&W provider. In 2011 and 2010, the Company recognized reinsurance commutation gains. In 2009, AGMH other income was primarily comprised of foreign exchange gain on revaluation of premiums receivable and AGMH's settlement to a previously consolidated FG VIE at a gain of $29.2 million.

Other Operating Expenses

        Other operating expenses decreased in 2011 due primarily to declines in gross compensation expense, offset in part by lower deferral rates, which were 16% in 2011, 19% in 2010 and 13% in 2009. Deferral rates for policy acquisition costs will be affected after the Company adopts new guidance on January 1, 2012, which specifies that only certain costs incurred in the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts should be capitalized. The after tax effect of this new guidance, on January 1, 2012 retained earnings is estimated to be a decrease of $60 million to $80 million.

        Other operating expenses increased in 2010 compared to 2009 mainly due to the addition of other operating expenses of AGMH, which was acquired on July 1, 2009. Since the AGMH Acquisition, management has integrated various systems, processes and profit and cost centers to achieve economies of scale. Compensation is a primary component of other operating expenses and varies primarily based on headcount and performance driven long-term incentive compensation. Headcount as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 321, 347 and 350 employees, respectively.

Losses in the Insured Portfolio

        The insured portfolio includes policies accounted for under three separate accounting models depending on the characteristics of the contract and the Company's control rights. The following provides a very summarized description of the three accounting models; however, please refer to Notes 5, 7 and 8 of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for a full description of the three accounting models: financial guaranty insurance, credit derivatives and consolidated FG VIEs. The three models are as follows:

•

For contracts accounted for as financial guaranty insurance, loss and LAE reserve is generally recorded only to the extent and for the amount that expected losses to be paid (calculated on a present value probability weighted basis) exceed deferred premium revenue. As a result, the Company has expected losses to be expensed in future periods, which represents past or future claim payments that have not yet been expensed. Expected loss to be paid is important from a liquidity perspective in that it provides the present value of amounts that the Company expects

89

---

Table of Contents

to pay or recover in future periods. Expected loss to be expensed is important because it presents the Company's projection of incurred losses that will be recognized in future periods as deferred premium revenue amortizes into income on financial guaranty insurance policies. Both of these measures are discussed below.

•

For contracts accounted for as credit derivatives, the Company records the fair value of these contracts on the consolidated balance sheet with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. In periods prior to 2009, when the Company was actively writing credit derivatives, they were considered an extension of the financial guaranty insurance business. The Company's credit derivatives are not actively traded as are credit derivatives in other financial services industries. Management expects the fair value gains and losses to reverse to zero as the contract approaches maturity, except for economic claim payments. See "—Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives." Expected claim payments are considered in the fair value of each contract and is an important measure for management to analyze the net economic loss on credit derivatives. The fair value recorded on the balance sheet represents a hypothetical exit price determined using significant Level 3 inputs in an internally developed model while the expected loss to be paid uses methodologies and assumptions consistent with financial guaranty insurance expected losses to be paid. See Note 6, Fair Value Measurement, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.



•

For consolidated FG VIEs expected loss to be paid is reflected in the fair value of the FG VIEs liabilities. The Company carries the assets and liabilities of the FG VIEs at fair value under the fair value option election. Management assesses credit impairment on consolidated FG VIEs in the same manner as other financial guaranty insurance or credit derivative contracts. The fair value of FG VIEs recorded on the balance sheet reflects additional factors other than expected loss such as changes in market spreads and the Company's own credit spreads. These contracts are not actively traded and therefore management expects the fair value gains and losses to reverse to zero as the contract approaches maturity, except for economic claim payments made by AGC and AGM. Expected loss to be paid for FG VIEs pursuant to AGC's and AGM's financial guaranty policies is calculated in a manner consistent with financial guaranty insurance contracts.

        In order to effectively evaluate and manage the economics of the entire insured portfolio, management compiles and analyzes loss information for all policies on a consistent basis. That is, management monitors and assigns ratings and calculates expected losses in the same manner for all its exposures regardless of form or differing accounting models. Management also considers contract specific characteristics that affect the estimates of expected loss. The discussion of expected losses in "—U.S. RMBS Loss Projections", "—U.S. RMBS Loss Mitigation" and "—Other Non-RMBS Losses" below encompasses expected losses on all policies in the insured portfolio, whatever the accounting treatment, while Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, encompasses policies accounted for as financial guaranty insurance.

        Surveillance personnel are responsible for monitoring and reporting on all transactions in the insured portfolio. The primary objective of the surveillance process is to monitor trends and changes in transaction credit quality, detect any deterioration in credit quality, and recommend to management such remedial actions as may be necessary or appropriate. All transactions in the insured portfolio are assigned internal credit ratings, and Surveillance personnel are responsible for recommending adjustments to those ratings to reflect changes in transaction credit quality.

        Surveillance personnel present analysis related to potential losses to the Company's loss reserve committees for consideration in estimating the expected loss to be paid. Such analysis includes the consideration of various scenarios with potential probabilities assigned to them. Depending upon the nature of the risk, the Company's view of the potential size of any loss and the information available to the Company, that analysis may be based upon individually developed cash flow models, internal credit rating assessments and sector-driven loss severity assumptions or judgmental assessments. In the case of its assumed business, the Company may conduct its own analysis as just described or, depending on the Company's view of the potential size of any loss and the information available to the Company, the Company may use loss estimates provided by ceding insurers. The Company's loss reserve committees

90

---

Table of Contents

review and refresh the estimate of expected loss to be paid each quarter. The Company's estimate of ultimate loss on a policy is subject to significant uncertainty over the life of the insured transaction due to the potential for significant variability in credit performance as a result of economic, fiscal and financial market variability over the long duration of most contracts. The determination of expected loss to be paid is an inherently subjective process involving numerous estimates, assumptions and judgments by management.

U.S. RMBS Loss Projections

        The Company projects losses on its insured U.S. RMBS on a transaction-by-transaction basis by projecting the performance of the underlying pool of mortgages over time and then applying the structural features (i.e., payment priorities and tranching) of the RMBS to the projected performance of the collateral over time. The resulting projected claim payments or reimbursements are then discounted using risk-free rates. For transactions where the Company projects it will receive recoveries from providers of R&W, it projects the amount of recoveries and either establishes a recovery for claims already paid or reduces its projected claim payments accordingly.

        The further behind a mortgage borrower falls in making payments, the more likely it is that he or she will default. The rate at which borrowers from a particular delinquency category (number of monthly payments behind) eventually default is referred to as the "liquidation rate." Liquidation rates may be derived from observed roll rates, which are the rates at which loans progress from one delinquency category to the next and eventually to default and liquidation. The Company applies liquidation rates to the mortgage loan collateral in each delinquency category and makes certain timing assumptions to project near-term mortgage collateral defaults from loans that are currently delinquent.

        Mortgage borrowers that are not more than one payment behind (generally considered performing borrowers) have demonstrated an ability and willingness to pay throughout the recession and mortgage crisis, and as a result are viewed as less likely to default than delinquent borrowers. Performing borrowers that eventually default will also need to progress through delinquency categories before any defaults occur. The Company projects how many of the currently performing loans will default, and when, by first converting the projected near-term defaults of delinquent borrowers derived from liquidation rates into a vector of conditional default rates, then projecting how the conditional default rates will develop over time. Loans that are defaulted pursuant to the conditional default rate after the liquidation of currently delinquent loans represent defaults of currently performing loans. A conditional default rate is the outstanding principal amount of defaulted loans liquidated in the current month divided by the remaining outstanding amount of the whole pool of loans (or "collateral pool balance"). The collateral pool balance decreases over time as a result of scheduled principal payments, partial and whole principal repayments, and defaults.

        In order to derive collateral pool losses from the collateral pool defaults it has projected, the Company applies a loss severity. The loss severity is the amount of loss the transaction experiences on a defaulted loan after the application of net proceeds from the disposal of the underlying property. The Company projects loss severities by sector based on its experience to date.

        The shape of the RMBS loss projection curves used by the Company in both the year end of 2011 and the year end of 2010 assume that the housing and mortgage markets will eventually recover. The Company retained the same general shape of the RMBS loss projection curves at year end 2011 as at year end 2010, reflecting the Company's view, based on its observation of continued elevated levels of early stage delinquencies, that the housing and mortgage market recovery is occurring at a slower than previously expected pace. Over the course of 2011, the Company also made a number of changes to its RMBS loss projection assumptions reflecting that same view of the housing and mortgage markets.

        The scenarios the Company used to project RMBS collateral losses for second lien RMBS transactions at year end 2011 were essentially the same as those it used at year end 2010, except that based on its observation of the continued elevated levels of early stage delinquencies, (i) as noted above, the Company retained the same general shape of its RMBS loss projection curves, (ii) the Company increased its base case expected period for reaching the final conditional default rate in 2011; and (iii) the Company adjusted the probability weightings it applied from year-end 2010 to reflect the changes to those scenarios. Taken together, the changes in assumptions between year-end 2010 and

91

---

Table of Contents

2011 had the effect of reflecting a slower recovery in the housing market than had been assumed at the beginning of the year.

        The Company used the same general approach to project RMBS collateral losses for first lien RMBS transactions at year end 2011 as it did at year end 2010, except that (i) as noted above, based on its observation of the continued elevated levels of early stage delinquencies, the Company retained the same general shape of its RMBS loss projection curves; (ii) based on its observation of increased loss severity rates, the Company increased its projected loss severity rates in various of its scenarios; and (iii) based on its observation of liquidation rates, the Company decreased the liquidation rates it applies to non-performing loans (the Company made this change at year-end 2011). Finally, again reflecting continued high levels of early stage delinquencies and increased loss severity rates, the Company added a more stressful scenario at year-end 2011 reflecting an even slower potential recovery in the housing and mortgage markets. Adjusting the probability weightings to include such fifth scenario resulted in the scenario that the Company considers to be its base scenario (and which forms the basis of the description in the following pages) to shift to the scenario that in previous quarters was assumed to be one of the stress scenarios. Taken together, the changes in assumptions between year-end 2010 and 2011 had the effect of (a) reflecting a slower recovery in the housing market than had been assumed at the beginning of the year and (b) for subprime transactions increasing the initial loss severities in most scenarios from 80% to 90% and for other first lien transactions increasing initial loss severities from 60% to 65% and peak loss severities in a stress case from 60% to 75%.

        The Company also used generally the same methodology to project the credit received for recoveries in R&W at year-end 2011 as at year-end 2010. The primary difference relates to the execution of the Bank of America Agreement and the inclusion of the terms of the agreement as a potential scenario in transactions not covered by the Bank of America as well as incorporating the projected terms of a potential agreement with another entity. Compared with year-end 2010, the Company calculated R&W credits for two more second lien transactions and 11 more first lien transactions where either it obtained loan files, concluded it had the right to obtain loan files that it had not previously concluded were accessible or anticipates receiving a benefit due to an agreement or potential agreement with an R&W provider.

        Further detail regarding the assumptions and variables the Company used to project collateral losses in its U.S. RMBS portfolio may be found in Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data "U.S. Second Lien RMBS Loss Projections: HELOCs and Closed-End Second Lien" and "U.S. First Lien RMBS Loss Projections: Alt-A First Lien, Option ARM, Subprime and Prime."

U.S. RMBS Loss Mitigation

        On April 14, 2011, Assured Guaranty reached a comprehensive agreement with Bank of America Corporation and its subsidiaries, including Countrywide Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, "Bank of America"), regarding their liabilities with respect to 29 RMBS transactions insured by Assured Guaranty, including claims relating to reimbursement for breaches of R&W and historical loan servicing issues ("Bank of America Agreement"). Of the 29 RMBS transactions, eight are second lien transactions and 21 are first lien transactions. The Bank of America Agreement covers Bank of America-sponsored securitizations that AGM or AGC has insured, as well as certain other securitizations containing concentrations of Countrywide-originated loans that AGM or AGC has insured. The transactions covered by the Bank of America Agreement have a gross par outstanding of $4.4 billion ($4.1 billion net par outstanding) as of December 31, 2011, with 27% of Assured Guaranty's total BIG RMBS net par outstanding covered by the Bank of America Agreement.

        Bank of America paid $1,042.7 million in 2011 in respect of covered second lien transactions and is obligated to pay another $57.3 million by March 2012. In consideration of the $1.1 billion, the Company has agreed to release its claims for the repurchase of mortgage loans underlying the eight second lien transactions (i.e. Assured Guaranty will retain the risk of future insured losses without further offset for R&W claims against Bank of America).

        In addition, Bank of America will reimburse Assured Guaranty 80% of claims Assured Guaranty pays on the 21 first lien transactions, until aggregate collateral losses on such RMBS transactions reach

92

---

Table of Contents

$6.6 billion. The Company accounts for the 80% loss sharing agreement with Bank of America as subrogation. As the Company calculates expected losses for these 21 first lien transactions, such expected losses will be offset by an R&W benefit from Bank of America for 80% of these amounts. As of December 31, 2011, Bank of America had placed approximately $941.2 million of eligible assets in trust in order to collateralize the reimbursement obligation relating to the first lien transactions. The amount of assets required to be posted may increase or decrease from time to time, as determined by rating agency requirements. As of December 31, 2011, the Company's estimate of expected future recoveries for the first lien transactions covered under the Bank of America Agreement was $567.9 million, discounted and gross of reinsurance. As of December 31, 2011, cumulative collateral losses on the 21 first lien RMBS transactions were approximately $2.0 billion. The Company estimates that cumulative projected collateral losses for these first lien transactions will reach $4.9 billion, which will result in estimated gross expected losses to the Company of $709.9 million before considering R&W recoveries from Bank of America, and $142.0 million after considering such R&W recoveries. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had been reimbursed $58.8 million and had invoiced for an additional $6.7 million in claims paid in December with respect to the covered first lien transactions under the Bank of America Agreement.

        The benefit for R&W in 2011 reflects higher expected recoveries across all transactions as a result of the Bank of America Agreement. For transactions covered under the Bank of America Agreement, the R&W benefit has been updated to reflect amounts collected and expected to be collected under the terms of the Bank of America Agreement. For transactions with other sponsors of U.S. RMBS, against which the Company is pursuing R&W claims, the Company has increased the benefit for R&W in 2011 to reflect the probability that actual recovery rates may be higher than originally expected. For transactions involving R&W providers other than Bank of America, the Company has continued to review additional loan files and has found breach rates consistent with those in the Bank of America transactions.

        The Company believes the Bank of America Agreement was a significant step in the effort to recover U.S. RMBS losses the Company experienced resulting from breaches of R&W. The Company is continuing to pursue other representation and warranty providers for U.S. RMBS transactions it has insured. See "Recovery Litigation" in Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for a discussion of the litigation proceedings the Company has initiated against other R&W providers.

        The Company is in the process of enforcing claims for breaches of R&W regarding the characteristics of the loans included in the collateral pools. Through December 31, 2011 the Company has caused entities providing R&Ws to pay or agree to pay approximately $2.4 billion in respect of their R&W liabilities. Of this, $1.8 billion are payments made or to be made directly to the Company pursuant to agreements with R&W providers (e.g. the Bank of America Agreement) and approximately $595.8 million are amounts paid (or committed to be paid) into the relevant RMBS transactions pursuant to the transaction documents.

        The $1.8 billion of payments made or to be made directly to the Company by R&W providers includes $1.2 billion that has already been received by the Company as well as $631.9 million the Company projects receiving in the future pursuant to such currently existing agreements. Because most of that $631.9 million is projected to be received through loss-sharing arrangements, the exact amount the Company will receive will depend on actual losses experienced by the covered transactions. That $631.9 million is included in the Company's calculated credit for R&W recoveries, described below.

        The $595.8 million paid, or committed to be paid, by R&W providers into the relevant RMBS transactions pursuant to the transaction documents flow through the transaction "waterfalls." Because the Company may insure only a portion of the capital structure of a transaction, such payments will not necessarily directly benefit the Company dollar-for-dollar, especially in first lien transactions. However, such payments do reduce collateral pool losses and so usually reduce the Company's expected losses.

        Based on this success in pursuing R&W breaches to date, the Company calculates a credit for future R&W recoveries where the R&W were provided by an entity the Company believes to be financially viable and where the Company already has access or believes it will attain access to the underlying mortgage loan files. Where the Company has an agreement or potential agreement with an

93

---

Table of Contents

R&W provider (e.g., the Bank of America Agreement), that credit is based on the agreement or potential agreement. In second lien RMBS transactions where there is no agreement or advanced discussions, this credit is based on a percentage of actual repurchase rates achieved across those transactions where material repurchases have been made, while in first lien RMBS transactions, where there is no agreement or advanced discussions, this credit is estimated by reducing collateral losses projected by the Company to reflect a percentage of the recoveries the Company believes it will achieve, which factor is derived based on the number of breaches identified to date and incorporated scenarios based on the amounts the Company was able to negotiate under the Bank of America Agreement. The first lien approach is different from the second lien approach because the Company's first lien transactions have multiple tranches and a more complicated method is required to correctly allocate credit to each tranche. In each case, the credit is a function of the projected lifetime collateral losses in the collateral pool, so an increase in projected collateral losses increases the R&W credit calculated by the Company. Further detail regarding how the Company calculates these credits may be found under "Breaches of Representations and Warranties" in Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. The net expected losses to be paid includes an R&W credit of $1,649.8 million net of reinsurance. Of this, $598.1 million is the projected benefit of existing agreements with R&W providers.

        The Company projects the overall future cash flow from a collateral pool by adjusting the payment stream from the principal and interest contractually due on the underlying mortgages for (a) the collateral losses it projects as described above, (b) assumed voluntary prepayments and (c) recoveries for breaches of R&W as described above. The Company then applies an individual model of the structure of the transaction to the projected future cash flow from that transaction's collateral pool to project the Company's future claims and claim reimbursements for that individual transaction. Finally, the projected future claims and reimbursements are discounted using a current risk-free rate to arrive at expected loss to be paid. As noted above, the Company runs several sets of assumptions regarding mortgage collateral performance, or scenarios, and probability-weights them.

Other Non-RMBS Losses

        For student loans, the Company is projecting approximately $74.6 million of net expected loss to be paid in these portfolios. In general the losses are due to: (i) the poor credit performance of private student loan collateral; (ii) high interest rates on auction rate securities with respect to which the auctions have failed or (iii) high interest rates on variable rate demand obligations that have been put to the liquidity provider by the holder and are therefore bearing high "bank bond" interest rates. The largest of these losses was approximately $27.5 million and related to a transaction backed by a pool of private student loans ceded to AG Re by another monoline insurer. The guaranteed bonds were issued as auction rate securities that now bear a high rate of interest due to the downgrade of the primary insurer's financial strength rating. Further, the underlying loan collateral has performed below expectations. The decrease of approximately $3.3 million in net expected loss during 2011 is due to favorable commutations achieved by the primary insurer on some transactions partially offset by deterioration in other transactions.

        The Company projects losses for trust preferred securities collateralized debt obligations ("TruPS CDOs") by projecting the performance of the asset pools across several scenarios (which it weights) and applying the CDO structures to the resulting cash flows. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has projected net expected losses to be paid for TruPS CDOs of $64.2 million. The decrease of approximately $25.5 million in net expected loss during 2011 was driven primarily by the effect of lower LIBOR rates on the floating rate coupons of certain transactions (which was partially offset by reduction in risk free rates used to discount loss projections).

        The Company has insured $2.4 billion of net par in XXX life insurance reserve securitizations based on discrete blocks of individual life insurance business of which $923.0 million is rated BIG. Based on its analysis of the information currently available, including estimates of future investment performance provided by the investment manager, and projected credit impairments on the invested assets and performance of the blocks of life insurance business at December 31, 2011, the Company's projected net expected loss to be paid of $131.6 million. The increase of approximately $56.6 million

94

---

Table of Contents

during 2011 is due primarily to deterioration in RMBS investments and a reduction of the risk free rate used to discount loss projections.

        As of December 31, 2011, the Company had exposure to sovereign debt of Greece through financial guarantees of €200.0 million of debt (€165.1 million on a net basis) due in 2037 with a 4.5% fixed coupon and €113.9 million of debt (€52.6 million on a net basis) due in 2057 with a 2.085% inflation-linked coupon. The Hellenic Republic of Greece, as obligor, has been paying interest on such notes on a timely basis. On February 24, 2012, Greece announced the terms of exchange offers and consent solicitations that request the voluntary participation by holders of certain Greek bonds in an exchange that would result in the reduction of 53.5% of the notional amount of such bonds, and request the consent of holders to amendments of the bonds that could be used to effectively impose the same terms on holders that do not voluntarily participate in the exchange. On February 23, 2012, the Greek Parliament enacted legislation that introduces collective action clauses into eligible Greek law governed bonds to permit the terms of such bonds to be amended with the consent of less than all the holders of those bonds. The bonds insured under the financial guarantees were included in the list of Greek bonds covered by the exchange offer and/or consent solicitation. The bonds due in 2037 were issued under Greek law and thus are susceptible to a coercive exchange pursuant to the new legislation that might trigger a claim under the Company's policy. The bonds due in 2057 were issued under English law and already contain a collective action clause that could entail similar results. Greece has stated that its use of collective action clauses will depend on the level of participation in the exchange offer and/or consent solicitation. The Company is currently evaluating the exchange offer and consent solicitation. If Greece does not utilize the collective action clauses, the Company believes the proposal should not trigger claim payments under its financial guarantees. The Company has considered a variety of scenarios in its loss reserve estimation process including the nature of the proposed exchange and the value of the consideration it would receive if it were to participate in the exchange, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The expected loss to be paid was $64.7 million gross of reinsurance and $42.6 million net of reinsurance as of December 31, 2011.

        The Company also has expected losses for certain other transactions discussed in Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, including Jefferson County, a transaction backed by revenues from "yellow pages", and transactions backed by manufactured housing loans.

        Net expected loss to be paid in the tables below consists primarily of the present value of future: expected claim payments, expected recoveries of excess spread in the transaction structures, cessions to reinsurers, and expected recoveries for breaches of R&W and other loss mitigation strategies. Assumptions used in the determination of the net expected loss to be paid presented below, such as delinquency, severity, and discount rates and expected timeframes to recovery in the mortgage market were consistent by sector regardless of the accounting model used.

95

---

Table of Contents

Net Expected Loss to be Paid

 

96

---

Table of Contents

        The following table presents a roll forward of the net expected loss to be paid for the year ended December 31, 2011 before and after consideration of R&W benefits. The amounts presented below do not represent amounts recorded as loss reserves in the consolidated financial statements because of the various accounting models required under GAAP, but instead represent the economic changes in loss estimates for the insured portfolio as a whole, which is how management analyzes the information. Expected losses to be paid are first calculated without consideration of the expected R&W benefit. Then, based on updated loss estimates, loan reviews, executed contractual agreements such as the Bank of America Agreement, and progress made on receiving commitments to put-back defective loans, the expected R&W benefit is updated, which reduces the net amount of expected loss to be paid. Amounts presented are net of cessions to third-party reinsurers.

Net Expected Loss to be Paid, Before Benefit for Recoveries of R&W
Roll Forward by Sector(1)

97

---

Table of Contents

Net Expected Loss to be Paid, Net of Benefit for Recoveries of R&W
Roll Forward by Sector(1)

        Total economic loss development in 2011 was $123.8 million. U.S. RMBS development was a net development of $0.7 million which reflects higher losses in the underlying collateral, largely offset by a higher R&W benefit as a result of the Bank of America Agreement, and additional loan reviews that demonstrate similar breach rates for other counterparties. The net R&W development in 2011 was an increase of $1,038.5 million, which served to offset loss development in U.S. RMBS of $1,039.2 million. Loss development, before the consideration of R&W benefit was a function of several factors including: increasing the assumed period of time for reaching the final conditional default rate, updated probability weightings of its various scenarios, and increased first lien severity. In 2011, the Company probability weighted several possible outcomes and estimated a net expected loss to be paid of $42.6 million ($64.7 million gross of reinsurance). Due to the decline in interest rates in 2011 and the GAAP requirement to update discount rates at each reporting period to the current risk free rates, the economic loss development was negatively affected, although this change does not reflect additional credit deterioration. The remainder of the economic loss development related primarily to increased loss adjustment expense estimates, and changes in other structured finance and public finance loss estimates that are mostly based on transaction-specific facts and circumstances.

Accounting Treatment of Losses for Transactions Accounted for as Financial Guaranty Insurance

        For transactions accounted for as financial guaranty insurance under GAAP, each transaction's expected loss to be expensed, net of estimated R&W recoveries, is compared with the deferred premium revenue of that transaction. Generally, when the expected loss to be expensed exceeds the deferred premium revenue, a loss is recognized in the income statement for the amount of such excess. When the Company measures operating income, a non-GAAP financial measure, it calculates the credit derivative and FG VIE losses incurred in a similar manner. Changes in fair value in excess of expected loss that are not indicative of economic deterioration are not included in operating income.

        For financial guaranty contracts accounted for as insurance, the amounts reported in the GAAP financial statements may only reflect a portion of the current period's economic development and may also include a portion of prior-period economic development. The difference between economic loss development and loss and LAE recognized in income is essentially loss development and accretion for

98

---

Table of Contents

financial guaranty insurance contracts that is, or was previously, absorbed in unearned premium reserve. Such amounts have not yet been recognized in income. The table below provides a comparison of the pretax reported amounts under both GAAP net income and non-GAAP operating income, and economic loss development by sector.

Comparison of Loss Measures

99

---

Table of Contents

        The table below presents the expected timing of loss recognition for insurance contracts on both a reported GAAP and non-GAAP operating income basis.

Present Value ("PV") of Financial Guaranty Insurance Net Expected Loss to be Expensed
As of December 31, 2011

        The table below provides a reconciliation of the Company's expected loss to be paid to expected loss to be expensed. See Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Financial Guaranty Insurance
Reconciliation of Present Value of Net Expected Loss to be Paid
and Present Value of Net Expected Loss to be Expensed

Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives

        Financial guaranty contracts accounted for as credit derivatives are generally structured such that the circumstances giving rise to the Company's obligation to make loss payments are similar to those

100

---

Table of Contents

for financial guaranty insurance contracts and only occurs upon one or more defined credit events such as failure to pay or bankruptcy, in each case, as defined within the transaction documents, with respect to one or more third-party referenced securities or loans. Financial guaranty contracts accounted for as credit derivatives are primarily comprised of CDS. In general, the Company structures credit derivative transactions such that the circumstances giving rise to the Company's obligation to make loss payments are similar to those for financial guaranty insurance contracts but are governed by ISDA documentation. Until the Company ceased selling credit protection through credit derivative contracts in the beginning of 2009, following the issuance of regulatory guidelines that limited the terms under which the credit protection could be sold, management considered these agreements to be a normal part of its financial guaranty business.

        These contracts generally qualify as derivatives under U.S. GAAP, and are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value included in earnings. Fair value is defined as the amount at which an asset or liability could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. The fair value gain or loss is based on estimated market pricing and may not be an indication of ultimate claims. Changes in fair value of credit derivatives occur because of changes in interest rates, credit spreads, credit ratings of the referenced obligations, the Company's credit spread, settlements and other market factors. The unrealized gains (losses) on credit derivatives, excluding expected losses to be paid (which are included in the previous section), is expected to reverse to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date, unless there is a payment default on the exposure or early termination that was not anticipated in the expected losses to be paid. Expected losses to be paid in respect of contracts accounted for as credit derivatives are included in the discussion above: "—Losses in the insured portfolio." See also "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Requirements and Sources."

        In the event that the Company is able to terminate and does terminate a credit derivative contract prior to maturity, the resulting gain or loss is realized through net change in fair value of credit derivatives. Changes in the fair value of the Company's credit derivatives that do not reflect actual or expected claims or credit losses have no impact on the Company's statutory claims paying resources, rating agency capital or regulatory capital positions.

        The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates, and other market conditions at the time these fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structural terms, the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. The fair value of credit derivative contracts also reflects the change in the Company's own credit cost based on the price to purchase credit protection on AGC and AGM. The Company determines its own credit risk based on quoted CDS prices traded on the Company at each balance sheet date. Generally, a widening of the CDS prices traded on AGC and AGM has an effect of offsetting unrealized losses that result from widening general market credit spreads, while a narrowing of the CDS prices traded on AGC and AGM has an effect of offsetting unrealized gains that result from narrowing general market credit spreads. An overall narrowing of spreads generally results in an unrealized gain on credit derivatives for the Company and an overall widening of spreads generally results in an unrealized loss for the Company.

        There are typically no quoted prices for its instruments or similar instruments as CDS issued by financial guaranty insurance companies. Financial guaranty contracts do not typically trade in active markets. Observable inputs other than quoted market prices exist; however, these inputs reflect contracts that do not contain terms and conditions similar to those in the credit derivatives issued by the Company. Therefore, the valuation of the Company's credit derivative contracts requires the use of models that contain significant, unobservable inputs, and are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. See Note 6, Fair Value Measurement, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

        The fair value of these instruments represents the difference between the present value of remaining contractual premiums charged for the credit protection and the estimated present value of premiums that a comparable financial guarantor would hypothetically charge for the same protection at the balance sheet date. The fair value of these contracts depends on a number of factors including notional amount of the contract, expected term, credit spreads, changes in interest rates, the credit ratings of the referenced entities, the Company's own credit risk and remaining contractual flows.

101

---

Table of Contents

        Contractual cash flows are the most readily observable inputs since they are based on the CDS contractual terms. These variables include:

•

net premiums received and receivable on written credit derivative contracts,



•

net premiums paid and payable on purchased contracts,



•

losses paid and payable to credit derivative contract counterparties and



•

losses recovered and recoverable on purchased contracts.

        These models are primarily developed internally based on market conventions for similar transactions that the Company observed in the past. There has been very limited new issuance activity in this market over the past three years and as of December 31, 2010, market prices for the Company's credit derivative contracts were generally not available. Inputs include various market indices, credit spreads, the Company's own credit spread, and estimated contractual payments to estimate the fair value of its credit derivatives.

        Management considers the non-standard terms of its credit derivative contracts in determining the fair value of these contracts. These terms differ from more standardized credit derivatives sold by companies outside of the financial guaranty industry. The non-standard terms include the absence of collateral support agreements or immediate settlement provisions. In addition, the Company employs relatively high attachment points. Because of these terms and conditions, the fair value of the Company's credit derivatives may not reflect the same prices observed in an actively traded market of CDS that do not contain terms and conditions similar to those observed in the financial guaranty market. The Company's models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely and relevant market information. The Company considers R&W claim recoveries in determining the fair value of its CDS contracts.

        Valuation models include the use of management estimates and current market information. Management is also required to make assumptions on how the fair value of credit derivative instruments is affected by current market conditions. Management considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, performance of underlying assets, life of the instrument and the nature and extent of activity in the financial guaranty credit derivative marketplace. The assumptions that management uses to determine its fair value may change in the future due to market conditions. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements and the differences may be material.

Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives Gain (Loss)

        Net credit derivative premiums have declined in 2011 compared with 2010 due to the decline in the net par outstanding to $85.0 billion as of December 31, 2011 from $109.8 billion as of

102

---

Table of Contents

December 31, 2010. The Company has terminated $11.5 billion in net par outstanding in 2011, resulting in accelerations of future premiums of $24.7 million. Because the Company no longer anticipates writing new business using a CDS form of execution, premiums are expected to decline in the foreseeable future. In addition, several CMBS CDS contracts were terminated for a payment of $22.5 million in 2011. These contracts had carried high rating agency capital charges prior to termination.

Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) in Credit Derivatives By Sector

Effect of the Company's Credit Spread Change on
Fair Value of Credit Derivatives Gain (Loss)

        Management believes that the trading levels of AGC's and AGM's credit spreads are due to the correlation between AGC's and AGM's risk profile and the current risk profile of the broader financial markets and to increased demand for credit protection against AGC and AGM as the result of its financial guaranty volume, as well as the overall lack of liquidity in the CDS market. Offsetting the inception to date benefit attributable to AGC's and AGM's credit spread were fair value losses in fixed income security market prices primarily attributable to widening spreads in certain markets as a result of the continued deterioration in credit markets and some credit rating downgrades. The higher credit spreads in the fixed income security market are due to the lack of liquidity in the high-yield CDO and CLO markets as well as continuing market concerns over the most recent vintages of subprime RMBS.

103

---

Table of Contents

        In 2011, U.S. RMBS unrealized fair value gains were generated primarily in the Option ARM, Alt-A, prime first lien and subprime sectors due to tighter implied net spreads. The tighter implied net spreads were primarily a result of the increased cost to buy protection in AGC's name as the market cost of AGC's credit protection increased. These transactions were pricing above their floor levels (or the minimum rate at which the Company would consider assuming these risks based on historical experience); therefore when the cost of purchasing CDS protection on AGC, which management refers to as the CDS spread on AGC, increased, the implied spreads that the Company would expect to receive on these transactions decreased. The unrealized fair value gain in Other primarily resulted from tighter implied net spreads on a XXX life securitization transaction and a film securitization, which also resulted from the increased cost to buy protection in AGC's name, referenced above. The cost of AGM's credit protection also increased during the year, but did not lead to significant fair value gains, as the majority of AGM policies continue to price at floor levels. Claim payments increased primarily due to payments on transactions that were either restructured or where we obtained collateral.

        With respect to CDS transactions for which there is an expected claim payment within the next twelve months, the allocation of gross spreads was revised in the first quarter 2011 to reflect a higher allocation to the cost of credit rather than the bank profit component. In the current market, it is assumed that a bank would be willing to accept a lower profit on distressed transactions in order to remove these transactions from its financial statements. The effect of this refinement in assumptions was an increase in fair value losses of $260.4 million during the first quarter 2011 and was concentrated in the Alt-A first lien and Option ARM sectors.

        In 2010, U.S. RMBS unrealized fair value losses were generated primarily in the Alt-A option ARM and Alt-A first lien sector due to wider implied net spreads. The wider implied net spreads were a result of internal ratings downgrades on several of these Alt-A option ARM and Alt-A first lien policies. The unrealized fair value gain within the TruPS CDO and Other asset classes resulted from tighter implied spreads. These transactions were pricing above their floor levels (or the minimum rate at which the Company would consider assuming these risks based on historical experience); therefore when the cost of purchasing CDS protection on AGC and AGM increased, which management refers to as the CDS spread on AGC or AGM, the implied spreads that the Company would expect to receive on these transactions decreased. During 2010, AGC's and AGM's spreads widened. However, gains due to the widening of the Company's own CDS spreads were offset by declines in fair value resulting from price changes and the internal downgrades of several U.S. RMBS policies referenced above.

        In 2009, AGC's and AGM's credit spreads narrowed, but remained relatively wide compared to pre-2007 levels. Offsetting the benefit attributable to AGC's and AGM's wide credit spread were declines in fixed income security market prices primarily attributable to widening spreads in certain markets as a result of the continued deterioration in credit markets and some credit rating downgrades. The higher credit spreads in the fixed income security market were primarily due to continuing market concerns over the most recent vintages of Subprime RMBS and trust-preferred securities.

104

---

Table of Contents

        The net par outstanding of the Company's credit derivatives with counterparties in the financial services industry is presented below.

Net Par Outstanding by Credit Derivative Counterparty

As of December 31, 2011

As of December 31, 2010

Fair Value Gain (Loss) on Committed Capital Securities

        Committed capital securities ("CCS") consist of committed preferred trust securities which allow AGC and AGM to issue preferred stock to trusts created for the purpose of issuing such securities that invest in high quality investments and selling put options to AGC and AGM in exchange for cash. The fair value of CCS represents the difference between the present value of remaining expected put option premium payments under AGC's CCS (the "AGC CCS Securities") and AGM Committed Preferred Trust Securities (the "AGM CPS Securities") agreements and the value of such estimated payments based upon the quoted price for such premium payments as of the reporting dates (see Note 6, Fair Value Measurement, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data). Changes in fair value of this financial instrument are included in the consolidated statement of operations. The significant market inputs used were observable, therefore, the Company classified this fair value measurement as Level 2 prior to the third quarter of 2011. The CCS were transferred to Level 3 on the fair value hierarchy in the third quarter of 2011 because the Company was no longer able to obtain the same level of pricing information as in past quarters.

        A driver of fair value gain (loss) on CCS is the CDS spread of AGC and AGM. Generally, widening of these CDS spreads from one period to the next results in gains while tightening results in losses. See "Effect of Company's Credit Spread Change on Fair Value of Credit Derivatives Gain (Loss)" table in "—Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives" for information on AGC and AGM CDS spreads.

105

---

Table of Contents

Change in Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Committed Capital Securities

Amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs

        Amortization of deferred acquisition costs ("DAC") in 2011 declined compared with 2010 due to the cancellation of certain assumed reinsurance policies in 2010 which reduced ceding commission expense. Amortization of DAC in 2010 included $9.3 million of amortization of AGMH ceding commission income and none of AG Re's amortization of ceding commission expense from the intercompany cession from AGMH. In 2009, amortization of DAC included $10.0 million in AG Re amortization of ceding commission expense related to the first six months of cessions from AGMH (i.e., prior to the AGMH Acquisition). AGMH DAC was written off on July 1, 2009 and therefore AGMH did not contribute a significant amount to the amortization of DAC in 2009.

AGMH Acquisition-Related Expenses

        In 2010, AGMH Acquisition-related expenses were primarily comprised of consulting fees related to integration efforts. In 2009, AGMH Acquisition- related expenses were primarily comprised of severance costs, real estate, legal, consulting and relocation fees.

AGMH Acquisition-Related Expenses

106

---

Table of Contents

Interest Expense

        The following table presents the components of interest expense. Interest expense in 2011 and 2010 includes a full year of interest expense for AGMH debt and 2009 includes only the last six months.

Interest Expense

Goodwill and Settlement of Pre-Existing Relationships

        The Company reassessed the recoverability of goodwill in third quarter 2009 subsequent to the AGMH Acquisition. AGMH had historically been the most significant ceding reinsurance company within the Company's assumed book of business. As a result of the AGMH Acquisition, which significantly diminished the Company's potential near future market for assuming reinsurance, combined with the continued credit crisis, which has adversely affected the fair value of the Company's in-force policies, management determined that the full carrying value of $85.4 million of goodwill on its books prior to the AGMH Acquisition should be written off in third quarter 2009.

        In addition, the Company recognized a $232.6 million bargain purchase gain on the AGMH Acquisition and also recorded a charge of $170.5 million to settle pre-existing relationships. The bargain purchase gain represents the excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the purchase price. As disclosed in Note 3, Business Combinations, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, the Company and AGMH had a pre-existing reinsurance relationship in which the Company assumed financial guaranty risks ceded to it by AGMH. This pre-existing relationship was effectively settled at fair value. The Company determined fair value as the difference between contractual premiums and the Company's estimate of current market premiums.

Goodwill and Settlement of Pre-Existing Relationships

107

---

Table of Contents

Provision for Income Tax

        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to unrealized gains and losses on investments and credit derivatives, FG VIE fair value adjustments, loss and LAE reserve, unearned premium reserve and tax attributes for net operating losses, alternative minimum tax ("AMT") credits and foreign tax credits. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had a net deferred income tax asset of $770.9 million and $1,259.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has foreign tax credits carried forward of $30.2 million which expire in 2018 through 2021. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has AMT of $32.0 million which do not expire. Foreign tax credits of $22.3 million are from its acquisition of AGMH. The Internal Revenue Code limits the amounts of foreign tax credits and AMT credits the Company may utilize each year.

        For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, income tax expense was $258.8 million, $55.6 million and $32.1 million and the Company's effective tax rate was 25.0%, 10.1% and 27.5% for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company's effective tax rates reflect the proportion of income recognized by each of the Company's operating subsidiaries, with U.S. subsidiaries taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 35%, U.K. subsidiaries taxed at the U.K. blended marginal corporate tax rate of 26.5%, and no taxes for the Company's Bermuda holding company and subsidiaries. For periods subsequent to April 1, 2011, the U.K. corporation tax rate has been reduced to 26%, for periods prior to April 1, 2011 the U.K. corporation tax rate was 28%, resulting in blended tax rate of 26.5%. Accordingly, the Company's overall corporate effective tax rate fluctuates based on the distribution of taxable income across these jurisdictions. During the year ended December 31, 2010, a net tax benefit of $55.8 million was recorded by the Company due to the filing of an amended tax return which included the AGMH and Subsidiaries tax group. The amended return filed in September 2010 was for a period prior to the AGMH Acquisition and consequently, the Company no longer has a deferred tax asset related to net operating loss or AMT credits associated with the AGMH Acquisition. Instead, the Company has recorded additional deferred tax assets for loss reserves and foreign tax credits and has decreased its liability for uncertain tax positions. The event giving rise to this recognition occurred after the measurement period as defined by acquisition accounting and thus the amount is included in the year ended December 31, 2010 net income. Included in the $55.8 million net tax benefit was a decrease for uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties, of $9.2 million. In 2009 pre-tax income included the bargain purchase gain on AGMH Acquisition of $232.6 million and expense of $85.4 million related to goodwill impairment, which was the primary reason for the 27.5% effective tax rate.

Financial Guaranty Variable Interest Entities

        On January 1, 2010, the Company adopted a new accounting standard as required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board that changed how a company determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The new accounting standard requires the Company to perform an analysis to determine whether its variable interests give it a controlling financial interest in a FG VIE. The new accounting standard mandated the accounting changes prescribed by the statement to be recognized by the Company as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2010. The cumulative effect of adopting the new accounting standard was a $206.5 million after-tax decrease to the opening retained earnings balance due to the consolidation of 21 FG VIEs at fair value on January 1, 2010. This analysis identifies the primary beneficiary of a FG VIE as the enterprise that has both (1) the power to direct the activities of a FG VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance; and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the FG VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the FG VIE. Under GAAP, the Company is deemed to be the control party typically when its protective rights give it the power to both terminate and replace the deal servicer. Additionally, this new accounting standard requires an ongoing reassessment of whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of a FG VIE.

108

---

Table of Contents

        Pursuant to the new accounting standard, the Company evaluated its power to direct the significant activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of VIEs that have debt obligations insured by the Company and, accordingly, where the Company is obligated to absorb VIE losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE. As of December 31, 2011, the Company determined that, based on the assessment of its control rights over servicer or collateral manager replacement, given that servicing/managing collateral were deemed to be the VIEs' most significant activities, 33 VIEs required consolidation, compared to 29 VIEs consolidated at December 31, 2010. The following table presents the effects on reported GAAP income resulting from consolidating these FG VIEs and eliminating their related insurance and investment accounting entries and represents a difference between GAAP reported net income and non-GAAP operating income. See "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Operating Income" below.

Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs on Net Income

        Net change in fair value of FG VIEs represents the net change in fair value of the consolidated FG VIEs' assets and liabilities that is reported under GAAP. These contracts are not actively traded and therefore management expects the fair value gains and losses to reverse to zero as the contract approaches maturity, except for economic claim payments made by AGC and AGM. During 2011, the Company recorded a net fair value loss on FG VIEs of $132.0 million, which was driven primarily by price deterioration on several HELOC transactions. During the period, long term conditional default rates increased on these transactions, which caused the prices for these HELOCs to decline. The prices for the corresponding liability for these transactions remained relatively consistent with the prior year.

        During 2010, the fair value of FG VIEs' liabilities decreased principally as a result of lengthening duration of the expected payback period of these liabilities due to improved performance of the underlying FG VIEs' assets supporting the cash flows for the FG VIEs' liabilities.

        In 2009, the Company consolidated VIEs for which it determined that it was the primary beneficiary, based on accounting rules in effect at the time. In determining whether the Company was the primary beneficiary prior to 2010, a number of factors were considered, including the design of the entity and the risks the VIE was created to pass along to variable interest holders, the extent of credit risk absorbed by the Company through its insurance contract and the extent to which credit protection provided by other variable interest holders reduces this exposure and the exposure that the Company cedes to third party reinsurers. The criteria for determining whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE has changed as of January 1, 2010, as described above.

        Expected losses to be (recovered) paid in respect of consolidated FG VIEs, which were $(106.7) million as of December 31, 2011 and $49.2 million as of December 31, 2010, are included in the discussion of "—Losses in the Insured Portfolio" above.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        To reflect the key financial measures management analyzes in evaluating the Company's operations and progress towards long-term goals, the Company discusses both measures promulgated in accordance with GAAP and measures not promulgated in accordance with GAAP ("non-GAAP

109

---

Table of Contents

financial measures"). Although the financial measures identified as non-GAAP should not be considered substitutes for GAAP measures, management considers them key performance indicators and employs them as well as other factors in determining compensation. Non-GAAP financial measures, therefore, provide investors with important information about the key financial measures management utilizes in measuring its business. The primary limitation of non-GAAP financial measures is the potential lack of comparability to those of other companies, which may define non-GAAP measures differently because there is limited literature with respect to such measures. Three of the primary non-GAAP financial measures analyzed by the Company's senior management are: operating income, adjusted book value and PVP.

        Assured Guaranty's management and board of directors utilize non-GAAP financial measures in evaluating the Company's financial performance and as a basis for determining senior management incentive compensation. By providing these non-GAAP financial measures, investors, analysts and financial news reporters have access to the same information that management reviews internally. In addition, Assured Guaranty's presentation of non-GAAP financial measures is consistent with how analysts calculate their estimates of Assured Guaranty's financial results in their research reports on Assured Guaranty and with how investors, analysts and the financial news media evaluate Assured Guaranty's financial results.

        The following paragraphs define each non-GAAP financial measure and describe why it is useful. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure and the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, if available, is also presented below. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed as substitutes for their most directly comparable GAAP measures.

Operating Income

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd.
to Operating Income

        Operating income in 2010 included a $55.8 million tax benefit related to the filing of an amended pre-acquisition tax return of AGMH. (See "—Provision for Income Tax") In 2011, a decrease in net earned premiums and premiums received and receivable on credit derivatives were partially offset by a decrease in loss and LAE and other operating expenses and increased net investment income.

        The increase in operating income in 2010 was primarily attributable to the inclusion of 12 months of AGMH compared to six months in 2009, commutation gains and the recording of a tax benefit of $55.8 million in 2010 due to the filing of an amended tax return for a period prior to the AGMH Acquisition, offset in part by higher loss and LAE. Excluding the AGMH Acquisition, the decline in earned premiums in 2010 compared to 2009 relates primarily to lower refundings and accelerations. Net earned premiums and credit derivative revenue from the AGM structured finance book of business will decline as the net par runs off. Loss and LAE in 2010 includes amounts recognized due to the amortization of deferred premium revenue and amounts attributable to loss development principally in the U.S. RMBS and other structured sectors. Operating income in 2009 included additional expense

110

---

Table of Contents

items attributable to the AGMH Acquisition which were $92.3 million in 2009 compared to $6.8 million in 2010, and goodwill and settlement of pre-existing relationships.

        Management believes that operating income is a useful measure because it clarifies the understanding of the underwriting results of the Company's financial guaranty insurance business, and also includes financing costs and net investment income, and enables investors and analysts to evaluate the Company's financial results as compared with the consensus analyst estimates distributed publicly by financial databases. Operating income is defined as net income (loss) attributable to AGL, as reported under GAAP, adjusted for the following:

1)

Elimination of the after-tax realized gains (losses) on the Company's investments, except for gains and losses on securities classified as trading. The timing of realized gains and losses, which depends largely on market credit cycles, can vary considerably across periods. The timing of sales, is largely subject to the Company's discretion and influenced by market opportunities, as well as the Company's tax and capital profile. Trends in the underlying profitability of the Company's business can be more clearly identified without the fluctuating effects of these transactions.



2)

Elimination of the after-tax non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives, which is the amount in excess of the present value of the expected estimated economic credit losses, and non-economic payments. Such fair value adjustments are heavily affected by, and in part fluctuate with, changes in market interest rates, credit spreads and other market factors and are not expected to result in an economic gain or loss. Additionally, such adjustments present all financial guaranty contracts on a more consistent basis of accounting, whether or not they are subject to derivative accounting rules.



3)

Elimination of the after-tax fair value gains (losses) on the Company's CCS. Such amounts are heavily affected by, and in part fluctuate with, changes in market interest rates, credit spreads and other market factors and are not expected to result in an economic gain or loss.



4)

Elimination of the after-tax foreign exchange gains (losses) on revaluation of net premium receivables. Long-dated receivables constitute a significant portion of the net premium receivable balance and represent the present value of future contractual or expected collections. Therefore, the current period's foreign exchange revaluation gains (losses) are not necessarily indicative of the total foreign exchange gains (losses) that the Company will ultimately recognize.



5)

Elimination of the effects of consolidating FG VIEs in order to present all financial guaranty contracts on a more consistent basis of accounting, whether or not GAAP requires consolidation. GAAP requires the Company to consolidate certain VIEs that have issued debt obligations insured by the Company even though the Company does not own such VIEs.



6)

Elimination of goodwill and settlement of pre-existing relationship in order to show the 2009 contribution to operating income of AGMH without the distorting effects of acquisition accounting adjustments recorded on the Acquisition Date.

Adjusted Book Value and Operating Shareholders' Equity

        Management also uses adjusted book value to measure the intrinsic value of the Company, excluding franchise value. Growth in adjusted book value is one of the key financial measures used in determining the amount of certain long term compensation to management and employees and used by rating agencies and investors.

111

---

Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Shareholders' Equity
to Adjusted Book Value

        As of December 31, 2011, shareholders' equity increased to $4.7 billion from $3.7 billion at December 31, 2010 due primarily to net income of $775.6 million and unrealized gains on the investment portfolio. Adjusted book value decreased slightly, mainly due to economic loss development which was largely offset by R&W recoveries, and new business. Shares outstanding decreased by 1.5 million due primarily to the repurchase of 2.0 million shares, which was partially offset by the issuance of vested restricted stock awards and units in 2011, which resulted in higher adjusted book value per share despite a slight decline in adjusted book value.

        Management believes that operating shareholders' equity is a useful measure because it presents the equity of AGL with all financial guaranty contracts accounted for on a more consistent basis and excludes fair value adjustments that are not expected to result in economic loss. Many investors, analysts and financial news reporters use operating shareholders' equity as the principal financial measure for valuing AGL's current share price or projected share price and also as the basis of their decision to recommend to buy or sell AGL's common shares. Many of the Company's fixed income investors also use operating shareholders' equity to evaluate the Company's capital adequacy. Operating shareholders' equity is the basis of the calculation of adjusted book value (see below). Operating shareholders' equity is defined as shareholders' equity attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd., as reported under GAAP, adjusted for the following:

1)

Elimination of the effects of consolidating FG VIEs in order to present all financial guaranty contracts on a more consistent basis of accounting, whether or not GAAP requires consolidation. GAAP requires the Company to consolidate certain VIEs that have issued debt obligations insured by the Company even though the Company does not own such VIEs.



2)

Elimination of the after-tax non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives, which is the amount in excess of the present value of the expected estimated economic credit losses, and non-economic payments. Such fair value adjustments are heavily affected by, and in part fluctuate with, changes in market interest rates, credit spreads and other market factors and are not expected to result in an economic gain or loss.



3)

Elimination of the after-tax fair value gains (losses) on the Company's CCS. Such amounts are heavily affected by, and in part fluctuate with, changes in market interest rates, credit spreads and other market factors and are not expected to result in an economic gain or loss.

112

---

Table of Contents

4)

Elimination of the after-tax unrealized gains (losses) on the Company's investments that are recorded as a component of AOCI (excluding foreign exchange revaluation). The AOCI component of the fair value adjustment on the investment portfolio is not deemed economic because the Company generally holds these investments to maturity and therefore should not recognize an economic gain or loss.

        Management believes that adjusted book value is a useful measure because it enables an evaluation of the net present value of the Company's in-force premiums and revenues in addition to operating shareholders' equity. The premiums and revenues included in adjusted book value will be earned in future periods, but actual earnings may differ materially from the estimated amounts used in determining current adjusted book value due to changes in foreign exchange rates, prepayment speeds, terminations, credit defaults and other factors. Many investors, analysts and financial news reporters use adjusted book value to evaluate AGL's share price and as the basis of their decision to recommend, buy or sell the AGL common shares. Adjusted book value is operating shareholders' equity, as defined above, further adjusted for the following:

1)

Elimination of after-tax deferred acquisition costs. These amounts represent net deferred expenses that have already been paid or accrued and will be expensed in future accounting periods.



2)

Addition of the after-tax net present value of estimated net future credit derivative revenue. See below.



3)

Addition of the after-tax value of the unearned premium reserve on financial guaranty contracts in excess of expected loss to be expensed, net of reinsurance. This amount represents the expected future net earned premiums, net of expected losses to be expensed, which are not reflected in GAAP equity.

Net Present Value of Estimated Net Future Credit Derivative Revenue

        Management believes that this amount is a useful measure because it enables an evaluation of the value of future estimated credit derivative revenue. There is no corresponding GAAP financial measure. This amount represents the present value of estimated future revenue from the Company's credit derivative in-force book of business, net of reinsurance, ceding commissions and premium taxes for contracts without expected economic losses, and is discounted at 6% (which represents the Company's tax-equivalent pretax investment yield on its investment portfolio). Estimated net future credit derivative revenue may change from period to period due to changes in foreign exchange rates, prepayment speeds, terminations, credit defaults or other factors that affect par outstanding or the ultimate maturity of an obligation.

PVP or Present Value of New Business Production

Reconciliation of PVP to Gross Written Premiums

113

---

Table of Contents

        Management believes that PVP is a useful measure because it enables the evaluation of the value of new business production for the Company by taking into account the value of estimated future installment premiums on all new contracts underwritten in a reporting period as well as premium supplements and additional installment premium on existing contracts as to which the issuer has the right to call the insured obligation but has not exercised such right, whether in insurance or credit derivative contract form, which GAAP gross premiums written and the net credit derivative premiums received and receivable portion of net realized gains and other settlement on credit derivatives ("Credit Derivative Revenues") do not adequately measure. PVP in respect of insurance and credit derivative contracts written in a specified period is defined as gross upfront and installment premiums received and the present value of gross estimated future installment premiums, in each case, discounted at 6% (the Company's tax-equivalent pretax investment yield on its investment portfolio). For purposes of the PVP calculation, management discounts estimated future installment premiums on insurance contracts at 6%, while under GAAP, these amounts are discounted at a risk free rate. Additionally, under GAAP, management records future installment premiums on financial guaranty insurance contracts covering non-homogeneous pools of assets based on the contractual term of the transaction, whereas for PVP purposes, management records an estimate of the future installment premiums the Company expects to receive, which may be based upon a shorter period of time than the contractual term of the transaction. Actual future net earned or written premiums and Credit Derivative Revenues may differ from PVP due to factors including, but not limited to, changes in foreign exchange rates, prepayment speeds, terminations, credit defaults, or other factors that affect par outstanding or the ultimate maturity of an obligation.

Insured Portfolio

        The following tables present the insured portfolio by asset class net of cessions to reinsurers as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. See Note 12, Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for information related to reinsurers. It includes all financial guaranty contracts outstanding as of the dates presented, regardless of the form written (i.e. credit derivative form or traditional financial guaranty insurance form) or the applicable accounting model (i.e. insurance, derivative or VIE accounting).

114

---

Table of Contents

Net Par Outstanding and Average Internal Rating by Asset Class

115

---

Table of Contents

        The December 31, 2011 and 2010 amounts above include $59.6 billion and $78.4 billion, respectively, of AGM structured finance net par outstanding. AGM has not insured a mortgage-backed transaction since January 2008 and announced its complete withdrawal from the structured finance market in August 2008. The structured finance transactions that remain in AGM's insured portfolio are of double-A average underlying credit quality, according to the Company's internal rating system. Management expects AGM's structured finance portfolio to run-off rapidly: 22% by year-end 2012, 63% by year end 2014, and 76% by year-end 2016.

        The following tables set forth the Company's net financial guaranty portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 by internal rating:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating

 

        The tables below show the Company's ten largest U.S. public finance and U.S. structured finance and non-U.S. exposures direct and reinsurance exposures by revenue source (stated as a percentage of

116

---

Table of Contents

the Company's total U.S. public finance, U.S. structured finance and non-U.S. net par outstanding) as of December 31, 2011:

Ten Largest U.S. Public Finance Exposures
As of December 31, 2011

Ten Largest U.S. Structured Finance Exposures
As of December 31, 2011

117

---

Table of Contents

Ten Largest Non-U.S. Exposures
As of December 31, 2011

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Geographic Area

        The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of the Company's financial guaranty portfolio as of December 31, 2011:

Geographic Distribution of Financial Guaranty Portfolio
as of December 31, 2011

118

---

Table of Contents

Selected European Exposure

        Several European countries are experiencing significant economic, fiscal and / or political strains such that the likelihood of default on obligations with a nexus to those countries may be higher than the Company anticipated when such factors did not exist. The Company is closely monitoring its exposures in European countries where it believes heightened uncertainties exist: specifically, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (the "Selected European Countries"). The Company selected these European countries based on its view that their credit fundamentals are deteriorating as well as on published reports identifying countries that may be experiencing reduced demand for their sovereign debt in the current environment. See "—Selected European Countries" below for an explanation of the circumstances in each country leading the Company to select that country for further discussion.

Economic Exposure to the Selected European Countries

        The Company's economic exposure to the Selected European Countries (based on par for financial guaranty contracts and notional amount for financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives) is shown in the following tables, both gross and net of ceded reinsurance:

Gross Economic Exposure to Selected European Countries(1)
December 31, 2011

119

---

Table of Contents

Net Economic Exposure to Selected European Countries(1)
December 31, 2011

        Included in "Public Finance" in the tables above are $282 million (net of reinsurance) of bonds of the Hellenic Republic of Greece. See "—Results of Operations—Consolidated Results of Operations—Losses in the Insured Portfolio—Other Non-RMBS Losses." The Company has not guaranteed any other sovereign bonds of the Selected European Countries. (The remainder of the "Public Finance Category" is from transactions backed by receivable payments from sub-sovereigns in Italy, Spain and Portugal.)

        The tables above include the par amount of financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives. The Company's credit derivative transactions are governed by ISDA documentation, and the Company is required to make a loss payment on them only upon the occurrence of one or more defined credit events with respect to the referenced securities or loans. For those financial guaranty contracts included in the tables above and accounted for as derivatives, the tables below show their fair value, net of reinsurance:

Fair Value Gain (Loss) of Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Derivatives,
With Exposure to Selected European Countries, Net of Reinsurance
December 31, 2011

120

---

Table of Contents

        The Company purchases reinsurance in the ordinary course to cover both its financial guaranty insurance and credit derivative exposures. Aside from this type of coverage the Company does not purchase credit default protection to manage the risk in its financial guaranty business. Rather, the Company has reduced its risks by ceding a portion of its business (including its financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives) to third-party reinsurers that are generally required to pay their proportionate share of claims paid by the Company, and the net amounts shown above are net of such third-party reinsurance (reinsurance of financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives is accounted for as a purchased derivative). See Note 12, Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Indirect Exposure to Selected European Countries

        The Company has included in the exposure tables above its indirect economic exposure to the Selected European Countries through insurance it provides on (a) pooled corporate and (b) commercial receivables transactions. The Company considers economic exposure to a Selected European Country to be indirect when that exposure relates to only a small portion of an insured transaction that otherwise is not related to that Selected European Country.

        The Company's pooled corporate obligations are highly diversified in terms of obligors and, except in the case of TruPS CDOs or transactions backed by perpetual preferred securities ("Perps"), highly diversified in terms of industry. Most pooled corporate obligations are structured to limit exposure to any given obligor and any given non-U.S. country or region. The insured pooled corporate transactions generally benefit from embedded credit enhancement which allows a transaction a certain level of losses in the underlying collateral without causing the Company to pay a claim. Some pooled corporate obligations include investments in companies with a nexus to the Selected European Countries.

        The Company's commercial receivable transactions included in the exposure tables above are rail car lease transactions and aircraft lease transactions where some of the lessees have a nexus with the Selected European Countries. Like the pooled corporate transactions, the commercial receivable transactions generally benefit from embedded credit enhancement which allows a transaction a certain level of losses in the underlying collateral without causing the Company to pay a claim.

        The following table shows the Company's indirect economic exposure (net of reinsurance) to the Selected European Countries in pooled corporate obligations and commercial receivable transactions calculated as the percent of the obligation insured by the Company (based on par for financial guaranty contracts and notional amount for financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives) equal to the percent of the relevant collateral pool reported as having a nexus to the Selected European Countries:

Net Indirect Exposure to Selected European Countries
December 31, 2011

        Many primarily U.S. pooled corporate obligations permit investments of up to 10% or 15% (or occasionally 20%) of the pool in non-U.S. (or non-U.S. or -Canadian) collateral. Given the relatively low level of permitted international investments in these transactions and their generally high current credit quality, they are excluded from the table above.

121

---

Table of Contents

Selected European Countries

        The Company follows and analyzes public information regarding developments in countries to which the Company has exposure, including the Selected European Countries, and utilizes this information to evaluate risks in its financial guaranty portfolio. Because the Company guarantees payments under its financial guaranty contracts, its analysis is focused primarily on the risk of payment defaults by these countries or obligors in these countries. However, dramatic developments with respect to the Selected European Countries would also impact the fair value of insurance contracts accounted for as derivatives and with a nexus to those countries.

        The Hellenic Republic of Greece, recently downgraded on February 27, 2012 by S&P from "CC" to "SD" (selective default) and rated "Ca" by Moody's, has experienced significant weakening of its economic and fiscal situation over the past three years, which in turn has led to multiple downgrades of its credit rating. The Greek authorities are currently in the process of negotiating a debt restructuring with creditors aimed at reducing public debt to 120% of GDP by 2020. The Steering Committee of the Private-Investor Committee for Greece has stated that the relief measures call for voluntary reductions of 53.5% of the notional amount of Greek sovereign debt held by banks and other private creditors. The Company's exposure to Greece consists of a bilateral guaranty of timely interest and principal on Greek sovereign bonds due in 2037 ($214 million net par bullet maturity bearing a fixed interest rate of 4.5%) and 2057 ($68 million net par bullet maturity bearing interest at an inflation-linked 2.085%). The guaranty covers neither accelerated principal nor voluntary exchanges. The Company rates these exposures below investment grade and has projected expected future losses of $42.6 million on them. See "—Results of Operations—Consolidated Results of Operations—Losses in the Insured Portfolio."

        The Republic of Italy was downgraded to "BBB+" from "A" by S&P on January 13, 2012 and is rated "A2" by Moody's. The worsening domestic and global economic climate, high levels of public debt, limited funding availability and pending fiscal consolidation measures have had a negative impact on the Republic of Italy's economic prospects and credit ratings. Yields on Italian debt remain volatile at a time when financing needs are high. The Company's sovereign exposure to Italy depends on payments by Italian governmental sub-sovereigns in connection with infrastructure financings or for services already rendered. The Company internally rates one of the infrastructure transactions ($244 million net par) below investment grade. The Company's non-sovereign Italian exposure is to securities backed by Italian residential mortgages or in one case a government-sponsored water utility. The Company is closely monitoring the ability and willingness of these obligors to make timely payments on their obligations.

        The Republic of Hungary, currently rated "BB+" and "Ba1" by S&P and Moody's, respectively, has been negatively impacted over the past five years by constrained fiscal flexibility and external imbalances, including a current account deficit and large, unhedged foreign currency exposures at the household level (since some households took out mortgages denominated in foreign currencies). In October 2008 Hungary requested and later received financial assistance from the EU and the International Monetary Fund ("IMF"). Hungary again requested financial assistance in November 2011, which is currently under consideration. The Company's sovereign exposure to Hungarian credits includes infrastructure financings dependent on payments by government agencies. The Company rates one of the infrastructure financings ($414 million net par) below investment grade. The Company is closely monitoring developments with respect to the ability and willingness of these entities to meet their payment obligations. The Company's non-sovereign exposure to Hungary comprises primarily covered mortgage bonds issued by Hungarian banks.

        The Kingdom of Spain was downgraded by S&P on January 13, 2012 to "A" from "AA-"and is rated "A1" by Moody's. Spain's financial profile and credit ratings have deteriorated over the past two years, partly as a result of large borrowing needs in the context of a challenging funding environment. The weakening of the country's real estate sector has resulted in the deterioration of the banking system's financial profile, in particular that of the savings and loans. The regional finances are also a source of concern, given the fiscal slippage exhibited by some of the regions. The newly elected Spanish government announced in December that the 2011 budget deficit was at around 8% of GDP in 2011, higher than the target of 6% of GDP. Fiscal consolidation measures are being implemented in an environment of economic contraction and high unemployment. The Company's exposure to Spanish

122

---

Table of Contents

credits includes infrastructure financings dependent on payments by sub-sovereigns and government agencies, financings dependent on lease and other payments by sub-sovereigns and government agencies, and an issuance by a regulated utility. The Company rates one of the infrastructure financings ($141 million net par) below investment grade. The Company is closely monitoring developments with respect to the ability and willingness of these entities to meet their payment obligations.

        The Republic of Portugal was downgraded by S&P on January 13, 2012 to "BB" from "BBB-"and is rated "Ba2" Moody's. Over the past three years, the Republic of Portugal's economy and credit ratings have been adversely affected by fiscal imbalances, high indebtedness and the difficult macroeconomic situation generally facing the countries in the euro area. In order to stabilize its debt position, in April 2011 Portugal requested and subsequently received financial assistance from the EU and the IMF. In return, Portugal agreed to a set of deficit reduction and debt targets. The meeting of these targets will likely represent a significant burden on the Portuguese economy in an environment of decelerating economic activity and volatile bank and sovereign credit markets. The Company's exposure to Portuguese credits includes of infrastructure financings dependent on payments by sub-sovereigns and government agencies and financings dependent on lease payments by sub-sovereigns and government agencies. The Company rates four of these transactions ($130 million aggregate net par) below investment grade. The Company is closely monitoring developments with respect to the ability and willingness of these entities to meet their payment obligations.

        The Republic of Ireland, currently rated "BBB+" and "Ba1" by S&P and Moody's, respectively, has been adversely affected over the past three years by the weakening global economic environment and the need to provide wide-ranging support to its banking sector, which resulted in a rapid deterioration of the country's public finances. In November 2010, the Republic of Ireland applied for and subsequently received a financial assistance package from the EU and the IMF. The package included an allocation to support the Irish banking system. Ireland's fiscal consolidation plan is being implemented in the context of a severe economic contraction and restricted availability of credit. The Company's exposure to Irish credits includes exposure in a pool of infrastructure financings dependent on payments by a sub-sovereigns and mortgage reinsurance on a pool of Irish residential mortgages originated in 2004-2006 left from its legacy mortgage reinsurance business. Only $15 million of the Company's exposure to Ireland is to below investment grade, and it is indirect in non-sovereign pooled corporate transactions.

Identifying Exposure to Selected European Countries

        When the Company directly insures an obligation, it assigns the obligation to a geographic location or locations based on its view of the geographic location of the risk. For most exposure this can be a relatively straight-forward determination as, for example, a debt issue supported by availability payments for a toll road in a particular country. The Company may also assign portions of a risk to more than one geographic location as it has, for example, in a residential mortgage backed security backed by residential mortgage loans in both Germany and Italy. The Company may also have exposures to the Selected European Countries in business assumed from other monoline insurance companies. See Note 12, Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. In the case of Assumed Business, the Company depends upon geographic information provided by the primary insurer.

        The Company also has indirect exposure to the Selected European Countries through structured finance transactions backed by pools of corporate obligations or receivables, such as lease payments, with a nexus to such countries. In most instances, the trustees and/or servicers for such transactions provide reports that identify the domicile of the underlying obligors in the pool (and the Company relies on such reports), although occasionally such information is not available to the Company. The Company has reviewed transactions through which it believes it may have indirect exposure to the Selected European Countries that is material to the transaction and included in the tables above the proportion of the insured par equal to the proportion of obligors so identified as being domiciled in a Selected European Country. The Company may also have indirect exposures to Selected European Countries in business assumed from other monoline insurance companies. However, in the case of Assumed Business, the primary insurer generally does not provide information to the Company

123

---

Table of Contents

permitting it to geographically allocate the exposure proportionally to the domicile of the underlying obligors.

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Issue Size

        The Company seeks broad coverage of the market by insuring and reinsuring small and large issues alike. The following table sets forth the distribution of the Company's portfolio as of December 31, 2011 by original size of the Company's exposure:

Public Finance Portfolio by Issue Size

Structured Finance Portfolio by Issue Size

Significant Risk Management Activities

Surveillance Categories

        The Company segregates its insured portfolio into investment grade and BIG surveillance categories to facilitate the appropriate allocation of resources to monitoring and loss mitigation efforts and to aid in establishing the appropriate cycle for periodic review for each exposure. BIG exposures include all exposures with internal credit ratings below BBB-. The Company's internal credit ratings are based on internal assessments of the likelihood of default and loss severity in the event of default. The Company's internal credit ratings are expressed on a ratings scale similar to that used by the rating agencies and generally reflect an approach similar to that employed by the rating agencies.

        The Company monitors its investment grade credits to determine whether any new credits need to be internally downgraded to BIG. The Company refreshes its internal credit ratings on individual credits in quarterly, semi-annual or annual cycles based on the Company's view of the credit's quality, loss potential, volatility and sector. Ratings on credits in sectors identified as under the most stress or with the most potential volatility are reviewed every quarter. The Company's insured credit ratings on assumed credits are based on the Company's reviews of low-rated credits or credits in volatile sectors, unless such information is not available, in which case, the ceding company's credit rating of the transactions are used. For example, the Company models all assumed RMBS credits with par above $1 million, as well as certain RMBS credits below that amount.

124

---

Table of Contents

        Credits identified as BIG are subjected to further review to determine the probability of a loss (see "—Results of Operations—Consolidated Results of Operations—Losses in the Insured Portfolio" above). Surveillance personnel then assign each BIG transaction to the appropriate BIG surveillance category based upon whether a lifetime loss is expected and whether a claim has been paid. The Company expects "lifetime losses" on a transaction when the Company believes there is more than a 50% chance that, on a present value basis, it will pay more claims over the life of that transaction than it will ultimately have been reimbursed. For surveillance purposes, the Company calculates present value using a constant discount rate of 5%. (A risk free rate is used for recording of reserves for financial statement purposes.) A "liquidity claim" is a claim that the Company expects to be reimbursed within one year.

        Intense monitoring and intervention is employed for all BIG surveillance categories, with internal credit ratings reviewed quarterly. The three BIG categories are:

•

BIG Category 1: Below-investment-grade transactions showing sufficient deterioration to make lifetime losses possible, but for which none are currently expected. Transactions on which claims have been paid but are expected to be fully reimbursed (other than investment grade transactions on which only liquidity claims have been paid) are in this category.



•

BIG Category 2: Below-investment-grade transactions for which lifetime losses are expected but for which no claims (other than liquidity claims) have yet been paid.



•

BIG Category 3: Below-investment-grade transactions for which lifetime losses are expected and on which claims (other than liquidity claims) have been paid. Transactions remain in this category when claims have been paid and only a recoverable remains.

Net Par Outstanding for Below Investment Grade Credits
By Category Below-Investment-Grade Credits

 

125

---

Table of Contents

Exposure to Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities

        The tables below provide information on the risk ratings and certain other risk characteristics of the Company's financial guaranty insurance and credit derivative RMBS exposures as of December 31, 2011. U.S. RMBS exposures represent 4% of the total net par outstanding and BIG U.S. RMBS represent 52% of total BIG net par outstanding. The tables presented provide information with respect to the underlying performance indicators of this book of business. Please refer to Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for a discussion of expected losses to be paid on U.S. RMBS exposures.

        Net par outstanding in the following tables are based on values as of December 31, 2011. All performance information such as pool factor, subordination, cumulative losses and delinquency is based on December 31, 2011 information obtained from Intex, Bloomberg, and/or provided by the trustee and may be subject to restatement or correction.

        Pool factor in the following tables is the percentage of the current collateral balance divided by the original collateral balance of the transactions at inception.

        Subordination in the following tables represents the sum of subordinate tranches and overcollateralization, expressed as a percentage of total transaction size and does not include any benefit from excess spread collections that may be used to absorb losses. Many of the closed-end-second lien RMBS transactions insured by the Company have unique structures whereby the collateral may be written down for losses without a corresponding write-down of the obligations insured by the Company. Many of these transactions are currently undercollateralized, with the principal amount of collateral being less than the principal amount of the obligation insured by the Company. The Company is not required to pay principal shortfalls until legal maturity (rather than making timely principal payments), and takes the undercollateralization into account when estimating expected losses for these transactions.

        Cumulative losses in the following tables are defined as net charge-offs on the underlying loan collateral divided by the original collateral balance.

        60+ day delinquencies in the following tables are defined as loans that are greater than 60 days delinquent and all loans that are in foreclosure, bankruptcy or real estate owned divided by current collateral balance.

        U.S. Prime First Lien in the tables below includes primarily prime first lien plus an insignificant amount of other miscellaneous RMBS transactions.

        The Company has not insured or reinsured any U.S. RMBS transactions since June 2008.

Distribution of U.S. RMBS by Internal Rating and Type of Exposure as of December 31, 2011

126

---

Table of Contents

Distribution of U.S. RMBS by Year Insured and Type of Exposure as of December 31, 2011

Distribution of U.S. RMBS by Internal Rating and Year Insured as of December 31, 2011

Distribution of Financial Guaranty Direct U.S. RMBS
Insured January 1, 2005 or Later by Exposure Type, Average Pool Factor, Subordination,
Cumulative Losses and 60+ Day Delinquencies as of December 31, 2011

U.S. Prime First Lien

U.S. Closed End Second Lien

127

---

Table of Contents

U.S. HELOC

U.S. Alt-A First Lien

U.S. Option ARMs

U.S. Subprime First Lien

128

---

Table of Contents

Exposures by Reinsurer

        Ceded par outstanding represents the portion of insured risk ceded to other reinsurers. Under these relationships, the Company cedes a portion of its insured risk in exchange for a premium paid to the reinsurer. The Company remains primarily liable for all risks it directly underwrites and is required to pay all gross claims. It then seeks reimbursement from the reinsurer for its proportionate share of claims. The Company may be exposed to risk for this exposure if it were required to pay the gross claims and not be able to collect ceded claims from an assuming company experiencing financial distress. A number of the financial guaranty insurers to which the Company has ceded par have experienced financial distress and been downgraded by the rating agencies as a result. In addition, state insurance regulators have intervened with respect to some of these insurers.

        Assumed par outstanding represents the amount of par assumed by the Company from other monolines. Under these relationships, the Company assumes a portion of the ceding company's insured risk in exchange for a premium. The Company may be exposed to risk in this portfolio in that the Company may be required to pay losses without a corresponding premium in circumstances where the ceding company is experiencing financial distress and is unable to pay premiums.

        In addition to assumed and ceded reinsurance arrangements, the company may also have exposure to some financial guaranty reinsurers (i.e. monolines) in other areas. Second-to-pay insured par outstanding represents transactions the Company has insured that were previously insured by other monolines. The Company underwrites such transactions based on the underlying insured obligation without regard to the primary insurer. Another area of exposure is in the investment portfolio where the Company holds fixed maturity securities that are wrapped by monolines and whose value may decline based on the rating of the monoline. At December 31, 2011, based on fair value, the Company had $770.3 million of fixed maturity securities in its investment portfolio wrapped by National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation, $568.8 million by Ambac and $49.2 million by other guarantors.

Exposure by Reinsurer

129

---

Table of Contents

Ceded Par Outstanding by Reinsurer and Credit Rating
As of December 31, 2011

        In accordance with statutory accounting requirements and U.S. insurance laws and regulations, in order for the Company to receive credit for liabilities ceded to reinsurers domiciled outside of the U.S., such reinsurers must secure their liabilities to the Company. All of the unauthorized reinsurers in the table above post collateral for the benefit of the Company in an amount equal to at least the sum of their ceded unearned premium reserve, loss reserves and contingency reserves all calculated on a statutory basis of accounting. CIFG Assurance North America Inc. and Radian are authorized reinsurers. Their collateral equals or exceeds their ceded statutory loss reserves. Collateral may be in the form of letters of credit or trust accounts. The total collateral posted by all non-affiliated reinsurers as of December 31, 2011 is exceeds $1 billion.

Second-to-Pay
Insured Par Outstanding by Internal Rating
As of December 31, 2011(1)

130

---

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity Requirements and Sources

AGL and its Holding Company Subsidiaries

        AGL and its holding company subsidiaries' liquidity is largely dependent on its operating results and its access to external financing. Liquidity requirements include the payment of operating expenses, interest on debt of AGUS and AGMH and dividends on common shares. AGL and its holding company subsidiaries may also require liquidity to make periodic capital investments in its operating subsidiaries. In the ordinary course of business, the Company evaluates its liquidity needs and capital resources in light of holding company expenses and dividend policy, as well as rating agency considerations. The Company maintains a balance of its most liquid assets including cash and short term securities, Treasuries, agency RMBS and pre-refunded municipal bonds equal to 1.5 times its projected operating company cash flow needs over the next four quarters. The Company also subjects its cash flow projections and its assets to a stress test maintaining a liquid asset balance of one time its stressed operating company net cash flows. Management believes that AGL will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy its needs over the next twelve months, including the ability to pay dividends on AGL common shares. See "—Insurance Company Regulatory Restrictions" below for a discussion of dividend restrictions. In addition, under the terms of the purchase agreement under which AGMH was acquired, AGM is subject to a dividend restriction until July 1, 2012.

        The Company anticipates that for the next twelve months, amounts paid by AGL's operating subsidiaries as dividends will be a major source of its liquidity. It is possible that in the future, AGL or its subsidiaries may need to seek additional external debt or equity financing in order to meet its obligations. External sources of financing may or may not be available to the Company, and if available, the cost of such financing may be higher than the Company's current level.

AGL and Holding Company Subsidiaries
Significant Cash Flow Items

Insurance Company Subsidiaries

        Liquidity of the insurance company subsidiaries is primarily used to pay (1) operating expenses, (2) claims, including payment obligations in respect of credit derivatives, (3) collateral postings in connection with credit derivatives and reinsurance transactions, (4) reinsurance premiums, (5) dividends to AGUS and AGMH for debt service and dividends to AGL, and (6) where appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries. Management believes that its subsidiaries' liquidity needs for the next twelve months can be met from current cash, short-term investments and operating cash flow, including premium collections and coupon payments as well as scheduled maturities and paydowns from their respective investment portfolios. The Company intends to hold and has the ability to hold temporarily impaired debt securities until the date of anticipated recovery.

        Beyond the next 12 months, the ability of the operating subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends may be influenced by a variety of factors, including market conditions, insurance regulations and rating agency capital requirements and general economic conditions.

131

---

Table of Contents

        Insurance policies issued provide, in general, that payments of principal, interest and other amounts insured may not be accelerated by the holder of the obligation. Amounts paid by the Company therefore are typically in accordance with the obligation's original payment schedule or, at the Company's option, may be on an accelerated basis. CDS may provide for acceleration of amounts due upon the occurrence of certain credit events, subject to single-risk limits specified in the insurance laws of the State of New York (the "New York Insurance Law"). These constraints prohibit or limit acceleration of certain claims according to Article 69 of the New York Insurance Law and serve to reduce the Company's liquidity requirements.

        The Company also has outstanding exposures to certain infrastructure transactions in its insured portfolio that may expose it to refinancing risk. These transactions were entered into assuming they could be refinanced in the market prior to the expiration of the Company's financial guaranty policy. Due to market dislocation and increased credit spreads the Company may have to participate in these refinancings and then recover its payment from revenues produced by the transaction. The Company generally projects that in most scenarios it will be fully reimbursed for such payments. The projected inflows and outflows are included in the Company's "Financial Guaranty Insurance BIG Transaction Loss Summary" table in Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts.

        Payments made in settlement of the Company's obligations arising from its insured portfolio may, and often do, vary significantly from year-to-year, depending primarily on the frequency and severity of payment defaults and whether the Company chooses to accelerate its payment obligations in order to mitigate future losses.

Claims Paid

        The terms of the Company's CDS contracts generally are modified from standard CDS contract forms approved by ISDA in order to provide for payments on a scheduled basis and to replicate the terms of a traditional financial guaranty insurance policy. Some contracts the Company enters into as the credit protection seller, however, utilize standard ISDA settlement mechanics of cash settlement (i.e., a process to value the loss of market value of a reference obligation) or physical settlement (i.e., delivery of the reference obligation against payment of principal by the protection seller) in the event of a "credit event," as defined in the relevant contract. Cash settlement or physical settlement generally requires the payment of a larger amount, prior to the maturity of the reference obligation, than would settlement on a "pay-as-you-go" basis, under which the Company would be required to pay scheduled interest shortfalls during the term of the reference obligation and scheduled principal shortfall only at the final maturity of the reference obligation. The Company's CDS contracts also generally provide that if events of default or termination events specified in the CDS documentation were to occur, the non-defaulting or the non-affected party, which may be either the Company or the counterparty, depending upon the circumstances, may decide to terminate the CDS contract prior to maturity. The Company may be required to make a termination payment to its swap counterparty upon such termination.

        Potential acceleration of claims with respect to CDS obligations occur with funded CDOs and synthetic CDOs, as described below:

•

Funded CDOs:  The Company has credit exposure to the senior tranches of funded corporate CDOs. The senior tranches are typically rated triple-A at inception. While the majority of these exposures obligate the Company to pay only shortfalls in scheduled interest and principal at final maturity, in a limited number of cases the Company has agreed to physical settlement following

132

---

Table of Contents

a credit event. In these limited circumstances, the Company has adhered to internal limits within applicable statutory single risk constraints. In these transactions, the credit events giving rise to a payment obligation are (a) the bankruptcy of the special purpose issuer or (b) the failure by the issuer to make a scheduled payment of interest or principal pursuant to the referenced senior debt security.

•

Synthetic CDOs:  In the case of pooled corporate synthetic CDOs, where the Company's credit exposure was typically set at "super senior" levels at inception, the Company is exposed to credit losses of a synthetic pool of corporate obligors following the exhaustion of a deductible. In these transactions, losses are typically calculated using ISDA cash settlement mechanics. As a result, the Company's exposures to the individual corporate obligors within any synthetic transaction are constrained by the New York Insurance Law single risk limits. In these transactions, the credit events giving rise to a payment obligation are generally (a) the reference entity's bankruptcy; (b) failure by the reference entity to pay its debt obligations; and (c) in certain transactions, the restructuring of the reference entity's debt obligations. The Company generally would not be required to make a payment until aggregate credit losses exceed the designated deductible threshold and only as each incremental default occurs. Once the deductible is exhausted, each further credit event would give rise to cash settlements.

Pooled Corporate CDS

Insurance Company Regulatory Restrictions

        The insurance company subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends depends, among other things, upon their financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, and compliance with rating agency requirements, and is also subject to restrictions contained in the insurance laws and related regulations of their states of domicile. Dividends paid by a U.S. company to a Bermuda holding company presently are subject to a 30% withholding tax.

        Under Maryland's insurance law, AGC may pay dividends out of earned surplus in any twelve-month period in an aggregate amount not exceeding the lesser of (a) 10% of policyholders' surplus or (b) net investment income at the preceding December 31 (including net investment income that has not already been paid out as dividends for the three calendar years prior to the preceding calendar year) without prior approval of the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance. As of December 31, 2011, the amount available for distribution from AGC during 2012 with notice to, but without prior approval of, the Maryland Commissioner was approximately $102.1 million.

        Under the New York Insurance Law, AGM may pay dividends out of earned surplus, provided that, together with all dividends declared or distributed by AGM during the preceding 12 months, the dividends do not exceed the lesser of (a) 10% of policyholders' surplus as of its last statement filed with the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York (the "New York Superintendent") or (b) adjusted net investment income (net investment income at the preceding December 31 plus net investment income that has not already been paid out as dividends for the three calendar years prior to the preceding calendar year) during this period. Based on AGM's statutory statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, the maximum amount available for payment of dividends by AGM without regulatory approval over the 12 months following December 31, 2011 was approximately $120.9 million. In connection with Assured Guaranty's acquisition of AGMH, Assured Guaranty agreed with Dexia that, until July 1, 2012, AGM will not pay dividends in excess of 125% of AGMH's annual debt service. Until this covenant is no longer in effect, it constitutes a limitation on AGM's ability to pay dividends that is more restrictive than the statutory limitation.

133

---

Table of Contents

        The amount available at AG Re to pay dividends or make a distribution of contributed surplus in 2012 in compliance with Bermuda law is approximately $845 million. However, any distribution that results in a reduction of 15% ($193.6 million as of December 31, 2011) or more of AG Re's total statutory capital, as set out in its previous years' financial statements, would require the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Dividends are limited by requirements that the subject company must at all times (i) maintain the minimum solvency margin and the Company's applicable enhanced capital requirements required under the Insurance Act of 1978 and (ii) have relevant assets in an amount at least equal to 75% of relevant liabilities, both as defined under the Insurance Act of 1978. AG Re, as a Class 3B insurer, is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least seven days before payment of such dividends) with the Authority an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins.

Cash Flows

Cash Flow Summary

        Operating cash flows in 2011 and 2010 include cash flows from FG VIEs. Claims paid on consolidated FG VIEs are presented in the consolidated cash flow statements as paydowns on FG VIE liabilities in financing activities as opposed to operating activities. Excluding consolidated FG VIEs the increase in operating cash flows was mainly due to the cash proceeds received under the Bank of America Agreement.

        Operating cash flows in 2010 include a full year of AGMH activity compared to only six months in 2009 as well as net cash inflows for consolidated VIEs. Excluding consolidated VIEs, the decrease in operating cash flows in 2010 was due primarily to higher outflows for net paid losses, interest, other expenses and taxes, offset in part by premium on financial guaranty and credit derivatives. Interest payments were $91.6 million in 2011 compared to $92.2 million in 2010 and $56.4 million in 2009. Taxes paid were $33.5 million in 2010 compared to $39.2 million in 2010 and $27.8 million in 2009. Net premiums and credit derivative inflows increased in 2010 due to the inclusion of a full year of AGMH activity.

        Investing activities were primarily net sales (purchases) of fixed maturity and short-term investment securities. Investing cash flows in 2011 and 2010 include $760.4 million inflow and $424.0 million inflow for FG VIEs, respectively. The 2009 investing cash outflows was due primarily to the cost of the AGMH Acquisition of $546.0 million, net of cash acquired of $87.0 million, purchases of fixed maturity securities with the cash generated from common share and equity units offerings and positive cash flows from operating activities.

        Financing activities consisted primarily of paydowns of FG VIEs. Financing cash flows in 2011 and 2010 include $1,053.3 million outflow and $650.9 million outflow for FG VIEs, respectively. Financing inflows in 2009 resulted primarily from net cash proceeds from common share and equity units offerings.

        On August 4, 2010, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for up to 2.0 million common shares. In August 2011, the Company paid $23.3 million to repurchase 2.0 million common shares. On November 14, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program, for up to 5.0 million common shares, to replace the prior program. Share repurchases will take place at management's discretion depending on market conditions. No shares were repurchased in 2011 under the program approved in 2011.

134

---

Table of Contents

Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

        AGL and its subsidiaries are party to various lease agreements. Future cash payments associated with contractual obligations pursuant to operating leases for office space have not materially changed since December 31, 2009. The principal executive offices of AGL and AG Re consist of approximately 8,250 square feet of office space located in Hamilton, Bermuda. The lease for this space expires in April 2015.

        The Company's primary lease for the principal place of business of AGM, AGC and its other U.S. based subsidiaries in New York City expires April 2026. In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries lease additional office space under non-cancelable operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2013. Prior to AGMH Acquisition, the Company had entered into a five year lease agreement in New York City, however, as a result of the AGMH Acquisition, the Company decided not to occupy this office space and subleased it to two tenants for total minimum annual payments of approximately $3.7 million until October 2013. The Company wrote off related leasehold improvements and recorded a pre-tax loss on the sublease of $11.7 million in second quarter 2009, which is included in "AGMH acquisition-related expenses" and "other liabilities" in the consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets, respectively. See "—Contractual Obligations" for lease payments due by period.

        Rent expense was $10.7 million in 2011, $11.4 million in 2010 and $10.6 million in 2009.

Long-Term Debt Obligations

        The principal and carrying values of the Company's long-term debt issued by AGUS and AGMH were as follows:

Principal and Carrying Amounts of Debt

        AGL fully and unconditionally guarantees the following debt obligations issued by AGUS: (1) 7.0% Senior Notes and (2) 8.50% Senior Notes. AGL also fully and unconditionally guarantees the following AGMH debt obligations: (1) 6⁷/8% Quarterly Income Bonds Securities ("QUIBS"), (2) 6.25% Notes and (3) 5.60% Notes. In addition, AGL guarantees, on a junior subordinated basis, AGUS's

135

---

Table of Contents

Series A, Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures and the $300 million of AGMH's outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures.

        Debt Issued by AGUS

        7.0% Senior Notes.    On May 18, 2004, AGUS issued $200.0 million of 7.0% senior notes due 2034 ("7.0% Senior Notes") for net proceeds of $197.3 million. Although the coupon on the Senior Notes is 7.0%, the effective rate is approximately 6.4%, taking into account the effect of a cash flow hedge executed by the Company in March 2004.

        8.50% Senior Notes.    On June 24, 2009, AGL issued 3,450,000 equity units for net proceeds of approximately $166.8 million in a registered public offering. The net proceeds of the offering were used to pay a portion of the consideration for the AGMH Acquisition. Each equity unit consists of (i) a forward purchase contract and (ii) a 5% undivided beneficial ownership interest in $1,000 principal amount 8.50% senior notes due 2014 issued by AGUS. Under the purchase contract, holders are required to purchase, and AGL is required to issue, between 3.8685 and 4.5455 of AGL common shares for $50 no later than June 1, 2012. The actual number of shares purchased will be based on the average closing price of the common shares over a 20-trading day period ending three trading days prior to June 1, 2012. More specifically, if the average closing price per share for the relevant period (the "Applicable Market Value") is equal to or exceeds $12.93, the settlement rate will be 3.8685 shares. If the Applicable Market Value is less than or equal to $11.00, the settlement rate will be 4.5455 shares, and if it is between $11.00 and $12.93, the settlement rate will be equal to the quotient of $50.00 and the Applicable Market Value. The notes are pledged by the holders of the equity units to a collateral agent to secure their obligations under the purchase contracts. Interest on the notes is payable, initially, quarterly at the rate of 8.50% per year. The notes are subject to a mandatory remarketing between December 1, 2011 and May 1, 2012 (or, if not remarketed during such period, during a designated three business day period in May 2012). In the remarketing, the interest rate on the notes will be reset and certain other terms of the notes may be modified, including to extend the maturity date, to change the redemption rights (as long as there will be at least two years between the reset date and any new redemption date) and to add interest deferral provisions. If the notes are not successfully remarketed, the interest rate on the notes will not be reset and holders of all notes will have the right to put their notes to the Company on the purchase contract settlement date at a put price equal to $1,000 per note ($50 per equity unit) plus accrued and unpaid interest. The notes are redeemable at AGUS' option, in whole but not in part, upon the occurrence and continuation of certain events at any time prior to the earlier of the date of a successful remarketing and the purchase contract settlement date. The aggregate redemption amount for the notes is equal to an amount that would permit the collateral agent to purchase a portfolio of U.S. Treasury securities sufficient to pay the principal amount of the notes and all scheduled interest payment dates that occur after the special event redemption date to, and including the purchase contract settlement date; provided that the aggregate redemption amount may not be less than the principal amount of the notes. Other than in connection with certain specified tax events or specified events related to changes in the accounting treatment of the purchase contracts or equity units, the notes may not be redeemed by AGUS prior to June 1, 2014.

        Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures.    On December 20, 2006, AGUS issued $150.0 million of the Debentures due 2066 for net proceeds of $149.7 million. The Debentures pay a fixed 6.40% rate of interest until December 15, 2016, and thereafter pay a floating rate of interest, reset quarterly, at a rate equal to three month London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus a margin equal to 2.38%. AGUS may elect at one or more times to defer payment of interest for one or more consecutive periods for up to 10 years. Any unpaid interest bears interest at the then applicable rate. AGUS may not defer interest past the maturity date.

        Debt Issued by AGMH

        6⁷/8% QUIBS.    On December 19, 2001, AGMH issued $100.0 million face amount of 6⁷/8% QUIBS due December 15, 2101, which are callable without premium or penalty.

        6.25% Notes.    On November 26, 2002, AGMH issued $230.0 million face amount of 6.25% Notes due November 1, 2102, which are callable without premium or penalty in whole or in part.

136

---

Table of Contents

        5.60% Notes.    On July 31, 2003, AGMH issued $100.0 million face amount of 5.60% Notes due July 15, 2103, which are callable without premium or penalty in whole or in part.

        Junior Subordinated Debentures.    On November 22, 2006, AGMH issued $300.0 million face amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures with a scheduled maturity date of December 15, 2036 and a final repayment date of December 15, 2066. The final repayment date of December 15, 2066 may be automatically extended up to four times in five-year increments provided certain conditions are met. The debentures are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to December 15, 2036 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-whole redemption price. Interest on the debentures will accrue from November 22, 2006 to December 15, 2036 at the annual rate of 6.40%. If any amount of the debentures remains outstanding after December 15, 2036, then the principal amount of the outstanding debentures will bear interest at a floating interest rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 2.215% until repaid. AGMH may elect at one or more times to defer payment of interest on the debentures for one or more consecutive interest periods that do not exceed 10 years. In connection with the completion of this offering, AGMH entered into a replacement capital covenant for the benefit of persons that buy, hold or sell a specified series of AGMH long-term indebtedness ranking senior to the debentures. Under the covenant, the debentures will not be repaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased by AGMH or any of its subsidiaries on or before the date that is 20 years prior to the final repayment date, except to the extent that AGMH has received proceeds from the sale of replacement capital securities. The proceeds from this offering were used to pay a dividend to the shareholders of AGMH.

        Debt Issued by AGM

        Notes Payable represent debt, issued by special purpose entities consolidated by AGM, to the Financial Products Companies transferred to Dexia Holdings prior to the AGMH Acquisition. The funds borrowed were used to finance the purchase of the underlying obligations of AGM-insured obligations which had breached triggers allowing AGM to exercise its right to accelerate payment of a claim in order to mitigate loss. The assets purchased are classified as assets acquired in refinancing transactions and recorded in "other invested assets." The term of the notes payable matches the terms of the assets.

Recourse Credit Facilities

        2009 Strip Coverage Facility

        In connection with the AGMH Acquisition, AGM agreed to retain the risks relating to the debt and strip policy portions of the leveraged lease business. The liquidity risk to AGM related to the strip policy portion of the leveraged lease business is mitigated by the strip coverage facility described below.

        In a leveraged lease transaction, a tax-exempt entity (such as a transit agency) transfers tax benefits to a tax-paying entity by transferring ownership of a depreciable asset, such as subway cars. The tax-exempt entity then leases the asset back from its new owner.

        If the lease is terminated early, the tax-exempt entity must make an early termination payment to the lessor. A portion of this early termination payment is funded from monies that were pre-funded and invested at the closing of the leveraged lease transaction (along with earnings on those invested funds). The tax-exempt entity is obligated to pay the remaining, unfunded portion of this early termination payment (known as the "strip coverage") from its own sources. AGM issued financial guaranty insurance policies (known as "strip policies") that guaranteed the payment of these unfunded strip coverage amounts to the lessor, in the event that a tax-exempt entity defaulted on its obligation to pay this portion of its early termination payment. AGM can then seek reimbursement of its strip policy payments from the tax-exempt entity, and can also sell the transferred depreciable asset and reimburse itself from the sale proceeds.

        One event that may lead to an early termination of a lease is the downgrade of AGM, as the strip coverage provider, or the downgrade of the equity payment undertaker within the transaction, in each case, generally to a financial strength rating below double-A. Upon such downgrade, the tax-exempt entity is generally obligated to find a replacement credit enhancer within a specified period of time; failure to find a replacement could result in a lease default, and failure to cure the default within a specified period of time could lead to an early termination of the lease and a demand by the lessor for

137

---

Table of Contents

a termination payment from the tax-exempt entity. However, even in the event of an early termination of the lease, there would not necessarily be an automatic draw on AGM's policy, as this would only occur to the extent the tax exempt entity does not make the required termination payment.

        AIG International Group, Inc. is one entity that has acted as equity payment undertaker in a number of transactions in which AGM acted as strip coverage provider. AIG was downgraded in the third quarter of 2008 and AGM was downgraded by Moody's in the fourth quarter of 2008. As a result of those downgrades, as of December 31, 2011, 45 leveraged lease transactions in which AGM acts as strip coverage provider were breaching either a ratings trigger related to AIG or a ratings trigger related to AGM. For such 45 leveraged lease transactions, if early termination of the leases were to occur and the tax-exempt entities do not make the required early termination payments, then AGM would be exposed to possible liquidity claims on gross exposure of approximately $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2011. S&P's downgrade of AGM to AA- in November 2011 did not have an additional impact on the transactions. However, if AGM were downgraded to A+ by S&P or A1 by Moody's, as of December 31, 2011, another 26 leveraged lease transactions in which AGM acts as strip coverage provider would be affected. For such 26 leveraged lease transactions, if early termination of the leases were to occur and the tax exempt entities do not make the required early termination payments, then AGM would be exposed to possible liquidity claims on gross exposure of an additional approximately $992 million as of December 31, 2011. To date, none of the leveraged lease transactions which involve AGM has experienced an early termination due to a lease default and a claim on the AGM guaranty. It is difficult to determine the probability that the Company will have to pay strip provider claims or the likely aggregate amount of such claims. At December 31, 2011, approximately $593 million of cumulative strip par exposure had been terminated on a consensual basis. The consensual terminations have resulted in no claims on AGM.

        On July 1, 2009, AGM and DCL, acting through its New York Branch ("Dexia Crédit Local (NY)"), entered into a credit facility (the "Strip Coverage Facility"). Under the Strip Coverage Facility, Dexia Crédit Local (NY) agreed to make loans to AGM to finance all draws made by lessors on AGM strip policies that were outstanding as of November 13, 2008, up to the commitment amount. The commitment amount of the Strip Coverage Facility was $1 billion at closing of the AGMH Acquisition but is scheduled to amortize over time. As of December 31, 2011, the maximum commitment amount of the Strip Coverage Facility has amortized to $980.5 million. It may also be reduced in 2014 to $750 million, if AGM does not have a specified consolidated net worth at that time.

        Fundings under this facility are subject to certain conditions precedent, and their repayment is collateralized by a security interest that AGM granted to Dexia Crédit Local (NY) in amounts that AGM recovers—from the tax-exempt entity, or from asset sale proceeds—following its payment of strip policy claims. The Strip Coverage Facility will terminate upon the earliest to occur of an AGM change of control, the reduction of the commitment amount to $0, and January 31, 2042.

        The Strip Coverage Facility's financial covenants require that AGM and its subsidiaries maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 30% and maintain a minimum net worth of 75% of consolidated net worth as of July 1, 2009, plus, starting July 1, 2014, 25% of the aggregate consolidated net income (or loss) for the period beginning July 1, 2009 and ending on June 30, 2014 or, if the commitment amount has been reduced to $750 million as described above, zero. As of December 31, 2011 the Company is in compliance with all financial covenants founder the Strip Coverage Facility.

        The Strip Coverage Facility contains restrictions on AGM, including, among other things, in respect of its ability to incur debt, permit liens, pay dividends or make distributions, dissolve or become party to a merger or consolidation. Most of these restrictions are subject to exceptions. The Strip Coverage Facility has customary events of default, including (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods) payment default, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings and cross-default to other debt agreements.

        As of December 31, 2011, no amounts were outstanding under this facility, nor have there been any borrowings during the life of this facility.

138

---

Table of Contents

        2006 Credit Facility

        On November 6, 2006, AGL and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a $300.0 million five-year unsecured revolving credit facility (the "2006 Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks. Under the 2006 Credit Facility, each of AGC, Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., AG Re, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. ("AGRO") and AGL was entitled to request the banks to make loans to such borrower or to request that letters of credit be issued for the account of such borrower.

        The 2006 Credit Facility expired on November 6, 2011. The Company has determined it has sufficient liquidity and has decided not to enter into a new revolving credit facility at this time. The Company had never borrowed under the 2006 Credit Facility.

Limited-Recourse Credit Facilities

        AG Re Credit Facility

        On July 31, 2007, AG Re entered into a limited recourse credit facility ("AG Re Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks which provides up to $200.0 million for the payment of losses in respect of the covered portfolio. The AG Re Credit Facility expires in June 2014. The facility can be utilized after AG Re has incurred, during the term of the facility, cumulative municipal losses (net of any recoveries) in excess of the greater of $260 million or the average annual debt service of the covered portfolio multiplied by 4.5%. The obligation to repay loans under this agreement is a limited recourse obligation payable solely from, and collateralized by, a pledge of recoveries realized on defaulted insured obligations in the covered portfolio, including certain installment premiums and other collateral.

        As of December 31, 2011, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings during the life of this facility.

AGM Credit Facility

        On April 30, 2005, AGM entered into a limited recourse credit facility ("AGM Credit Facility") with a syndicate of international banks which provided up to $297.5 million for the payment of losses in respect of the covered portfolio. AGM terminated the AGM Credit Facility in December 2011. There were no borrowings under the AGM Credit Facility during its life. The AGM Credit Facility has been replaced, effective as of January 1, 2012, with a new $435 million excess of loss reinsurance facility for the benefit of AGM and AGC. See Note 12, Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Letters of Credit

        AGC entered into a letter of credit agreement in December 2011 with Bank of New York Mellon totaling approximately $2.9 million in connection with a 2008 lease for office space, which space was subsequently sublet. This agreement replaces a previous letter of credit for $2.9 million with Royal Bank of Scotland which was terminated in December 2011. The previous letter of credit was outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and the current letter of credit was outstanding as of December 31, 2011.

Committed Capital Securities

The AGC CCS Securities

        On April 8, 2005, AGC entered into separate agreements (the "Put Agreements") with four custodial trusts (each, a "Custodial Trust") pursuant to which AGC may, at its option, cause each of the Custodial Trusts to purchase up to $50 million of perpetual preferred stock of AGC (the "AGC Preferred Stock").

        Each of the Custodial Trusts is a special purpose Delaware statutory trust formed for the purpose of (a) issuing a series of flex AGC CCS Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Custodial Trust; (b) investing the proceeds from the issuance of the AGC CCS Securities or any redemption in full of AGC Preferred Stock in a portfolio of high-grade commercial paper and (in limited cases) U.S. Treasury Securities (the "Eligible Assets"), and (c) entering into the Put

139

---

Table of Contents

Agreement and related agreements. The Custodial Trusts are not consolidated in Assured Guaranty's financial statements.

        Income distributions on the AGC CCS Securities were equal to an annualized rate of one-month LIBOR plus 110 basis points for all periods ending on or before April 8, 2008. For periods after that date, distributions on the AGC CCS Securities were determined pursuant to an auction process. However, on April 7, 2008 the auction process failed. As a result, the annualized rate on the AGC CCS Securities increased to one-month LIBOR plus 250 basis points. When a Custodial Trust holds Eligible Assets, the relevant distribution period is 28 days; when a Custodial Trust holds AGC Preferred Stock, however, the distribution period is 49 days.

        Put Agreements.    Pursuant to the Put Agreements, AGC pays a monthly put premium to each Custodial Trust except during any periods when the relevant Custodial Trust holds the AGC Preferred Stock that has been put to it or upon termination of the Put Agreement. This put premium equals the product of:

•

the applicable distribution rate on the AGC CCS Securities for the relevant period less the excess of (a) the Custodial Trust's stated return on the Eligible Assets for the period (expressed as an annual rate) over (b) the expenses of the Custodial Trust for the period (expressed as an annual rate);



•

the aggregate face amount of the AGC CCS Securities of the Custodial Trust outstanding on the date the put premium is calculated; and



•

the number of days in the distribution period divided by 360.

        Upon AGC's exercise of its put option, the relevant Custodial Trust will liquidate its portfolio of Eligible Assets and purchase the AGC Preferred Stock. The Custodial Trust will then hold the AGC Preferred Stock until the earlier of the redemption of the AGC Preferred Stock and the liquidation or dissolution of the Custodial Trust.

        The Put Agreements have no scheduled termination date or maturity. However, each Put Agreement will terminate if (subject to certain grace periods) (1) AGC fails to pay the put premium as required, (2) AGC elects to have the AGC Preferred Stock bear a fixed rate dividend (a "Fixed Rate Distribution Event"), (3) AGC fails to pay dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock, or the Custodial Trust's fees and expenses for the related period, (4) AGC fails to pay the redemption price of the AGC Preferred Stock, (5) the face amount of a Custodial Trust's CCS Securities is less than $20 million, (6) AGC terminates the Put Agreement, or (7) a decree of judicial dissolution of the Custodial Trust is entered. If, as a result of AGC's failure to pay the put premium, the Custodial Trust is liquidated, AGC will be required to pay a termination payment, which will in turn be distributed to the holders of the AGC CCS Securities. The termination payment will be at a rate equal to 1.10% per annum of the amount invested in Eligible Assets calculated from the date of the failure to pay the put premium through the end of the applicable period. As of December 31, 2011 the put option had not been exercised.

        AGC Preferred Stock.    The dividend rate on the AGC Preferred Stock is determined pursuant to the same auction process applicable to distributions on the AGC CCS Securities. However, if a Fixed Rate Distribution Event occurs, the distribution rate on the AGC Preferred Stock will be the fixed rate equivalent of one-month LIBOR plus 2.50%. For these purposes, a "Fixed Rate Distribution Event" will occur when AGC Preferred Stock is outstanding, if (subject to certain grace periods): (1) AGC elects to have the AGC Preferred Stock bear dividends at a fixed rate, (2) AGC does not pay dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock for the related distribution period or (3) AGC does pay the fees and expenses of the Custodial Trust for the related distribution period. During the period in which AGC Preferred Stock is held by a Custodial Trust and unless a Fixed Rate Distribution Event has occurred, dividends will be paid every 49 days. Following a Fixed Rate Distribution Event, dividends will be paid every 90 days.

        Unless redeemed by AGC, the AGC Preferred Stock will be perpetual. Following exercise of the put option during any Flexed Rate Period, AGC may redeem the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust in whole and not in part on any distribution payment date by paying the Custodial

140

---

Table of Contents

Trust the liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock plus any accrued but unpaid dividends for the then current distribution period. If AGC redeems the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust, the Custodial Trust will reinvest the redemption proceeds in Eligible Assets and AGC will pay the put premium to the Custodial Trust. If the AGC Preferred Stock was distributed to holders of AGC CCS Securities during any Flexed Rate Period then AGC may not redeem the AGC Preferred Stock until the end of the period.

        Following exercise of the put option, AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust in whole or in part on any distribution payment date by paying the Custodial Trust the liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock to be redeemed plus any accrued but unpaid dividends for the then current distribution period. If AGC partially redeems the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust, the redemption proceeds will be distributed pro rata to the holders of the CCS Securities (with a corresponding reduction in the aggregate face amount of AGC CCS Securities). However, AGC must redeem all of the AGC Preferred Stock if, after giving effect to a partial redemption, the aggregate liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock held by the Custodial Trust immediately following such redemption would be less than $20 million. If a Fixed Rate Distribution Event occurs, AGC may not redeem the AGC Preferred Stock for two years from the date of the Fixed Rate Distribution Event.

The AGM CPS Securities

        In June 2003, $200.0 million of AGM CPS Securities, money market preferred trust securities, were issued by trusts created for the primary purpose of issuing the AGM CPS Securities, investing the proceeds in high-quality commercial paper and selling put options to AGM, allowing AGM to issue the trusts noncumulative redeemable perpetual preferred stock (the "AGM Preferred Stock") of AGM in exchange for cash. There are four trusts each with an initial aggregate face amount of $50 million. These trusts hold auctions every 28 days at which time investors submit bid orders to purchase AGM CPS Securities. If AGM were to exercise a put option, the applicable trust would transfer the portion of the proceeds attributable to principal received upon maturity of its assets, net of expenses, to AGM in exchange for Preferred Stock of AGM. AGM pays a floating put premium to the trusts, which represents the difference between the commercial paper yield and the winning auction rate (plus all fees and expenses of the trust). If any auction does not attract sufficient clearing bids, however, the auction rate is subject to a maximum rate of 200 basis points above LIBOR for the next succeeding distribution period. Beginning in August 2007, the AGM CPS Securities required the maximum rate for each of the relevant trusts. AGM continues to have the ability to exercise its put option and cause the related trusts to purchase AGM Preferred Stock. The trusts provide AGM access to new capital at its sole discretion through the exercise of the put options. The Company does not consider itself to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts. As of December 31, 2011 the put option had not been exercised.

141

---

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes the Company's contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011:

Investment Portfolio

        The Company's principal objectives in managing its investment portfolio are to preserve the highest possible ratings for each operating company; to manage investment risk within the context of the underlying portfolio of insurance risk; to maintain sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the insurance portfolio; and to maximize after-tax net investment income.

Fixed Maturity Securities and Short-Term Investments

        The Company's fixed maturity securities and short-term investments had a duration of 4.7 years as of December 31, 2011, compared with 5.0 years as of December 31, 2010. The Company's fixed maturity securities are designated as available-for-sale. Fixed maturity securities are reported at their fair value, and the change in fair value is reported as part of AOCI except for the credit component of the unrealized loss for securities deemed to be OTTI. If management believes the decline in fair value is "other-than-temporary," the Company writes down the carrying value of the investment and records a realized loss in the consolidated statements of operations for an amount equal to the credit component of the unrealized loss. For additional information, see Note 9, Investments, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

        Fair value of fixed maturity securities is based upon market prices provided by either independent pricing services or, when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid

142

---

Table of Contents

indications. The Company's fixed maturity and short term portfolio is primarily invested in publicly traded securities. For more information about the Investment Portfolio and a detailed description of the Company's valuation of investments see Note 9, Investments, of the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Fixed Maturity Securities and Short Term Investments
by Security Type

 

143

---

Table of Contents

        The following tables summarize, for all fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the amounts have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.

Fixed Maturity Securities
Gross Unrealized Loss by Length of Time

 

        The $13.7 million decrease in gross unrealized losses was primarily due to a decrease of unrealized losses attributable to municipal securities offset by increases in gross unrealized losses attributable to RMBS and asset-backed securities. Of the securities in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more as of December 31, 2011, 10 securities had an unrealized loss greater than 10% of book value. The total unrealized loss for these securities as of December 31, 2011 was $40.8 million. The Company has determined that the unrealized losses recorded as of December 31, 2011 are yield related and not the result of other-than-temporary impairments.

        Changes in interest rates affect the value of the Company's fixed maturity portfolio. As interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed maturity securities increases and as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed maturity securities decreases. The Company's portfolio of fixed maturity securities consists

144

---

Table of Contents

primarily of high-quality, liquid instruments. The Company continues to receive sufficient information to value its investments and has not had to modify its approach due to the current market conditions.

        The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company's available-for-sale fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Distribution of Fixed Maturity Securities by Contractual Maturity

        The following table summarizes the ratings distributions of the Company's investment portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Ratings reflect the lower of the Moody's and S&P classifications, except for bonds purchased for loss mitigation or risk management strategies, which use Assured Guaranty's internal ratings classifications.

Distribution of Fixed Maturity Securities by Rating

        As of December 31, 2011, the Company's investment portfolio contained 30 securities that were not rated or rated BIG, compared to 37 securities as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the weighted average credit quality of the Company's entire investment portfolio was AA.

        The Company purchased securities that it has insured, and for which it has expected losses, in order to mitigate the economic effect of insured losses. These securities were purchased at a discount and are accounted for excluding the effects of the Company's insurance on the securities. As of December 31, 2011, securities purchased for loss mitigation purposes, excluding securities issued by consolidated FG VIEs, had a fair value of $192.3 million representing $701.3 million of gross par outstanding. Under the terms of certain credit derivative contracts, the Company has obtained the

145

---

Table of Contents

obligations referenced in the transactions and recorded such assets in fixed maturity securities in the consolidated balance sheets. Such amounts totaled $186.0 million, representing $222.4 million in par.

        As of December 31, 2011, $1,388.3 million of the Company's fixed maturity securities were guaranteed by third parties. The following table presents the fair value of securities with third-party guaranties by underlying credit rating:

Distribution by Third-Party Guarantor

        Short-term investments include securities with maturity dates equal to or less than one year at the time of purchase. The Company's short-term investments consist of money market funds, discounted notes and certain time deposits for foreign cash portfolios. Short-term investments are reported at fair value.

        Under agreements with its cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, the Company maintains fixed maturity securities in trust accounts for the benefit of reinsured companies, which amounted to $380.1 million and $365.3 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition, to fulfill state licensing requirements the Company has placed on deposit eligible securities of $23.9 million and $19.2 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, for the protection of the policyholders. To provide collateral for a letter of credit, the Company holds a fixed maturity investment in a segregated account which amounted to $3.5 million as of December 31, 2011. There were no fixed maturity investments in a segregated account as of December 31, 2010.

        Under certain derivative contracts, the Company is required to post eligible securities as collateral. The need to post collateral under these transactions is generally based on mark-to-market valuations in excess of contractual thresholds. The fair market value of the Company's pledged securities totaled $779.9 million and $765.9 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Other Invested Assets

Assets Acquired in Refinancing Transactions

        The Company has rights under certain of its financial guaranty insurance policies and indentures that allow it to accelerate the insured notes and pay claims under its insurance policies upon the occurrence of predefined events of default. To mitigate financial guaranty insurance losses, the

146

---

Table of Contents

Company elected to purchase certain outstanding insured obligation or its underlying collateral, primarily franchise loans. Generally, refinancing vehicles reimburse AGM in whole for its claims payments in exchange for assignments of certain of AGM's rights against the trusts. The refinancing vehicles obtained their funds from the proceeds of AGM-insured GICs issued in the ordinary course of business by the Financial Products Companies (See "—Liquidity Arrangements with respect to AGMH's former Financial Products Business—The GIC Business" below). The refinancing vehicles are consolidated with the Company.

Investment in Portfolio Funding Company LLC I

        In the third quarter of 2010, as part of loss mitigation efforts under a CDS contract insured by the Company, the Company acquired a 50% interest in Portfolio Funding Company LLC I ("PFC"). PFC owns the distribution rights of a motion picture film library. The Company accounts for its interest in PFC as an equity investment. The Company's equity earnings in PFC are included in net change in fair value of credit derivatives, as any proceeds from the investment are used to offset the Company's payments under its CDS contract.

Liquidity Arrangements with respect to AGMH's former Financial Products Business

        AGMH's former financial products segment had been in the business of borrowing funds through the issuance of GICs and medium term notes and reinvesting the proceeds in investments that met AGMH's investment criteria. The financial products business also included the equity payment undertaking agreement portion of the leveraged lease business, as described further below in "—Strip Coverage Facility for the Leveraged Lease Business."

The GIC Business

        Until November 2008, AGMH issued, through its financial products business, AGM-insured GICs to municipalities and other market participants. The GICs were issued through AGMH's non-insurance subsidiaries (the "GIC Issuers") FSA Capital Management Services LLC, FSA Capital Markets Services LLC and FSA Capital Markets Services (Caymans) Ltd. In return for an initial payment, each GIC entitles its holder to receive the return of the holder's invested principal plus interest at a specified rate, and to withdraw principal from the GIC as permitted by its terms. AGM insures the GIC Issuer's payment obligations on all GICs issued by the applicable GIC Issuer.

        The proceeds of GICs issued by the GIC Issuers were loaned to AGMH's former subsidiary "FSAM pursuant to certain intercompany financing agreements between the GIC Issuers and FSAM (the "Intercompany Financings"). FSAM in turn invested these funds in fixed-income obligations (primarily residential mortgage-backed securities, but also short-term investments, securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government sponsored agencies, taxable municipal bonds, securities issued by utilities, infrastructure-related securities, collateralized debt obligations, other asset-backed securities and foreign currency denominated securities) that satisfied AGM's investment criteria (the "FSAM assets"). The terms governing FSAM's repayment of GIC proceeds to the GIC Issuers under the Intercompany Financings were intended to match the payment terms under the related GIC. FSAM historically depended in large part on operating cash flow from interest and principal payments on the FSAM assets to provide sufficient liquidity to pay the GICs on a timely basis. FSAM also sought to manage the financial products business liquidity risk through the maintenance of liquid collateral and liquidity agreements. During the course of 2008, AGMH's former financial products business developed significant liquidity shortfalls as a result of a number of factors, including (i) greater-than-anticipated GIC withdrawals and terminations due, for the most part, to redemptions caused by events of default under collateralized debt obligations backed by asset-backed securities and under-collateralized loan obligations; (ii) slower-than-anticipated amortization of residential mortgage-backed securities, which comprised most of the portfolio of FSAM assets; (iii) redemption/collateralization requirements triggered by the downgrade of AGM's financial strength ratings; and (iv) a significant decline in market value of certain of the FSAM assets due to a general market dislocation, leading to many of the FSAM assets becoming illiquid.

        Prior to the completion of the AGMH Acquisition, AGMH sold its ownership interest in the GIC Issuers and FSAM to Dexia Holdings. Even though AGMH no longer owns the GIC Issuers or FSAM,

147

---

Table of Contents

AGM's guarantees of the GICs remain in place, and must remain in place until each GIC is terminated.

        In connection with the AGMH Acquisition and as further described below, Dexia SA, Dexia Holdings' ultimate parent, and certain of its affiliates have entered into a number of agreements pursuant to which they have guaranteed certain amounts, agreed to lend certain amounts or post liquid collateral, and agreed to provide hedges against interest rate risk to or in respect of AGMH's former financial products business, including the GIC business. The purpose of these agreements is to mitigate the credit, interest rate and liquidity risks described above that are primarily associated with the GIC business and the related AGM guarantees. These agreements include a guaranty jointly and severally issued by Dexia SA and DCL to AGM that guarantees the payment obligations of AGM under its policies related to the GIC business, and an indemnification agreement between AGM, Dexia SA and DCL that protects AGM from other losses arising out of or as a result of the GIC business, as well as the liquidity facilities and the swap agreements described below.

        On June 30, 2009, to support the payment obligations of FSAM and the GIC Issuers, each of Dexia SA and DCL entered into two separate ISDA Master Agreements, each with its associated schedule, confirmation and credit support annex (the "Guaranteed Put Contract" and the "Non-Guaranteed Put Contract" respectively, and collectively, the "Dexia Put Contracts"), the economic effect of which is that Dexia SA and DCL jointly and severally guarantee the scheduled payments of interest and principal in relation to each FSAM asset, as well as any failure of Dexia to provide liquidity or liquid collateral under the committed liquidity lending facilities provided by Dexia affiliates. The Dexia Put Contracts referenced separate portfolios of FSAM assets to which assets owned by FSAM as of September 30, 2008 were allocated, with the less-liquid assets and the assets with the lowest mark-to-market values generally being allocated to the Guaranteed Put Contract.

        On May 27, 2011, Dexia issued a press release announcing the acceleration of its asset divestment program as part of the financial restructuring of its group. Since such announcement, through December 31, 2011, Dexia has exercised its par call option under the Guaranteed Put Contract, over time, with respect to all of the FSAM assets covered thereby and transferred to FSAM an amount of cash equal to the par value of such assets. As a result, the credit, interest rate and liquidity protection provided by the Guaranteed Put Contract effectively terminated when the last FSAM asset covered thereby was sold.

        Separately, pursuant to the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, FSAM may put an amount of FSAM assets to Dexia SA and DCL:

•

in exchange for funds in an amount generally equal to the lesser of:



(a)

the outstanding principal balance of the GICs and



(b)

the shortfall related to (i) the failure of a Dexia party to provide liquidity or collateral as required under the committed liquidity lending facilities provided by Dexia affiliates, as described below (a "Liquidity Default Trigger"), or (ii) the failure by either Dexia SA or DCL to transfer the required amount of eligible collateral under the credit support annex of the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract (a "Collateral Default Trigger");



•

in exchange for funds in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of an FSAM asset with respect to which any of the following events have occurred (an "Asset Default Trigger"):



(a)

the issuer of such FSAM asset fails to pay the full amount of the expected interest when due or to pay the full amount of the expected principal when due (following expiration of any grace period) or within five business days following the scheduled due date,



(b)

a writedown or applied loss results in a reduction of the outstanding principal amount, or



(c)

the attribution of a principal deficiency or realized loss results in a reduction or subordination of the current interest payable on such FSAM asset;

provided, that Dexia SA and DCL have the right to elect to pay only the difference between the amount of the expected principal or interest payment and the amount of the actual principal or

148

---

Table of Contents

interest payment, in each case, as such amounts come due, rather than paying an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of applicable FSAM asset; and/or

•

in exchange for funds in an amount equal to the lesser of:



(a)

the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all FSAM assets and



(b)

the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all of the GICs, upon the occurrence of an insolvency event with respect to Dexia SA as set forth in the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract (a "Bankruptcy Trigger").

        To secure the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, Dexia SA and DCL will, pursuant to the credit support annex thereto, post eligible highly liquid collateral having an aggregate value (subject to agreed reductions) equal to at least the excess of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding GICs over (ii) the aggregate mark-to-market value of FSAM's assets. The agreed-to reductions applicable to the value of FSAM assets range from 98% to 82% percent for obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, sovereign obligations of the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands, France or Belgium, obligations guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and for mortgage securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. sponsored agencies, and range from 75% to 0% for the other FSAM assets.

        As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate accreted GIC balance was approximately $4.7 billion. As of the same date, with respect to the FSAM assets covered by the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, the aggregate accreted principal balance was approximately $6.6 billion, the aggregate market value was approximately $6.0 billion and the aggregate market value after agreed reductions was approximately $5.1 billion. Cash and net derivative value constituted another $0.2 billion of assets. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2011, the aggregate fair value (after agreed reductions) of the assets supporting the GIC business exceeded the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding GICs and certain other business and hedging costs of the GIC business. Therefore, no posting of collateral was required under the credit support annex applicable to the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract. Under the terms of that credit support annex, the collateral posting is recalculated on a weekly basis according to the formula set forth in the credit support annex, and a collateral posting is required whenever the collateralization levels tested by the formula are not satisfied, subject to a threshold of up to $5 million.

        To provide additional support to the GIC Issuers' ability to pay their GIC obligations when due, Dexia affiliates have agreed to assume the risk of loss and support the payment obligations of the GIC Subsidiaries in respect of the GICs and the GIC business by providing liquidity commitments to lend against the FSAM assets. The term of the commitments will generally extend until the GICs have been paid in full. The liquidity commitments comprise (i) an amended and restated revolving credit agreement (the "Liquidity Facility") pursuant to which DCL and Dexia Bank Belgium SA commit to provide funds to FSAM in an amount up to $8.0 billion (approximately $1.6 billion of which was outstanding as of December 31, 2011), and (ii) a master repurchase agreement (the "Repurchase Facility Agreement" and, together with the Liquidity Facility, the "Guaranteed Liquidity Facilities") pursuant to which DCL will provide up to $3.5 billion of funds in exchange for the transfer by FSAM to DCL of FSAM securities that are not eligible to satisfy collateralization obligations of the GIC Issuers under the GICs. As of December 31, 2011, no amounts were outstanding under the Repurchase Facility Agreement. The failure of the Dexia affiliates to perform on the Guaranteed Liquidity Facilities will trigger Dexia SA's and DCL's obligations to purchase FSAM assets under the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, as described above.

        Despite the execution of the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract and the Guaranteed Liquidity Facilities, and the significant portion of FSAM assets comprised of highly liquid securities backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as of December 31, 2011 approximately 62.1% of the FSAM Assets (measured by aggregate principal balance) was in cash or were obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States), AGM remains subject to the risk that Dexia may not make payments or securities available (i) on a timely basis, which is referred to as "liquidity risk," or (ii) at all, which is referred to as "credit risk," because of the risk of default. Even if Dexia has sufficient assets to pay all amounts when due, concerns regarding Dexia's financial condition or willingness to comply with their obligations could cause one or more rating agencies to view negatively the ability or

149

---

Table of Contents

willingness of Dexia and its affiliates to perform under their various agreements and could negatively affect AGM's ratings.

        If Dexia or its affiliates do not fulfill the contractual obligations, the Financial Products Companies may not have the financial ability to pay upon the withdrawal of GIC funds or post collateral or make other payments in respect of the GICs, thereby resulting in claims upon the AGM financial guaranty insurance policies. If AGM is required to pay a claim due to a failure of the GIC Subsidiaries to pay amounts in respect of the GICs, AGM is subject to the risk that the GICs will not be paid from funds received from Dexia before it is required to make payment under its financial guaranty policies or that it will not receive the guaranty payment at all.

        One situation in which AGM may be required to pay claims in respect of AGMH's former financial products business if Dexia and its affiliates do not comply with their obligations is if AGM is downgraded. Most of the GICs insured by AGM allow for the withdrawal of GIC funds in the event of a downgrade of AGM, unless the relevant GIC Issuer posts collateral or otherwise enhances its credit. Most GICs insured by AGM allow for the termination of the GIC contract and a withdrawal of GIC funds at the option of the GIC holder in the event of a downgrade of AGM below a specified threshold, generally below A- by S&P or A3 by Moody's, with no right of the GIC Issuer to avoid such withdrawal by posting collateral or otherwise enhancing its credit. Each GIC contract stipulates the thresholds below which the GIC provider must post eligible collateral along with the types of securities eligible for posting and the collateralization percentage applicable to each security type. These collateralization percentages range from 100% of the GIC balance for cash posted as collateral to, typically, 108% for asset-backed securities. At December 31, 2011, a downgrade of AGM to below AA- by S&P and Aa3 by Moody's (i.e., A+ by S&P and A1 by Moody's) would result in withdrawal of $397.2 million of GIC funds and the need to post collateral on GICs with a balance of $3.7 billion. In the event of such a downgrade, assuming an average margin of 105%, the market value as of December 31, 2011 that the GIC Issuers would be required to post in order to avoid withdrawal of any GIC funds would be $3.9 billion.

The Medium Term Notes Business

        In connection with the AGMH Acquisition, DCL agreed to fund, on behalf of AGM and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) Ltd., 100% of all policy claims made under financial guaranty insurance policies issued by AGM and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) in relation to the medium term notes issuance program of FSA Global Funding Limited. Such agreement is set out in a Separation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2009, between DCL, AGM, Assured Guaranty (Bermuda), FSA Global Funding and Premier International Funding Co., and in a funding guaranty and a reimbursement guaranty that DCL issued for the benefit of AGM and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda). Under the funding guaranty, DCL guarantees to pay to or on behalf of AGM or Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) amounts equal to the payments required to be made under policies issued by AGM or Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) relating to the medium term notes business. Under the reimbursement guaranty, DCL guarantees to pay reimbursement amounts to AGM or Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) for payments they make following a claim for payment under an obligation insured by a policy they have issued. Notwithstanding DCL's obligation to fund 100% of all policy claims under those policies, AGM and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) have a separate obligation to remit to DCL a certain percentage (ranging from 0% to 25%) of those policy claims. AGM, the Company and related parties are also protected against losses arising out of or as a result of the medium term note business through an indemnification agreement with DCL.

Strip Coverage Facility for the Leveraged Lease Business

        Under the Strip Coverage Facility entered into in connection with the AGMH Acquisition, Dexia Credit Local (NY) agreed to make loans to AGM to finance all draws made by lessors on certain AGM strip policies, as described further under "Commitments and Contingencies—Recourse Credit Facilities—2009 Strip Coverage Facility" under this Liquidity and Capital Resources section of Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. AGM may request advances under the Strip Coverage Facility without any explicit limit on the number of loan

150

---

Table of Contents

requests, provided that the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding as of any date may not initially exceed the commitment amount. The commitment amount:

(a)

may be reduced at the option of AGM without a premium or penalty; and



(b)

will be reduced in the amounts and on the dates described in the Strip Coverage Facility either in connection with the scheduled amortization of the commitment amount or to $750 million if AGM's consolidated net worth as of June 30, 2014 is less than a specified consolidated net worth.

        As of December 31, 2011, the maximum commitment amount of the Strip Coverage Facility has amortized to $980.5 million.

        As of December 31, 2011, no advances were outstanding under the Strip Coverage Facility.

        Dexia Crédit Local (NY)'s commitment to make advances under the Strip Coverage Facility is subject to the satisfaction by AGM of customary conditions precedent, including compliance with certain financial covenants, and will terminate at the earliest of (i) the occurrence of a change of control with respect to AGM, (ii) the reduction of the Commitment Amount to $0 and (iii) January 31, 2042.

151

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        Market risk is the risk of adverse changes in earnings, cash flow or fair value as a result of changes in the value of financial instruments. The Company's primary market risk exposures include interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk and credit spread risk. The Company's primary exposure to market risk is summarized below:

•

The fair value of credit derivatives within the financial guaranty portfolio of insured obligations which fluctuate based on changes in credit spreads of the underlying obligations and the Company's own credit spreads.



•

The Investment Portfolio's fair value is primarily driven by changes in interest rates and also affected by changes in credit spreads.



•

The Investment Portfolio also contains foreign denominated securities whose value fluctuates based on changes in foreign exchange rates.



•

The fair value of the assets and liabilities of consolidated FG VIE's may fluctuate based on changes in prepayment spreads, default rates, interest rates, and house price depreciation/appreciation.

Sensitivity of Credit Derivatives to Credit Risk

        Unrealized gains and losses on credit derivatives are a function of changes in the estimated fair value of the Company's credit derivative contracts. If credit spreads of the underlying obligations change, the fair value of the related credit derivative changes. Market liquidity could also impact valuations of the underlying obligations. As such, Assured Guaranty experiences mark-to-market gains or losses. The Company considers the impact of its own credit risk, together with credit spreads on the risk that it assumes through CDS contracts, in determining their fair value. The Company determines its own credit risk based on quoted CDS prices traded on the Company at each balance sheet date. The quoted price of CDS contracts traded on AGC at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was 1,140 bps and 804 bps, respectively. The quoted price of CDS contracts traded on AGM at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was 778 bps and 650 bps, respectively. Historically, the price of CDS traded on AGC and AGM moves directionally the same as general market spreads. Generally, a widening of the CDS prices traded on AGC and AGM has an effect of offsetting unrealized losses that result from widening general market credit spreads, while a narrowing of the CDS prices traded on AGC and AGM has an effect of offsetting unrealized gains that result from narrowing general market credit spreads. An overall narrowing of spreads generally results in an unrealized gain on credit derivatives for the Company and an overall widening of spreads generally results in an unrealized loss for the Company.

        The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates, and other market conditions at the time these fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structure terms, the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. The fair value of credit derivative contracts also reflects the change in the Company's own credit cost, based on the price to purchase credit protection on AGC and AGM.

        The Company generally holds these credit derivative contracts to maturity. The unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments will reduce to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date, unless there is a payment default on the exposure or early termination. Given these facts, the Company does not actively hedge these exposures. The following table summarizes the

152

---

Table of Contents

estimated change in fair values on the net balance of the Company's CDS positions assuming immediate parallel shifts in credit spreads on AGC and AGM and on the risks that they both assume:

 

Sensitivity of Investment Portfolio to Interest Rate Risk

        Interest rate risk is the risk that financial instruments' values will change due to changes in the absolute level of interest rates, in the spread between two rates, in the shape of the yield curve or in any other interest rate relationship. The Company is exposed to interest rate risk primarily in its investment portfolio. As interest rates rise for an available-for-sale investment portfolio, the fair value of fixed-income securities decreases. The Company's policy is generally to hold assets in the investment portfolio to maturity. Therefore, barring credit deterioration, interest rate movements do not result in realized gains or losses unless assets are sold prior to maturity. The Company does not hedge interest rate risk, however, interest rate fluctuation risk is managed through the investment guidelines which limit duration and prevent investment in high volatility sectors.

        Interest rate sensitivity in the investment portfolio can be estimated by projecting a hypothetical instantaneous increase or decrease in interest rates. The following table presents the estimated pre-tax change in fair value of the Company's investment portfolio from instantaneous parallel shifts in interest rates.

Sensitivity to Change in Interest Rates on the Investment Portfolio
As of December 31, 2011

153

---

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010

Sensitivity of Other Areas to Interest Rate Risk

        Fluctuation in interest rates also affects the demand for the Company's product. When interest rates are lower or when the market is otherwise relatively less risk averse, the spread between insured and uninsured obligations typically narrows and, as a result, financial guaranty insurance typically provides lower cost savings to issuers than it would during periods of relatively wider spreads. These lower cost savings generally lead to a corresponding decrease in demand and premiums obtainable for financial guaranty insurance. Conversely, in a deteriorating credit environment, credit spreads widen and pricing for financial guaranty insurance typically improves. However, if the weakening environment is sudden, pronounced or prolonged, the stresses on the insured portfolio may result in claims payments in excess of normal or historical expectations. In addition, increases in prevailing interest rate levels can lead to a decreased volume of capital markets activity and, correspondingly, a decreased volume of insured transactions.

Sensitivity of Investment Portfolio to Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

        Foreign exchange risk is the risk that a financial instrument's value will change due to a change in the foreign currency exchange rates. The Company has foreign denominated securities in its investment portfolio. Securities denominated in currencies other than U.S. Dollar were 3.5% and 3.7% of the investment portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company's material exposure is to changes in the dollar/pound sterling exchange rate. Changes in fair value of available for sale investments attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates are recorded in OCI.

Sensitivity to Change in Foreign Exchange Rates on the Investment Portfolio
As of December 31, 2011

As of December 31, 2010

Sensitivity of Premiums Receivable to Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

        The Company has foreign denominated premium receivables. Premium receivables denominated in currencies other than U.S. Dollar were 47% and 42% of the premium receivable balance as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company's material exposure is to changes in dollar/Pound Sterling and dollar/Euro exchange rates.

154

---

Table of Contents

Sensitivity to Change in Foreign Exchange Rates on Premium Receivable
As of December 31, 2011

As of December 31, 2010

Sensitivity of FG VIE Assets and Liabilities to Market Risk

        The fair value of the Company's FG VIE assets is sensitive to changes relating to estimated prepayment speeds; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes such as: historical collateral performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); recoveries from excess spread, discount rates implied by market prices for similar securities; and house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts. Significant changes to any of these inputs could materially change the market value of the FG VIE's assets and the implied collateral losses within the transaction. In general the fair value of the FG VIE assets is most sensitive to changes in the projected collateral losses, where an increase in collateral losses typically leads to a decrease in the fair value of the Company's FG VIE assets, while a decrease in collateral losses typically leads to an increase in the fair value of the Company's FG VIE assets. These factors also directly impact the fair value of the Company's uninsured FG VIE liabilities.

        The fair value of the Company's insured FG VIE liabilities is also sensitive to changes relating to estimated prepayment speeds; market values of the assets that collateralize the securities; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes such as: historical collateral performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); recoveries from excess spread, discount rates implied by market prices for similar securities; and house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts. In addition, the Company's insured FG VIE liabilities are also sensitive to changes to the Company's implied credit worthiness. Significant changes to any of these inputs could materially change the timing of expected losses within the insured transaction which is a significant factor in determining the implied benefit from the Company's insurance policy guaranteeing the timely payment of principal and interest for the FG VIE tranches insured by the Company. In general, when the timing of expected loss payments by the Company is extended into the future, this typically leads to a decrease in the value of the Company's insurance and a decrease in the fair value of the Company's insured FG VIE liabilities, while a shortening of the timing of expected loss payments by the Company typically leads to an increase in the value of the Company's insurance and an increase in the fair value of the Company's insured FG VIE liabilities.

155

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

156

---

Table of Contents

Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements
and Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Financial Statements

        The consolidated financial statements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. were prepared by management, who are responsible for their reliability and objectivity. The statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include amounts based on informed estimates and judgments of management. Financial information elsewhere in this annual report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.

        The Board of Directors, operating through its Audit Committee, which is composed entirely of directors who are not officers or employees of the Company, provides oversight of the financial reporting process and safeguarding of assets against unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition. The Audit Committee annually recommends the appointment of an independent registered public accounting firm and submits its recommendation to the Board of Directors for approval.

        The Audit Committee meets with management, the independent registered public accounting firm and the outside firm engaged to perform internal audit functions for the Company; approves the overall scope of audit work and related fee arrangements; and reviews audit reports and findings. In addition, the independent registered public accounting firm and the outside firm engaged to perform internal audit functions for the Company meets separately with the Audit Committee, with management representatives present, to discuss the results of their audits; the adequacy of the Company's internal controls; the quality of its financial reporting; and the safeguarding of assets against unauthorized acquisitions, use or disposition.

        The consolidated financial statements have been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCooopers LLP, who were given unrestricted access to all financial records and related data, including minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the Board. The Company believes that all representations made to the Company's independent registered public accounting firm during their audits were valid and appropriate.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        The management of Assured Guaranty Ltd. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        Management of the Company has assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011 based on criteria in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

157

---

Table of Contents

        The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their "Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" included in this Item.

158

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Assured Guaranty Ltd.:

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income, of shareholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

        As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for variable interest entities effective January 1, 2010, for other-than-temporary impairment of debt securities classified as available-for-sale effective April 1, 2009, and for financial guaranty insurance contracts effective January 1, 2009.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York
February 29, 2012

159

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(dollars in thousands except per share and share amounts)

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

160

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(dollars in thousands except per share amounts)

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

161

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in thousands)

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

162

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

163

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

164

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

165

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

166

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

1. Business and Basis of Presentation

Business

        Assured Guaranty Ltd. ("AGL" and, together with its subsidiaries, "Assured Guaranty" or the "Company") is a Bermuda-based holding company that provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit protection products to the United States ("U.S.") and international public finance, infrastructure and structured finance markets. The Company has applied its credit underwriting judgment, risk management skills and capital markets experience to offer insurance that protect holders of debt instruments and other monetary obligations from defaults in scheduled payments, including scheduled interest and principal payments. The securities insured by the Company include tax-exempt and taxable obligations issued by U.S. state or municipal governmental authorities, utility districts or facilities; notes or bonds issued to finance international infrastructure projects; and asset-backed securities issued by special purpose entities. The Company markets its credit protection products directly to issuers and underwriters of public finance, infrastructure and structured finance securities as well as to investors in such debt obligations. The Company guarantees debt obligations issued in many countries, although its principal focus is on the U.S., Europe and Australia.

        Financial guaranty insurance contracts provide an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Upon an obligor's default on scheduled principal or interest payments due on the obligation, the Company is required under the financial guaranty contract to pay the principal or interest shortfall.

        In the past, the Company had sold credit protection by issuing policies that guaranteed payment obligations under credit derivatives. Financial guaranty contracts accounted for as credit derivatives are generally structured such that the circumstances giving rise to the Company's obligation to make loss payments are similar to those for financial guaranty insurance contracts and only occurs upon one or more defined credit events such as failure to pay or bankruptcy, in each case, as defined within the transaction documents, with respect to one or more third party referenced securities or loans. Financial guaranty contracts accounted for as credit derivatives are primarily comprised of credit default swaps ("CDS"). The Company's credit derivative transactions are governed by International Swaps and Derivative Association, Inc. ("ISDA") documentation.

        The Company ceased selling credit protection through CDS in the beginning of 2009 following the issuance of regulatory guidelines that limited the terms under which such protection could be sold. The potential capital or margin requirements that may apply under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act") also contributed to the decision of the Company not to sell new credit protection through CDS in the foreseeable future. The Company is actively pursuing opportunities to terminate, on favorable terms, existing CDS and in certain cases, may convert existing CDS exposure into a financial guaranty insurance contract. These actions have the effect of reducing fair value volatility in income and/or reducing rating agency capital charges.

        The Company enters into ceded reinsurance contracts in order to obtain greater business diversification and reduce the net potential loss from large risks and also to reduce ratings agency capital charges. In recent years, the Company has been reassuming previously ceded business from reinsurers. In January 2012, Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. ("AGM") and Assured Guaranty Corp. ("AGC") entered into a new $435 million of excess of loss reinsurance facility. See Note 12, Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures.

        Public finance obligations insured by the Company consist primarily of general obligation bonds supported by the issuers' taxing powers, tax-supported bonds and revenue bonds and other obligations of states, their political subdivisions and other municipal issuers supported by the issuers' or obligors' covenant to impose and collect fees and charges for public services or specific projects. Public finance obligations include obligations backed by the cash flow from leases or other revenues from projects

167

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

1. Business and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

serving substantial public purposes, including government office buildings, toll roads, health care facilities and utilities. Structured finance obligations insured by the Company are generally issued by special purpose entities and backed by pools of assets such as residential or commercial mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value. The Company will also insure other specialized financial obligations.

        When a rating agency assigns a public rating to a financial obligation guaranteed by one of AGL's insurance company subsidiaries, it generally awards that obligation the same rating it has assigned to the financial strength of the AGL subsidiary that provides the guaranty. Investors in products insured by the Company's insurance company subsidiaries frequently rely on ratings published by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs") because such ratings influence the trading value of securities and form the basis for many institutions' investment guidelines as well as individuals' bond purchase decisions. Therefore, the Company manages its business with the goal of achieving high financial strength ratings. However, the models used by NRSROs differ, presenting conflicting goals that may make it inefficient or impractical to reach the highest rating level. The models are not fully transparent, contain subjective data (such as assumptions about future market demand for the Company's products) and change frequently. Ratings reflect only the views of the respective NRSROs and are subject to continuous review and revision or withdrawal at any time.

        Unless otherwise noted, ratings on Assured Guaranty's insured portfolio reflect Assured Guaranty's internal ratings. Assured Guaranty's ratings scale is similar to that used by the NRSROs; however, the ratings in these financial statements may not be the same as those assigned by any such rating agency. The super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by Assured Guaranty in instances where Assured Guaranty's AAA-rated exposure on its internal rating scale (which does not take into account Assured Guaranty's financial guaranty) has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to Assured Guaranty's exposure or (2) Assured Guaranty's exposure benefiting from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management's opinion, causes Assured Guaranty's attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

Basis of Presentation

        The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments that are of a normal recurring nature, necessary for a fair statement of the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated financial guaranty variable interest entities ("FG VIEs") for the periods presented. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of AGL and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, (collectively, the "Subsidiaries") and its consolidated FG VIEs. Intercompany accounts and transactions between and among all consolidated entities have been eliminated. Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation.

        AGL's principal insurance company subsidiaries are AGC, domiciled in Maryland; AGM, domiciled in New York; and Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. ("AG Re"), domiciled in Bermuda. In addition, the Company has another U.S. and another Bermuda insurance company subsidiary that participate in

168

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

1. Business and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

a pooling agreement with AGM, two insurance subsidiaries organized in the United Kingdom, and a mortgage insurance company. The Company's organizational structure includes various holdings companies, two of which—Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. ("AGUS") and Assured Guaranty Municipal Holdings Inc. ("AGMH")—have public debt outstanding. See Note 15, Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities.

        In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued guidance that eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in stockholders' equity and requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. Upon adoption, the Company will expand the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income to include the other comprehensive income items now presented in the Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity. In December 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to defer the effective date for those aspects of the guidance relating to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2012 with full retrospective application.

        In December 2011, the FASB issued guidance which will require disclosures for entities with financial instruments and derivatives that are either offset on the balance sheet or subject to a master netting arrangement. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Segments

        Prior to January 1, 2011, the Company managed its business and reported financial information for two principal financial guaranty segments: direct and reinsurance. The chief operating decision maker now manages the operations of the Company at a consolidated level and no longer uses underwriting gain (loss) by segment as an operating metric. Therefore, segment financial information is no longer disclosed.

Significant Accounting Policies

        The Company revalues assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses denominated in non-U.S. currencies into U.S. dollars using applicable exchange rates. Gains and losses relating to translating foreign functional currency financial statements for U.S. GAAP reporting are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders' equity. Gains and losses relating to U.S. dollar functional currency transactions, such as those of non-U.S. operations where functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are reported in the consolidated statement of operations.

        Cash consists of cash on hand and demand deposits.

        As a result of the lag in reporting FG VIEs, cash and short term investments reported on the consolidated balance sheet does not reflect cash outflow to the holders of the debt issued by the FG VIEs for claim payments made by the Company's insurance subsidiaries to the consolidated FG VIEs until the subsequent reporting period.

        The following table identifies the Company's most significant accounting policies and the note references where a detailed description of each policy can be found.

169

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

1. Business and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

Significant Accounting Policies

2. Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments

        Summarized below are updates of the most significant events over the past three years that have had, or may have in the future, a material effect on the financial position, results of operations or business prospects of the Company.

Market Conditions

        The volatility, and uncertainty in the global financial markets over the past three years, including depressed home prices, increased foreclosures, lower equity market values, high unemployment, reduced business and consumer confidence and the risk of increased inflation, have continued throughout 2011. While there have been signs of a recovery as seen by a decline in the unemployment rate and stabilizing home prices as well as rising equity markets, management cannot assure that volatility and disruption will not return to these markets in the near term. The Company's business and its financial condition will continue to be subject to the risk of global financial and economic conditions that could materially and negatively affect the demand for its products, the amount of losses incurred on transactions it guarantees, and its financial ratings. These conditions may adversely affect the Company's future profitability, financial position, investment portfolio, cash flow, statutory capital, financial strength ratings and stock price.

        The economic crisis caused many state and local governments that issue some of the obligations the Company insures to experience significant budget deficits and revenue collection shortfalls that require them to significantly raise taxes and/or cut spending in order to satisfy their obligations. While the U.S. government has provided some financial support to state and local governments, significant budgetary pressures remain. If the issuers of the obligations in the Company's public finance portfolio do not have sufficient funds to cover their expenses and are unable or unwilling to raise taxes, decrease spending or receive federal assistance, the Company may experience increased levels of losses or impairments on its public finance obligations, which would materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, future legislative, regulatory or judicial

170

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

2. Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments (Continued)

changes in the jurisdictions regulating the Company may adversely affect its ability to pursue its current mix of business, materially impacting its financial results.

        Internationally, several European countries are experiencing significant economic, fiscal and /or political strains. The Company is closely monitoring its exposures in European countries where it believes heightened uncertainties exist: specifically, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (the "Selected European Countries"). See Note 4, Outstanding Exposure.

NRSRO Rating Actions

        The NRSROs have downgraded the insurance financial strength ratings of all the Company's insurance subsidiaries over the course of the last several years from their previous AAA levels. There can be no assurance that NRSROs will not take further action on the Company's ratings. See Note 5, Note 7 and Note 12 for more information regarding the effect of NRSRO rating actions on the financial guaranty business, the credit derivative business and the assumed reinsurance business of the Company. The insurance subsidiaries' financial strength ratings are an important competitive factor in the financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance markets. If the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of any of the Company's insurance subsidiaries were reduced below current levels, the Company expects it would have further adverse effects on its future business opportunities as well as the premiums it could charge for its insurance policies and consequently, a downgrade could harm the Company's new business production, results of operations and financial condition.

AGMH Acquisition

        On July 1, 2009 ("Acquisition Date"), the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, AGUS, purchased AGMH (formerly Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd, the "AGMH Acquisition") and, indirectly, its subsidiaries (excluding those involved in AGMH's former Financial Products Business, which comprised its guaranteed investment contracts ("GIC") business, its medium term notes business and the equity payment agreements associated with AGMH's leveraged lease business, collectively, the "Financial Products Business") from Dexia Holdings Inc. ("Dexia Holdings"), an indirect subsidiary of Dexia SA and certain of its affiliates (together, "Dexia"). The principal operating subsidiary acquired was AGM (formerly Financial Security Assurance Inc.). The acquired companies are collectively referred to as the "Acquired Companies." The AGMH subsidiaries that conducted AGMH's former financial products business (the "Financial Products Companies") were sold to Dexia Holdings prior to the AGMH Acquisition. The purchase price paid by the Company was $546.0 million in cash and 22.3 million common shares of AGL with an Acquisition Date fair value of $275.9 million, for a total purchase price of $821.9 million.

        AGMH's former financial products business had been in the business of borrowing funds through the issuance of GICs and medium term notes and reinvesting the proceeds in investments that met AGMH's investment criteria. The financial products business also included portions of AGMH's leveraged lease business. In connection with the AGMH Acquisition, Dexia Holdings agreed to assume the risks in respect of the Financial Products Business and AGM agreed to retain the risks relating to the debt and strip policy portions of such business. Accordingly, the Company has entered into various agreements with Dexia in order to transfer to Dexia the credit risks and, as discussed further in Note 15, Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities, the liquidity risks associated with AGMH's former Financial Products Business.

        The Company is indemnified against exposure to AGMH's former financial products business through guaranties issued by Dexia and certain of its affiliates. In addition, the Company has been protected from exposure to AGMH's GIC business through guaranties issued by the French and

171

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

2. Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments (Continued)

Belgian governments, but no longer expects to rely on those guaranties because the assets covered by the guaranties have been sold. Furthermore, to support the payment obligations of the Financial Products Companies, Dexia SA and its affiliate Dexia Crédit Local S.A. ("DCL") are parties to an ISDA Master Agreement, with an associated schedule, confirmation and credit support annex (the "Dexia Put Contract"), pursuant to which Dexia SA and DCL jointly and severally guarantee the scheduled payments of interest and principal in relation to each asset of FSA Asset Management LLC, which is one of the Financial Products Companies, as well as any failure of Dexia to provide liquidity or liquid collateral under certain liquidity facilities.

        The Company financed the AGMH Acquisition with a common share and equity unit offering on June 24, 2009. The net proceeds after underwriting expenses and offering costs for these two offerings totaled approximately $616.5 million. Of that amount, $170.8 million related to the equity unit offering, $168.0 million of which was recognized as long-term debt and $2.8 million as additional paid-in-capital within shareholders' equity. Offering costs totaled approximately $43.5 million of which $41.8 million were recorded within additional paid-in capital. See Notes 3, Business Combinations, and Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, for the Company's accounting policy for business combinations and its effect on financial guaranty contracts.

        Under the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to conduct AGM's business subject to certain operating and financial constraints. These restrictions will generally continue for three years after the closing of the AGMH Acquisition, or July 1, 2012. These agreements limit Assured Guaranty's operating and financial flexibility with respect to the operations of AGM. Among other items, the Company has agreed that AGM will not repurchase, redeem or pay any dividends on any class of its equity interests unless at that time:

•

AGM is rated at least AA- by Standard &Poor's Rating Services ("S&P") and Aa3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") (if such rating agencies still rate financial guaranty insurers generally) and if the aggregate amount of dividends paid in any year does not exceed 125% of AGMH's debt service requirements for that year; or



•

AGM has received prior rating agency confirmation that such action would not cause AGM's current ratings to be downgraded due to such action.

Equity and Debt Offerings

        Over the past three years the Company has issued 82.4 million common shares for net proceeds of $1,271.7 million and $170.8 million in debt for various reasons including to finance the AGMH Acquisition and to satisfy NRSRO capital requirements.

Accounting Changes

        Over the past three years there has been significant GAAP rule making activity which has significantly affected the accounting policies and presentation of the Company's financial information. All of these pronouncements have a significant effect on the comparability of the periods presented herein. The most significant changes are listed below in order of occurrence:

•

The adoption of new other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") guidance on April 1, 2009 requires the bifurcation of credit losses, which are recorded in income, and non credit losses, which are recorded in other comprehensive income ("OCI"). See Note 9, Investments.



•

The adoption of a new VIE consolidation standard on January 1, 2010 results in the consolidation of variable interest entities of certain insured transactions. See Note 8, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.

172

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

2. Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments (Continued)

Recoveries for Breaches of Representations and Warranties

        On April 14, 2011, Assured Guaranty reached a comprehensive agreement with Bank of America Corporation and its subsidiaries, including Countrywide Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, "Bank of America"), regarding their liabilities with respect to 29 residential mortgage-backed security ("RMBS") transactions insured by Assured Guaranty, including claims relating to reimbursement for breaches of representations and warranties ("R&W") and historical loan servicing issues ("Bank of America Agreement"). Of the 29 RMBS transactions, eight are second lien transactions and 21 are first lien transactions, all of which are financial guaranty insurance except for one first lien in credit derivative form. The Bank of America Agreement covers Bank of America-sponsored securitizations that AGM or AGC has insured, as well as certain other securitizations containing concentrations of Countrywide-originated loans that AGM or AGC has insured. The transactions covered by the Bank of America Agreement have a gross par outstanding of $4.4 billion ($4.1 billion net par outstanding) as of December 31, 2011, with 27% of Assured Guaranty's total below-investment grade ("BIG") RMBS net par outstanding covered by the Bank of America Agreement.

        Bank of America paid the Company $1,042.7 million in 2011 in respect of covered second lien transactions and is obligated to pay another $57.3 million by March 2012. In consideration of the $1.1 billion, the Company has agreed to release its claims for the repurchase of mortgage loans underlying the eight second lien transactions (i.e., Assured Guaranty will retain the risk of future insured losses without further offset for R&W claims against Bank of America).

        In addition, Bank of America will reimburse Assured Guaranty 80% of claims Assured Guaranty pays on the 21 first lien transactions, until aggregate collateral losses on such RMBS transactions reach $6.6 billion. As of December 31, 2011, collateral losses for covered first lien transactions were $2.0 billion. The Company accounts for the 80% loss sharing agreement with Bank of America as subrogation. As the Company calculates expected losses for these 21 first lien transactions, such expected losses will be offset by an R&W benefit from Bank of America for 80% of these amounts. As of December 31, 2011, Bank of America had placed $941.2 million of eligible assets in trust in order to collateralize the reimbursement obligation relating to the first lien transactions. The amount of assets required to be posted may increase or decrease from time to time, as determined by rating agency requirements. As of December 31, 2011, and before cessions to reinsurers, the Company collected $58.8 million, had invoiced for an additional $6.7 million in claims paid in December and expected to collect an additional $567.9 million, on a discounted basis, for covered first lien transactions under the Bank of America Agreement.

        The Company believes the Bank of America Agreement was a significant step in the effort to recover U.S. RMBS losses the Company experienced resulting from breaches of R&W. The Company is continuing to pursue other representation and warranty providers for U.S. RMBS transactions it has insured. See "—Recovery Litigation" in Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, of these Financial Statements for a discussion of the litigation proceedings the Company has initiated against other R&W providers.

3. Business Combinations

Accounting Policy

        The AGMH Acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the Company recorded the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value at the Acquisition Date. Pre-existing relationships were effectively settled at fair value. The loss upon settlement of pre-existing relationships, along with goodwill impairment and the bargain purchase

173

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

gain resulting from the difference between the purchase price and the net assets' fair value estimates, was recorded within "Goodwill and settlement of pre-existing relationship" in the consolidated statements of operations at the Acquisition Date.

AGMH Acquisition

        The initial difference between the purchase price of $821.9 million and AGMH's recorded net assets of $2.1 billion was reduced significantly by the recognition of additional liabilities related to AGMH's insured portfolio at fair value, as required by acquisition accounting. The bargain purchase resulted from the unprecedented credit crisis, which resulted in a significant decline in AGMH's franchise value due to material insured losses, ratings downgrades and significant losses at Dexia. Dexia required government intervention in its affairs, resulting in motivation to sell AGMH. In the absence of potential purchasers of AGMH due to the financial crisis, the Company was able to negotiate a bargain purchase price.

        In many cases, determining the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities required the Company to exercise significant judgment. The most significant of these determinations related to the valuation of the acquired financial guaranty direct and ceded contracts. The fair value of a financial guaranty direct contract accounted for as insurance is the estimated premium that a similarly rated hypothetical financial guarantor would demand to assume each policy and not the actual cash flows under the insurance contract. The methodology for determining such value takes into account the rating of the insured obligation, expectation of loss, sector and term. For financial guaranty contracts accounted for as insurance, loss reserves are recognized only to the extent expected losses exceed deferred premium revenue on a contract by contract basis. As the fair value of the deferred premium revenue exceeded the Company's estimate of expected loss for each contract, no loss reserves were recorded at July 1, 2009 for the Acquired Companies' contracts. See Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts.

        Based on the Company's assumptions, the fair value of the Acquired Companies' deferred premium revenue on its insurance contracts was $7.3 billion at July 1, 2009, an amount approximately $1.7 billion greater than the Acquired Companies' gross unearned premium reserve and loss and loss adjustment expense ("LAE") reserve (i.e., "gross stand ready obligations") at June 30, 2009. This indicates that the Acquired Companies' contractual premiums were less than the premiums a market participant of similar credit quality would demand to acquire those contracts at the Acquisition Date. The fair value of the Acquired Companies' ceded contracts at July 1, 2009 was an asset of $1.7 billion and recorded in ceded unearned premium reserve. The fair value of the ceded contracts is in part derived from the fair value of the related direct insurance contracts with an adjustment for the credit quality of each reinsurer.

        The fair value of AGMH's long-term debt was based upon quoted market prices available from third-party brokers as of the Acquisition Date. The fair value of this debt was approximately $0.3 billion lower than its carrying value immediately prior to the AGMH Acquisition. This discount is being amortized into interest expense over the estimated remaining life of the debt.

        Additionally, other acquisition accounting adjustments included (1) the write off of the Acquired Companies' deferred acquisition cost ("DAC") and (2) the consolidation of certain FG VIEs in which the combined variable interest of the Acquired Companies and AG Re resulted in the Company being the primary beneficiary. Effective January 1, 2010, the Company deconsolidated these FG VIEs in accordance with GAAP standard adopted on January 1, 2010 as discussed in Note 8, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.

174

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

        The following table shows the assets and liabilities of the Acquired Companies after the allocation of the purchase price to the net assets. The bargain purchase gain results from the difference between the purchase price and the net assets' fair value estimates.

Allocation of Purchase Price as of July 1, 2009

        The Company and the Acquired Companies had a pre-existing reinsurance relationship. The loss relating to this pre-existing relationship resulted from the effective settlement of reinsurance contracts at fair value and the write-off of previously recorded assets and liabilities relating to this relationship recorded in the Company's historical accounts. The Company determined fair value as the difference between contractual premiums and the Company's estimate of current market premiums. The loss related to the contract settlement results from contractual premiums that were less than the Company's estimate of what a market participant would demand currently, estimated in a manner similar to how the value of the Acquired Companies' insurance policies were valued, as well as related acquisition costs described above.

        The Company had existing goodwill on its balance sheet at the date of acquisition relating to a previous acquisition. The Company reassessed the recoverability of the goodwill in the third quarter of 2009 subsequent to the AGMH Acquisition, which provided the Company's largest assumed book of business prior to the acquisition. As a result of the AGMH Acquisition, which significantly diminished the Company's potential near future market for assuming reinsurance, combined with the continued credit crisis, which adversely affected the fair value of the Company's in-force policies, management

175

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

determined to write off the full carrying value of $85.4 million of goodwill on its books prior to the AGMH Acquisition in the third quarter of 2009. This charge did not have any adverse effect on the Company's debt agreements or its overall compliance with the covenants of its debt agreements.

Components of Goodwill and Settlement of Pre-existing Relationship

        AGMH Acquisition-related expenses were primarily driven by severance paid or accrued to AGM employees and also included various real estate, legal, consulting and relocation fees. Real estate expenses related primarily to consolidation of the Company's New York and London offices. The Company incurred additional acquisition-related expenses in 2010, primarily for consulting services employed as part of the integration process.

AGMH Acquisition-Related Expenses

Pro Forma Condensed Combined Results of Operations

        The following unaudited pro forma information presents the combined results of operations of Assured Guaranty and the Acquired Companies. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not indicate the financial results of the combined company had the companies actually been combined as of January 1, 2009, nor is it indicative of the results of operations in future periods.

Pro Forma Condensed Combined Results of Operations (Unaudited)

176

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

Acquisition of Municipal and Infrastructure Assurance Corporation

        On January 24, 2012, the Company agreed to acquire Municipal and Infrastructure Assurance Corporation ("MIAC"), which is licensed to provide financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance in 38 U.S. jurisdictions including the District of Columbia. The purchase of MIAC is subject to regulatory approval and is expected to close in the first half of 2012. The Company will pay $91 million in cash for MIAC; at closing, MIAC has cash and short-term investments of approximately $75 million. MIAC has not issued any financial guaranty contracts since its formation. The statutory policyholders' surplus as of September 30, 2011 was $75.1 million

4. Outstanding Exposure

        The Company's financial guaranty contracts are written in different forms, but collectively are considered financial guaranty contracts. They typically guarantee the scheduled payments of principal and interest ("Debt Service") on public finance and structured finance obligations. The Company seeks to limit its exposure to losses by underwriting obligations that are investment grade at inception, diversifying its portfolio and maintaining rigorous subordination or collateralization requirements on structured finance obligations. The Company also has utilized reinsurance by ceding business to third-party reinsurers. The Company provides financial guaranties with respect to debt obligations of special purpose entities, including VIEs. Based on accounting standards in effect during any given reporting period, some of these VIEs are consolidated as described in Note 8, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. The outstanding par and Debt Service amounts presented below include outstanding exposures on VIEs whether or not they are consolidated.

Debt Service Outstanding

177

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

4. Outstanding Exposure (Continued)

Summary of Public and Structured Finance Insured Portfolio

        As of December 31, 2011, the Company's net mortgage guaranty insurance in force was approximately $171.6 million. Of the $171.6 million, $136.1 million covers loans originated in Ireland and $35.5 million covers loans originated in the UK.

178

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

4. Outstanding Exposure (Continued)

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating

 

        Actual maturities of insured obligations could differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. The expected maturities of structured finance obligations are, in general, considerably shorter than the contractual maturities for such obligations. For structured finance obligations, the full par outstanding for each insured risk is shown in the maturity category that corresponds to the final legal maturity of such risk.

Contractual Terms to Maturity of
Net Par Outstanding of Financial Guaranty Insured Obligations

        In addition to amounts shown in the tables above, the Company had outstanding commitments to provide guaranties of $2.8 billion for structured finance and $1.3 billion for public finance obligations at December 31, 2011. The structured finance commitments include the unfunded component of pooled corporate and other transactions. Public finance commitments typically relate to primary and secondary public finance debt issuances. The expiration dates for the public finance commitments range between

179

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

4. Outstanding Exposure (Continued)

January 1, 2012 and February 25, 2017, with $1.0 billion expiring prior to December 31, 2012. All the commitments are contingent on the satisfaction of all conditions set forth in them and may expire unused or be cancelled at the counterparty's request. Therefore, the total commitment amount does not necessarily reflect actual future guaranteed amounts.

        The Company seeks to maintain a diversified portfolio of insured obligations designed to spread its risk across a number of geographic areas. The following table sets forth those geographic areas with an aggregate of 2% or more of the Company's net par amount outstanding.

Geographic Distribution of Financial Guaranty Portfolio
as of December 31, 2011

Economic Exposure to the Selected European Countries

        Several European countries are experiencing significant economic, fiscal and / or political strains such that the likelihood of default on obligations with a nexus to those countries may be higher than the Company anticipated when such factors did not exist. The Company is closely monitoring its exposures in European countries where it believes heightened uncertainties exist: specifically the Selected European Countries. Published reports have identified countries that may be experiencing

180

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

4. Outstanding Exposure (Continued)

reduced demand for their sovereign debt in the current environment. The Company selected these European countries based on these reports and its view that their credit fundamentals are deteriorating. The Company's economic exposure to the Selected European Countries (based on par for financial guaranty contracts and notional amount for financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives) is shown in the following table net of ceded reinsurance:

Net Economic Exposure to Selected European Countries(1)
December 31, 2011

Significant Risk Management Activities

        The Risk Oversight and Audit Committees of the Board of Directors of AGL oversee the Company's risk management policies and procedures. With input from the board committees, specific risk policies and limits are set by the Portfolio Risk Management Committee, which includes members of senior management and senior Credit and Surveillance officers. The Company's Risk Management function encompasses enterprise risk management, establishing the Company's risk appetite, credit underwriting of new business, surveillance and work-out.

        Surveillance personnel are responsible for monitoring and reporting on all transactions in the insured portfolio.

        The primary objective of the surveillance process is to monitor trends and changes in transaction credit quality, detect any deterioration in credit quality, and recommend to management such remedial actions as may be necessary or appropriate. All transactions in the insured portfolio are assigned internal credit ratings, and Surveillance personnel are responsible for recommending adjustments to those ratings to reflect changes in transaction credit quality.

181

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

4. Outstanding Exposure (Continued)

        Work-out personnel are responsible for managing work-out and loss mitigation situations, working with surveillance and legal personnel (as well as outside vendors) as appropriate. They develop strategies for the Company to enforce its contractual rights and remedies and to mitigate its losses, engage in negotiation discussions with transaction participants and, when necessary, manage (along with legal personnel) the Company's litigation proceedings.

        Since the onset of the financial crisis, the Company has shifted personnel to loss mitigation and work-out activities and hired new personnel to augment its efforts. Although the Company's loss mitigation efforts may extend to any transaction it has identified as having loss potential, much of the activity has been focused on RMBS.

        Generally, when mortgage loans are transferred into a securitization, the loan originator(s) and/or sponsor(s) provide R&W, that the loans meet certain characteristics, and a breach of such R&W often requires that the loan be repurchased from the securitization. In many of the transactions the Company insures, it is in a position to enforce these requirements. The Company uses internal resources as well as third party forensic underwriting firms and legal firms to pursue breaches of R&W. If a provider of R&W refuses to honor its repurchase obligations, the Company may choose to initiate litigation. See "—Recovery Litigation" in Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, below.

        The Company's success in pursuing R&W claims against a number of counterparties that provided R&W on a loan by loan basis has permitted the Company to pursue reimbursement agreements with R&W providers. Such agreements provide the Company with many of the benefits of pursuing the R&W claims but without the expense and uncertainty of pursuing the R&W claims on a loan by loan basis. In April 2011 the Company entered into such an agreement with Bank of America, and it continues to pursue such agreements with other counterparties as opportunities arise as described under "Bank of America Agreement" in Note 2, Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments.

        The quality of servicing of the mortgage loans underlying an RMBS transaction influences collateral performance and ultimately the amount (if any) of the Company's insured losses. The Company has established a group to mitigate RMBS losses by influencing mortgage servicing, including, if possible, causing the transfer of servicing or establishing special servicing. As a result of the Company's efforts, at December 31, 2011 the servicing of approximately $934 million mortgage balance of mortgage loans had been transferred to a new servicer and another $2.3 billion mortgage balance of mortgage loans were being special serviced. ("Special servicing" is an industry term referencing more intense servicing applied to delinquent loans aimed at mitigating losses.)

        The Company may also employ other strategies as appropriate to avoid or mitigate losses in U.S. RMBS or other areas, including pursuing litigation in areas other than RMBS or entering into other arrangements to alleviate or reduce all or a portion of certain risks.

Surveillance Categories

        The Company segregates its insured portfolio into investment grade and BIG surveillance categories to facilitate the appropriate allocation of resources to monitoring and loss mitigation efforts and to aid in establishing the appropriate cycle for periodic review for each exposure. BIG exposures include all exposures with internal credit ratings below BBB-. The Company's internal credit ratings are based on internal assessments of the likelihood of default and loss severity in the event of default. Internal credit ratings are expressed on a ratings scale similar to that used by the rating agencies and are generally reflective of an approach similar to that employed by the rating agencies.

182

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

4. Outstanding Exposure (Continued)

        The Company monitors its investment grade credits to determine whether any new credits need to be internally downgraded to BIG. The Company refreshes its internal credit ratings on individual credits in quarterly, semi-annual or annual cycles based on the Company's view of the credit's quality, loss potential, volatility and sector. Ratings on credits in sectors identified as under the most stress or with the most potential volatility are reviewed every quarter. The Company's insured credit ratings on assumed credits are based on the Company's reviews of low-rated credits or credits in volatile sectors, unless such information is not available, in which case, the ceding company's credit rating of the transactions are used. For example, the Company models all assumed RMBS credits with par above $1 million, as well as certain RMBS credits below that amount.

        Credits identified as BIG are subjected to further review to determine the probability of a loss (see Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, "—Loss Estimation Process"). Surveillance personnel then assign each BIG transaction to the appropriate BIG surveillance category based upon whether a lifetime loss is expected and whether a claim has been paid. The Company expects "lifetime losses" on a transaction when the Company believes there is more than a 50% chance that, on a present value basis, it will pay more claims over the life of that transaction than it will ultimately have been reimbursed. For surveillance purposes, the Company calculates present value using a constant discount rate of 5%. (A risk free rate is used for recording of reserves for financial statement purposes.) A "liquidity claim" is a claim that the Company expects to be reimbursed within one year.

        Intense monitoring and intervention is employed for all BIG surveillance categories, with internal credit ratings reviewed quarterly. The three BIG categories are:

•

BIG Category 1: Below-investment-grade transactions showing sufficient deterioration to make lifetime losses possible, but for which none are currently expected. Transactions on which claims have been paid but are expected to be fully reimbursed (other than investment grade transactions on which only liquidity claims have been paid) are in this category.



•

BIG Category 2: Below-investment-grade transactions for which lifetime losses are expected but for which no claims (other than liquidity claims) have yet been paid.



•

BIG Category 3: Below-investment-grade transactions for which lifetime losses are expected and on which claims (other than liquidity claims) have been paid. Transactions remain in this category when claims have been paid and only a recoverable remains.

        Included in the first lien RMBS BIG exposures below is $1.8 billion of net par outstanding related to transactions covered by the Bank of America Agreement, which represents 18% of the first lien U.S. RMBS BIG net par outstanding as of December 31, 2011. Under the Bank of America Agreement, 80% of first lien claims paid by Assured Guaranty will be reimbursed, until such time as losses on the collateral underlying the RMBS on which Assured Guaranty is paying claims reach $6.6 billion.

183

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

4. Outstanding Exposure (Continued)

Financial Guaranty Exposures
(Insurance and Credit Derivative Form)

 

184

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

4. Outstanding Exposure (Continued)

By Category Below-Investment-Grade Credits

 

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts

Accounting Policies

Premium Revenue Recognition

        Premiums are received either upfront or in installments over the life of the contract. Accounting policies for financial guaranty contracts that meet the definition of insurance are consistent whether the contract was written on a direct basis, assumed from another financial guarantor under a reinsurance treaty, ceded to another insurer under a reinsurance treaty or acquired in a business combination. Accounting for financial guaranty contracts that do not meet the FASB definition of a derivative are subject to industry specific guidance which prescribes revenue recognition and loss measurement and recognition methodologies.

        "Unearned premium reserve" or "unearned premium revenue" represents "deferred premium revenue" net of paid claims that have not yet been expensed, or "contra-paid." See "—Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserve" below for a description of "contra-paid."

185

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

        The amount of deferred premium revenue at contract inception is determined as follows:

•

For upfront premium financial guaranty insurance contracts originally underwritten by the Company, deferred premium revenue is equal to the amount of cash received. Upfront premiums typically relate to public finance transactions.



•

For installment premium financial guaranty insurance contracts originally underwritten by the Company, deferred premium revenue is the present value of either (1) contractual premiums due or (2) premiums expected to be collected over the life of the contract. The contractual term is used to estimate the present value of future premiums unless the obligations underlying the financial guaranty contract represent homogeneous pools of assets for which prepayments are contractually prepayable, the amount of prepayments are probable, and the timing and amount of prepayments can be reasonably estimated. When the Company makes a significant adjustment to prepayment assumptions, or expected premium collections, it recognizes a prospective change in premium revenues. When the Company adjusts prepayment assumptions, an adjustment is recorded to the deferred premium revenue, with a corresponding adjustment to the premium receivable. Installment premiums typically relate to structured finance transactions, where the insurance premium rate is determined at the inception of the contract but the insured par is subject to prepayment throughout the life of the deal.



•

For financial guaranty contracts acquired in a business combination, deferred premium revenue is equal to the fair value at the date of acquisition based on what a hypothetical similarly rated financial guaranty insurer would have charged for the contract at that date and not the actual cash flows under the insurance contract.

        The Company recognizes deferred premium revenue as earned premium over the contractual period or expected period of the contract in proportion to the amount of insurance protection provided. Amounts expected to be recognized in net earned premiums differ significantly from expected cash collections due primarily to amounts in deferred premium revenue representing cash already collected on policies paid upfront and fair value adjustments recorded in connection with the AGMH Acquisition. As premium revenue is recognized, a corresponding decrease to the deferred premium revenue is recorded. The amount of insurance protection provided is a function of the insured principal amount outstanding. Accordingly, the proportionate share of premium revenue recognized in a given reporting period is a constant rate calculated based on the relationship between the insured principal amounts outstanding in the reporting period compared with the sum of each of the insured principal amounts outstanding for all periods. When the issuer of an insured financial obligation retires the insured financial obligation before its maturity, the financial guaranty insurance contract on the retired financial obligation is extinguished. The Company immediately recognizes any nonrefundable deferred premium revenue related to that contract as premium revenue and recognizes any associated acquisition costs previously deferred as an expense.

        In the Company's assumed businesses, the Company estimates the ultimate written and earned premiums to be received from a ceding company at the end of each quarterly reporting period. A portion of the premiums must be estimated because some of the companies that cede to Assured Guaranty report premium data between 30 and 90 days after the end of the reporting period. Earned premium reported in the Company's consolidated statements of operations are based upon reports received from ceding companies supplemented by the Company's own estimates of premium for which ceding company reports have not yet been received. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined. When installment premiums are related to assumed reinsurance amounts, the Company assesses the credit quality and

186

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

liquidity of the company that the premiums are assumed from as well as the impact of any potential regulatory constraints to determine the collectability of such amounts.

        Deferred premium revenue ceded to reinsurers is recorded as an asset called "ceded unearned premium reserve." The corresponding income statement recognition is included with the direct and assumed business in "net earned premiums."

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserve

        Under financial guaranty insurance accounting, the sum of unearned premium reserve and loss and LAE reserves represents the Company's stand-ready obligation. At contract inception, the entire stand-ready obligation is represented by unearned premium reserve. A Loss and LAE reserve for a contract is only recorded when expected losses to be paid in the future plus contra-paid (i.e. "total losses") exceed the deferred premium revenue on a contract by contract basis.

        "Expected loss to be paid" represents the Company's discounted expected future cash outflows for claim payments, net of expected salvage and subrogation expected to be recovered. See "—Salvage and Subrogation Recoverable" below.

        When a claim payment is made on a contract it first reduces any recorded "loss and LAE reserve." To the extent a "loss and LAE reserve" is not recorded on a contract, which occurs when total losses are less than deferred premium revenue, or to the extent loss and LAE reserve is not sufficient to cover a claim payment, then such claim payment is recorded as "contra-paid," which reduces the unearned premium reserve. The contra-paid is recognized in the line item "loss and LAE" in the consolidated statement of operations when and for the amount that total losses exceed the remaining deferred premium revenue on the contract.

        The "expected loss to be paid" is equal to the present value of expected future net cash outflows to be paid under the contract using the current risk-free rate. That current risk-free rate is based on the remaining period of the contract used in the premium revenue recognition calculation (i.e., the contractual or expected period, as applicable). The Company updates the discount rate each quarter and records the effect of such changes in loss development. Expected net cash outflows are probability weighted cash flows that reflect the likelihood of all possible outcomes. The Company estimates the expected net cash outflows using management's assumptions about the likelihood of all possible outcomes based on all information available to it. Those assumptions consider the relevant facts and circumstances and are consistent with the information tracked and monitored through the Company's risk-management activities.

Salvage and Subrogation Recoverable

        When the Company becomes entitled to the cash flow from the underlying collateral of an insured credit under salvage and subrogation rights as a result of a claim payment or estimated future claim payment, it reduces the "expected loss to be paid" on the contract. Such reduction in expected to be paid can result in one of the following:

•

a reduction in the corresponding loss and LAE reserve with a benefit to the income statement,



•

no entry recorded, if "total loss" is not in excess of deferred premium revenue, or



•

the recording of a salvage asset with a benefit to the income statement if the expected loss is in a net cash inflow position at the reporting date.

187

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

        The Company recognizes the expected recovery of AGMH claim payments made prior to the Acquisition consistent with its policy for recognizing recoveries on all financial guaranty insurance contracts. To the extent that the estimated amount of recoveries increases or decreases, due to changes in facts and circumstances, including the examination of additional loan files and our experience in recovering loans put back to the originator, the Company would recognize a benefit or expense consistent with how changes in the expected recovery of all other claim payments are recorded.

Policy Acquisition Costs

        Costs that vary with and are directly related to the production of new financial guaranty contracts that meet the definition of insurance are deferred and amortized in relation to earned premiums. These costs include direct and indirect expenses such as ceding commissions, and the cost of underwriting and marketing personnel. Management uses its judgment in determining the type and amount of cost to be deferred. The Company conducts an annual study to determine which operating costs vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of new business, and therefore qualify for deferral. Ceding commission income on business ceded to third party reinsurers reduces policy acquisition costs and is deferred. Expected losses, LAE and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of DAC. When an insured issue is retired early, the remaining related DAC is expensed at that time. Ceding commission expense and income associated with future installment premiums on assumed and ceded business, respectively, are calculated at their contractually defined rates and recorded in deferred acquisition costs on the consolidated balance sheets with a corresponding offset to net premium receivable or reinsurance balances payable.

        In October 2010, the FASB adopted Accounting Standards Update ("Update") No. 2010-26. The amendment in the Update specifies that certain costs incurred in the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts should be capitalized. These costs include direct costs of contract acquisition that result directly from and are essential to the contract transaction and would not have been incurred by the insurance entity had the contract transaction not occurred. Costs incurred by the insurer for soliciting potential customers, market research, training, administration, unsuccessful acquisition efforts, and product development as well as all overhead type costs should be charged to expense as incurred. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company is adopting this new guidance on January 1, 2012 and estimates that the after-tax cumulative effect on opening retained earnings on that date to be a decrease of $60 million to $80 million and the pre-tax cumulative effect on DAC to be a decrease of $90 million to $110 million. The Company is adopting this guidance with retrospective application and will revise previously issued historical financial statements in future filings.

Application of Financial Guaranty Insurance Accounting to the AGMH Acquisition

        Acquisition accounting required that the fair value of each of the financial guaranty contracts in AGMH's insured portfolio be recorded on the Company's consolidated balance sheet at the Acquisition Date. The fair value of AGMH's direct contracts was recorded on the line items "premium receivable, net of ceding commissions payable" and "unearned premium reserve" and the fair value of its ceded contracts was recorded within "reinsurance balances payable" and "ceded unearned premium reserve" on the consolidated balance sheet.

        At the Acquisition Date, the acquired AGMH financial guaranty insurance contracts were recorded at fair value. Due to the unprecedented credit crisis, the Company acquired AGMH at a significant discount to its book value primarily because the fair value of the obligation associated with its financial

188

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

guaranty insurance contracts was significantly in excess of the obligation's historical carrying value. The Company, taking into account then current market spreads and risk premiums, recorded the fair value of these contracts based on what a hypothetical similarly rated financial guaranty insurer would have charged for each contract at the Acquisition Date and not the actual cash flows under the insurance contract. This resulted in some AGMH acquired contracts having a significantly higher unearned premium reserve and, subsequently, higher premium earnings compared to the contractual premium cash flows for the policy.

        On the Acquisition Date, there were limited financial guaranty contracts being written in the structured finance market, particularly in the U.S. RMBS asset class. Therefore, for certain asset classes, significant judgment was required by management to determine the estimated fair value of the acquired contracts. The Company determined the fair value of these contracts by taking into account the rating of the insured obligation, expectation of loss, estimated risk premiums, sector and term.

Financial Guaranty Insurance Premiums and Losses

        The portfolio of outstanding exposures discussed in Note 4, Outstanding Exposure, includes financial guaranty contracts that meet the definition of insurance contracts as well as those that meet the definition of derivative contracts. Amounts presented in this Note relate to financial guaranty insurance contracts. Tables presented herein also present reconciliations to financial statement line items for other less significant types of insurance.

Net Earned Premiums

189

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

Gross Premium Receivable, Net of Ceding Commissions Roll Forward

        Gains or losses due to foreign exchange rate changes relate to installment premium receivables denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Approximately 47% and 42% of installment premiums at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily in euro and British Pound Sterling.

        Actual collections may differ from expected collections in the tables below due to factors such as foreign exchange rate fluctuations, counterparty collectability issues, refundings, accelerations, commutations and changes in expected lives.

190

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

Expected Collections of Gross Premiums Receivable,
Net of Ceding Commissions (Undiscounted)

Components of Unearned Premium Reserve

        The following table provides a schedule of the expected timing of the income statement recognition of financial guaranty insurance net deferred premium revenue and the present value of net expected losses to be expensed, pretax which are not included in loss and LAE reserve. The amount and timing of actual premium earnings and loss and LAE may differ from the estimates shown below due to factors such as refundings, accelerations, commutations, changes in expected lives and updates to loss estimates. A Loss and LAE reserve is only recorded for the amount by which net expected loss to be expensed exceeds deferred premium revenue determined on a contract-by-contract basis. This table excludes amounts related to consolidated FG VIEs.

191

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

Expected Timing of Financial Guaranty Insurance
Premium and Loss Recognition

Selected Information for Policies Paid in Installments

192

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

Rollforward of Deferred Acquisition Costs

Loss Estimation Process

        The Company's loss reserve committees estimate expected loss to be paid for its financial guaranty exposures. Surveillance personnel present analysis related to potential losses to the Company's loss reserve committees for consideration in estimating the expected loss to be paid. Such analysis includes the consideration of various scenarios with potential probabilities assigned to them. Depending upon the nature of the risk, the Company's view of the potential size of any loss and the information available to the Company, that analysis may be based upon individually developed cash flow models, internal credit rating assessments and sector-driven loss severity assumptions or judgmental assessments. In the case of its assumed business, the Company may conduct its own analysis as just described or, depending on the Company's view of the potential size of any loss and the information available to the Company, the Company may use loss estimates provided by ceding insurers. The Company's loss reserve committees review and refresh the estimate of expected loss to be paid each quarter. The Company's estimate of ultimate loss on a policy is subject to significant uncertainty over the life of the insured transaction due to the potential for significant variability in credit performance as a result of economic, fiscal and financial market variability over the long duration of most contracts. The determination of expected loss to be paid is an inherently subjective process involving numerous estimates, assumptions and judgments by management.

        The following table presents a roll forward of the present value of net expected loss to be paid for financial guaranty insurance contracts by sector. Net expected loss to be paid is the estimate of the present value of future claim payments, net of reinsurance and net of salvage and subrogation, which includes the present value benefit of estimated recoveries for breaches of R&W. The Company used weighted average risk-free rates for U.S. dollar denominated obligations, which ranged from 0.0% to 3.27% as of December 31, 2011 and 0.0% to 5.34% as of December 31, 2010.

193

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

Financial Guaranty Insurance
Present Value of Net Expected Loss to be Paid
Roll Forward by Sector(1)

 

194

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

        The table below provides a reconciliation of expected loss to be paid to expected loss to be expensed. Expected loss to be paid differs from expected loss to be expensed due to: (1) the contra-paid because the payments have been made but have not yet been expensed, (2) for transactions with a net expected recovery, the addition of claim payments that have been made (and therefore are not included in expected loss to be paid) that are expected to be recovered in the future (and therefore have also reduced expected loss to be paid), and (3) loss reserves that have already been established (and therefore expensed but not yet paid).

Reconciliation of Present Value of Net Expected Loss to be Paid
and Net Present Value of Net Expected Loss to be Expensed

The Company's Approach to Projecting Losses in U.S. RMBS

        The Company projects losses on its insured U.S. RMBS on a transaction-by-transaction basis by projecting the performance of the underlying pool of mortgages over time and then applying the structural features (i.e., payment priorities and tranching) of the RMBS to the projected performance of the collateral over time. The resulting projected claim payments or reimbursements are then discounted using risk-free rates. For transactions where the Company projects it will receive recoveries from providers of R&W, it projects the amount of recoveries and either establishes a recovery for claims already paid or reduces its projected claim payments accordingly.

        The further behind a mortgage borrower falls in making payments, the more likely it is that he or she will default. The rate at which borrowers from a particular delinquency category (number of monthly payments behind) eventually default is referred to as the "liquidation rate." Liquidation rates may be derived from observed roll rates, which are the rates at which loans progress from one delinquency category to the next and eventually to default and liquidation. The Company applies liquidation rates to the mortgage loan collateral in each delinquency category and makes certain timing assumptions to project near-term mortgage collateral defaults from loans that are currently delinquent.

        Mortgage borrowers that are not more than one payment behind (generally considered performing borrowers) have demonstrated an ability and willingness to pay throughout the recession and mortgage crisis, and as a result are viewed as less likely to default than delinquent borrowers. Performing borrowers that eventually default will also need to progress through delinquency categories before any defaults occur. The Company projects how many of the currently performing loans will default and when by first converting the projected near term defaults of delinquent borrowers derived from

195

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

liquidation rates into a vector of conditional default rates, then projecting how the conditional default rates will develop over time. Loans that are defaulted pursuant to the conditional default rate after the liquidation of currently delinquent loans represent defaults of currently performing loans. A conditional default rate is the outstanding principal amount of defaulted loans liquidated in the current month divided by the remaining outstanding amount of the whole pool of loans (or "collateral pool balance"). The collateral pool balance decreases over time as a result of scheduled principal payments, partial and whole principal repayments, and defaults.

        In order to derive collateral pool losses from the collateral pool defaults it has projected, the Company applies a loss severity. The loss severity is the amount of loss the transaction experiences on a defaulted loan after the application of net proceeds from the disposal of the underlying property. The Company projects loss severities by sector based on its experience to date. Further detail regarding the assumptions and variables the Company used to project collateral losses in its U.S. RMBS portfolio may be found below in the sections "U.S. Second Lien RMBS Loss Projections: HELOCs and Closed-End Second Lien" and "U.S. First Lien RMBS Loss Projections: Alt-A First Lien, Option ARM, Subprime and Prime."

        The Company is in the process of enforcing claims for breaches of R&W regarding the characteristics of the loans included in the collateral pools. The Company calculates a credit from the RMBS issuer for such recoveries where the R&W were provided by an entity the Company believes to be financially viable and where the Company already has access or believes it will attain access to the underlying mortgage loan files. Where the Company has an agreement with an R&W provider (e.g., the Bank of America Agreement) or where it is in advanced discussions on a potential agreement, that credit is based on the agreement or potential agreement. In second lien RMBS transactions where there is no agreement or advanced discussions, this credit is based on a percentage of actual repurchase rates achieved across those transactions where material repurchases have been made, while in first lien RMBS transactions where there is no agreement or advanced discussions, this credit is estimated by reducing collateral losses projected by the Company to reflect a percentage of the recoveries the Company believes it will achieve, based on the number of breaches identified to date and incorporated scenarios based on the amounts the Company was able to negotiate under the Bank of America Agreement. The first lien approach is different from the second lien approach because the Company's first lien transactions have multiple tranches and a more complicated method is required to correctly allocate credit to each tranche. In each case, the credit is a function of the projected lifetime collateral losses in the collateral pool, so an increase in projected collateral losses generally increases the R&W credit calculated by the Company for the RMBS issuer. Further detail regarding how the Company calculates these credits may be found under "Breaches of Representations and Warranties" below.

        The Company projects the overall future cash flow from a collateral pool by adjusting the payment stream from the principal and interest contractually due on the underlying mortgages for (a) the collateral losses it projects as described above, (b) assumed voluntary prepayments and (c) recoveries for breaches of R&W as described above. The Company then applies an individual model of the structure of the transaction to the projected future cash flow from that transaction's collateral pool to project the Company's future claims and claim reimbursements for that individual transaction. Finally, the projected claims and reimbursements are discounted using risk-free rates. As noted above, the Company runs several sets of assumptions regarding mortgage collateral performance, or scenarios, and probability weights them.

Year-End 2011 U.S. RMBS Loss Projections

        The shape of the RMBS loss projection curves used by the Company in both the year end of 2011 and the year end of 2010 assume that the housing and mortgage markets will eventually improve. The Company retained the same general shape of the RMBS loss projection curves at year end 2011 as at

196

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

year end 2010, reflecting the Company's view, based on its observation of continued elevated levels of early stage delinquencies, that the housing and mortgage market recovery is occurring at a slower than previously expected pace. Over the course of 2011, the Company also made a number of changes to its RMBS loss projection assumptions reflecting that same view of the housing and mortgage markets.

        The scenarios the Company used to project RMBS collateral losses for second lien RMBS transactions at year end 2011 were essentially the same as those it used at year end 2010, except that based on its observation of the continued elevated levels of early stage delinquencies, (i) as noted above, the Company retained the same general shape of its RMBS loss projection curves, (ii) the Company increased its base case expected period for reaching the final conditional default rate in 2011; and (iii) the Company adjusted the probability weightings it applied from year-end 2010 to reflect the changes to those scenarios. Taken together, the changes in assumptions between year-end 2010 and 2011 had the effect of reflecting a slower recovery in the housing market than had been assumed at the beginning of the year.

        The Company used the same general approach to project RMBS collateral losses for first lien RMBS transactions at year end 2011 as it did at year end 2010, except that (i) as noted above, based on its observation of the continued elevated levels of early stage delinquencies, the Company retained the same general shape of its RMBS loss projection curves; (ii) based on its observation of increased loss severity rates, the Company increased its projected loss severity rates in various of its scenarios; and (iii) based on its observation of liquidation rates, the Company decreased the liquidation rates it applies to non-performing loans (the Company made this change at year-end 2011). Finally, again reflecting continued high levels of early stage delinquencies and increased loss severity rates, the Company added a more stressful scenario at year-end 2011 reflecting an even slower potential recovery in the housing and mortgage markets. Additionally, the Company's year-end 2011 base case is a scenario that in previous quarters was assumed to be one of the stress scenarios. Taken together, the changes in assumptions between year-end 2010 and 2011 had the effect of (a) reflecting a slower recovery in the housing market than had been assumed at the beginning of the year and (b) for subprime transactions increasing the initial loss severities in most scenarios from 80% to 90% and for other first lien transactions increasing initial loss severities from 60% to 65% and peak loss severities in a stress case from 60% to 75%.

        The Company also used generally the same methodology to project the credit received for recoveries in R&W at year-end 2011 as was used at year-end 2010. The primary difference relates to the execution of the Bank of America Agreement and the inclusion of the terms of the agreement as a potential scenario in transactions not covered by the Bank of America as well as incorporating the projected terms of a potential agreement with another entity. Compared with year-end 2010, the Company calculated R&W credits for two more second lien transactions and 11 more first lien transactions where either it obtained loan files, concluded it had the right to obtain loan files that it had not previously concluded were accessible or anticipates receiving a benefit due to an agreement or potential agreement with an R&W provider.

Year-End 2010 U.S. RMBS Loss Projections

        The Company retained the same general shape of the RMBS loss projection curves at year end 2010 as at year end 2009, reflecting the Company's view, based on its observation of continued elevated levels of early stage delinquencies, that the housing and mortgage market recovery was occurring at a slower than previously expected pace. The specific shape of those curves was adjusted in the second quarter 2010 to reflect the Company's view that it was observing the beginning of an improvement in the housing and mortgage markets, and this specific shape of the loss projection curves was retained at year-end 2010. However, in the fourth quarter 2010, due to the Company's concerns about the timing and strength of any recovery in the mortgage and housing markets, the Company adjusted the

197

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

probability weightings it applied to its scenarios to reflect a somewhat more pessimistic view. Also in the fourth quarter 2010 the Company increased its initial subprime loss severity assumption to reflect recent experience. Taken together, the changes in the assumptions between year-end 2009 and 2010 had the effect of (a) reflecting a slower recovery in the housing market than had been assumed at the beginning of the year, and (b) increasing the assumed initial loss severities for subprime transactions from 70% to 80%.

        The Company also used generally the same methodology to project the credit received for recoveries on R&W at year-end 2010 as it used at year-end 2009. Other than the impact of the increase in projected collateral defaults on the calculation of the credit, the primary difference relates to the population of transactions the Company included in its R&W credits. The Company added credits for four second lien transactions: two transactions where a capital infusion of the provider of the R&W made that company financially viable in the Company's opinion and another two transactions where the Company obtained loan files that it had not previously concluded were accessible. The Company added credits for four first lien transactions where it has obtained loan files that it had not previously concluded were accessible. The Company also refined some of the assumptions in the calculation of the amount of the credit to reflect actual experience.

U.S. Second Lien RMBS Loss Projections: HELOCs and Closed-End Second Lien

        The Company insures two types of second lien RMBS: those secured by HELOCs and those secured by closed end second lien mortgages. HELOCs are revolving lines of credit generally secured by a second lien on a one to four family home. A mortgage for a fixed amount secured by a second lien on a one to four family home is generally referred to as a closed end second lien. Both first lien RMBS and second lien RMBS sometimes include a portion of loan collateral with a different priority than the majority of the collateral. The Company has material exposure to second lien mortgage loans originated and serviced by a number of parties, but the Company's most significant second lien exposure is to HELOCs originated and serviced by Countrywide, a subsidiary of Bank of America. See "—Breaches of Representations and Warranties."

        The delinquency performance of HELOC and closed end second lien exposures included in transactions insured by the Company began to deteriorate in 2007, and such transactions, particularly those originated in the period from 2005 through 2007, continue to perform below the Company's original underwriting expectations. While insured securities benefit from structural protections within the transactions designed to absorb collateral losses in excess of previous historically high levels, in many second lien RMBS projected losses now exceed those structural protections.

        The Company believes the primary variables affecting its expected losses in second lien RMBS transactions are the amount and timing of future losses in the collateral pool supporting the transactions and the amount of loans repurchased for breaches of R&W (or agreements with R&W providers related to such obligations). Expected losses are also a function of the structure of the transaction; the voluntary prepayment rate (typically also referred to as conditional prepayment rate of the collateral); the interest rate environment; and assumptions about the draw rate and loss severity. These variables are interrelated, difficult to predict and subject to considerable volatility. If actual experience differs from the Company's assumptions, the losses incurred could be materially different from the estimate. The Company continues to update its evaluation of these exposures as new information becomes available.

        The following table shows the key assumptions used in the calculation of estimated expected loss to be paid for direct vintage 2004 - 2008 second lien U.S. RMBS.

198

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

Key Assumptions in Base Case Expected Loss Estimates
Second Lien RMBS(1)

 

        In second lien transactions the projection of near-term defaults from currently delinquent loans is relatively straightforward because loans in second lien transactions are generally "charged off" (treated as defaulted) by the securitization's servicer once the loan is 180 days past due. Most second lien transactions report the amount of loans in five monthly delinquency categories (i.e., 30-59 days past due, 60-89 days past due, 90-119 days past due, 120-149 days past due and 150-179 days past due). The Company estimates the amount of loans that will default over the next five months by calculating current representative liquidation rates (the percent of loans in a given delinquency status that are assumed to ultimately default) from selected representative transactions and then applying an average of the preceding 12 months' liquidation rates to the amount of loans in the delinquency categories. The amount of loans projected to default in the first through fifth months is expressed as a conditional default rate. The first four months' conditional default rate is calculated by applying the liquidation rates to the current period past due balances (i.e., the 150-179 day balance is liquidated in the first projected month, the 120-149 day balance is liquidated in the second projected month, the 90-119 day balance is liquidated in the third projected month and the 60-89 day balance is liquidated in the fourth projected month). For the fifth month the conditional default rate is calculated using the average 30-59 day past due balances for the prior three months. An average of the third, fourth and fifth month conditional default rates is then used as the basis for the plateau period that follows the embedded five months of losses.

        As of December 31, 2011, for the base case scenario, the conditional default rate (the "plateau conditional default rate") was held constant for one month. Once the plateau period has ended, the conditional default rate is assumed to gradually trend down in uniform increments to its final long-term steady state conditional default rate. In the base case scenario, the time over which the conditional default rate trends down to its final conditional default rate is 30 months (compared with 18 months at year-end 2010 and year-end 2009). Therefore, the total stress period for second lien transactions is 36 months, comprising five months of delinquent data, a one month plateau period and 30 months of decrease to the steady state conditional default rate. This is 12 months longer than the 24 months of

199

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

total stress period used at year-end 2010 and year-end 2009. The long-term steady state conditional default rates are calculated as the constant conditional default rates that would have yielded the amount of losses originally expected at underwriting. When a second lien loan defaults, there is generally a very low recovery. Based on current expectations of future performance, the Company assumes that it will only recover 2% of the collateral, the same as the year-end 2010 but less than the 5% assumed at year-end 2009.

        The rate at which the principal amount of loans is prepaid may impact both the amount of losses projected (which is a function of the conditional default rate and the loan balance over time) as well as the amount of excess spread (which is the excess of the interest paid by the borrowers on the underlying loan over the amount of interest and expenses owed on the insured obligations). In the base case, the current conditional prepayment rate is assumed to continue until the end of the plateau before gradually increasing to the final conditional prepayment rate over the same period the conditional default rate decreases. For transactions where the initial conditional prepayment rate is higher than the final conditional prepayment rate, the initial conditional prepayment rate is held constant. The final conditional prepayment rate is assumed to be 10% for both HELOC and closed end second lien transactions. This level is much higher than current rates for most transactions, but lower than the historical average, which reflects the Company's continued uncertainty about the projected performance of the borrowers in these transactions. This pattern is consistent with how the Company modeled the conditional prepayment rate at year-end 2010. To the extent that prepayments differ from projected levels it could materially change the Company's projected excess spread and losses.

        The Company uses a number of other variables in its second lien loss projections, including the spread between relevant interest rate indices, and HELOC draw rates (the amount of new advances provided on existing HELOCs expressed as a percentage of current outstanding advances). For HELOC transactions, the draw rate is assumed to decline from the current level to a final draw rate over a period of three months. The final draw rates were assumed to range from 0.0% to 1.3% in all but one instance where the final draw rate was 7.7%.

        In estimating expected losses, the Company modeled and probability weighted three possible conditional default rate curves applicable to the period preceding the return to the long-term steady state conditional default rate. Given that draw rates have been reduced to levels below the historical average and that loss severities in these products have been higher than anticipated at inception, the Company believes that the level of the elevated conditional default rate and the length of time it will persist is the primary driver behind the likely amount of losses the collateral will suffer (before considering the effects of repurchases of ineligible loans). The Company continues to evaluate the assumptions affecting its modeling results.

        At year-end 2011, the Company's base case assumed a one month conditional default rate plateau and a 30 month ramp-down (for a total stress period of 36 months). Increasing the conditional default rate plateau to four months and keeping the ramp-down at 30-months (for a total stress period of 39 months) would increase the expected loss by approximately $56.9 million for HELOC transactions and $5.0 million for closed end second lien transactions. On the other hand, keeping the conditional default rate plateau at one month but decreasing the length of the conditional default rate ramp-down to a 24 month assumption (for a total stress period of 30 months) would decrease the expected loss by approximately $53.6 million for HELOC transactions and $2.9 million for closed-end second lien transactions.

200

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

U.S. First Lien RMBS Loss Projections: Alt-A First Lien, Option ARM, Subprime and Prime

        First lien RMBS are generally categorized in accordance with the characteristics of the first lien mortgage loans on one-to-four family homes supporting the transactions. The collateral supporting "subprime RMBS" transactions consists of first-lien residential mortgage loans made to subprime borrowers. A "subprime borrower" is one considered to be a higher risk credit based on credit scores or other risk characteristics. Another type of RMBS transaction is generally referred to as "Alt-A first lien." The collateral supporting such transactions consists of first-lien residential mortgage loans made to "prime" quality borrowers who lack certain ancillary characteristics that would make them prime. When more than 66% of the loans originally included in the pool are mortgage loans with an option to make a minimum payment that has the potential to amortize the loan negatively (i.e., increase the amount of principal owed), the transaction is referred to as an "Option ARM." Finally, transactions may be composed primarily of loans made to prime borrowers. Both first lien RMBS and second lien RMBS sometimes include a portion of loan collateral that differs in priority from the majority of the collateral.

        The performance of the Company's first lien RMBS exposures began to deteriorate in 2007 and such transactions, particularly those originated in the period from 2005 through 2007 continue to perform below the Company's original underwriting expectations. The Company currently projects first lien collateral losses many times those expected at the time of underwriting. While insured securities benefited from structural protections within the transactions designed to absorb some of the collateral losses, in many first lien RMBS transactions, projected losses exceed those structural protections.

        The majority of projected losses in first lien RMBS transactions are expected to come from non-performing mortgage loans (those that are delinquent or in foreclosure or where the loan has been foreclosed and the RMBS issuer owns the underlying real estate). An increase in non-performing loans beyond that projected in the previous period is one of the primary drivers of loss development in this portfolio. In order to determine the number of defaults resulting from these delinquent and foreclosed loans, the Company applies a liquidation rate assumption to loans in each of various delinquency categories. The Company arrived at its liquidation rates based on data in Loan Performance and assumptions about how delays in the foreclosure process may ultimately affect the rate at which loans are liquidated. The Loan Performance securities databases, provided by CoreLogic, Inc., are said to be the industry's largest and most comprehensive and include loan-level data on more than $2.2 trillion in mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities (more than 90% of the market) as well as analytical tools designed to help evaluate that data. The liquidation rate is a standard industry measure that is used to estimate the number of loans in a given aging category that will default within a specified time period. The Company projects these liquidations to occur over two years. For year-end 2011 the Company reviewed data in Loan Performance and, based on that data, determined that its liquidation rate assumptions needed to be updated. The following table shows liquidation assumptions for various delinquency categories.

201

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

First Lien Liquidation Rates

        While the Company uses liquidation rates as described above to project defaults of non-performing loans, it projects defaults on presently current loans by applying a conditional default rate trend. The start of that conditional default rate trend is based on the defaults the Company projects will emerge from currently nonperforming loans. The total amount of expected defaults from the non-performing loans is translated into a constant conditional default rate (i.e., the conditional default rate plateau), which, if applied for each of the next 24 months, would be sufficient to produce approximately the amount of defaults that were calculated to emerge from the various delinquency categories. The conditional default rate thus calculated individually on the delinquent collateral pool for each RMBS is then used as the starting point for the conditional default rate curve used to project defaults of the presently performing loans.

        In the base case, each transaction's conditional default rate is projected to improve over 12 months to an intermediate conditional default rate (calculated as 20% of its conditional default rate plateau, which was a stress case in prior periods when 15% was used in the base case); that intermediate conditional default rate is held constant for 36 months and then trails off in steps to a final conditional default rate of 5% of the conditional default rate plateau. Under the Company's methodology, defaults projected to occur in the first 24 months represent defaults that can be attributed to loans that are currently delinquent or in foreclosure, while the defaults projected to occur using the projected conditional default rate trend after the first 24 month period represent defaults attributable to borrowers that are currently performing.

        Another important driver of loss projections is loss severity, which is the amount of loss the transaction incurs on a loan after the application of net proceeds from the disposal of the underlying

202

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

property. Loss severities experienced in first lien transactions have reached historic high levels, and the Company is assuming that these historic high levels generally will continue for another year (in the case of subprime loans, the Company assumes the unprecedented 90% loss severity rate will continue for six months then drop to 80% for six months before following the ramp described below). The Company determines its initial loss severity based on actual recent experience. (Based on these observations, the Company has increased its loss severity assumptions for year-end 2011 as compared to year-end 2010 and 2009 as shown in the table below.) The Company then assumes that loss severities begin returning to levels consistent with underwriting assumptions beginning in December 2012, and in the base case scenario, decline over two years to 40%.

        The following table shows the key assumptions used in the calculation of expected loss to be paid for direct vintage 2004 - 2008 first lien U.S. RMBS.

Key Assumptions in Base Case Expected Loss Estimates
First Lien RMBS

        The rate at which the principal amount of loans is prepaid may impact both the amount of losses projected (since that amount is a function of the conditional default rate and the loan balance over time) as well as the amount of excess spread (the amount by which the interest paid by the borrowers on the underlying loan exceeds the amount of interest owed on the insured obligations). The assumption for the conditional prepayment rate follows a similar pattern to that of the conditional default rate. The current level of voluntary prepayments is assumed to continue for the plateau period before gradually increasing over 12 months to the final conditional prepayment rate, which is assumed to be either 10% or 15% depending on the scenario run. For transactions where the initial conditional prepayment rate is higher than the final conditional prepayment rate, the initial conditional prepayment rate is held constant.

203

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

        The ultimate performance of the Company's first lien RMBS transactions remains highly uncertain and may be subject to considerable volatility due to the influence of many factors, including the level and timing of loan defaults, changes in housing prices and other variables. The Company will continue to monitor the performance of its RMBS exposures and will adjust the loss projections for those transactions based on actual performance and management's estimates of future performance.

        In estimating expected losses, the Company modeled and probability weighted sensitivities for first lien transactions by varying its assumptions of how fast a recovery is expected to occur. One of the variables used to model sensitivities was how quickly the conditional default rate returned to its modeled equilibrium, which was defined as 5% of the current conditional default rate. The Company also stressed conditional prepayment rates and the speed of recovery of loss severity rates. Due to concerns about the potential for a slower recovery in home prices than it had previously modeled, the Company incorporated a fifth scenario this quarter. As a result the Company adjusted its scenario probability weightings, which had the effect of shifting its base case to a scenario that had been considered a stress scenario in prior periods. The Company probability weighted a total of five scenarios (including its base case) at year-end 2011, one more than it weighted in prior periods. In a somewhat more stressful environment than that of the base case, where the conditional default rate plateau was extended three months (to be 27 months long) before the same more gradual conditional default rate recovery and loss severities were assumed to recover over four rather than two years (and subprime loss severities were assumed to recover only to 60%), expected loss to be paid would increase from current projections by approximately $28.6 million for Alt-A first liens, $66.3 million for Option ARM, $111.3 million for subprime and $0.8 million for prime transactions. In an even more stressful scenario where other loss severities were assumed to recover over eight years (and subprime severities were assumed to recover only to 60% and other assumptions were the same as the other stress scenario), expected loss to be paid would increase from current projections by approximately $73.0 million for Alt-A first liens, $154.0 million for Option ARM, $160.1 million for subprime and $1.9 million for prime transactions. The Company also considered two scenarios where the recovery was faster than in its base case. In a scenario with a somewhat less stressful environment than the base case, where conditional default rate recovery was somewhat less gradual and the initial subprime loss severity rate was assumed to be 80% for 12 months and was assumed to recover to 40% over two years (the same scenario used for the base case at year end 2010), expected loss to be paid would decrease from current projections by approximately $6.4 million for Alt-A first lien, $54.5 million for Option ARM, $24.3 million for subprime and $0.2 million for prime transactions. In an even less stressful scenario where the conditional default rate plateau was three months shorter (21 months, effectively assuming that liquidation rates would improve) and the conditional default rate recovery was more pronounced, expected loss to be paid would decrease from current projections by approximately $27.3 million for Alt-A first lien, $120.0 million for Option ARM, $51.9 million for subprime and $0.6 million for prime transactions.

Breaches of Representations and Warranties

        The Company is pursuing reimbursements for breaches of R&W regarding loan characteristics. Performance of the collateral underlying certain first and second lien securitizations has substantially differed from the Company's original expectations. The Company has employed several loan file diligence firms and law firms as well as devoted internal resources to review the mortgage files surrounding many of the defaulted loans. The Company's success in these efforts resulted in two negotiated agreements, in respect of the Company's R&W claims, including one on April 14, 2011 with Bank of America as described under "Bank of America Agreement" in Note 2, Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments.

204

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

        For the RMBS transactions as to which the Company had not settled its claims for breaches of R&W as of December 31, 2011, the Company had performed a detailed review of approximately 16,000 second lien and 18,500 first lien non-performing loan files, representing approximately $1.1 billion in second lien and $5.2 billion in first lien outstanding par of non-performing loans underlying insured transactions. The Company identified approximately 15,000 second lien transaction loan files and approximately 16,700 first lien transaction loan files that breached one or more R&W regarding the characteristics of the loans, such as misrepresentation of income or employment of the borrower, occupancy, undisclosed debt and non-compliance with underwriting guidelines at loan origination. The Company continues to review new files as new loans become non-performing and as new loan files are made available to it. The Company generally obtains the loan files from the originators or servicers (including master servicers). In some cases, the Company requests loan files via the trustee, which then requests the loan files from the originators and/or servicers. On second lien loans, the Company requests loan files for all charged-off loans. On first lien loans, the Company requests loan files for all severely (60+ days) delinquent loans and all liquidated loans. Recently, the Company started requesting loan files for all the loans (both performing and non-performing) in certain deals to limit the number of requests for additional loan files as the transactions season and loans charge-off, become 60+ days delinquent or are liquidated. (The Company takes no repurchase credit for R&W breaches on loans that are expected to continue to perform.) As of December 31, 2011, excluding settled transactions, the Company had reached agreement with R&W providers for the repurchase of $39.1 million of second lien and $70.2 million of first lien mortgage loans. The $39.1 million for second lien loans represents the calculated repurchase price for 475 loans and the $70.2 million for first lien loans represents the calculated repurchase price for 242 loans. The repurchase proceeds are paid to the RMBS transactions and distributed in accordance with the payment priorities set out in the transaction agreements, so the proceeds are not necessarily allocated to the Company on a dollar-for-dollar basis. Much of the repurchase proceeds already agreed to by R&W providers other than Bank of America have already been paid to the RMBS transactions.

        The Company has included in its net expected loss estimates as of December 31, 2011 an estimated benefit from loan repurchases related to breaches of R&W of $1.4 billion, which includes amounts from Bank of America. Where the Company has an agreement with an R&W provider (e.g., the Bank of America Agreement) or, where potential recoveries may be higher due to settlements, that benefit is based on the agreement or probability of a potential agreement. For other transactions, the amount of benefit recorded as a reduction of expected losses was calculated by extrapolating each transaction's breach rate on defaulted loans to projected defaults and applying a percentage of the recoveries the Company believes it will receive. Proceeds projected to be reimbursed to the Company on transactions where the Company has already paid claims are viewed as a recovery on paid losses. For transactions where the Company has not already paid claims, projected recoveries reduce projected loss estimates. In either case, projected recoveries have no effect on the amount of the Company's exposure. These amounts reflect payments made pursuant to the negotiated transaction agreements and not payments made pursuant to legal settlements. See "—Recovery Litigation" below for a description of the related legal proceedings the Company has commenced.

        The Company did not incorporate any gain contingencies or damages paid from potential litigation in its estimated repurchases. The amount the Company will ultimately recover related to contractual R&W is uncertain and subject to a number of factors including the counterparty's ability to pay, the number and loss amount of loans determined to have breached R&W and, potentially, negotiated settlements or litigation recoveries. As such, the Company's estimate of recoveries is uncertain and actual amounts realized may differ significantly from these estimates. In arriving at the expected recovery from breaches of R&W, the Company considered the creditworthiness of the provider of the R&W, the number of breaches found on defaulted loans, the success rate in resolving these breaches

205

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

across those transactions where material repurchases have been made and the potential amount of time until the recovery is realized.

        The calculation of expected recovery from breaches of R&W involved a variety of scenarios which ranged from the Company recovering substantially all of the losses it incurred due to violations of R&W to the Company realizing limited recoveries. The Company did not include any recoveries related to breaches of R&W in amounts greater than the losses it expected to pay under any given cash flow scenario. These scenarios were probability weighted in order to determine the recovery incorporated into the Company's estimate of expected losses. This approach was used for both loans that had already defaulted and those assumed to default in the future. In all cases, recoveries were limited to amounts paid or expected to be paid by the Company. In circumstances where potential recoveries may be higher due to settlements, the Company may adjust its recovery assumption for R&W.

Balance Sheet Classification of R&W Benefit, Net of Reinsurance

        The following table represents the Company's total estimated R&W recoveries netted in expected loss to be paid, from defective mortgage loans included in certain first and second lien U.S. RMBS loan securitizations that it insures.

Roll Forward of Estimated Benefit from Recoveries from Representation and Warranty Breaches,
Net of Reinsurance

206

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

Financial Guaranty Insurance U.S. RMBS Risks with R&W Benefit

        The following table provides a breakdown of the development and accretion amount in the roll forward of estimated recoveries associated with alleged breaches of R&W:

207

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

        The R&W development during 2011 resulted in large part from the Bank of America Agreement executed on April 14, 2011 related to the Company's R&W claims and described under "Bank of America Agreement" in Note 2, Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments. The benefit of the Bank of America Agreement is included in the R&W credit for the transactions directly affected by the agreement. In addition, the Bank of America Agreement caused the Company to increase the probability of successful pursuit of R&W claims against other providers where the Company believed those providers were breaching at a similar rate. The remainder of the development during 2011 primarily relates to changes in recovery assumptions due to the inclusion of the terms of the Bank of America Agreement as a potential scenario for other transactions and to reflect advanced discussions with other R&W providers.

        The R&W development during 2010 primarily resulted from an increase in loan file reviews, increased success rates in putting back loans, and increased projected defaults on loans with breaches of R&W. The Company has reflected eight additional transactions during 2010 which resulted in approximately $170.5 million of the development. Changes in assumptions generally relate to an increase in loan file reviews and increased success rates in putting back loans.

        The Company assumes that recoveries on HELOC and closed-end second lien loans that were not subject to the Bank of America Agreement will occur in two to four years from the balance sheet date depending on the scenarios and that recoveries on Alt-A first lien, Option ARM and Subprime loans will occur as claims are paid over the life of the transactions. Recoveries on second lien transactions subject to the Bank of America Agreement will be paid in full by March 31, 2012.

        As of December 31, 2011, cumulative collateral losses on the 20 first lien RMBS transactions executed as financial guaranties and subject to the Bank of America Agreement were approximately $1.9 billion. The Company estimates that cumulative projected collateral losses for these first lien transactions will be $4.8 billion, which will result in estimated gross expected losses to the Company of $652.5 million before considering R&W recoveries from Bank of America, and $130.5 million after considering such R&W recoveries, all on a discounted basis. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had been reimbursed $58.8 million and had invoiced for an additional $6.7 million in claims paid in December with respect to the covered first lien transactions under the Bank of America Agreement.

Student Loan Transactions

        The Company has insured or reinsured $3.0 billion net par of student loan securitizations, $1.5 billion issued by private issuers and classified as asset-backed and $1.5 billion issued by public authorities and classified as public finance. Of these amounts, $237.6 million and $614.4 million, respectively, are rated BIG. The Company is projecting approximately $74.6 million of net expected loss to be paid in these portfolios. In general the losses are due to: (i) the poor credit performance of private student loan collateral; (ii) high interest rates on auction rate securities with respect to which the auctions have failed or (iii) high interest rates on variable rate demand obligations ("VRDO") that have been put to the liquidity provider by the holder and are therefore bearing high "bank bond" interest rates. The largest of these losses was approximately $27.5 million and related to a transaction backed by a pool of private student loans ceded to AG Re by another monoline insurer. The guaranteed bonds were issued as auction rate securities that now bear a high rate of interest due to the downgrade of the primary insurer's financial strength rating. Further, the underlying loan collateral has performed below expectations. The decrease of approximately $3.3 million in net expected loss during 2011 is due to favorable commutations achieved by the primary insurer on some transactions partially offset by deterioration in other transactions.

208

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

Trust Preferred Securities Collateralized Debt Obligations

        The Company has insured or reinsured $1.8 billion of net par of collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs") backed by TruPS and similar debt instruments, or "TruPS CDOs." Of that amount, $940.6 million is rated BIG. The underlying collateral in the TruPS CDOs consists of subordinated debt instruments such as TruPS issued by bank holding companies and similar instruments issued by insurance companies, real estate investment trusts ("REITs") and other real estate related issuers.

        Of the $1.8 billion, $835.1 million was converted in 2011 from CDS form to financial guaranty form. Included in the amount converted are most of the TruPS CDOs currently rated BIG, including two TruPS CDOs for which the Company is projecting losses. The Company projects losses for TruPS CDOs by projecting the performance of the asset pools across several scenarios (which it weights) and applying the CDO structures to the resulting cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company has projected expected losses to be paid for TruPS CDOs that are accounted for as financial guaranty insurance of $13.2 million. The increase of approximately $13.8 million in net expected loss during 2011 was driven primarily by the conversion of two TruPS CDOs with expected losses to financial guaranty form in June 2011, and a reduction in the risk free rate used to discount loss projections (which was partially offset by decreased LIBOR rates on floating rate notes).

"XXX" Life Insurance Transactions

        The Company's $2.3 billion net par of XXX life insurance transactions include, as of December 31, 2011, $882.5 million rated BIG. The BIG "XXX" life insurance reserve securitizations are based on discrete blocks of individual life insurance business. In each such transaction the monies raised by the sale of the bonds insured by the Company were used to capitalize a special purpose vehicle that provides reinsurance to a life insurer or reinsurer. The monies are invested at inception in accounts managed by third-party investment managers. In order for the Company to incur an ultimate net loss on these transactions, adverse experience on the underlying block of life insurance policies and/or credit losses in the investment portfolio would need to exceed the level of credit enhancement built into the transaction structures. In particular, such credit losses in the investment portfolio could be realized in the event that circumstances arise resulting in the early liquidation of assets at a time when their market value is less than their intrinsic value.

        The BIG "XXX" life insurance transactions consist of Class A-2 Floating Rate Notes issued by Ballantyne Re p.l.c and Series A-1 Floating Rate Notes issued by Orkney Re II p.l.c ("Orkney Re II"). The Ballantyne Re and Orkney Re II XXX transactions had material amounts of their assets invested in U.S. RMBS transactions. Based on its analysis of the information currently available, including estimates of future investment performance provided by the investment manager, and projected credit impairments on the invested assets and performance of the blocks of life insurance business at December 31, 2011, the Company's projected net expected loss to be paid is $129.5 million. The increase of approximately $55.7 million during 2011 is due primarily to deterioration in RMBS investments and a reduction of the risk free rate used to discount loss projections.

Other Notable Loss or Claim Transactions

        The preceding pages describe the asset classes in the financial guaranty portfolio that encompass most of the Company's projected losses. The Company also projects losses on, or is monitoring particularly closely, a number of other transactions, the most significant of which are described in the following paragraphs.

        As of December 31, 2011, the Company had exposure to sovereign debt of Greece through financial guarantees of €200.0 million of debt (€165.1 million on a net basis) due in 2037 with a 4.5%

209

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

fixed coupon and €113.9 million of debt (€52.6 million on a net basis) due in 2057 with a 2.085% inflation-linked coupon. The Hellenic Republic of Greece, as obligor, has been paying interest on such notes on a timely basis. On February 24, 2012, Greece announced the terms of exchange offers and consent solicitations that request the voluntary participation by holders of certain Greek bonds in an exchange that would result in the reduction of 53.5% of the notional amount of such bonds, and request the consent of holders to amendments of the bonds that could be used to effectively impose the same terms on holders that do not voluntarily participate in the exchange. On February 23, 2012, the Greek Parliament enacted legislation that introduces collective action clauses into eligible Greek law governed bonds to permit the terms of such bonds to be amended with the consent of less than all the holders of those bonds. The bonds insured under the financial guarantees were included in the list of Greek bonds covered by the exchange offer and/or consent solicitation. The bonds due in 2037 were issued under Greek law and thus are susceptible to a coercive exchange pursuant to the new legislation that might trigger a claim under the Company's policy. The bonds due in 2057 were issued under English law and already contain a collective action clause that could entail similar results. Greece has stated that its use of collective action clauses will depend on the level of participation in the exchange offer and/or consent solicitation. The Company is currently evaluating the exchange offer and consent solicitation. If Greece does not utilize the collective action clauses, the Company believes the proposal should not trigger claim payments under its financial guarantees. The Company has considered a variety of scenarios in its loss reserve estimation process including the nature of the proposed exchange and the value of the consideration it would receive if it were to participate in the exchange, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The expected loss to be paid was $64.7 million gross of reinsurance and $42.6 million net of reinsurance as of December 31, 2011.

        The Company has net exposure to Jefferson County, Alabama of $731.8 million. On November 9, 2011, Jefferson County filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 9 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Alabama (Southern Division).

•

Most of the Company's exposure relates to $495.8 million of warrants issued by Jefferson County in respect of its sewer system, of which $218.7 million is direct and $277.1 million is assumed. Jefferson County's sewer revenue warrants are secured by a pledge of the net revenues of the sewer system, and the bankruptcy court has affirmed that the net revenues constitute "special revenue" under Chapter 9. Therefore, the net revenues of the sewer system are not subject to an automatic stay during the pendency of the County's bankruptcy case. However, whether sufficient net revenues will be made available for the payment of regularly scheduled debt service will be a function of the bankruptcy court's determination of "necessary operating expenses" under the bankruptcy code and the valuation of the sewer revenue stream which the bankruptcy court ultimately approves. The Company has projected expected loss to be paid of $26.7 million as of December 31, 2011 and $33.0 million as of December 31, 2010 on the sewer revenue warrants, which is an estimate based on a number of probability-weighted scenarios. The decrease of approximately $6.3 million in expected loss during 2011 was due primarily to a change in the loss scenarios and weightings used by the Company in light of the legal developments described above as well as its view of the possibility of a restoration of a consensual settlement despite the bankruptcy filing and its view of potential level of contribution of the various parties to any such consensual settlement.



•

The Company's remaining net exposure of $236.0 million relates to bonds issued by Jefferson County that are secured by, or payable from, certain revenues, taxes or lease payments that may have the benefit of a statutory lien or a lien on "special revenues" or other collateral. Of this, $170.9 million is direct and $65.1 million is assumed. The Company projects less than $1 million of expected loss to be paid as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 on these bonds.

210

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

        The Company expects that bondholder rights will be enforced. However, due to the early stage of the bankruptcy proceeding, and the circumstances surrounding Jefferson County's debt, the nature of the action is uncertain. The Company will continue to analyze developments in the matter closely.

        The Company has projected expected loss to be paid of $21.9 million as of December 31, 2011 and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2010 on a transaction backed by revenues generated by telephone directory "yellow pages" (both print and digital) in various jurisdictions with a net par of $110.7 million and guaranteed by Ambac Assurance Corporation ("Ambac"). This estimate is based primarily on the Company's view of how quickly "yellow pages" revenues are likely to decline in the future. The increase of approximately $20.8 million in expected loss in 2011 is due primarily to deterioration in performance offset in part by the Company's purchase of some of the insured debt at a discount to par.

        The Company insures a total of $339.6 million net par of securities backed by manufactured housing loans, a total of $228.6 million rated BIG. The Company has projected expected loss to be paid of $18.4 million as of December 31, 2011 and $14.3 million as of December 31, 2010 on two direct transactions from 2000-2001 with an aggregate net par of $144.8 million and $5.4 million expected losses to be paid as of December 31, 2011 on 11 assumed transactions from 1998-2001 with an aggregate net par of $83.7 million.

        The Company has $168.6 million of net par exposure to The City of Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, of which $95.3 million is BIG. The Company has paid $6.9 million in net claims to date, and expects a full recovery.

Recovery Litigation

RMBS Transactions

        As of the date of this filing, AGM and AGC have filed lawsuits with regard to six second lien U.S. RMBS transactions insured by them, alleging breaches of R&W both in respect of the underlying loans in the transactions and the accuracy of the information provided to AGM and AGC, and failure to cure or repurchase defective loans identified by AGM and AGC to such persons. These transactions consist of the ACE Securities Corp. Home Equity Loan Trust, Series 2006-GP1, the ACE Securities Corp. Home Equity Loan Trust, Series 2007-SL2 and the ACE Securities Corp. Home Equity Loan Trust, Series 2007-SL3 transactions (in each of which AGC or AGM has sued Deutsche Bank AG affiliates DB Structured Products, Inc. and ACE Securities Corp. in the Supreme Court of the State of New York), the SACO I Trust 2005-GP1 transaction (in which AGC has sued JPMorgan Chase & Co.'s affiliate EMC Mortgage Corporation in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York) and the Flagstar Home Equity Loan Trust, Series 2005-1 and Series 2006-2 transactions (in which AGM has sued Flagstar Bank, FSB, Flagstar Capital Markets Corporation and Flagstar ABS, LLC in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York). In these lawsuits, which AGM and AGC brought between June 2010 and April 2011, AGM and AGC seek damages, including indemnity or reimbursement for losses.

        In September 2010, AGM also filed a lawsuit in the Superior court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, against UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., as underwriters, as well as several named and unnamed control persons of IndyMac Bank, FSB and related IndyMac entities, with regard to two U.S. RMBS transactions that AGM had insured, seeking damages for alleged violations of state securities laws and breach of contract, among other claims. One of these transactions (referred to as IndyMac Home Equity Loan Trust 2007-H1) is a second lien transaction and the other (referred to as IndyMac IMSC Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-HOA-1) is a first lien transaction.

211

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

        In October 2011, AGM and AGC brought an action in the Supreme Court of the State of New York against DLJ Mortgage Capital, Inc. ("DLJ") and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC ("Credit Suisse") with regard to six first lien U.S. RMBS transactions insured by them: CSAB Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2006-2; CSAB Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2006-3; CSAB Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2006-4; CMSC Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2007-3; CSAB Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2007-1; and TBW Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2007-2. The complaint alleges breaches of R&W by DLJ in respect of the underlying loans in the transactions, breaches of contract by DLJ and Credit Suisse in procuring falsely inflated shadow ratings (a condition to the issuance by AGC and AGM of its policies) by providing false and misleading information to the rating agencies, and failure by DLJ to cure or repurchase defective loans identified by AGM and AGC.

        In February 2012, AGM filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York against UBS Real Estate Securities Inc. with respect to three first lien U.S. RMBS transactions it had insured: MASTR Adjustable Rate Mortgages Trust 2006-OA2; MASTR Adjustable Rate Mortgages Trust 2007-1; and MASTR Adjustable Rate Mortgages Trust 2007-3. The complaint alleges breaches of R&W by UBS Real Estate in respect of the underlying loans in the transactions, breaches of UBS Real Estate's repurchase obligations with respect to the defective loans identified by AGM, and breaches of contract by UBS Real Estate in procuring falsely inflated shadow ratings (a condition to the issuance by AGM of its policies) by providing false and misleading information to the ratings agencies concerning the underlying loans in the transactions.

"XXX" Life Insurance Transactions

        In December 2008, Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. ("AGUK") filed an action against J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. ("JPMIM"), the investment manager in the Orkney Re II transaction, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York alleging that JPMIM engaged in breaches of fiduciary duty, gross negligence and breaches of contract based upon its handling of the investments of Orkney Re II. In January 2010, the court ruled against AGUK on a motion to dismiss filed by JPMIM, dismissing AGUK's claims for breaches of fiduciary duty and gross negligence on the ground that such claims are preempted by the Martin Act, which is New York's blue sky law, such that only the New York Attorney General has the authority to sue JPMIM. AGUK appealed and, in November 2010, the Appellate Division (First Department) issued a ruling, ordering the court's order to be modified to reinstate AGUK's claims for breach of fiduciary duty and gross negligence and certain of its claims for breach of contract, in each case for claims accruing on or after June 26, 2007. In December 2011, after an appeal by JPMIM, the New York Court of Appeals ruled that AG(UK) may pursue its common-law tort claims for breach of fiduciary duty and gross negligence against JPMIM. This decision, together with the Appellate Division decision in favor of AG(UK) and a recent ruling by Justice Kapnick in the trial court, make clear that all of AGUK's claims for breaches of fiduciary duty, gross negligence and contract are reinstated in full. Separately, at the trial court level, a preliminary conference order related to discovery was entered in February 2011 and discovery is ongoing.

Public Finance Transactions

        In June 2010, AGM sued JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and JPMorgan Securities, Inc. (together, "JPMorgan"), the underwriter of debt issued by Jefferson County, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York alleging that JPMorgan induced AGM to issue its insurance policies in respect of such debt through material and fraudulent misrepresentations and omissions, including concealing that it had secured its position as underwriter and swap provider through bribes to Jefferson County commissioners and others. In December 2010, the court denied JPMorgan's motion to dismiss. AGM

212

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

has filed a motion with the Jefferson County bankruptcy court to confirm that continued prosecution of the lawsuit against JPMorgan will not violate the automatic stay applicable to Jefferson County notwithstanding JPMorgan's interpleading of Jefferson County into the lawsuit. AGM is continuing its risk remediation efforts for this exposure.

        In September 2010, AGM, together with TD Bank, National Association and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, as trustees, filed a complaint in the Court of Common Pleas of Dauphin County, Pennsylvania against The Harrisburg Authority, The City of Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, and the Treasurer of the City in connection with certain Resource Recovery Facility bonds and notes issued by The Harrisburg Authority, alleging, among other claims, breach of contract by both The Harrisburg Authority and The City of Harrisburg, and seeking remedies including an order of mandamus compelling the City to satisfy its obligations on the defaulted bonds and notes and the appointment of a receiver for The Harrisburg Authority. Acting on its own, the City Council of Harrisburg filed a purported bankruptcy petition for the City on October 11, 2011. On November 23, 2011, the bankruptcy judge dismissed the bankruptcy petition filed by the City Council and subsequently rejected a late-filed appeal by the City Council. The dismissal of the appeal has been appealed by the City Council. As a result of the dismissal, however, the actions brought by AGM and the trustees against The City of Harrisburg and The Harrisburg Authority are no longer stayed. A receiver for The City of Harrisburg (the "City Receiver") was appointed by the Commonwealth Court of Pennsylvania on December 2, 2011. The City Receiver filed a motion to intervene in the mandamus action and action for the appointment of a receiver for the resource recovery facility. The parties have submitted briefs as to whether the statute authorizing the appointment of the receiver preempts the mandamus and receiver remedies sought by AGM and the trustees.

213

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

Net Loss Summary

        The following table provides information on loss and LAE reserves net of reinsurance and salvage and subrogation recoverable on the consolidated balance sheets.

Loss and LAE Reserve (Recovery)
Net of Reinsurance and Salvage and Subrogation Recoverable

214

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

        The following table presents the loss and LAE recorded in the consolidated statements of operations by sector for financial guaranty insurance contracts. Amounts presented are net of reinsurance and net of the benefit for recoveries from breaches of R&W.

Loss and LAE Reported
on the Consolidated Statements of Operations

215

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

        The following table provides information on financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance contracts categorized as BIG.

Financial Guaranty Insurance BIG Transaction Loss Summary
December 31, 2011

Financial Guaranty Insurance BIG Transaction Loss Summary
December 31, 2010

216

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

5. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts (Continued)

        The following table reconciles the loss and LAE reserve and salvage and subrogation components on the consolidated balance sheet to the financial guaranty net reserves (salvage) in the financial guaranty BIG transaction loss summary tables above.

Components of Net Reserves (Salvage)

Ratings Impact on Financial Guaranty Business

        A downgrade of one of the Company's insurance subsidiaries may result in increased claims under financial guaranties issued by the Company. In particular, with respect to VRDO for which a bank has agreed to provide a liquidity facility, a downgrade of the insurer may provide the bank with the right to give notice to bondholders that the bank will terminate the liquidity facility, causing the bondholders to tender their bonds to the bank. Bonds held by the bank accrue interest at a "bank bond rate" that is higher than the rate otherwise borne by the bond (typically the prime rate plus 2.00% – 3.00%, often with a floor of 7%, and capped at the maximum legal limit). In the event that the bank holds such bonds for longer than a specified period of time, usually 90-180 days, the bank has the right to demand accelerated repayment of bond principal, usually through payment of equal installments over a period of not less than five years. In the event that a municipal obligor is unable to pay interest accruing at the bank bond rate or to pay principal during the shortened amortization period, a claim could be submitted to the insurer under its financial guaranty policy. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has insured approximately $1.1 billion of par of VRDO issued by municipal obligors rated BBB- or lower pursuant to the Company's internal rating. For a number of such obligations, a downgrade of the insurer below A+, in the case of S&P, or below A1, in the case of Moody's, triggers the ability of the bank to notify bondholders of the termination of the liquidity facility and to demand accelerated repayment of bond principal over a period of five to ten years. The specific terms relating to the rating levels that trigger the bank's termination right, and whether it is triggered by a downgrade by one rating agency or a downgrade by all rating agencies then rating the insurer, vary depending on the transaction. See also Note 15, Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities, for a discussion of the impact of a downgrade in the financial strength rating on the Company's insured leveraged lease transactions.

6. Fair Value Measurement

        The Company carries the majority of its assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., exit price). The price represents the price available in the principal market for the asset or liability. If there is no principal market, then the price

217

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

is based hypothetically, on a market that maximizes the value received for an asset or minimizes the amount paid for a liability (i.e., the most advantageous market).

        Fair value is based on quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based on either internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, market-based or independently sourced market parameters, including but not limited to yield curves, interest rates and debt prices or with the assistance of an independent third-party using a discounted cash flow approach and the third party's proprietary pricing models. In addition to market information, models also incorporate transaction details, such as maturity of the instrument and contractual features designed to reduce the Company's credit exposure, such as collateral rights as applicable.

        Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Company's creditworthiness, constraints on liquidity and unobservable parameters. As markets and products develop and the pricing for certain products becomes more or less transparent, the Company continues to refine its methodologies. During 2011, no changes were made to the Company's valuation models that had or are expected to have, a material impact on the Company's consolidated balance sheets or statements of operations and comprehensive income.

        The Company's methods for calculating fair value produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. The use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

        The fair value hierarchy is determined based on whether the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect Company estimates of market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes model inputs into three broad levels as follows, with Level 1 being the highest and Level 3 the lowest. An asset or liability's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation. All three levels require the use of observable market data when available.

        Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. The Company generally defines an active market as a market in which trading occurs at significant volumes. Active markets generally are more liquid and have a lower bid-ask spread than an inactive market.

        Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and observable inputs other than quoted prices, such as interest rates or yield curves and other inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market inputs.

        Level 3—Model derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. Level 3 financial instruments also include those for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

        Transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 are recognized at the beginning of the period when the transfer occurs. The Company reviews the classification between Levels 1, 2 and 3 quarterly to determine, based on the definitions provided, whether a transfer is necessary. There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the periods presented.

        In May 2011, the FASB issued new guidance that develops common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements to improve the comparability of

218

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The new guidance clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements, changes certain principles related to measuring fair value, and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. The amendments are to be applied prospectively and are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, which corresponds to the Company's first quarter of fiscal year 2012. The Company does not expect such adoption will have a material impact on its financial position and results of operations, however, it may change certain fair value disclosures.

Measured and Carried at Fair Value

Fixed Maturity Securities and Short-term Investments

        The fair value of bonds in the investment portfolio is generally based on quoted market prices received from third party pricing services or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Such quotes generally include available relevant market information, benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings, and matrix pricing. Additional valuation factors that can be taken into account are nominal spreads, dollar basis, and liquidity adjustments. The pricing services evaluate each asset class based on relevant market and credit information, perceived market movements, and sector news. The overwhelming majority of fixed maturities are classified as Level 2 because the most significant inputs used in the pricing techniques are observable. Prices determined based upon model processes where at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable, are considered to be Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2011, the Company used model processes to price 25 fixed maturity securities, which was 3% or $378.6 million of the Company's fixed-income securities and short-term investments at fair value. These securities were classified as Level 3.

Committed Capital Securities

        The fair value of committed capital securities ("CCS"), which is recorded in "other assets" on the consolidated balance sheets, represents the difference between the present value of remaining expected put option premium payments under AGC's CCS (the "AGC CCS Securities") and AGM's Committed Preferred Trust Securities (the "AGM CPS Securities") agreements and the value of such estimated payments based upon the quoted price for such premium payments as of the reporting dates (see Note 15, Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities). Changes in fair value of the AGM CPS and AGC CCS securities were recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The significant market inputs used were observable, therefore, the Company classified this fair value measurement as Level 2 prior to the third quarter of 2011. The CCS were transferred to Level 3 on the fair value hierarchy in the third quarter of 2011 because the Company was no longer able to obtain the same level of pricing information as in past quarters.

Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives

        The Company's credit derivatives consist primarily of insured CDS contracts, and also include net interest margin securitizations and interest rate swaps that fall under derivative accounting standards requiring fair value accounting through the statement of operations. The Company does not enter into CDS with the intent to actively trade these contracts and the Company may not unilaterally terminate a CDS contract; however, the Company has mutually agreed with various counterparties to terminate certain CDS transactions.

        The terms of the Company's CDS contracts differ from more standardized credit derivative contracts sold by companies outside the financial guaranty industry. Management considers the non-standard terms of its credit derivative contracts in determining the fair value of these contracts.

219

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

The non-standard terms include the absence of collateral support agreements or immediate settlement provisions. In addition, the Company employs relatively high attachment points and does not exit derivatives it sells or purchases for credit protection purposes, except under specific circumstances such as mutual agreements with counterparties to terminate certain CDS contracts.

        Due to the lack of quoted prices for its instruments or for similar instruments, the Company determines the fair value of its credit derivative contracts primarily through modeling that uses various inputs to derive an estimate of the fair value of the Company's contracts in principal markets. Observable inputs other than quoted market prices exist; however, these inputs reflect contracts that do not contain terms and conditions similar to the credit derivative contracts issued by the Company. Management does not believe there is an established market where financial guaranty insured credit derivatives are actively traded. The terms of the protection under an insured financial guaranty credit derivative do not, except for certain rare circumstances, allow the Company to exit its contracts. Management has determined that the exit market for the Company's credit derivatives is a hypothetical one based on its entry market. Management has tracked the historical pricing of the Company's deals to establish historical price points in the hypothetical market that are used in the fair value calculation. These contracts are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy since there is reliance on at least one unobservable input deemed significant to the valuation model, most significantly the Company's estimate of the value of the non-standard terms and conditions of its credit derivative contracts and of the Company's current credit standing.

        The Company's models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely and relevant market information.

        The fair value of the Company's credit derivative contracts represents the difference between the present value of remaining net premiums the Company expects to receive or pay for the credit protection under the contract and the estimated present value of premiums that a financial guarantor of comparable credit-worthiness would hypothetically charge or pay the Company for the same protection. The fair value of the Company's credit derivatives depends on a number of factors, including notional amount of the contract, expected term, credit spreads, changes in interest rates, the credit ratings of referenced entities, the Company's own credit risk and remaining contractual cash flows. The expected remaining contractual cash flows are the most readily observable inputs since they are based on the CDS contractual terms. These cash flows include premiums to be received or paid under the terms of the contract. Credit spreads capture the effect of recovery rates and performance of underlying assets of these contracts, among other factors. If credit spreads of the underlying obligations change, the fair value of the related credit derivative changes. Market liquidity also affects valuations of the underlying obligations. Market conditions at December 31, 2011 were such that market prices of the Company's CDS contracts were not available. Since market prices were not available, the Company used proprietary valuation models that used both unobservable and observable market data inputs as described under "Assumptions and Inputs" below. These models are primarily developed internally based on market conventions for similar transactions.

        Valuation models include management estimates and current market information. Management is also required to make assumptions of how the fair value of credit derivative instruments is affected by current market conditions. Management considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, when available, performance of underlying assets, life of the instrument, and the nature and extent of activity in the financial guaranty credit derivative marketplace. The assumptions that management uses to determine the fair value may change in the future due to market conditions. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these credit derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements and the differences may be material.

220

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

Assumptions and Inputs

        Listed below are various inputs and assumptions that are key to the establishment of the Company's fair value for CDS contracts.

•

How gross spread is calculated: Gross spread is the difference between the yield of a security paid by an issuer on an insured versus uninsured basis or, in the case of a CDS transaction, the difference between the yield and an index such as the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"). Such pricing is well established by historical financial guaranty fees relative to the credit spread on risks assumed as observed and executed in competitive markets, including in financial guaranty reinsurance and secondary market transactions.



•

How gross spread is allocated: Gross spread on a financial guaranty accounted for as CDS is allocated among:



1.

the profit the originator, usually an investment bank, realizes for putting the deal together and funding the transaction ("bank profit");



2.

premiums paid to the Company for the Company's credit protection provided ("net spread"); and



3.

the cost of CDS protection purchased on the Company by the originator to hedge their counterparty credit risk exposure to the Company ("hedge cost").



•

The weighted average life which is based on expected remaining contractual cash flows and debt service schedules, which are the most readily observable inputs since they are based on the CDS contractual terms.



•

The rates used to discount future expected losses.

        The expected future premium cash flows for the Company's credit derivatives were discounted at rates ranging from 0.30% to 2.70% at December 31, 2011. The expected future cash flows for the Company's credit derivatives were discounted at rates ranging from 0.26% to 4.19% at December 31, 2010.

        Gross spread is used to ultimately determine the net spread a comparable financial guarantor would charge the Company to transfer its risk at the reporting date.

        The Company obtains gross spreads on risks assumed from market data sources published by third parties (e.g. dealer spread tables for the collateral similar to assets within the Company's transactions) as well as collateral-specific spreads provided by trustees or obtained from market sources. If observable market credit spreads are not available or reliable for the underlying reference obligations, then market indices are used that most closely resemble the underlying reference obligations, considering asset class, credit quality rating and maturity of the underlying reference obligations. These indices are adjusted to reflect the non-standard terms of the Company's CDS contracts. Market sources determine credit spreads by reviewing new issuance pricing for specific asset classes and receiving price quotes from their trading desks for the specific asset in question. Management validates these quotes by cross-referencing quotes received from one market source against quotes received from another market source to ensure reasonableness. In addition, the Company compares the relative change in price quotes received from one quarter to another, with the relative change experienced by published market indices for a specific asset class. Collateral specific spreads obtained from third-party, independent market sources are un-published spread quotes from market participants or market traders who are not trustees. Management obtains this information as the result of direct communication with these sources as part of the valuation process.

221

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

        The following spread hierarchy is utilized in determining which source of gross spread to use, with the rule being to use CDS spreads where available. If not available, the Company either interpolates or extrapolates CDS spreads based on similar transactions or market indices.

•

Actual collateral specific credit spreads (if up-to-date and reliable market-based spreads are available).



•

Deals priced or closed during a specific quarter within a specific asset class and specific rating.



•

Credit spreads interpolated based upon market indices.



•

Credit spreads provided by the counterparty of the CDS.



•

Credit spreads extrapolated based upon transactions of similar asset classes, similar ratings, and similar time to maturity.

Information by Credit Spread Type

        Over time the data inputs can change as new sources become available or existing sources are discontinued or are no longer considered to be the most appropriate. It is the Company's objective to move to higher levels on the hierarchy whenever possible, but it is sometimes necessary to move to lower priority inputs because of discontinued data sources or management's assessment that the higher priority inputs are no longer considered to be representative of market spreads for a given type of collateral. This can happen, for example, if transaction volume changes such that a previously used spread index is no longer viewed as being reflective of current market levels.

        The Company interpolates a curve based on the historical relationship between the premium the Company receives when a financial guaranty contract accounted for as CDS is close to the daily closing price of the market index related to the specific asset class and rating of the deal. This curve indicates expected credit spreads at each indicative level on the related market index. For transactions with unique terms or characteristics where no price quotes are available, management extrapolates credit spreads based on an alternative transaction for which the Company has received a spread quote from one of the first three sources within the Company's spread hierarchy. This alternative transaction will be within the same asset class, have similar underlying assets, similar credit ratings, and similar time to maturity. The Company then calculates the percentage of relative spread change quarter over quarter for the alternative transaction. This percentage change is then applied to the historical credit spread of the transaction for which no price quote was received in order to calculate the transactions' current spread. Counterparties determine credit spreads by reviewing new issuance pricing for specific asset classes and receiving price quotes from their trading desks for the specific asset in question. These quotes are validated by cross-referencing quotes received from one market source with those quotes received from another market source to ensure reasonableness.

222

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

        The premium the Company receives is referred to as the "net spread." The Company's pricing model takes into account not only how credit spreads on risks that it assumes affect pricing, but also how the Company's own credit spread affects the pricing of its deals. The Company's own credit risk is factored into the determination of net spread based on the impact of changes in the quoted market price for credit protection bought on the Company, as reflected by quoted market prices on CDS referencing AGC or AGM. For credit spreads on the Company's name the Company obtains the quoted price of CDS contracts traded on AGC and AGM from market data sources published by third parties. The cost to acquire CDS protection referencing AGC or AGM affects the amount of spread on CDS deals that the Company retains and, hence, their fair value. As the cost to acquire CDS protection referencing AGC or AGM increases, the amount of premium the Company retains on a deal generally decreases. As the cost to acquire CDS protection referencing AGC or AGM decreases, the amount of premium the Company retains on a deal generally increases. In the Company's valuation model, the premium the Company captures is not permitted to go below the minimum rate that the Company would currently charge to assume similar risks. This assumption can have the effect of mitigating the amount of unrealized gains that are recognized on certain CDS contracts. Given the current market conditions and the Company's own credit spreads, approximately 78% of our CDS contracts are fair valued using this minimum premium. The Company corroborates the assumptions in its fair value model, including the amount of exposure to AGC and AGM hedged by its counterparties, with independent third parties each reporting period. The current level of AGC's and AGM's own credit spread has resulted in the bank or deal originator hedging a significant portion of its exposure to AGC and AGM. This reduces the amount of contractual cash flows AGC and AGM can capture for selling its protection.

        The amount of premium a financial guaranty insurance market participant can demand is inversely related to the cost of credit protection on the insurance company as measured by market credit spreads assuming all other assumptions remain constant. This is because the buyers of credit protection typically hedge a portion of their risk to the financial guarantor, due to the fact that contractual terms of financial guaranty insurance contracts typically do not require the posting of collateral by the guarantor. The widening of a financial guarantor's own credit spread increases the cost to buy credit protection on the guarantor, thereby reducing the amount of premium the guarantor can capture out of the gross spread on the deal. The extent of the hedge depends on the types of instruments insured and the current market conditions.

        A credit derivative asset on protection sold is the result of contractual cash flows on in-force deals in excess of what a hypothetical financial guarantor could receive if it sold protection on the same risk as of the current reporting date. If the Company were able to freely exchange these contracts (i.e., assuming its contracts did not contain proscriptions on transfer and there was a viable exchange market), it would be able to realize a gain representing the difference between the higher contractual premiums to which it is entitled and the current market premiums for a similar contract. The Company determines the fair value of its CDS contracts by applying the difference between the current net spread and the contractual net spread for the remaining duration of each contract to the notional value of its CDS contracts.

Example

        Following is an example of how changes in gross spreads, the Company's own credit spread and the cost to buy protection on the Company affect the amount of premium the Company can demand for its credit protection. The assumptions used in these examples are hypothetical amounts. Scenario 1

223

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

represents the market conditions in effect on the transaction date and Scenario 2 represents market conditions at a subsequent reporting date.

        In Scenario 1, the gross spread is 185 basis points. The bank or deal originator captures 115 basis points of the original gross spread and hedges 10% of its exposure to AGC, when the CDS spread on AGC was 300 basis points (300 basis points × 10% = 30 basis points). Under this scenario the Company received premium of 40 basis points, or 22% of the gross spread.

        In Scenario 2, the gross spread is 500 basis points. The bank or deal originator captures 50 basis points of the original gross spread and hedges 25% of its exposure to AGC, when the CDS spread on AGC was 1,760 basis points (1,760 basis points × 25% = 440 basis points). Under this scenario the Company would receive premium of 10 basis points, or 2% of the gross spread. Due to the increased cost to hedge AGC's name, the amount of profit the bank would expect to receive, and the premium the Company would expect to receive decline significantly.

        In this example, the contractual cash flows (the Company premium received per annum above) exceed the amount a market participant would require the Company to pay in today's market to accept its obligations under the CDS contract, thus resulting in an asset. This credit derivative asset is equal to the difference in premium rates discounted at the corresponding LIBOR over the weighted average remaining life of the contract.

Strengths and Weaknesses of Model

        The Company's credit derivative valuation model, like any financial model, has certain strengths and weaknesses.

        The primary strengths of the Company's CDS modeling techniques are:

•

The model takes into account the transaction structure and the key drivers of market value. The transaction structure includes par insured, weighted average life, level of subordination and composition of collateral.



•

The model maximizes the use of market-driven inputs whenever they are available. The key inputs to the model are market-based spreads for the collateral, and the credit rating of referenced entities. These are viewed by the Company to be the key parameters that affect fair value of the transaction.



•

The model is a consistent approach to valuing positions. The Company has developed a hierarchy for market-based spread inputs that helps mitigate the degree of subjectivity during periods of high illiquidity.

        The primary weaknesses of the Company's CDS modeling techniques are:

•

There is no exit market or actual exit transactions. Therefore the Company's exit market is a hypothetical one based on the Company's entry market.

224

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

•

There is a very limited market in which to validate the reasonableness of the fair values developed by the Company's model.



•

At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the markets for the inputs to the model were highly illiquid, which impacts their reliability.



•

Due to the non-standard terms under which the Company enters into derivative contracts, the fair value of its credit derivatives may not reflect the same prices observed in an actively traded market of credit derivatives that do not contain terms and conditions similar to those observed in the financial guaranty market.

        As of December 31, 2011 these contracts were classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy because there is a reliance on at least one unobservable input deemed significant to the valuation model, most significantly the Company's estimate of the value of non-standard terms and conditions of its credit derivative contracts and of the Company's current credit standing.

Fair Value Option on FG VIEs' Assets and Liabilities

        The Company elected the Fair Value Option for FG VIEs' assets and liabilities upon adoption of VIE consolidation accounting guidance on January 1, 2010 which required the consolidation of FG VIEs. The fair value option was also elected for all subsequently consolidated FG VIEs. See Note 8, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.

        The FG VIEs that are consolidated by the Company issued securities collateralized by HELOCs, first lien RMBS, Alt-A first and second lien RMBS, subprime automobile loans, and other loans and receivables. As the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of these securities in its entirety was a Level 3 input (i.e. unobservable), management classified all such securities as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The securities were priced with the assistance of an independent third-party. The pricing is based on a discounted cash flow approach and the third-party's proprietary pricing models. The models to price the FG VIEs' liabilities used, where appropriate, inputs such as estimated prepayment speeds; market values of the assets that collateralize the securities; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes, historical collateral performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); discount rates implied by market prices for similar securities; house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts and, for those liabilities insured by the Company, the benefit from the Company's insurance policy guaranteeing the timely payment of principal and interest for the FG VIE tranches insured by the Company, taking into account the timing of the potential default and the Company's own credit rating.

        Changes in fair value of the FG VIEs' assets and liabilities are included in net change in fair value of FG VIEs within the consolidated statement of operations. Except for credit impairment that triggers a claim on the financial guaranty contract, the unrealized fair value adjustments related to the consolidated FG VIEs will reverse to zero over the terms of these financial instruments.

        The fair value of the Company's FG VIE assets is sensitive to changes relating to estimated prepayment speeds; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes such as: historical collateral performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); recoveries from excess spread, discount rates implied by market prices for similar securities; and house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts. Significant changes to any of these inputs could materially change the market value of the FG VIE's assets and the implied collateral losses within the transaction. In general, the fair value of the FG VIE is most sensitive to changes in the projected collateral losses, where an increase in

225

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

collateral losses typically leads to a decrease in the fair value of the Company's FG VIE assets, while a decrease in collateral losses typically leads to an increase in the fair value of the Company's FG VIE assets. These factors also directly impact the fair value of the Company's uninsured VIE liabilities.

        The fair value of the Company's insured FG VIE liabilities is also sensitive to changes relating to estimated prepayment speeds; market values of the assets that collateralize the securities; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes such as: historical collateral performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); recoveries from excess spread, discount rates implied by market prices for similar securities; and house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts. In addition, the Company's insured FG VIE liabilities are also sensitive to changes in the Company's implied credit worthiness. Significant changes to any of these inputs could materially change the timing of expected losses within the insured transaction which is a significant factor in determining the implied benefit from the Company's insurance policy guaranteeing the timely payment of principal and interest for the FG VIE tranches insured by the Company. In general, when the timing of expected loss payments by the Company is extended into the future, this typically leads to a decrease in the value of the Company's insurance and a decrease in the fair value of the Company's insured FG VIE liabilities, while a shortening of the timing of expected loss payments by the Company typically leads to an increase in the value of the Company's insurance and an increase in the fair value of the Company's insured FG VIE liabilities.

Not Carried at Fair Value

Financial Guaranty Contracts in Insurance Form

        The fair value of the Company's financial guaranty contracts accounted for as insurance was based on management's estimate of what a similarly rated financial guaranty insurance company would demand to acquire the Company's in-force book of financial guaranty insurance business. This amount was based on the pricing assumptions management has observed in recent portfolio transfers that have occurred in the financial guaranty market and included adjustments to the carrying value of unearned premium reserve for stressed losses, ceding commissions and return on capital. The significant inputs were not readily observable.The Company accordingly classified this fair value measurement as Level 3.

Long-Term Debt

        The Company's long-term debt, excluding notes payable, is valued by broker- dealers using third party independent pricing sources and standard market conventions. The market conventions utilize market quotations, market transactions in comparable instruments, and various relationships between instruments, such as yield to maturity. The fair value measurement was classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy.

        The fair value of the notes payable that are recorded within long-term debt was determined by calculating the present value of the expected cash flows. The Company uses a market approach to determine discounted future cash flows using market driven discount rates and a variety of assumptions, if applicable, including LIBOR curve projections, prepayment and default assumptions, and AGM CDS spreads. The fair value measurement was classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

226

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value

        Amounts recorded at fair value in the Company's financial statements are included in the tables below.

Fair Value Hierarchy of Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value
As of December 31, 2011

227

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

Fair Value Hierarchy of Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value
As of December 31, 2010

228

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

        The table below presents a roll forward of the Company's Level 3 financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Fair Value Level 3 Rollforward
Recurring Basis

 

229

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

6. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

        The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments are presented in the following table.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

7. Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives

Accounting Policy

        Credit derivatives are recorded at fair value. Changes in fair value are recorded in "net change in fair value of credit derivatives" on the consolidated statement of operations. Realized gains and other settlements on credit derivatives include credit derivative premiums received and receivable for credit protection the Company has sold under its insured CDS contracts, premiums paid and payable for credit protection the Company has purchased, contractual claims paid and payable and received and receivable related to insured credit events under these contracts, ceding commissions expense or income and realized gains or losses related to their early termination. Net unrealized gains and losses on credit derivatives represent the adjustments for changes in fair value in excess of realized gains and other settlements that are recorded in each reporting period. Fair value of credit derivatives is reflected

230

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

7. Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives (Continued)

as either net assets or net liabilities determined on a contract by contract basis in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. See Note 6, Fair Value Measurement, for a discussion on the fair value methodology for credit derivatives.

Credit Derivatives

        The Company has a portfolio of financial guaranty contracts that meet the definition of a derivative in accordance with GAAP (primarily CDS). Until the Company ceased selling credit protection through credit derivative contracts in the beginning of 2009, following the issuance of regulatory guidelines that limited the terms under which the credit protection could be sold, management considered these agreements to be a normal part of its financial guaranty business. The potential capital or margin requirements that may apply under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contributed to the decision of the Company not to sell new credit protection through CDS in the foreseeable future.

        Credit derivative transactions are governed by ISDA documentation and have different characteristics from financial guaranty insurance contracts. For example, the Company's control rights with respect to a reference obligation under a credit derivative may be more limited than when the Company issues a financial guaranty insurance contract. In addition, while the Company's exposure under credit derivatives, like the Company's exposure under financial guaranty insurance contracts, has been generally for as long as the reference obligation remains outstanding, unlike financial guaranty contracts, a credit derivative may be terminated for a breach of the ISDA documentation or other specific events. A loss payment is made only upon the occurrence of one or more defined credit events with respect to the referenced securities or loans. A credit event may be a non-payment event such as a failure to pay, bankruptcy or restructuring, as negotiated by the parties to the credit derivative transactions. If events of default or termination events specified in the credit derivative documentation were to occur, the non-defaulting or the non-affected party, which may be either the Company or the counterparty, depending upon the circumstances, may decide to terminate a credit derivative prior to maturity. The Company may be required to make a termination payment to its swap counterparty upon such termination. The Company may not unilaterally terminate a CDS contract; however, the Company has mutually agreed with various counterparties to terminate certain CDS transactions.

Credit Derivative Net Par Outstanding by Sector

        The estimated remaining weighted average life of credit derivatives was 4.3 years at December 31, 2011 and 4.9 years at December 31, 2010. In 2011, CDS contracts totaling $11.5 billion in net par were terminated. The components of the Company's credit derivative net par outstanding are presented below.

231

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

7. Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives (Continued)

Credit Derivatives Net Par Outstanding

        Except for TruPS CDOs, the Company's exposure to pooled corporate obligations is highly diversified in terms of obligors and industries. Most pooled corporate transactions are structured to limit exposure to any given obligor and industry. The majority of the Company's pooled corporate exposure consists of collateralized loan obligation ("CLO") or synthetic pooled corporate obligations. Most of these CLOs have an average obligor size of less than 1% of the total transaction and typically restrict the maximum exposure to any one industry to approximately 10%. The Company's exposure also benefits from embedded credit enhancement in the transactions which allows a transaction to sustain a certain level of losses in the underlying collateral, further insulating the Company from industry specific concentrations of credit risk on these deals.

232

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

7. Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives (Continued)

        The Company's TruPS CDO asset pools are generally less diversified by obligors and industries than the typical CLO asset pool. Also, the underlying collateral in TruPS CDOs consists primarily of subordinated debt instruments such as TruPS issued by bank holding companies and similar instruments issued by insurance companies, REITs and other real estate related issuers while CLOs typically contain primarily senior secured obligations. Finally, TruPS CDOs typically contain interest rate hedges that may complicate the cash flows. However, to mitigate these risks TruPS CDOs were typically structured with higher levels of embedded credit enhancement than typical CLOs. In 2011, approximately $837.8 million of CDS written on TruPS CDOs were converted to financial guaranty insurance policies.

        The Company's exposure to "Other" CDS contracts is also highly diversified. It includes $3.1 billion of exposure to three pooled infrastructure transactions comprising diversified pools of international infrastructure project transactions and loans to regulated utilities. These pools were all structured with underlying credit enhancement sufficient for the Company to attach at super senior AAA levels. The remaining $7.7 billion of exposure in "Other" CDS contracts comprises numerous deals typically structured with significant underlying credit enhancement and spread across various asset classes, such as commercial receivables, international RMBS, infrastructure, regulated utilities and consumer receivables.

Distribution of Credit Derivative Net Par Outstanding by Internal Rating

Credit Derivative
U.S. Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities

233

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

7. Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives (Continued)

Credit Derivative
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives

Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives Gain (Loss)

        Net credit derivative premiums received and receivable included $24.7 million in 2011, which represents the acceleration of future premium revenues for terminated CDS. In addition, the Company paid $22.5 million to terminate several CMBS CDS transactions in 2011 which carried high rating agency capital charges.

        Changes in the fair value of credit derivatives occur primarily because of changes in interest rates, credit spreads, credit ratings of the referenced entities, realized gains and other settlements, and the issuing company's own credit rating, credit spreads and other market factors. Except for estimated credit impairments (i.e., net expected payments), the unrealized gains and losses on credit derivatives are expected to reduce to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date. With considerable volatility continuing in the market, unrealized gains (losses) on credit derivatives may fluctuate significantly in future periods.

234

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

7. Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives (Continued)

Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Credit Derivatives By Sector

        In 2011, U.S. RMBS unrealized fair value gains were generated primarily in the Option ARM, Alt-A, prime first lien and subprime sectors due to tighter implied net spreads. The tighter implied net spreads were primarily a result of the increased cost to buy protection in AGC's name as the market cost of AGC's credit protection increased. These transactions were pricing above their floor levels (or the minimum rate at which the Company would consider assuming these risks based on historical experience); therefore when the cost of purchasing CDS protection on AGC, which management refers to as the CDS spread on AGC, increased the implied, spreads that the Company would expect to receive on these transactions decreased. The unrealized fair value gain in Other primarily resulted from tighter implied net spreads on a XXX life securitization transaction and a film securitization, which also resulted from the increased cost to buy protection in AGC's name, referenced above. The cost of AGM's credit protection also increased during the year, but did not lead to significant fair value gains, as the majority of AGM policies continue to price at floor levels. Claim payments increased primarily due to payments on transactions that were either restructured or where we obtained the collateral.

        In 2010, U.S. RMBS unrealized fair value losses were generated primarily in the Option ARM and Alt-A first lien sector due to wider implied net spreads. The wider implied net spreads were a result of internal ratings downgrades on several of these Option ARM and Alt-A first lien policies. The unrealized fair value gain within the TruPS CDO and Other asset classes resulted from tighter implied spreads. These transactions were pricing above their floor levels (or the minimum rate at which the Company would consider assuming these risks based on historical experience); therefore when the cost of purchasing CDS protection on AGC and AGM increased, the implied spreads that the Company would expect to receive on these transactions decreased. During 2010, AGC's and AGM's spreads widened. However, gains due to the widening of the Company's own CDS spreads were offset by declines in fair value resulting from price changes and the internal downgrades of several U.S. RMBS policies referenced above.

235

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

7. Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives (Continued)

        In 2009, AGC's and AGM's credit spreads narrowed, however they remained relatively wide compared to pre-2007 levels. Offsetting the benefit attributable to AGC's and AGM's wide credit spread were declines in fixed income security market prices primarily attributable to widening spreads in certain markets as a result of the continued deterioration in credit markets and some credit rating downgrades. The higher credit spreads in the fixed income security market were primarily due to continuing market concerns over the most recent vintages of Subprime RMBS and trust-preferred securities.

        The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates, and other market conditions at the time these fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structural terms, the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. The fair value of credit derivative contracts also reflects the change in the Company's own credit cost based on the price to purchase credit protection on AGC and AGM. The Company determines its own credit risk based on quoted CDS prices traded on the Company at each balance sheet date. Generally, a widening of the CDS prices traded on AGC and AGM has an effect of offsetting unrealized losses that result from widening general market credit spreads, while a narrowing of the CDS prices traded on AGC and AGM has an effect of offsetting unrealized gains that result from narrowing general market credit spreads. An overall narrowing of spreads generally results in an unrealized gain on credit derivatives for the Company and an overall widening of spreads generally results in an unrealized loss for the Company.

Five Year CDS Spread on AGC and AGM

Components of Credit Derivative Assets (Liabilities)

        The fair value of CDS contracts at December 31, 2011 before considering the implications of AGC's and AGM's credit spreads, is a direct result of continued wide credit spreads in the fixed income security markets, and ratings downgrades. The asset classes that remain most affected are recent vintages of subprime RMBS and Alt-A first lien deals, as well as trust-preferred securities. When looking at December 31, 2011 compared with December 31, 2010, there was widening of spreads primarily relating to the Company's Alt-A first lien and subprime RMBS transactions, as well as the

236

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

7. Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives (Continued)

Company's trust-preferred securities. This widening of spreads resulted in a loss of approximately $56.5 million, before taking into account AGC's or AGM's credit spreads.

        Management believes that the trading level of AGC's and AGM's credit spreads are due to the correlation between AGC's and AGM's risk profile and the current risk profile of the broader financial markets and to increased demand for credit protection against AGC and AGM as the result of its financial guaranty volume, as well as the overall lack of liquidity in the CDS market. Offsetting the benefit attributable to AGC's and AGM's credit spread were declines in fixed income security market prices primarily attributable to widening spreads in certain markets as a result of the continued deterioration in credit markets and some credit rating downgrades. The higher credit spreads in the fixed income security market are due to the lack of liquidity in the high yield CDO, Trust-Preferred CDO, and CLO markets as well as continuing market concerns over the most recent vintages of subprime RMBS.

        The following table presents the fair value and the present value of expected claim payments or recoveries for contracts accounted for as derivatives.

Net Fair Value and Expected Losses of Credit Derivatives by Sector
As of December 31, 2011

Ratings Sensitivities of Credit Derivative Contracts

        Within the Company's insured CDS portfolio, the transaction documentation for $2.4 billion in CDS par insured provides that if the financial strength rating of AGC were downgraded past a specified level (which level varies from transaction to transaction), would constitute a termination event

237

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

7. Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives (Continued)

that would allow the CDS counterparty to terminate the affected transactions. If the CDS counterparty elected to terminate the affected transactions, under some transaction documents the Company could be required to make a termination payment (or may be entitled to receive a termination payment from the CDS counterparty) and under other transaction documents the credit protection would be cancelled and no termination payment would be owing by either party. Under certain documents, the Company has the right to cure the termination event by posting collateral, assigning its rights and obligations in respect of the transactions to a third party, or seeking a third party guaranty of the obligations of the Company. The Company currently has three ISDA master agreements under which the applicable counterparty could elect to terminate transactions upon a rating downgrade of AGC. If AGC's financial strength ratings were downgraded to BBB- or Baa3, $89 million in par insured could be terminated by one counterparty; and if AGC's ratings were downgraded to BB+ or Ba1, an additional approximately $2.3 billion in par insured could be terminated by the other two counterparties. The Company does not believe that it can accurately estimate the termination payments it could be required to make if, as a result of any such downgrade, a CDS counterparty terminated its CDS contracts with the Company. These payments could have a material adverse effect on the Company's liquidity and financial condition.

        Under a limited number of other CDS contracts, the Company may be required to post eligible collateral to secure its obligation to make payments under such contracts. Eligible collateral is generally cash or U.S. government or agency securities; eligible collateral other than cash is valued at a discount to the face amount. For certain of such contracts, the CDS counterparty has agreed to have some exposure to the Company on an unsecured basis, but as the financial strength ratings of the Company's insurance subsidiaries decline, the amount of unsecured exposure to the Company allowed by the CDS counterparty decreases until, at a specified rating level (which level varies from transaction to transaction), the Company must collateralize all of the exposure. The amount of collateral required is based on a mark-to-market valuation of the exposure that must be secured. Under other contracts, the Company has negotiated caps such that the posting requirement cannot exceed a certain fixed amount, regardless of the financial strength ratings of the Company's insurance subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011 the amount of insured par that is subject to collateral posting is approximately $14.8 billion (which amount is not reduced by unsecured exposure to the Company allowed by CDS counterparties at current financial strength rating levels), for which the Company has agreed to post approximately $779.9 million of collateral (which amount reflects some of the eligible collateral being valued at a discount to the face amount). The Company may be required to post additional collateral from time to time, depending on its financial strength ratings and on the market values of the transactions subject to the collateral posting. For approximately $14.3 billion of that $14.8 billion, at the Company's current ratings, the Company need not post on a cash basis more than $625 million, regardless of any change in the market value of the transactions, due to caps negotiated with counterparties. For the avoidance of doubt, the $625 million is already included in the $779.9 million that the Company has agreed to post. In the event AGC's ratings are downgraded to A+ or A3, the maximum amount to be posted against the $14.3 billion increases by $50 million to $675 million.

238

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

7. Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives (Continued)

Sensitivity to Changes in Credit Spread

        The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair values on the net balance of the Company's credit derivative positions assuming immediate parallel shifts in credit spreads on AGC and AGM and on the risks that they both assume.

Effect of Changes in Credit Spread

8. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

        The Company provides financial guaranties with respect to debt obligations of special purpose entities, including VIEs. AGC and AGM do not sponsor any VIEs when underwriting third party financial guaranty insurance or credit derivative transactions, nor has either of them acted as the servicer or collateral manager for any VIE obligations that it insures. The transaction structure generally provides certain financial protections to the Company. This financial protection can take several forms, the most common of which are overcollateralization, first loss protection (or subordination) and excess spread. In the case of overcollateralization (i.e., the principal amount of the securitized assets exceeds the principal amount of the structured finance obligations guaranteed by the Company), the structure allows defaults of the securitized assets before a default is experienced on the structured finance obligation guaranteed by the Company. In the case of first loss, the financial guaranty insurance policy only covers a senior layer of losses experienced by multiple obligations issued by special purpose entities, including VIEs. The first loss exposure with respect to the assets is either retained by the seller or sold off in the form of equity or mezzanine debt to other investors. In the case of excess spread, the financial assets contributed to special purpose entities, including VIEs, generate cash flows that are in excess of the interest payments on the debt issued by the special purpose entity. Such excess spread is typically distributed through the transaction's cash flow waterfall and may be used to create additional credit enhancement, applied to redeem debt issued by the special purpose entities, including VIEs (thereby, creating additional overcollateralization), or distributed to equity or other investors in the transaction.

        AGC and AGM are not primarily liable for the debt obligations issued by the VIEs they insure and would only be required to make payments on these debt obligations in the event that the issuer of such debt obligations defaults on any principal or interest due. AGL's and its Subsidiaries' creditors do not have any rights with regard to the assets of the VIEs. Proceeds from sales, maturities, prepayments and interest from VIE assets may only be used to pay debt service on VIE liabilities. Net fair value

239

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

8. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (Continued)

gains and losses on FG VIEs are expected to reverse to zero at maturity of the VIE debt, except for claim payments paid by AGC or AGM under the financial guaranty insurance contract. The Company's estimate of expected loss to be paid for FG VIEs is included in Note 5, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts.

Accounting Policy

        For all years presented, the Company has evaluated whether it was the primary beneficiary or control party of its VIEs. If the Company concludes that it is the primary beneficiary it is required to consolidate the entire VIE in the Company's financial statements. The accounting rules governing the criteria for determining the primary beneficiary or control party of VIEs changed effective January 1, 2010.

        Prior to January 1, 2010, the Company determined whether it was the primary beneficiary of a VIE by first performing a qualitative analysis of the VIE that included, among other factors, its capital structure, contractual terms, which variable interests create or absorb variability, related party relationships and the design of the VIE. The Company performed a quantitative analysis when qualitative analysis was not conclusive.

        Effective January 1, 2010, accounting standards require the Company to perform an analysis to determine whether its variable interests give it a controlling financial interest in a VIE. This analysis identifies the primary beneficiary of a VIE as the enterprise that has both 1) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance; and 2) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. This guidance requires an ongoing reassessment of whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE.

        As part of the terms of its financial guaranty contracts, the Company obtains certain protective rights with respect to the VIE that are triggered by the occurrence of certain events, such as failure to be in compliance with a covenant due to poor deal performance or a deterioration in a servicer or collateral manager's financial condition. At deal inception, the Company typically is not deemed to control a VIE; however, once a trigger event occurs, the Company's control of the VIE typically increases. The Company continuously evaluates its power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of VIEs that have debt obligations insured by the Company and, accordingly, where the Company is obligated to absorb VIE losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company obtains protective rights under its insurance contracts that give the Company additional controls over a VIE if there is either deterioration of deal performance or in the financial health of the deal servicer. The Company is deemed to be the control party for financial reporting purposes, typically when its protective rights give it the power to both terminate and replace the deal servicer, which are characteristics specific to the Company's financial guaranty contracts.

        The FG VIEs' liabilities that are insured by the Company are considered to be with recourse, because the Company guarantees the payment of principal and interest regardless of the performance of the related FG VIEs' assets. FG VIEs' liabilities that are not insured by the Company are considered to be without recourse, because the payment of principal and interest of these liabilities is wholly dependent on the performance of the FG VIEs' assets.

        The trustee reports of the consolidated FG VIEs are prepared by outside parties and are not available within the time constraints that the Company requires to ensure the financial accuracy of the operating results. As such, the financial results of the FG VIEs are consolidated on a lag; however, the Company adjusts the financial statements for the effects of material events occurring from the lag period until the balance sheet date. The Company has elected the fair value option for assets and

240

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

8. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (Continued)

liabilities classified as FG VIEs' assets and liabilities. Upon consolidation of FG VIEs, the Company elected the fair value option because the carrying amount transition method was not practical.

Adoption of Consolidation of VIE Standard on January 1, 2010

        This change in accounting was recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings on January 1, 2010. The cumulative effect was a $206.5 million after-tax decrease to the opening retained earnings balance representing the consolidation of 21 VIEs at fair value.

Adoption of VIE Consolidation Accounting Guidance January 1, 2010

        At December 31, 2009, the Company consolidated four VIEs that had issued debt obligations insured by the Company. Under the new accounting standard effective January 1, 2010, consolidation was no longer required and, accordingly, the four VIEs were deconsolidated at fair value, which was approximately $791.9 million in VIEs' assets and $788.7 million in VIEs' liabilities. The effect of this deconsolidation is included in the "Transition Adjustment" amounts above.

Consolidated FG VIEs

        During 2011, the Company determined that based on the assessment of its control rights over servicer or collateral manager replacement, given that servicing/managing collateral were deemed to be the VIEs' most significant activities, eight additional VIEs required consolidation. This resulted in a net loss on consolidation of $95.3 million, which was included in "net change in fair value of FG VIEs" in the consolidated statement of operations. In addition, debt on four FG VIEs was fully paid down during 2011. As a result, there were a total of 33 consolidated VIEs at December 31, 2011, compared to 29 VIEs at December 31, 2010.

241

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

8. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (Continued)

        The total unpaid principal balance for the FG VIEs' assets that were over 90 days or more past due was approximately $900.7 million. The change in the instrument-specific credit risk of the FG VIEs' assets for the year ended December 31, 2011 was a loss of approximately $600.4 million. The difference between the aggregate unpaid principal and aggregate fair value of the FG VIEs' liabilities was approximately $2,710.9 million at December 31, 2011.

        The table below shows the carrying value of the consolidated FG VIEs' assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements, segregated by the types of assets that collateralize their respective debt obligations:

Consolidated VIEs
By Type of Collateral

Gross Par Outstanding for FG VIEs' Liabilities
With Recourse

Contractual Maturity Schedule of FG VIE Liabilities with Recourse

242

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

8. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (Continued)

Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs on Net Income
and Shareholders' Equity(1)

 

Non-Consolidated VIEs

        To date, the Company's analyses have indicated that it does not have a controlling financial interest in any other VIEs and, as a result, they are not consolidated in the consolidated financial statements. The Company's exposure provided through its financial guaranties with respect to debt obligations of special purpose entities is included within net par outstanding in Note 4, Outstanding Exposure.

9. Investments

Accounting Policy

        The vast majority of the Company's investment portfolio is fixed maturity and short-term investments, classified as available-for-sale at the time of purchase (approximately 98.0% based on fair value at December 31, 2011), and therefore carried at fair value with change in fair value recorded in OCI, unless other than temporarily impaired. Changes in fair value for other than temporarily impaired securities are bifurcated between credit losses and non-credit changes in fair value. Credit losses on OTTI securities are recorded in the statement of operations and the non-credit component of OTTI securities are recorded in OCI. For other-than temporarily improved securities where the Company has the intent to sell, both credit and non-credit related changes in fair value are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. OTTI credit losses adjust the amortized cost of impaired securities and that amortized cost basis is not adjusted for subsequent recoveries in fair value. However, the amortized cost basis is adjusted for accretion and amortization using the effective interest method with a corresponding entry recorded in net investment income.

        Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined using the specific identification method. Realized loss includes amounts recorded for other than temporary impairments on debt securities.

243

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

9. Investments (Continued)

        For mortgage-backed securities, and any other holdings for which there is prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary. Any necessary adjustments due to changes in effective yields and maturities are recognized in current income.

        Short-term investments, which are those investments with a maturity of less than one year at time of purchase, are carried at fair value and include amounts deposited in money market funds.

        Other invested assets includes assets acquired in refinancing transactions are primarily comprised of franchise loans, which are evaluated for impairment by assessing the probability of collecting expected cash flows. Any impairment is recorded in the consolidated statement of operations and any subsequent increases in expected cash flow are recorded as an increase in yield over the remaining life of the loans. Other invested assets also include trading securities and a 50% equity investment acquired in a restructuring of an insured CDS and other investments. Trading securities are recorded on a trade date basis and carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities are reflected in net income. The Company's 50% equity investment is carried at its proportionate share of the underlying entity's equity value (See "—Investment in Portfolio Funding Company LLC I" below).

        Other invested assets also include trading securities which are recorded on a trade date basis and carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities are reflected in net income.

Assessment for Other-Than Temporary Impairments

        Prior to April 1, 2009, if a security was deemed to be OTTI, the entire difference between fair value and the amortized cost of a debt security at the measurement date was recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as a realized loss. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings was the new amortized cost basis of the investment. That new amortized cost basis was not adjusted for subsequent recoveries in fair value. However, if, based on cash flow estimates on the date of impairment, the recoverable value of the investment was greater than the new cost basis (i.e., the fair value on the date of impairment) of the investment, the difference was accreted into net investment income in future periods based upon the amount and timing of expected future cash flows of the security. The cumulative effect of the adoption of the OTTI standard on April 1, 2009 was a $62.2 million pretax ($57.7 million after-tax) reclassification of losses from retained earnings to accumulated OCI ("AOCI").

        Since April 1, 2009, if an OTTI has occurred, the amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment's amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date.

        If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI is separated into (1) the amount representing the credit loss and (2) the amount related to all other factors.

        The Company has a formal review process to determine OTTI for securities in its investment portfolio where there is no intent to sell and it is not more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

•

a decline in the market value of a security by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months;

244

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

9. Investments (Continued)

•

a decline in the market value of a security for a continuous period of 12 months;



•

recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies;



•

the financial condition of the applicable issuer;



•

whether loss of investment principal is anticipated; and



•

whether scheduled interest payments are past due.

        For these securities, the Company's formal review process includes analyses of the ability to recover the amortized cost by comparing the net present value of projected future cash flows with the amortized cost of the security. If the net present value is less than the amortized cost of the investment, an OTTI loss is recorded. The net present value is calculated by discounting the Company's best estimate of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the debt security prior to impairment. The Company's estimates of projected future cash flows are driven by assumptions regarding probability of default and estimates regarding timing and amount of recoveries associated with a default. The Company develops these estimates using information based on historical experience, credit analysis of an investment, as mentioned above, and market observable data, such as industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector credit ratings and other data relevant to the collectability of the security. For mortgage-backed and asset backed securities, cash flow estimates also include prepayment assumptions and other assumptions regarding the underlying collateral including default rates, recoveries and changes in value. The determination of the assumptions used in these projections requires the use of significant management judgment.

        The Company's assessment of a decline in value included management's current assessment of the factors noted above. The Company also seeks advice from its outside investment managers. If that assessment changes in the future, the Company may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

Investment Portfolio

        Net investment income increased due to a shift to longer duration assets, higher income on loss mitigation bonds, and additional earnings on higher invested asset balances. Accrued investment income on fixed maturity and short-term investments was $100.3 million and $97.9 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Net Investment Income

245

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

9. Investments (Continued)

Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)

        The following table presents the roll-forward of the credit losses of fixed maturity securities for which the Company has recognized OTTI and where the portion of the fair value adjustment related to other factors was recognized in OCI.

Roll Forward of Credit Losses in the Investment Portfolio

246

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

9. Investments (Continued)

Fixed Maturity Securities and Short Term Investments
by Security Type

 

247

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

9. Investments (Continued)

        The Company continues to receive sufficient information to value its investments and has not had to modify its valuation approach due to the current market conditions. As of December 31, 2011, amounts, net of tax, in AOCI included a net unrealized gain of $3.1 million for securities for which the Company had recognized OTTI and a net unrealized gain of $363.6 million for securities for which the Company had not recognized OTTI. As of December 31, 2010, amounts, net of tax, in AOCI included a net unrealized loss of $5.6 million for securities for which the Company had recognized OTTI and a net unrealized gain of $115.3 million for securities for which the Company had not recognized OTTI.

        The Company's investment portfolio in tax-exempt and taxable municipal securities includes issuances by a wide number of municipal authorities across the U.S. and its territories. This is a high quality portfolio of municipal securities with an average rating of AA as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Securities rated lower than A-/A3 by S&P or Moody's are not eligible to be purchased for the Company's portfolio.

        The following tables present the fair value of the Company's available-for-sale municipal bond portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 by state, excluding $403.4 million and $478.3 million of pre-refunded bonds, respectively. The credit ratings are based on the underlying ratings and do not include any benefit from bond insurance.

Fair Value of Available-for-Sale Municipal Bond Portfolio by State

248

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

9. Investments (Continued)

        The revenue bond portfolio is comprised primarily of essential service revenue bonds issued by water and sewer authorities and other utilities, transportation authorities, universities and healthcare providers.

Revenue Sources

        The Company's investment portfolio is managed by four outside managers. As municipal investments are a material portion of the Company's overall investment portfolio, the Company has established detailed guidelines regarding credit quality, exposure to a particular sector and exposure to a particular obligor within a sector. Each of the portfolio managers perform independent analysis on every municipal security they purchase for the Company's portfolio. The Company meets with each of its portfolio managers quarterly and reviews all investments with a change in credit rating as well as any investments on the manager's watch list of securities with the potential for downgrade. The Company does not independently assign investments within the Company's portfolio an individual rating.

        The following tables summarize, for all securities in an unrealized loss position, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the amounts have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.

249

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

9. Investments (Continued)

Fixed Maturity Securities
Gross Unrealized Loss by Length of Time

 

        The decrease in gross unrealized losses was primarily attributable to municipal securities offset by increases in gross unrealized losses attributable to RMBS and asset backed securities. Of the securities in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more as of December 31, 2011, 10 securities had unrealized losses greater than 10% of book value. The total unrealized loss for these securities as of December 31, 2011 was $40.8 million. The unrealized loss is yield-related and not specific to individual issuer credit. The Company has determined that the unrealized losses recorded as of December 31, 2011 are yield related and not the result of other-than-temporary impairments.

250

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

9. Investments (Continued)

        The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2011 are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Distribution of Fixed-Maturity Securities
by Contractual Maturity

        Under agreements with its cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, the Company maintains fixed maturity securities in trust accounts for the benefit of reinsured companies, which amounted to $380.1 million and $365.3 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition, to fulfill state licensing requirements the Company has placed on deposit eligible securities of $23.9 million and $19.2 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, for the protection of policyholders. To provide collateral for a letter of credit, the Company holds a fixed maturity investment in a segregated account which amounted to $3.5 million as of December 31, 2011. There were no fixed maturity investments in a segregated account as of December 31, 2010.

        Under certain derivative contracts, the Company is required to post eligible securities as collateral. The need to post collateral under these transactions is generally based on mark-to-market valuations in excess of contractual thresholds. The fair market value of the Company's pledged securities totaled $779.9 million and $765.9 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

        No material investments of the Company were non-income producing for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        The Company purchased securities that it has insured, and for which it has expected losses to be paid, in order to mitigate the economic effect of insured losses. These securities were purchased at a discount and are accounted for excluding the effects of the Company's insurance on the securities. As of December 31, 2011, securities purchased for loss mitigation purposes included in the fixed maturity portfolio on the consolidated balance sheet had a fair value of $192.3 million representing $701.3 million of par. Under the terms of certain credit derivative contracts, the Company has obtained the obligations referenced in the transactions and recorded such assets in fixed maturity securities in the consolidated balance sheets. Such amounts totaled $186.0 million, representing $222.4 million in par.

251

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

9. Investments (Continued)

Assets Acquired in Refinancing Transactions

        The Company has rights under certain of its financial guaranty insurance policies and indentures that allow it to accelerate the insured notes and pay claims under its insurance policies upon the occurrence of predefined events of default. To mitigate financial guaranty insurance losses, the Company may elect to purchase the outstanding insured obligation or its underlying collateral. Generally, refinancing vehicles reimburse AGM in whole for its claims payments in exchange for assignments of certain of AGM's rights against the trusts. The refinancing vehicles obtained their funds from the proceeds of AGM-insured GICs issued in the ordinary course of business by the Financial Products Companies. The refinancing vehicles are consolidated with the Company. The carrying value of assets acquired in refinancing transactions was $107.1 million and $129.4 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively and are primarily comprised of franchise loans. The accretable yield on the securitized loans was $140.9 million and $137.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        Income on assets acquired in refinancing transactions is recorded in "other income" and was $5.1 million, $6.7 million and $3.2 million for years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Investment in Portfolio Funding Company LLC I

        In the third quarter of 2010, as part of loss mitigation efforts under a CDS contract insured by the Company, the Company acquired a 50% interest in Portfolio Funding Company LLC I ("PFC"). PFC owns the distribution rights of a motion picture film library. The Company accounts for its interest in PFC as an equity investment. The value of the Company's investment in PFC as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $45.0 and $87.1 million, respectively. The Company's equity earnings in PFC are included in net change in fair value of credit derivatives, as these proceeds are used to offset the Company's payments under its CDS contract. As part of the aforementioned loss mitigation efforts, the Company also provided through PFC a subordinated debt and a working capital facility valued at $37.8 million as of both December 31, 2011 and 2010. In January 2012, the subordinated debt and working capital facility were repaid in their entirety.

10. Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements

        Each of the Company's insurance companies' ability to pay dividends depends, among other things, upon their financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements and compliance with rating agency requirements, and is also subject to restrictions contained in the insurance laws and related regulations of their state of domicile and other states. Financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by local insurance regulatory authorities differ in certain respects from GAAP.

        The Company's U.S. domiciled insurance companies prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC") and their respective insurance departments. Prescribed statutory accounting practices are set forth in the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual. The Company has no permitted accounting practices on a statutory basis.

        AG Re, a Bermuda regulated Class 3B insurer, prepares its statutory financial statements in conformity with the accounting principles set forth in the Insurance Act 1978, amendments thereto and related regulations.

252

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

10. Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements (Continued)

        GAAP differs in certain significant respects from statutory accounting practices, applicable to U.S. insurance companies, that are prescribed or permitted by insurance regulatory authorities. The principal differences result from the following statutory accounting practices:

•

upfront premiums are earned when related principal and interest have expired rather than earned over the expected period of coverage;



•

acquisition costs are charged to operations as incurred rather than over the period that related premiums are earned;



•

a contingency reserve is computed based on the following statutory requirements:



1)

for all policies written prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal to 50% of cumulative earned premiums less permitted reductions, plus



2)

for all policies written on or after July 1, 1989, an amount equal to the greater of 50% of premiums written for each category of insured obligation or a designated percentage of principal guaranteed for that category. These amounts are provided each quarter as either 1/60th or 1/80th of the total required for each category, less permitted reductions;



•

certain assets designated as "non-admitted assets" are charged directly to statutory surplus but are reflected as assets under GAAP;



•

deferred tax assets are generally admitted to the extent reversals of existing temporary differences in the subsequent year can be recovered through carryback or if greater, the amount of deferred tax asset expected to be realized within one year of the balance sheet date;



•

insured CDS are accounted for as insurance contracts rather than as derivative contracts recorded at fair value;



•

bonds are generally carried at amortized cost rather than fair value;



•

VIEs and refinancing vehicles are not consolidated;



•

surplus notes are recognized as surplus rather than as a liability unless approved for repayment;



•

push-down acquisition accounting is not applicable under statutory accounting practices;



•

present value of expected losses are discounted at 5% and recorded without consideration of the deferred premium revenue as opposed to discounted at the risk free rate at the end of each reporting period and only to the extent they exceed deferred premium revenue;



•

present value of installment premiums are not recorded on the balance sheets.

Insurance Regulatory Amounts Reported

Dividend Restrictions and Capital Requirements

        AGC is a Maryland domiciled insurance company. As of December 31, 2011, the amount available for distribution from AGC during 2012 with notice to, but without prior approval of, the Maryland

253

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

10. Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements (Continued)

Commissioner of Insurance under the Maryland insurance law is approximately $102.1 million. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, AGC declared and paid $30.0 million, $50.0 million and $16.8 million, respectively, in dividends to AGUS.

        AGM is a New York domiciled insurance company. Based on AGM's statutory statements for year ended December 31, 2011, the maximum amount available for payment of dividends by AGM without regulatory approval over the 12 months following December 31, 2011, was approximately $120.9 million. In connection with Assured Guaranty's acquisition of AGMH, Assured Guaranty agreed with Dexia to dividend limitations described in the "AGMH Acquisition" section of Note 2, Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments that survive until July 1, 2012. Until this covenant is no longer in effect, it constitutes a limitation on AGM's ability to pay dividends that is more restrictive than the statutory limitation. Also in connection with the AGMH Acquisition, the Company committed to the New York Department of Financial Services that AGM would not pay any dividends for a period of two years from the Acquisition Date without written approval of the New York Department of Financial Services and therefore AGM did not pay any dividends in 2011 and 2010.

        AG Re is a Bermuda domiciled insurance company and its dividend distribution is governed by Bermuda law. The amount available at AG Re to pay dividends in 2012 in compliance with Bermuda law is approximately $845 million. However, any distribution that results in a reduction of 15% ($193.6 million as of December 31, 2011) or more of AG Re's total statutory capital, as set out in its previous year's financial statements, would require the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Dividends are limited by requirements that the subject company must at all times (i) maintain the minimum solvency margin required under the Insurance Act of 1978 and (ii) have relevant assets in an amount at least equal to 75% of relevant liabilities, both as defined under the Insurance Act of 1978. AG Re, as a Class 3B insurer, is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least seven days before payment of such dividends) with the Authority an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins. AG Re declared and paid $86.0 million and $24.0 million during years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, to its parent, AGL. During 2009, AG Re declared $26.6 million and paid $30.3 million in dividends to its parent, AGL.

11. Income Taxes

Accounting Policy

        The provision for income taxes consists of an amount for taxes currently payable and an amount for deferred taxes. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

        Non-interest-bearing tax and loss bonds are purchased to prepay the tax benefit that results from deducting contingency reserves as provided under Internal Revenue Code Section 832(e). The Company records the purchase of tax and loss bonds in deferred taxes.

        The Company recognizes tax benefits only if a tax position is "more likely than not" to prevail.

Provision for Income Taxes

        The Company and its Bermuda Subsidiaries, which include AG Re, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. ("AGRO"), Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) Ltd. (formerly Financial Security Assurance International Ltd.) and Cedar Personnel Ltd., are not subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes under current Bermuda law. The Company has received an assurance from the Minister of

254

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

Finance in Bermuda that, in the event of any taxes being imposed, AGL and its Bermuda Subsidiaries will be exempt from taxation in Bermuda until March 31, 2035. The Company's U.S. and United Kingdom ("U.K.") subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S. and U.K. authorities, respectively, and file applicable tax returns. In addition, AGRO, a Bermuda domiciled company and Assured Guaranty (Europe) Ltd., a U.K. domiciled company, have elected under Section 953(d) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation.

        In conjunction with the AGMH Acquisition, AGMH has joined the consolidated federal tax group of AGUS, AGC, and AG Financial Products Inc. ("AGFP"). For the periods beginning on July 1, 2009 and forward, AGMH files a consolidated federal income tax return with AGUS, AGC, AGFP and AG Analytics Inc. ("AGUS consolidated tax group"). In addition a new tax sharing agreement was entered into effective July 1, 2009 whereby each company in the AGUS consolidated tax group will pay or receive its proportionate share of taxable expense or benefit as if it filed on a separate return basis with current period credit for net losses to the extent used in consolidation. Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries AGRO, Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company and AG Intermediary Inc., have historically filed their own consolidated federal income tax return. Each company, as a member of its respective consolidated tax return group, pays its proportionate share of the consolidated federal tax burden for its group as if each company filed on a separate return basis with current period credit for net losses to the extent used in consolidation.

        The effective tax rates reflect the proportion of income recognized by each of the Company's operating subsidiaries, with U.S. subsidiaries taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 35%, U.K. subsidiaries taxed at the U.K. blended marginal corporate tax rate of 26.5%, and no taxes for the Company's Bermuda holding company and Bermuda subsidiaries, with the exception of AGRO. For periods subsequent to April 1, 2011, the U.K. corporation tax rate has been reduced to 26%, for periods prior to April 1, 2011 the U.K. corporation tax rate was 28%, resulting in a blended tax rate of 26.5%. The Company's overall corporate effective tax rate fluctuates based on the distribution of taxable income across these jurisdictions.

        A reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions is presented below:

Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation

        The expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions is calculated as the sum of pretax income in each jurisdiction multiplied by the statutory tax rate of the jurisdiction by which it will

255

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

be taxed. Pretax income of the Company's subsidiaries which are not U.S. domiciled but are subject to U.S. tax by election or as controlled foreign corporations is included at the U.S. statutory tax rate. Where there is a pretax loss in one jurisdiction and pretax income in another, the total combined expected tax rate may be higher or lower than any of the individual statutory rates.

        In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2010, a net tax benefit of $55.8 million was recorded by the Company due to the filing of an amended tax return which included the AGMH and Subsidiaries tax group. The amended return filed in September 2010 was for a period prior to the AGMH Acquisition and consequently, the Company no longer has a deferred tax asset related to net operating losses ("NOL") or alternative minimum tax ("AMT") credits associated with the AGMH Acquisition. Instead, the Company has recorded additional deferred tax assets for loss reserves and foreign tax credits and has decreased its liability for uncertain tax positions. The event giving rise to this recognition occurred after the measurement period as defined by acquisition accounting and thus the amount is included in the year ended December 31, 2010 net income.

        The following table presents pretax income and revenue by jurisdiction for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Pretax Income (Loss) by Tax Jurisdiction(1)

Revenue by Tax Jurisdiction(1)

        Pretax income by jurisdiction may be disproportionate to revenue by jurisdiction to the extent that insurance losses incurred are disproportionate.

256

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

Components of Net Deferred Tax Assets

        As of December 31, 2011, the Company had foreign tax credits carried forward of $30.2 million which expire in 2018 through 2021. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had AMT credits of $32.0 million which do not expire. Foreign tax credits of $22.3 million are from its acquisition of AGMH. The Internal Revenue Code limits the amounts of foreign tax credits available from the acquisition of AGMH that the Company may utilize each year. Management believes sufficient future taxable income exists to realize the full benefit of these tax credits.

        As of December 31, 2011, AGRO had a standalone NOL of $27.0 million, compared with $42.9 million as of December 31, 2010, which is available to offset its future U.S. taxable income. The Company has $6.3 million of this NOL available through 2019 and $20.7 million available through 2023. AGRO's stand alone NOL may not permit to offset the income of any other members of AGRO's consolidated group with very limited exceptions. At December 31, 2009, the Company had a valuation allowance of $7.0 million related to AGRO's NOLs. During 2010 and 2011, management had reassessed the likelihood of realization of all of its deferred tax assets. Management believes it is more likely than not that there will be sufficient future taxable income to offset the AGRO NOLs before expiration and released the $7.0 million valuation allowance in 2010.

257

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

Audits

        AGUS has open tax years with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") of 2006 forward. AGUS is currently under audit by the IRS for the 2006 through 2009 tax years. Assured Guaranty Oversees US Holdings Inc. ("AGOUS") has open tax years of 2009 forward. AGOUS is currently under audit by the IRS for the 2009 tax year. AGMH and subsidiaries have separate open tax years with the IRS of 2008 through the July 1, 2009 when they joined the AGUS consolidated group. AGMH and subsidiaries are under audit for 2008 while members of the Dexia Holdings Inc. consolidated tax group. The Company is indemnified by Dexia for any potential liability associated with this audit of any periods prior to the AGMH Acquisition. The Company's U.K. subsidiaries are not currently under examination and have open tax years of 2010 forward.

Uncertain Tax Positions

        The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the total liability for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that this amount will change significantly in the next twelve months.

        The Company's policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. At December 31, 2011, the Company has accrued $0.6 million of interest in 2011 and $2.8 million as of December 31, 2011.

        The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as at December 31, 2011, that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized, is $20.4 million.

Liability For Tax Basis Step-Up Adjustment

        In connection with the IPO, the Company and ACE Financial Services Inc. ("AFS"), a subsidiary of ACE, entered into a tax allocation agreement, whereby the Company and AFS made a "Section 338 (h)(10)" election that has the effect of increasing the tax basis of certain affected subsidiaries' tangible and intangible assets to fair value. Future tax benefits that the Company derives from the election will be payable to AFS when realized by the Company.

        As a result of the election, the Company has adjusted its net deferred tax liability, to reflect the new tax basis of the Company's affected assets. The additional basis is expected to result in increased future income tax deductions and, accordingly, may reduce income taxes otherwise payable by the Company. Any tax benefit realized by the Company will be paid to AFS. Such tax benefits will generally be calculated by comparing the Company's affected subsidiaries' actual taxes to the taxes that would have been owed by those subsidiaries had the increase in basis not occurred. After a 15 year period, to the extent there remains an unrealized tax benefit, the Company and AFS will negotiate a settlement of the unrealized benefit based on the expected realization at that time.

258

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the liability for tax basis step-up adjustment, which is included in the Company's balance sheets in "Other liabilities," was $6.9 million and $8.0 million, respectively. The Company has paid ACE and correspondingly reduced its liability by $1.1 million in 2011.

Tax Treatment of CDS

        The Company treats the guaranty it provides on CDS as insurance contracts for tax purposes and as such a taxable loss does not occur until the Company expects to make a loss payment to the buyer of credit protection based upon the occurrence of one or more specified credit events with respect to the contractually referenced obligation or entity. The Company holds its CDS to maturity, at which time any unrealized fair value loss in excess of credit- related losses would revert to zero.

        The tax treatment of CDS is an unsettled area of the law. The uncertainty relates to the IRS determination of the income or potential loss associated with CDS as either subject to capital gain (loss) or ordinary income (loss) treatment. In treating CDS as insurance contracts the Company treats both the receipt of premium and payment of losses as ordinary income and believes it is more likely than not that any CDS credit related losses will be treated as ordinary by the IRS. To the extent the IRS takes the view that the losses are capital losses in the future and the Company incurred actual losses associated with the CDS, the Company would need sufficient taxable income of the same character within the carryback and carryforward period available under the tax law.

Valuation Allowance

        The Company came to the conclusion that it is more likely than not that its net deferred tax asset will be fully realized after weighing all positive and negative evidence available as required under GAAP. The positive evidence that was considered included the cumulative operating income the Company has earned over the last three years, and the significant unearned premium income to be included in taxable income. The positive evidence outweighs any negative evidence that exists. As such, the Company believes that no valuation allowance is necessary in connection with this deferred tax asset. The Company will continue to analyze the need for a valuation allowance on a quarter-to quarter basis.

12. Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures

        The Company assumes exposure on insured obligations ("Assumed Business") and cedes portions of its exposure on obligations it has insured ("Ceded Business") in exchange for premiums, net of ceding commissions.

Accounting Policy

        For business assumed and ceded, the accounting model of the underlying direct financial guaranty contract dictates the accounting model used for the reinsurance contract (except for those eliminated as FG VIEs). For any assumed or ceded financial guaranty insurance premiums and losses, the accounting model described in Note 5 is followed, and for assumed and ceded credit derivative premiums and losses, the accounting model in Note 7 is followed.

Assumed and Ceded Business

        The Company is party to reinsurance agreements as a reinsurer to other monoline financial guaranty insurance companies. Under these relationships, the Company assumes a portion of the

259

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

12. Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures (Continued)

ceding company's insured risk in exchange for a premium. The Company may be exposed to risk in this portfolio in that the Company may be required to pay losses without a corresponding premium in circumstances where the ceding company is experiencing financial distress and is unable to pay premiums. The Company's facultative and treaty agreements are generally subject to termination:

(a)

at the option of the primary insurer if the Company fails to maintain certain financial, regulatory and rating agency criteria that are equivalent to or more stringent than those the Company is otherwise required to maintain for its own compliance with state mandated insurance laws and to maintain a specified financial strength rating for the particular insurance subsidiary, or



(b)

upon certain changes of control of the Company.

        Upon termination under these conditions, the Company may be required (under some of its reinsurance agreements) to return to the primary insurer all statutory unearned premiums, less ceding commissions, attributable to reinsurance ceded pursuant to such agreements after which the Company would be released from liability with respect to the Assumed Business. Upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in (a) above, whether or not an agreement is terminated, the Company may be required to obtain a letter of credit or alternative form of security to collateralize its obligation to perform under such agreement or it may be obligated to increase the level of ceding commission paid.

        With respect to a significant portion of the Company's in-force financial guaranty Assumed Business, due to the downgrade of AG Re to A1, subject to the terms of each policy, the ceding company may have the right to recapture business ceded to AG Re and assets representing substantially all of the statutory unearned premium reserve net of loss reserves (if any) associated with that business. As of December 31, 2011, if this entire amount were recaptured, it would result in a corresponding one-time reduction to net income of approximately $13.9 million. In the case of AGC, some of its in-force financial guaranty reinsurance business is subject to recapture at AGC's current ratings and an additional portion of such business would be subject to recapture if AGC were downgraded by Moody's to below Aa3 or by S&P to below AA. Subject to the terms of each reinsurance agreement, upon recapture the ceding company typically is owed assets representing substantially all of the statutory unearned premium and loss reserves (if any) associated with AGC's assumed business. As of December 31, 2011, if all of AGC's assumed business was recaptured, it would result in a corresponding one-time reduction to net income of approximately $16.8 million.

        The Company has Ceded Business to non-affiliated companies to limit its exposure to risk. Under these relationships, the Company cedes a portion of its insured risk in exchange for a premium paid to the reinsurer. The Company remains primarily liable for all risks it directly underwrites and is required to pay all gross claims. It then seeks reimbursement from the reinsurer for its proportionate share of claims. The Company may be exposed to risk for this exposure if it were required to pay the gross claims and not be able to collect ceded claims from an assuming company experiencing financial distress. A number of the financial guaranty insurers to which the Company has ceded par have experienced financial distress and been downgraded by the rating agencies as a result. In addition, state insurance regulators have intervened with respect to some of these insurers. The Company's ceded contracts generally allow the Company to recapture Ceded Business after certain triggering events, such as reinsurer downgrades.

        Over the past several years, the Company has entered into several commutations in order to reassume previously ceded books of business from BIG financial guaranty companies and its other reinsurers. The Company also cancelled assumed reinsurance contracts. These commutations of ceded and cancellations of assumed business resulted in gains of $32.2 million and $49.8 million for 2011 and

260

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

12. Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures (Continued)

2010, respectively and losses of $1.8 million for 2009. Commutations gains/losses were recorded in other income. While certain Ceded Business has been reassumed, the Company still has significant Ceded Business with third parties.

        The effect of the Company's commutations and cancellations of reinsurance contracts is summarized below.

Net Effect of Commutations and Cancellations
of Reinsurance Contracts

Effect of Reinsurance on Statement of Operations

Reinsurer Exposure

        In addition to assumed and ceded reinsurance arrangements, the Company may also have exposure to some financial guaranty reinsurers (i.e., monolines) in other areas. Second-to-pay insured par outstanding represents transactions the Company has insured that were previously insured by other

261

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

12. Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures (Continued)

monolines. The Company underwrites such transactions based on the underlying insured obligation without regard to the primary insurer. Another area of exposure is in the investment portfolio where the Company holds fixed maturity securities that are wrapped by monolines and whose value may decline based on the rating of the monoline. At December 31, 2011, based on fair value, the Company had $770.3 million of fixed maturity securities in its investment portfolio wrapped by National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation, $568.8 million by Ambac and $49.2 million by other guarantors.

Exposure by Reinsurer

262

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

12. Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures (Continued)

Ceded Par Outstanding by Reinsurer and Credit Rating
As of December 31, 2011(1)

        In accordance with statutory accounting requirements and U.S. insurance laws and regulations, in order for the Company to receive credit for liabilities ceded to reinsurers domiciled outside of the U.S., such reinsurers must secure their liabilities to the Company. All of the unauthorized reinsurers in the table above post collateral for the benefit of the Company in an amount at least equal to the sum of their ceded unearned premium reserve, loss and LAE reserves and contingency reserves all calculated on a statutory basis of accounting. CIFG Assurance North America Inc. and Radian Asset Assurance Inc. ("Radian") are authorized reinsurers. Their collateral equals or exceeds their ceded statutory loss reserves. Collateral may be in the form of letters of credit or trust accounts. The total collateral posted by all non-affiliated reinsurers as of December 31, 2011 exceeds $1 billion.

263

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

12. Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures (Continued)

Second-to-Pay
Insured Par Outstanding by Rating
As of December 31, 2011(1)

Amounts Due (To) From Reinsurers

        On January 22, 2012, AGC and AGM entered into an aggregate excess of loss reinsurance facility, effective as of January 1, 2012. At AGC's and AGM's option, the facility will cover losses occurring from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2019 or from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2020. The contract terminates, unless AGC and AGM choose to extend it, on January 1, 2014. The facility covers U.S. public finance credits insured or reinsured by AGC and AGM as of September 30, 2011, excluding credits that were rated non-investment grade as of December 31, 2011 by Moody's or S&P or internally by AGC or AGM and subject to certain per credit limits. The facility attaches when AGC's

264

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

12. Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures (Continued)

or AGM's net losses (net of AGC's and AGM other reinsurance, other than pooling reinsurance provided to AGM by AGM's subsidiaries and net of recoveries) exceed in the aggregate $2 billion and covers a portion of the next $600 million of losses, with the reinsurers assuming pro rata in the aggregate $435 million of the $600 million of losses and AGC and AGM jointly retaining the remaining $165 million of losses. The reinsurers are required to be rated at least AA-(Stable Outlook) through December 31, 2014 or to post collateral sufficient to provide AGM and AGC with the same reinsurance credit as reinsurers rated AA-. AGM and AGC are obligated to pay the reinsurers their share of recoveries relating to losses during the coverage period in the covered portfolio. This obligation is secured by a pledge of the recoveries, which will be deposited into a trust for the benefit of the reinsurers.

Re-Assumption and Reinsurance Agreements with Radian Asset Assurance Inc.

        On January 24, 2012, AGM entered into an agreement under which it has reassumed $12.9 billion of par it had previously ceded to Radian. Also, through AGC, the Company has reinsured approximately $1.8 billion of Radian public finance par. The Company has received a payment of $86 million from Radian for the re-assumption, which consists 96% of public finance exposure and 4% of structured finance credits; additionally, the Company projects it will receive an incremental $1.9 million present value from future installment premiums. In connection with assuming $1.8 billion of public finance par, the Company has received a payment of $22 million. Both the reassumed and reinsured portfolios are composed entirely of selected credits that meet the Company's underwriting standards. In addition, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire MIAC from a subsidiary of Radian.

13. Related Party Transactions

        In 2011, there were no related party transactions that were material to the Company. The Company was party to transactions with entities that are affiliated with Wilbur L. Ross, Jr., a director of the Company, and funds under his control, which in the aggregate owned approximately 10.9% of the common shares of AGL as of December 31, 2011. In addition, the Company retains Wellington Management Company, LLP, which owns approximately 9.6% of the common shares of AGL as of December 31, 2011, as investment manager for a portion of its investment portfolio. The net revenues (expenses) from transactions with these related parties were approximately $(2.6) million, with no related party income (expense) item exceeding $(1.9) million. As of December 31, 2011, there were no significant amounts payable to or amounts receivable from related parties.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

        AGL and its subsidiaries are party to various lease agreements accounted for as operating leases. In June 2008, the Company entered into a five-year lease agreement for New York City office space. Future minimum annual payments of $5.3 million for the first twelve month period and $5.7 million for subsequent twelve month periods commenced October 1, 2008 and are subject to escalation in building operating costs and real estate taxes. As a result of the AGMH Acquisition, during second quarter 2009 the Company decided not to occupy the office space described above and subleased it to two tenants for total minimum annual payments of approximately $3.7 million until October 2013. The Company wrote off related leasehold improvements and recorded a pre-tax loss on the sublease of $11.7 million in 2009, which is included in "AGMH acquisition-related expenses" and "other liabilities" in the consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets, respectively.

265

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

14. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        The Company leases space in New York City through April 2026. In addition, AGL and its subsidiaries lease additional office space in various locations under non-cancelable operating leases which expire. Rent expense was $10.7 million in 2011, $11.4 million in 2010 and $10.6 million in 2009.

Future Minimum Rental Payments

Legal Proceedings

Litigation

        Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company's business. It is the opinion of the Company's management, based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of litigation against the Company, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of litigation against the Company in a fiscal quarter or year could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations in a particular quarter or fiscal year. In addition, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of the Company's subsidiaries assert claims in legal proceedings against third parties to recover losses paid in prior periods. For example, as described in Note 5 (Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts—Loss Estimation Process—Recovery Litigation), as of the date of this filing, AGC and AGM have filed complaints against certain sponsors and underwriters of RMBS securities that AGC or AGM had insured, alleging, among other claims, that such persons had breached R&W in the transaction documents, failed to cure or repurchase defective loans and/or violated state securities laws. The amounts, if any, the Company will recover in proceedings to recover losses are uncertain, and recoveries, or failure to obtain recoveries, in any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or fiscal year could be material to the Company's results of operations in that particular quarter or fiscal year.

Proceedings Relating to the Company's Financial Guaranty Business

        The Company receives subpoenas duces tecum and interrogatories from regulators from time to time. The Company has satisfied the requests it has received. It may receive additional inquiries from these or other regulators and expects to provide additional information to such regulators regarding their inquiries, if any, in the future.

        In August 2008, a number of financial institutions and other parties, including AGM and other bond insurers, were named as defendants in a civil action brought in the circuit court of Jefferson County, Alabama relating to the County's problems meeting its debt obligations on its $3.2 billion sewer debt: Charles E. Wilson vs. JPMorgan Chase & Co et al (filed the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama), Case No. 01-CV-2008-901907.00, a putative class action. The action was brought on behalf of rate payers, tax payers and citizens residing in Jefferson County, and alleges conspiracy and

266

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

14. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

fraud in connection with the issuance of the County's debt. The complaint in this lawsuit seeks equitable relief, unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees and other costs. On January, 13, 2011, the circuit court issued an order denying a motion by the bond insurers and other defendants to dismiss the action. Defendants, including the bond insurers, have petitioned the Alabama Supreme Court for a writ of mandamus to the circuit court vacating such order and directing the dismissal with prejudice of plaintiffs' claims for lack of standing. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from this lawsuit.

        Beginning in December 2008, AGM and various other financial guarantors were named in complaints filed in the Superior Court, San Francisco County, California. Since that time, plaintiffs' counsel has filed amended complaints against AGM and AGC and added additional plaintiffs. As of the date of this filing, the plaintiffs with complaints against AGM and AGC, among other financial guaranty insurers, are: (a) City of Los Angeles, acting by and through the Department of Water and Power; (b) City of Sacramento; (c) City of Los Angeles; (d) City of Oakland; (e) City of Riverside; (f) City of Stockton; (g) County of Alameda; (h) County of Contra Costa; (i) County of San Mateo; (j) Los Angeles World Airports; (k) City of Richmond; (l) Redwood City; (m) East Bay Municipal Utility District; (n) Sacramento Suburban Water District; (o) City of San Jose; (p) County of Tulare; (q) The Regents of the University of California; (r) The Redevelopment Agency of the City of Riverside; (s) The Public Financing Authority of the City of Riverside; (t) The Jewish Community Center of San Francisco; (u) The San Jose Redevelopment Agency; (v) The Redevelopment Agency of the City of Stockton; (w) The Public Financing Authority of the City of Stockton; and (x) The Olympic Club. Complaints filed by the City and County of San Francisco and the Sacramento Municipal Utility District were subsequently dismissed against AGM and AGC. These complaints allege that the financial guaranty insurer defendants (i) participated in a conspiracy in violation of California's antitrust laws to maintain a dual credit rating scale that misstated the credit default risk of municipal bond issuers and created market demand for municipal bond insurance, (ii) participated in risky financial transactions in other lines of business that damaged each insurer's financial condition (thereby undermining the value of each of their guaranties), and (iii) failed to adequately disclose the impact of those transactions on their financial condition. In addition to their antitrust claims, various plaintiffs in these actions assert claims for breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, unjust enrichment, negligence, and negligent misrepresentation. At hearings held in July and October 2011 relating to AGM, AGC and the other defendants' motion to dismiss, the court overruled the motion to dismiss on the following claims: breach of contract, violation of California's antitrust statute and of its unfair business practices law, and fraud. The remaining claims were dismissed. On December 2, 2011, AGM, AGC and the other bond insurer defendants filed an Anti-SLAPP ("Strategic Lawsuit Against Public Participation") motion to strike the complaints under California's Code of Civil Procedure. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

        In September 2010, AGM, among others, was named as a defendant in an interpleader complaint filed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trust administrator, in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York. The interpleader complaint relates to the MASTR Adjustable Rate Mortgages Trust 2006-OA2, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-OA2 RMBS transaction, in which AGM had insured certain classes of certificates. Certain holders of uninsured certificates have disputed payments made by the trust administrator to reimburse AGM for claims it had paid under its financial guaranty policy, and the trust administrator sought adjudication of the priority of AGM's reimbursements. On March 29, 2011, the court granted a motion for judgment on the pleadings and ruled that, pursuant to the waterfall, AGM is only entitled to receive funds that would otherwise have been distributed to the holders of the classes that AGM insures, and that AGM receive such funds at

267

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

14. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

the respective steps in the waterfall that immediately follow the steps at which such certificate holders would otherwise have received such funds. The court further ordered AGM to repay to the MARM 2006-OA2 trust the approximately $7.2 million that had been credited to it by Wells Fargo. On December 13, 2011, the court entered judgment substantially in conformance with its March 29, 2011 decision. In January 2012, AGM appealed the judgment, and requested that the judgment be stayed pending the appeal. AGM estimates that as a result of this adverse decision (if and to the extent that the adverse decision is not modified), total unreimbursed claims paid by AGM could be up to approximately $144 million (on a gross discounted basis, without taking into account the benefit of representation and warranty recoveries, and exclusive of the repayment of the $7.2 million credit), over the life of the transaction.

        On April 8, 2011, AG Re and AGC filed a Petition to Compel Arbitration with the Supreme Court of the State of New York, requesting an order compelling Ambac to arbitrate Ambac's disputes with AG Re and AGC concerning their obligations under reinsurance agreements with Ambac. In March 2010, Ambac placed a number of insurance policies that it had issued, including policies reinsured by AG Re and AGC pursuant to the reinsurance agreements, into a segregated account. The Wisconsin state court has approved a rehabilitation plan whereby permitted claims under the policies in the segregated account will be paid 25% in cash and 75% in surplus notes issued by the segregated account. Ambac has advised AG Re and AGC that it has and intends to continue to enter into commutation agreements with holders of policies issued by Ambac, and reinsured by AG Re and AGC, pursuant to which Ambac will pay a combination of cash and surplus notes to the policyholder. AG Re and AGC have informed Ambac that they believe their only current payment obligation with respect to the commutations arises from the cash payment, and that there is no obligation to pay any amounts in respect of the surplus notes until payments of principal or interest are made on such notes. Ambac has disputed this position on one commutation and may take a similar position on subsequent commutations. On April 15, 2011, attorneys for the Wisconsin Insurance Commissioner, as Rehabilitator of Ambac's segregated account, and for Ambac filed a motion with Lafayette County, Wis., Circuit Court Judge William Johnston, asking him to find AG Re and AGC to be in violation of an injunction protecting the interests of the segregated account by their seeking to compel arbitration on this matter and failing to pay in full all amounts with respect to Ambac's payments in the form of surplus notes. On June 14, 2011, Judge Johnston issued an order granting the Rehabilitator's and Ambac's motion to enforce the injunction against AGC and AG Re and the parties filed a stipulation dismissing the Petition to Compel Arbitration without prejudice. AGC and AG Re have appealed Judge Johnston's order to the Wisconsin Court of Appeals.

        On November 28, 2011, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) (in administration) ("LBIE") sued AG Financial Products Inc. ("AG Financial Products"), an affiliate of AGC which in the past had provided credit protection to counterparties under credit default swaps. AGC acts as the credit support provider of AG Financial Products under these credit default swaps. LBIE's complaint, which was filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, alleged that AG Financial Products improperly terminated nine credit derivative transactions between LBIE and AG Financial Products and improperly calculated the termination payment in connection with the termination of 28 other credit derivative transactions between LBIE and AG Financial Products. With respect to the 28 credit derivative transactions, AG Financial Products calculated that LBIE owes AG Financial Products approximately $24.8 million, whereas LBIE asserted in the complaint that AG Financial Products owes LBIE a termination payment of approximately $1.4 billion. LBIE is seeking unspecified damages. Following defaults by LBIE, AG Financial Products properly terminated the transactions in question in compliance with the requirements of the agreement between AG Financial Products and LBIE, and calculated the termination payment properly. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss that may arise from this lawsuit.

268

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

14. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Proceedings Related to AGMH's Former Financial Products Business

        The following is a description of legal proceedings involving AGMH's former Financial Products Business. Although the Company did not acquire AGMH's former Financial Products Business, which included AGMH's former GIC business, medium term notes business and portions of the leveraged lease businesses, certain legal proceedings relating to those businesses are against entities that the Company did acquire. While Dexia SA and DCL, jointly and severally, have agreed to indemnify the Company against liability arising out of the proceedings described below in this "—Proceedings Related to AGMH's Former Financial Products Business" section, such indemnification might not be sufficient to fully hold the Company harmless against any injunctive relief or civil or criminal sanction that is imposed against AGMH or its subsidiaries.

Governmental Investigations into Former Financial Products Business

        AGMH and/or AGM have received subpoenas duces tecum and interrogatories or civil investigative demands from the Attorney General of the States of Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Massachusetts, Missouri, New York, Texas and West Virginia relating to their investigations of alleged bid rigging of municipal GICs. AGMH is responding to such requests. AGMH may receive additional inquiries from these or other regulators and expects to provide additional information to such regulators regarding their inquiries in the future. In addition,

•

AGMH received a subpoena from the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice in November 2006 issued in connection with an ongoing criminal investigation of bid rigging of awards of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives;



•

AGM received a subpoena from the SEC in November 2006 related to an ongoing industry-wide investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives; and



•

AGMH received a "Wells Notice" from the staff of the Philadelphia Regional Office of the SEC in February 2008 relating to the investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives. The Wells Notice indicates that the SEC staff is considering recommending that the SEC authorize the staff to bring a civil injunctive action and/or institute administrative proceedings against AGMH, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder and Section 17(a) of the Securities Act.

        Pursuant to the subpoenas, AGMH has furnished to the Department of Justice and SEC records and other information with respect to AGMH's municipal GIC business. The ultimate loss that may arise from these investigations remains uncertain.

Lawsuits Relating to Former Financial Products Business

        During 2008, nine putative class action lawsuits were filed in federal court alleging federal antitrust violations in the municipal derivatives industry, seeking damages and alleging, among other things, a conspiracy to fix the pricing of, and manipulate bids for, municipal derivatives, including GICs. These cases have been coordinated and consolidated for pretrial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York as MDL 1950, In re Municipal Derivatives Antitrust Litigation, Case No. 1:08-cv-2516 ("MDL 1950").

        Five of these cases named both AGMH and AGM: (a) Hinds County, Mississippi v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; (b) Fairfax County, Virginia v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; (c) Central Bucks School District, Pennsylvania v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; (d) Mayor and City Council of Baltimore, Maryland v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; and (e) Washington County, Tennessee v. Wachovia Bank, N.A. In April 2009, the MDL 1950 court granted the defendants' motion to dismiss on the federal claims, but granted leave for the plaintiffs to file a

269

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

14. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

second amended complaint. In June 2009, interim lead plaintiffs' counsel filed a Second Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint; although the Second Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint currently describes some of AGMH's and AGM's activities, it does not name those entities as defendants. In March 2010, the MDL 1950 court denied the named defendants' motions to dismiss the Second Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees and other costs. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

        Four of the cases named AGMH (but not AGM) and also alleged that the defendants violated California state antitrust law and common law by engaging in illegal bid-rigging and market allocation, thereby depriving the cities or municipalities of competition in the awarding of GICs and ultimately resulting in the cities paying higher fees for these products: (f) City of Oakland, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp.; (g) County of Alameda, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp.; (h) City of Fresno, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp.; and (i) Fresno County Financing Authority v. AIG Financial Products Corp. When the four plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint in September 2009, the plaintiffs did not name AGMH as a defendant. However, the complaint does describe some of AGMH's and AGM's activities. The consolidated complaint generally seeks unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees and other costs. In April 2010, the MDL 1950 court granted in part and denied in part the named defendants' motions to dismiss this consolidated complaint.

        In 2008, AGMH and AGM also were named in five non-class action lawsuits originally filed in the California Superior Courts alleging violations of California law related to the municipal derivatives industry: (a) City of Los Angeles, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (b) City of Stockton, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (c) County of San Diego, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (d) County of San Mateo, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; and (e) County of Contra Costa, California v. Bank of America, N.A. Amended complaints in these actions were filed in September 2009, adding a federal antitrust claim and naming AGM (but not AGMH) and AGUS, among other defendants. These cases have been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings.

        In late 2009, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in six additional non-class action cases filed in federal court, which also have been coordinated and consolidated for pretrial proceedings with MDL 1950: (f) City of Riverside, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (g) Sacramento Municipal Utility District v. Bank of America, N.A.; (h) Los Angeles World Airports v. Bank of America, N.A.; (i) Redevelopment Agency of the City of Stockton v. Bank of America, N.A.; (j) Sacramento Suburban Water District v. Bank of America, N.A.; and (k) County of Tulare, California v. Bank of America, N.A.

        The MDL 1950 court denied AGM and AGUS's motions to dismiss these eleven complaints in April 2010. Amended complaints were filed in May 2010. On October 29, 2010, AGM and AGUS were voluntarily dismissed with prejudice from the Sacramento Municipal Utility District case only. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek or sought unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from the remaining lawsuits.

        In May 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in five additional non-class action cases filed in federal court in California: (a) City of Richmond, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California); (b) City of Redwood City, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California); (c) Redevelopment Agency of the City and County of San Francisco, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 21, 2010, N.D. California); (d) East Bay Municipal Utility District, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California);

270

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

14. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

and (e) City of San Jose and the San Jose Redevelopment Agency, California v. Bank of America, N.A (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California). These cases have also been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. In September 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in a sixth additional non-class action filed in federal court in New York, but which alleges violation of New York's Donnelly Act in addition to federal antitrust law: Active Retirement Community, Inc. d/b/a Jefferson's Ferry v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on September 21, 2010, E.D. New York), which has also been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. In December 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in a seventh additional non-class action filed in federal court in the Central District of California, Los Angeles Unified School District v. Bank of America, N.A., and in an eighth additional non-class action filed in federal court in the Southern District of New York, Kendal on Hudson, Inc. v. Bank of America, N.A. These cases also have been consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

        In January 2011, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in an additional non-class action case filed in federal court in New York, which alleges violation of New York's Donnelly Act in addition to federal antitrust law: Peconic Landing at Southold, Inc. v. Bank of America, N.A. This case has been consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. The complaint in this lawsuit generally seeks unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from this lawsuit.

        In September 2009, the Attorney General of the State of West Virginia filed a lawsuit (Circuit Ct. Mason County, W. Va.) against Bank of America, N.A. alleging West Virginia state antitrust violations in the municipal derivatives industry, seeking damages and alleging, among other things, a conspiracy to fix the pricing of, and manipulate bids for, municipal derivatives, including GICs. An amended complaint in this action was filed in June 2010, adding a federal antitrust claim and naming AGM (but not AGMH) and AGUS, among other defendants. This case has been removed to federal court as well as transferred to the S.D.N.Y. and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. The complaint in this lawsuit generally seeks civil penalties, unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from this lawsuit.

15. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities

Long-Term Debt Obligations

        The Company's long term debt has been issued by AGUS and AGMH and notes payable to the Financial Products Companies were issued by refinancing vehicles consolidated by AGM. With respect to the notes payable, the funds borrowed were used to finance the purchase of the underlying obligations of AGM-insured obligations which had breached triggers allowing AGM to exercise its right to accelerate payment of a claim in order to mitigate loss. The assets purchased are classified as assets acquired in refinancing transactions and recorded within "other invested assets" on the consolidated balance sheets. The terms of the notes payable match the terms of the assets. See Note 9, Investments.

        AGL fully and unconditionally guarantees the following debt obligations issued by AGUS: (1) 7.0% Senior Notes and (2) 8.50% Senior Notes. AGL also fully and unconditionally guarantees the following obligations issued by AGMH: (1) 6⁷/8% Quarterly Income Bonds Securities ("QUIBS"), (2) 6.25% Notes and (3) 5.60% Notes. In addition, AGL guarantees, on a junior subordinated basis,

271

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

15. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities (Continued)

AGUS's Series A, Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures and $300 million of AGMH's outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures.

Accounting Policy

        Long-term debt is recorded at principal amounts net of any unamortized original issue discount and unamortized Acquisition Date fair value adjustment for AGMH debt. Discount is accreted into interest expense over the life of the applicable debt.

Debt Issued by AGUS

        7.0% Senior Notes.    On May 18, 2004, AGUS issued $200.0 million of 7.0% senior notes due 2034 ("7.0% Senior Notes") for net proceeds of $197.3 million. Although the coupon on the Senior Notes is 7.0%, the effective rate is approximately 6.4%, taking into account the effect of a cash flow hedge executed by the Company in March 2004.

        8.50% Senior Notes.    On June 24, 2009, AGL issued 3,450,000 equity units for net proceeds of approximately $166.8 million in a registered public offering. The net proceeds of the offering were used to pay a portion of the consideration for the AGMH Acquisition. Each equity unit consists of (i) a forward purchase contract and (ii) a 5% undivided beneficial ownership interest in $1,000 principal amount 8.50% senior notes due 2014 issued by AGUS. Under the purchase contract, holders are required to purchase, and AGL is required to issue, between 3.8685 and 4.5455 of AGL common shares for $50 no later than June 1, 2012. The actual number of shares purchased will be based on the average closing price of the common shares over a 20-trading day period ending three trading days prior to June 1, 2012. More specifically, if the average closing price per share for the relevant period (the "Applicable Market Value") is equal to or exceeds $12.93, the settlement rate will be 3.8685 shares. If the Applicable Market Value is less than or equal to $11.00, the settlement rate will be 4.5455 shares, and if it is between $11.00 and $12.93, the settlement rate will be equal to the quotient of $50.00 and the Applicable Market Value. The notes are pledged by the holders of the equity units to a collateral agent to secure their obligations under the purchase contracts. Interest on the notes is payable, initially, quarterly at the rate of 8.50% per year. The notes are subject to a mandatory remarketing between December 1, 2011 and May 1, 2012 (or, if not remarketed during such period, during a designated three business day period in May 2012). In the remarketing, the interest rate on the notes will be reset and certain other terms of the notes may be modified, including to extend the maturity date, to change the redemption rights (as long as there will be at least two years between the reset date and any new redemption date) and to add interest deferral provisions. If the notes are not successfully remarketed, the interest rate on the notes will not be reset and holders of all notes will have the right to put their notes to the Company on the purchase contract settlement date at a put price equal to $1,000 per note ($50 per equity unit) plus accrued and unpaid interest. The notes are redeemable at AGUS' option, in whole but not in part, upon the occurrence and continuation of certain events at any time prior to the earlier of the date of a successful remarketing and the purchase contract settlement date. The aggregate redemption amount for the notes is equal to an amount that would permit the collateral agent to purchase a portfolio of U.S. Treasury securities sufficient to pay the principal amount of the notes and all scheduled interest payment dates that occur after the special event redemption date to, and including the purchase contract settlement date; provided that the aggregate redemption amount may not be less than the principal amount of the notes. Other than in connection with certain specified tax events or specified events related to changes in the accounting treatment of the purchase contracts or equity units, the notes may not be redeemed by AGUS prior to June 1, 2014.

272

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

15. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities (Continued)

        Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures.    On December 20, 2006, AGUS issued $150.0 million of the Debentures due 2066 for net proceeds of $149.7 million. The Debentures pay a fixed 6.40% rate of interest until December 15, 2016, and thereafter pay a floating rate of interest, reset quarterly, at a rate equal to 3 month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.38%. AGUS may elect at one or more times to defer payment of interest for one or more consecutive periods for up to ten years. Any unpaid interest bears interest at the then applicable rate. AGUS may not defer interest past the maturity date.

Debt Issued by AGMH

        6⁷/8% QUIBS.    On December 19, 2001, AGMH issued $100.0 million face amount of 6⁷/8% QUIBS due December 15, 2101, which are callable without premium or penalty.

        6.25% Notes.    On November 26, 2002, AGMH issued $230.0 million face amount of 6.25% Notes due November 1, 2102, which are callable without premium or penalty in whole or in part.

        5.60% Notes.    On July 31, 2003, AGMH issued $100.0 million face amount of 5.60% Notes due July 15, 2103, which are callable without premium or penalty in whole or in part.

        Junior Subordinated Debentures.    On November 22, 2006, AGMH issued $300.0 million face amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures with a scheduled maturity date of December 15, 2036 and a final repayment date of December 15, 2066. The final repayment date of December 15, 2066 may be automatically extended up to four times in five-year increments provided certain conditions are met. The debentures are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to December 15, 2036 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-whole redemption price. Interest on the debentures will accrue from November 22, 2006 to December 15, 2036 at the annual rate of 6.40%. If any amount of the debentures remains outstanding after December 15, 2036, then the principal amount of the outstanding debentures will bear interest at a floating interest rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 2.215% until repaid. AGMH may elect at one or more times to defer payment of interest on the debentures for one or more consecutive interest periods that do not exceed ten years. In connection with the completion of this offering, AGMH entered into a replacement capital covenant for the benefit of persons that buy, hold or sell a specified series of AGMH long-term indebtedness ranking senior to the debentures. Under the covenant, the debentures will not be repaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased by AGMH or any of its subsidiaries on or before the date that is 20 years prior to the final repayment date, except to the extent that AGMH has received proceeds from the sale of replacement capital securities. The proceeds from this offering were used to pay a dividend to the shareholders of AGMH.

Debt Issued by AGM

        Notes Payable represents debt, issued by VIEs consolidated by AGM, to the Financial Products Companies that were transferred to Dexia Holdings prior to the AGMH Acquisition. The funds borrowed were used to finance the purchase of the underlying obligations of AGM-insured obligations which had breached triggers allowing AGM to exercise its right to accelerate payment of a claim in order to mitigate loss. The assets purchased are classified as assets acquired in refinancing transactions and recorded in "other invested assets." The term of the notes payable matches the terms of the assets acquired in refinancing transactions. On the Acquisition Date, the fair value of this note payable was $164.4 million, representing a premium of $9.5 million, which is being amortized over the term of the debt.

273

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

15. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities (Continued)

        The principal and carrying values of the Company's long-term debt are presented in the table below.

Principal and Carrying Amounts of Debt

        Principal payments due under the long-term debt are as follows:

Expected Maturity Schedule of Debt

274

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

15. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities (Continued)

Interest Expense

Recourse Credit Facilities

2009 Strip Coverage Facility

        In connection with the AGMH Acquisition, AGM agreed to retain the risks relating to the debt and strip policy portions of the leveraged lease business. The liquidity risk to AGM related to the strip policy portion of the leveraged lease business is mitigated by the strip coverage facility described below.

        In a leveraged lease transaction, a tax-exempt entity (such as a transit agency) transfers tax benefits to a tax-paying entity by transferring ownership of a depreciable asset, such as subway cars. The tax-exempt entity then leases the asset back from its new owner.

        If the lease is terminated early, the tax-exempt entity must make an early termination payment to the lessor. A portion of this early termination payment is funded from monies that were pre-funded and invested at the closing of the leveraged lease transaction (along with earnings on those invested funds). The tax-exempt entity is obligated to pay the remaining, unfunded portion of this early termination payment (known as the "strip coverage") from its own sources. AGM issued financial guaranty insurance policies (known as "strip policies") that guaranteed the payment of these unfunded strip coverage amounts to the lessor, in the event that a tax-exempt entity defaulted on its obligation to pay this portion of its early termination payment. AGM can then seek reimbursement of its strip policy payments from the tax-exempt entity, and can also sell the transferred depreciable asset and reimburse itself from the sale proceeds.

        One event that may lead to an early termination of a lease is the downgrade of AGM, as the strip coverage provider, or the downgrade of the equity payment undertaker within the transaction, in each case, generally to a financial strength rating below double-A. Upon such downgrade, the tax exempt entity is generally obligated to find a replacement credit enhancer within a specified period of time; failure to find a replacement could result in a lease default, and failure to cure the default within a specified period of time could lead to an early termination of the lease and a demand by the lessor for

275

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

15. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities (Continued)

a termination payment from the tax exempt entity. However, even in the event of an early termination of the lease, there would not necessarily be an automatic draw on AGM's policy, as this would only occur to the extent the tax exempt entity does not make the required termination payment.

        AIG International Group, Inc. is one entity that has acted as equity payment undertaker in a number of transactions in which AGM acted as strip coverage provider. AIG was downgraded in the third quarter of 2008 and AGM was downgraded by Moody's in the fourth quarter of 2008. As a result of those downgrades, as of December 31, 2011, 45 leveraged lease transactions in which AGM acts as strip coverage provider were breaching either a ratings trigger related to AIG or a ratings trigger related to AGM. For such 45 leveraged lease transactions, if early termination of the leases were to occur and the tax-exempt entities do not make the required early termination payments, then AGM would be exposed to possible liquidity claims on gross exposure of approximately $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2011. S&P's downgrade of AGM to AA- in November 2011 did not have an additional impact on the transactions. However, if AGM were downgraded to A+ by S&P or A1 by Moody's, as of December 31, 2011, another 26 leveraged lease transactions in which AGM acts as strip coverage provider would be affected. For such 26 leveraged lease transactions, if early termination of the leases were to occur and the tax-exempt entities do not make the required early termination payments, then AGM would be exposed to possible liquidity claims on gross exposure of an additional approximately $992 million as of December 31, 2011. To date, none of the leveraged lease transactions that involve AGM has experienced an early termination due to a lease default and a claim on the AGM guaranty. It is difficult to determine the probability that the Company will have to pay strip provider claims or the likely aggregate amount of such claims. At December 31, 2011, approximately $593 million of cumulative strip par exposure had been terminated on a consensual basis. The consensual terminations have resulted in no claims on AGM.

        On July 1, 2009, AGM and DCL, acting through its New York Branch ("Dexia Crédit Local (NY)"), entered into a credit facility (the "Strip Coverage Facility"). Under the Strip Coverage Facility, Dexia Crédit Local (NY) agreed to make loans to AGM to finance all draws made by lessors on AGM strip policies that were outstanding as of November 13, 2008, up to the commitment amount. The commitment amount of the Strip Coverage Facility was $1 billion at closing of the AGMH Acquisition but is scheduled to amortize over time. As of December 31, 2011, the maximum commitment amount of the Strip Coverage Facility has amortized to $980.5 million. It may also be reduced in 2014 to $750 million, if AGM does not have a specified consolidated net worth at that time.

        Fundings under this facility are subject to certain conditions precedent, and their repayment is collateralized by a security interest that AGM granted to Dexia Crédit Local (NY) in amounts that AGM recovers—from the tax-exempt entity, or from asset sale proceeds—following its payment of strip policy claims. The Strip Coverage Facility will terminate upon the earliest to occur of an AGM change of control, the reduction of the commitment amount to $0, and January 31, 2042.

        The Strip Coverage Facility's financial covenants require that AGM and its subsidiaries maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 30% and maintain a minimum net worth of 75% of consolidated net worth as of July 1, 2009, plus, starting July 1, 2014, 25% of the aggregate consolidated net income (or loss) for the period beginning July 1, 2009 and ending on June 30, 2014 or, if the commitment amount has been reduced to $750 million as described above, zero. The Company is in compliance with all covenants as of the date of this filing.

        The Strip Coverage Facility contains restrictions on AGM, including, among other things, in respect of its ability to incur debt, permit liens, pay dividends or make distributions, dissolve or become party to a merger or consolidation. Most of these restrictions are subject to exceptions. The Strip Coverage Facility has customary events of default, including (subject to certain materiality thresholds

276

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

15. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities (Continued)

and grace periods) payment default, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings and cross-default to other debt agreements.

        As of December 31, 2011, no amounts were outstanding under this facility, nor have there been any borrowings during the life of this facility.

2006 Credit Facility

        On November 6, 2006, AGL and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a $300.0 million five-year unsecured revolving credit facility (the "2006 Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks. Under the 2006 Credit Facility, each of AGC, AGUK, AG Re, AGRO and AGL was entitled to request the banks to make loans to such borrower or to request that letters of credit be issued for the account of such borrower.

        The 2006 Credit Facility expired on November 6, 2011. The Company has determined it has sufficient liquidity and has decided not to enter into a new revolving credit facility at this time. The Company had never borrowed under the 2006 Credit Facility.

Limited Recourse Credit Facilities

AG Re Credit Facility

        On July 31, 2007, AG Re entered into a limited recourse credit facility ("AG Re Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks which provides up to $200.0 million for the payment of losses in respect of the covered portfolio. The AG Re Credit Facility expires in June 2014. The facility can be utilized after AG Re has incurred, during the term of the facility, cumulative municipal losses (net of any recoveries) in excess of the greater of $260 million or the average annual debt service of the covered portfolio multiplied by 4.5%. The obligation to repay loans under this agreement is a limited recourse obligation payable solely from, and collateralized by, a pledge of recoveries realized on defaulted insured obligations in the covered portfolio, including certain installment premiums and other collateral.

        As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings during the life of this facility.

AGM Credit Facility

        On April 30, 2005, AGM entered into a limited recourse credit facility ("AGM Credit Facility") with a syndicate of international banks which provided up to $297.5 million for the payment of losses in respect of the covered portfolio. AGM terminated the AGM Credit Facility in December 2011. There were no borrowings under the AGM Credit Facility during its life. The AGM Credit Facility has been replaced, effective as of January 1, 2012, with a new $435 million excess of loss reinsurance facility for the benefit of AGM and AGC. See Note 12, Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures.

Letters of Credit

        AGC entered into a letter of credit agreement in December 2011 with Bank of New York Mellon totaling approximately $2.9 million in connection with a 2008 lease for office space, which space was subsequently sublet. This agreement replaces a previous letter of credit for $2.9 million with Royal Bank of Scotland which was terminated in December 2011. The previous letter of credit was outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and the current letter of credit was outstanding as of December 31, 2011.

277

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

15. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities (Continued)

Committed Capital Securities

        On April 8, 2005, AGC entered into separate agreements (the "Put Agreements") with four custodial trusts (each, a "Custodial Trust") pursuant to which AGC may, at its option, cause each of the Custodial Trusts to purchase up to $50.0 million of perpetual preferred stock of AGC (the "AGC Preferred Stock"). The custodial trusts were created as a vehicle for providing capital support to AGC by allowing AGC to obtain immediate access to new capital at its sole discretion at any time through the exercise of the put option. If the put options were exercised, AGC would receive $200.0 million in return for the issuance of its own perpetual preferred stock, the proceeds of which may be used for any purpose, including the payment of claims. The put options have not been exercised through the date of this filing. Initially, all of AGC CCS were issued to a special purpose pass-through trust (the "Pass-Through Trust"). The Pass-Through Trust was dissolved in April 2008 and the AGC CCS were distributed to the holders of the Pass-Through Trust's securities. Neither the Pass-Through Trust nor the custodial trusts are consolidated in the Company's financial statements.

        Income distributions on the Pass-Through Trust Securities and AGC CCS were equal to an annualized rate of one-month LIBOR plus 110 basis points for all periods ending on or prior to April 8, 2008. Following dissolution of the Pass-Through Trust, distributions on the AGC CCS Securities are determined pursuant to an auction process. On April 7, 2008 this auction process failed, thereby increasing the annualized rate on the AGC CCS to one-month LIBOR plus 250 basis points. Distributions on the AGC preferred stock will be determined pursuant to the same process.

        In June 2003, $200.0 million of "AGM CPS Securities", money market preferred trust securities, were issued by trusts created for the primary purpose of issuing the AGM CPS Securities, investing the proceeds in high-quality commercial paper and selling put options to AGM, allowing AGM to issue the trusts non-cumulative redeemable perpetual preferred stock (the "AGM Preferred Stock") of AGM in exchange for cash. There are four trusts, each with an initial aggregate face amount of $50 million. These trusts hold auctions every 28 days, at which time investors submit bid orders to purchase AGM CPS Securities. If AGM were to exercise a put option, the applicable trust would transfer the portion of the proceeds attributable to principal received upon maturity of its assets, net of expenses, to AGM in exchange for AGM Preferred Stock. AGM pays a floating put premium to the trusts, which represents the difference between the commercial paper yield and the winning auction rate (plus all fees and expenses of the trust). If an auction does not attract sufficient clearing bids, however, the auction rate is subject to a maximum rate of one-month LIBOR plus 200 basis points for the next succeeding distribution period. Beginning in August 2007, the AGM CPS Securities required the maximum rate for each of the relevant trusts. AGM continues to have the ability to exercise its put option and cause the related trusts to purchase AGM Preferred Stock. The trusts provide AGM access to new capital at its sole discretion through the exercise of the put options. The Company does not consider itself to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts.

Committed Capital Securities
Fair Value Gain (Loss)

278

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

16. Shareholders' Equity

Share Issuances

        The Company has an authorized share capital of $5.0 million divided into 500,000,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share. Except as described below, the Company's common shares have no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional common shares, no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange and no sinking fund rights. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of the Company's common shares are entitled to share equally, in proportion to the number of common shares held by such holder, in the Company's assets, if any remain after the payment of all the Company's liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Under certain circumstances, the Company has the right to purchase all or a portion of the shares held by a shareholder at fair market value. All of the common shares are fully paid and non assessable. Holders of the Company's common shares are entitled to receive dividends as lawfully may be declared from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors.

        Subject to the Company's Bye-Laws and Bermuda law, the Company's Board of Directors has the power to issue any of the Company's unissued shares as it determines, including the issuance of any shares or class of shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights.

Issuance of Shares

        Under the Company's Bye-Laws and subject to Bermuda law, if the Company's Board of Directors determines that any ownership of the Company's shares may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any of the Company's subsidiaries or any of its shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates (other than such as the Company's Board of Directors considers de minimis), the Company has the option, but not the obligation, to require such shareholder to sell to the Company or to a third party to whom the Company assigns the repurchase right the minimum number of common shares necessary to avoid or cure any such adverse consequences at a price determined in the discretion of the Board of Directors to represent the shares' fair market value (as defined in the Company's Bye-Laws).

Share Repurchases

        On August 4, 2010, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for up to 2.0 million common shares. In August 2011, the Company paid $23.3 million to repurchase 2.0 million common shares. On November 14, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program, for up to 5.0 million common shares, to replace the prior program. Share repurchases will take place at management's discretion depending on market conditions. No shares were repurchased in 2011 under the program that was approved in 2011.

279

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

16. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

Share Repurchases

Deferred Compensation

        In August 2011, the Chief Executive Officer and the General Counsel of the Company elected to invest a portion of their accounts under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. supplemental employee retirement plan ("AGL SERP") in 138,375 units in the employer stock fund in the AGL SERP. Each unit in the employer stock fund represents the right to receive one AGL common share upon a distribution from the AGL SERP. The 138,375 units equal the number of AGL common shares which could have been purchased with the value of the account deemed invested in the employer stock fund as of the date of such election. When such investment elections were made in August 2011, the Company purchased, for $1.5 million, 138,375 AGL common shares and placed such shares in trust to be distributed to the Chief Executive Officer and the General Counsel upon a distribution from the AGL SERP in settlement of their units invested in the employer stock fund. The Company recorded the purchases of such common shares in "deferred equity compensation" account in the consolidated balance sheet.

        In December 2011, certain executives of the Company elected to invest a portion of their accounts under the Assured Guaranty Corp. supplemental employee retirement plan ("AGC SERP") in 68,181 units in the employer stock fund in the AGC SERP. Each unit in the employer stock fund represents the right to receive one AGL common share upon a distribution from the AGC SERP. The 68,181 units equals the number of AGL common shares which could have been purchased with the value of the account deemed invested in the employer stock fund as of the date of such election. See Note 17 Employee Benefit Plans.

Dividends

        Any determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors, and will depend upon the Company's results of operations and operating cash flows, its financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory, rating agency and any contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and any other factors the Company's Board of Directors deems relevant. For more information concerning regulatory constraints that will affect the Company's ability to pay dividends, see Note 10, Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements.

        On February 9, 2012, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $0.09 per common share, an increase of 100% from $0.045 per common share paid on November 30, 2011. The dividend is payable on March 8, 2012 to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 23, 2012.

17. Employee Benefit Plans

Accounting Policy

        The expense for Performance Retention Plan awards is recognized over the requisite service period, for each separately vesting tranche as though the award were, in substance, multiple awards,

280

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

17. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

with the exception of retirement eligible employees. For retirement eligible employees, the expense is recognized immediately.

        Stock compensation expense is based on the grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company amortizes the fair value of options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods, with the exception of retirement-eligible employees. For retirement-eligible employees, options are amortized over the period through the date the employee first becomes eligible to retire and is no longer required to provide service to earn part or all of the award. The Company may elect to use different assumptions under the Black-Scholes option valuation model in the future, which could materially affect the Company's net income or earnings per share ("EPS").

        The fair value of each award under the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan") is estimated at the beginning of each offering period using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.

Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan

        As of April 27, 2004, the Company adopted the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the "Incentive Plan"). The number of common shares that may be delivered under the Incentive Plan may not exceed 10,970,000. In the event of certain transactions affecting the Company's common shares, the number or type of shares subject to the Incentive Plan, the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards under the Incentive Plan, and the exercise price of awards under the Incentive Plan, may be adjusted.

        The Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, and full value awards that are based on the Company's common shares. The grant of full value awards may be in return for a participant's previously performed services, or in return for the participant surrendering other compensation that may be due, or may be contingent on the achievement of performance or other objectives during a specified period, or may be subject to a risk of forfeiture or other restrictions that will lapse upon the achievement of one or more goals relating to completion of service by the participant, or achievement of performance or other objectives. Awards under the Incentive Plan may accelerate and become vested upon a change in control of the Company.

        The Incentive Plan is administered by a committee of the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee of the Board serves as this committee except as otherwise determined by the Board. The Board may amend or terminate the Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2011, 3,384,576 common shares were available for grant under the Incentive Plan.

Stock Options

        Nonqualified or incentive stock options may be granted to employees and directors of the Company. Stock options are generally granted once a year with exercise prices equal to the closing price on the date of grant. To date, the Company has only issued nonqualified stock options. All stock options granted to employees vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period and expire 10 years from the date of grant. None of the Company's options have a performance or market condition.

281

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

17. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

Stock Options

        As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate intrinsic value and weighted average remaining contractual term of options outstanding were $1.8 million and 4.6 years, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate intrinsic value and weighted average remaining contractual term of exercisable options were $1.2 million and 4.2 years, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2011 the total unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding nonvested stock options was $1.1 million, which will be adjusted in the future for the difference between estimated and actual forfeitures. The Company expects to recognize that expense over the weighted average remaining service period of 1.0 years.

Black-Scholes Option Pricing Weighted Average Assumptions

        These assumptions were based:

•

The expected dividend yield is based on the current expected annual dividend and share price on the grant date,



•

Expected volatility is estimated at the date of grant based on the historical share price volatility, calculated on a daily basis,



•

The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term to the granted stock options,



•

The expected life is based on the average expected term of the Company's guideline companies, which are defined as similar or peer entities, since the Company has insufficient expected life data,



•

The forfeiture rate is based on the rate used by the Company's guideline companies, since the Company has insufficient forfeiture data. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed at each grant vesting date and may change based on new facts and circumstances.

        The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $27 thousand, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, $0.6 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, was

282

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

17. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

received from the exercise of stock options and $0, $28 thousand and $(17) thousand, respectively, related tax benefit was recorded and included in the financing section in the statement of cash flows. In order to satisfy stock option exercises, the Company will issue new shares.

Restricted Stock Awards

        Restricted stock awards to employees generally vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period and restricted stock awards to outside directors vest in full in one year. Restricted stock awards are amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, and restricted stock to outside directors vest in full in one year, which are generally the vesting periods, with the exception of retirement-eligible employees, discussed above.

Restricted Stock Award Activity

        As of December 31, 2011 the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding nonvested restricted stock awards was $0.4 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the weighted-average remaining service period of 0.4 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $4.3 million, $4.5 million and $7.6 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

        Restricted stock units are valued based on the closing price of the underlying shares at the date of grant. These restricted stock units have vesting terms similar to those of the restricted common shares and are delivered on the vesting date. The Company has granted restricted stock units to directors of the Company. These restricted stock units vest over a one-year period and are delivered after directors leave.

Restricted Stock Unit Activity
(Excluding Dividend Equivalents)

283

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

17. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2011, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding nonvested restricted stock units was $6.0 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the weighted-average remaining service period of 1.6 years. The total fair value of restricted stock units delivered during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $5.0 million, $2.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        In January 2005, the Company established the Stock Purchase Plan in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 423. The Stock Purchase Plan was approved by shareholders at the 2005 Annual General Meeting. Participation in the Stock Purchase Plan is available to all eligible employees. Maximum annual purchases by participants are limited to the number of whole shares that can be purchased by an amount equal to 10 percent of the participant's compensation or, if less, shares having a value of $25,000. Participants may purchase shares at a purchase price equal to 85 percent of the lesser of the fair market value of the stock on the first day or the last day of the subscription period. The Company reserved for issuance and purchases under the Stock Purchase Plan 350,000 shares of its common stock. Employees purchased the Company's shares for aggregate proceeds of $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The Company issued 50,523 shares in 2011, 54,101 shares in 2010 and 39,054 shares in 2009 under the Stock Purchase Plan. The Company recorded $0.2 million in share-based compensation, after the effects of DAC, under the Stock Purchase Plan during the year ended December 31, 2011. The fair value of each award under the Stock Purchase Plan is estimated at the beginning of each offering period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the following assumptions: a) the expected dividend yield is based on the current expected annual dividend and share price on the grant date; b) the expected volatility is estimated at the date of grant based on the historical share price volatility, calculated on a daily basis; c) the risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant; and d) the expected life is based on the term of the offering period.

Share-Based Compensation Expense

        The following table presents stock based compensation costs by type of award and the effect of deferring such costs as policy acquisition costs, pre-tax. Amortization of previously deferred stock compensation costs is not shown in the table below.

284

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

17. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

Share-Based Compensation Expense Summary

Defined Contribution Plan

        The Company maintains savings incentive plans, which are qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The U.S. savings incentive plan is available to eligible full-time employees upon hire. Eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their salary subject to a maximum of $16,500 for 2011. Contributions are matched by the Company at a rate of 100% up to 6% of participant's compensation, subject to IRS limitations. Any amounts over the IRS limits are contributed to and matched by the Company into a nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan for employees eligible to participate in such nonqualified plan. The Company also makes a core contribution of 6% of the participant's compensation to the qualified plan, subject to IRS limitations, and the nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan for eligible employees, regardless of whether the employee contributes to the plan(s). In addition, employees become fully vested in Company contributions after one year of service, as defined in the plan. Plan eligibility is immediate upon hire.

285

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

17. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

        In Bermuda the savings incentive plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code is available to eligible full-time employees upon their first date of employment. Eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their salary subject to a maximum of $16,500 for 2011. Contributions are matched by the Company at a rate of 100% up to 6% of the participant's compensation, subject to IRS limitations. Eligible participants also receive a Company core contribution equal to 6% of the participant's compensation, subject to IRS limitations, without requiring the participant to contribute to the plan. Participants generally vest in Company contributions upon the completion of one year of service. With respect to those employees who are Bermudian or spouses of Bermudians and who must participate in the Bermuda national pension scheme plan maintained by the Company, a portion of the foregoing contributions are made to the Bermuda national pension scheme plan. If employee or employer contributions in the Bermuda savings incentive plan are limited by the tax-qualification rules of Code section 401(a), then contributions in excess of those limits are allocated to a nonqualified plan for eligible employees. The Company may contribute an additional amount to eligible employees' Bermuda nonqualified plan accounts at the discretion of the Board of Directors. No such contribution was made for plan years 2011, 2010 or in 2009.

        The Company recognized defined contribution expenses of $9.9 million, $11.4 million and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Employees of AGMH participated in the AGMH defined contribution plans in effect prior to the AGMH Acquisition through December 31, 2009. Effective January 1, 2010, all AGMH employees have joined the Company's defined contribution plans.

Cash-Based Compensation

Performance Retention Plan

        In February 2006, the Company established the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Performance Retention Plan ("PRP") which permits the grant of cash based awards to selected employees. PRP awards may be treated as nonqualified deferred compensation subject to the rules of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, and the PRP was amended in 2007 to comply with those rules. The PRP was again amended in 2008 to be a sub-plan under the Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan (enabling awards under the plan to be performance based compensation exempt from the $1 million limit on tax deductible compensation). The revisions also give the Compensation Committee greater flexibility in establishing the terms of performance retention awards, including the ability to establish different performance periods and performance objectives.

        The Company granted a limited number of PRP awards in 2007, which vested after four years of continued employment (or if earlier, on employment termination, if the participant's termination occured as a result of death, disability, or retirement), and participants received the designated award in a single lump sum when it vested, except that participants who vested as a result of retirement received the bonus at the end of the four year period during which the award would have vested had the participant continued in employment. The value of the award paid was greater than the originally designated amount only if actual company performance, as measured by an increase in the company's adjusted book value, as defined in the PRP, improved during the four year performance period. For February 2007 awards, for those participants who vested prior to the end of the four year period as a result of their termination of employment resulting from retirement, death or disability, the value of the award paid was greater than the originally designated amount only if actual company performance, as measured by an increase in the company's adjusted book value, improved during the period ending on the last day of the calendar quarter prior to the date of the participant's termination of employment.

286

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

17. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

        Beginning in 2008, the Company integrated PRP awards into its long term incentive compensation system and substantially increased the number and amount of these awards. Generally, each PRP award is divided into three installments, with 25% of the award allocated to a performance period that includes the year of the award and the next year, 25% of the award allocated to a performance period that includes the year of the award and the next two years, and 50% of the award allocated to a performance period that includes the year of the award and the next three years. Each installment of an award vests if the participant remains employed through the end of the performance period for that installment. Awards may vest upon the occurrence of other events as set forth in the plan documents. Payment for each performance period is made at the end of that performance period. One half of each installment is increased or decreased in proportion to the increase or decrease of per share adjusted book value during the performance period, and one half of each installment is increased or decreased in proportion to the operating return on equity during the performance period. Since 2008, a limited number of awards have cliff vesting in four or five years. Operating return on equity and adjusted book value are defined in each PRP award agreement.

        Under awards since 2008, a payment otherwise subject to the $1 million limit on tax deductible compensation, will not be made unless performance satisfies a minimum threshold.

        As described above, the performance measures used to determine the amounts distributable under the PRP are based on the Company's operating return on equity and growth in per share adjusted book value, or in the case of the 2007 awards growth in adjusted book value, as defined. The Compensation Committee believes that management's focus on achievement of these performance measures will lead to increases in the Company's intrinsic value. For PRP awards, the Compensation Committee uses the following methods to determine operating return on equity and adjusted book value.

•

Operating return on equity as of any date is determined by the Compensation Committee and equals the Company's operating income as a percentage of average shareholders' equity, excluding AOCI and after-tax unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments and the effect of consolidating FG VIE's. To determine operating income, the Compensation Committee adjusts reported net income or loss to remove realized gains and losses on investments and items that are determined by the Compensation Committee to increase or decrease reported net income or loss without a corresponding increase or decrease in value of AGL.



•

To determine adjusted book value, the Compensation Committee adjusts the reported shareholder equity (i) to remove items that are determined by the Compensation Committee to increase or decrease reported shareholder equity without a corresponding increase or decrease in the value of the Company, and (ii) to include items that are determined by the Compensation Committee to increase or decrease the value of the Company without a corresponding increase or decrease to reported shareholder equity.

        The adjustments described above may be made by the AGL Compensation Committee at any time before distribution, except that, for certain senior executive officers, any adjustment made after the grant of the award may decrease but may not increase the amount of the distribution.

        In the event of a corporate transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, any share dividend, share split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, sale of assets or subsidiaries, combination or exchange of shares, the Compensation Committee may adjust the calculation of the Company's adjusted book value and operating return on equity as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or desirable in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits of PRP awards.

287

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

17. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

        The Company recognized performance retention plan expenses of $7.6 million, $14.0 million and $9.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

18. Earnings Per Share

Accounting Policy

        The Company computes EPS using a two-class method by including participating securities which entitle their holders to receive nonforfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents before vesting. Restricted stock awards and share units under the AGC SERP plan are considered participating securities as they received non-forfeitable rights to dividends at the same rate as common stock.

        The two-class method of computing EPS is an earnings allocation formula that determines EPS for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Basic EPS is then calculated by dividing net (loss) income available to common shareholders of Assured Guaranty by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS adjusts basic EPS for the effects of restricted stock, stock options, equity units and other potentially dilutive financial instruments ("dilutive securities"), only in the periods in which such effect is dilutive. The effect of the dilutive securities is reflected in diluted EPS by application of the more dilutive of (1) the treasury stock method or (2) the two-class method assuming nonvested shares are not converted into common shares. With respect to the equity units (see Note 15, Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities), in computing diluted EPS, the treasury stock method is used. Basic EPS will not be affected until the equity forwards are satisfied and the holders thereof become common stock holders. The Company has a single class of common stock.

288

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

18. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

Computation of EPS

19. Subsidiary Information

        The following tables present the condensed consolidating financial information for AGMH and AGUS, which have issued publicly traded debt securities that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by AGL as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The information for AGMH and AGUS presents its subsidiaries on the equity method of accounting.

289

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

19. Subsidiary Information (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011
(in millions)

290

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

19. Subsidiary Information (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010
(in millions)

291

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

19. Subsidiary Information (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011
(in millions)

292

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

19. Subsidiary Information (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
(in millions)

293

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

19. Subsidiary Information (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
(in millions)

294

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

19. Subsidiary Information (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011
(in millions)

295

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

19. Subsidiary Information (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
(in millions)

296

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

19. Subsidiary Information (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
(in millions)

297

---

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

20. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

        A summary of selected quarterly information follows:

 

298

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Assured Guaranty's management, with the participation of AGL's President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a 15(e) and 15d 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act")) that are effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms, information required to be disclosed by AGL in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act and ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

        Management of the Company, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011. Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2011 covered by this Form 10K, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Remediation of 2010 Material Weakness

        Management previously reported a material weakness in the Company's internal control over financial reporting, related to the intercompany eliminations for consolidated financial guaranty variable interest entities, on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2010, which was filed on October 31, 2011, and the March 31, 2011, and June 30, 2011 consolidated financial statements which were filed on November 14, 2011 on Form 10-Q/A.

        Management implemented the following controls in the third and fourth quarters of 2011 to remediate the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting reported on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2010, and Forms 10-Q/A for the periods ended March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011:

•

Additional quarterly reconciliations between the VIE accounts and the insurance and investment accounts where intercompany transactions occur; and



•

Additional layer of review of VIE reconciliations.

        The Company completed the documentation and testing of the implemented controls described above and, as of December 31, 2011, has concluded that the material weakness related to the intercompany eliminations for consolidated financial guaranty variable interest entities has been remediated.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        As a result of the remediation of the material weakness described above, there were changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

        None.

299

---

Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        Information pertaining to this item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled "Proposal No. 1: Election of Directors", "Corporate Governance—Did our insiders comply with Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting in 2011?", "Corporate Governance—How are directors nominated?" and "Corporate Governance—The committees of the Board—The Audit Committee" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which involves the election of directors and will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

        Information about the executive officers of AGL is set forth at the end of Part I of this Form 10-K and is hereby incorporated by reference.

Code of Conduct

        The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct, which sets forth standards by which all employees, officers and directors of the Company must abide as they work for the Company. The Code of Conduct is available at www.assuredguaranty.com/governance. The Company intends to disclose on its internet site any amendments to, or waivers from, its Code of Conduct that are required to be publicly disclosed pursuant to the rules of the SEC or the NYSE.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        This item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled "Executive Compensation", "Corporate Governance—Compensation Committee interlocking and insider participation" and "Corporate Governance—How are the directors compensated?" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

        The following table summarizes our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011:

        Additional information is incorporated by reference to the section entitled "Information about our Common Share Ownership" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

300

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

        This item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled "Corporate Governance—What is our related person transactions approval policy and what procedures do we use to implement it?", "Corporate Governance—What related person transactions do we have?" and "Corporate Governance—Director independence" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

        This item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled "Proposal No. 3: Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditors—Independent Auditor Fee Information" and "Proposal No. 3: Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditors—Pre-Approval Policy of Audit and Non-Audit Services" of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to regulation 14A.

301

---

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits

1.     Financial Statements

        The following financial statements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. have been included in Item 8 hereof:

2. Financial Statement Schedules

        The financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits*

302

---

Table of Contents

303

---

Table of Contents

304

---

Table of Contents

305

---

Table of Contents

306

---

Table of Contents

307

---

Table of Contents

308

---

Table of Contents

309

---

Table of Contents

310

---

Table of Contents

---

*

Management contract or compensatory plan

311

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 29, 2012

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

312

---

Table of Contents

313

---